As captured February 7, 2025

author: nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> 2025-02-07 09:03:35 -0800
committer: nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> 2025-02-07 09:03:35 -0800
commit: 1f1e87f1a134b3c33326fb65647e8003faacec9c (patch)
tree: 82fa43cad7894610a39ead89ba08cc42fa29cb78
parent: 55b995d66a236fedd56281d524faf6a1335d6f5e (diff)
55 files changed, 13495 insertions, 7147 deletions
diff --git a/54798-0.txt b/54798-0.txt
index 9a2464b..bba5056 100644
--- a/54798-0.txt
+++ b/54798-0.txt
@@ -1,3379 +1,2992 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of History of the United States, by Helen Pierson
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: History of the United States
-       in Words of One Syllable
-
-Author: Helen Pierson
-
-Release Date: May 27, 2017 [EBook #54798]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Corbin Hunter
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: PAUL REVERE.]
-
-HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES
-IN WORDS OF ONE SYLLABLE
-
-BY MRS. HELEN W. PIERSON
-
-WITH FORTY-SEVEN ILLUSTRATIONS.
-
-[Illustration: AN ARMORED LOOK-OUT]
-
-NEW YORK
-GEORGE ROUTLEDGE & SONS
-9 Lafayette Place
-
-
-
-
-Copyright, 1883.
-By Joseph L. Blamire.
-
-
-
-
-PREFATORY.
-
-
-In this "Child's History of the United States," it has been
-the aim to use words of only one syllable. But it will be seen
-that, in a historical work, names must be given of famous men,
-of great battles, and of some important measures. It is thought
-that parents or teachers can soon familiarize young people with
-these names, so that they will read them as readily as the rest.
-Titles have been sometimes omitted, and some names which deserve
-a place and have it in larger histories, are not found here.
-All such omissions have been made from the fear of rendering
-the task of reading the book too difficult for many, who, as
-they grow older, can add to the list that fame has made illustrious,
-and take wider views of the history of this land.
-
-H. W. P.
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS.
-
-
-CHAPTER I.
-How this Land was Found.
-
-CHAPTER II.
-The New World.
-
-CHAPTER III.
-The Red Men.
-
-CHAPTER IV.
-The War that Made us Free.
-
-CHAPTER V.
-Three Great Fights.
-
-CHAPTER VI.
-First in War--First in Peace.
-
-CHAPTER VII.
-The Rest of the War.
-
-CHAPTER VIII.
-In Times of Peace.
-
-CHAPTER IX.
-New Men and New Laws.
-
-CHAPTER X.
-The Slave Trade.
-
-CHAPTER XI.
-A New War.
-
-CHAPTER XII.
-The War of North and South.
-
-CHAPTER XIII.
-Peace Once More.
-
-
-
-
-
-History of the United States.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I.
-
-HOW THIS LAND WAS FOUND.
-
-
-[Illustration: IN-DI-ANS HUNTING IN THE SNOW.]
-
-For a long time, in past years, it was not known that the world
-was round. If the men in those days had been told that a ship
-could start from a port and sail straight on for months and
-come round to the same place, it would have made them laugh
-as at a good joke. They did not know the real shape of the earth,
-but thought it was a flat plane.
-
-In those days our land was the home of the In-di-ans, or red
-men, as we call them, from their dark skins. The red man does
-not live in a house, but in a sort of tent or hut. The tribes
-of red men had all this land for their own when Co-lum-bus was
-born. The great woods, the green plains, the bright streams,
-were all theirs. They made their wars in a strange and fierce
-style, and wore at their belts locks of hair, cut from the heads
-of those slain by their hands. These locks, cut from the head
-with part of the skin, they call a scalp. It was the pride of
-an In-di-an to have scalps hung at his belt. No one had taught
-him that this was wrong, and he did not have the Word of God
-to show him the right way.
-
-When Co-lum-bus was a mere boy he was fond of the sea and ships.
-He would go and watch the waves, and think about how ships were
-made, and the best way to sail them. He was born in Gen-oa,
-which is by the blue sea; so when he was a small boy he could
-watch the white sails come in. Such queer ships they had there,
-with strange high prows! As time went on, and he grew of age,
-he made trips in these ships, and was in sea-fights, and once
-or twice he was in a wreck. So you see he had a chance to grow
-strong and brave for the work he had to do.
-
-[Illustration: The Oceian and Islands between Western Europe
-and Eastern Asia from the Globus of Martin Behaim 1492.]
-
-What he read in books taught him that the world was round, and
-not flat, as was thought in those times. So he knew that if
-he could sail west he would come to a new land. He thought of
-this a long time, and at last he grew more sure of it, but he
-could get no one else to think as he did. He spent ten years
-in this way. He was full of plans; but he could get no help
-and no gold. He was too poor to do all with no aid from his
-friends. At last he went to Spain.
-
-There were a King and Queen there who were kind to Co-lum-bus;
-but at first they would not give their gold to help him. They
-thought this was a wild dream. At last, with a sad heart, he
-made up his mind to turn his back on the court of Spain.
-
-While on his way, a man came to him from Queen Is-a-bel-la.
-She had sent him word that she would help him; "that she would
-pledge her own gems to give him aid." But she did not have to
-do this, as means were found when Co-lum-bus went back to the
-court. His heart was made glad; for they gave him a small fleet
-of three ships, and on the 3d of August, 1492, the sun rose
-on the fleet as it went forth on its way to the new land. All
-was strange to the new crew, and they had all sorts of queer
-thoughts and fears of the sea. They had not been out of sight
-of land in all their lives; and when they saw the deep, dark
-sea on all sides, they were full of fear that they would not
-see their homes again. The trade-wind which took them west so
-fast, would keep them, they thought, from their land when they
-had the wish to go back. At last they grew so full of fear,
-they swore they would not go on, and Co-lum-bus had hard work
-to make them. But soon there were signs of land, and some land
-birds flew by the ship; and one of the crew found a branch of
-a tree on the waves, which had some fresh red fruit on it.
-
-Oh, how glad they were! Co-lum-bus felt so sure that he was
-near land, he gave word for the ships to lie by that night.
-No man thought of sleep. They all kept watch on deck to see
-this strange new coast for which they had borne so much.
-
-In the night a cry of joy was heard. Co-lum-bus had seen a light
-far off, and a shout of "Land! land!" soon came from all sides.
-
-When the sun rose they all saw a green strip of shore some five
-miles long. The men fell at the feet of Co-lum-bus and shed
-tears of joy. Then they sang a hymn of praise to God, who had
-kept them and brought them safe and sound to this new place.
-They got out the small boats and put men and arms in them, with
-flags, and a band to play a march of joy, and the crews made
-their way to the shore. Co-lum-bus, in a rich dress with his
-drawn sword in his hand, sprang on the beach, and then the crew
-came next. They set up a cross, and all knelt at its foot and
-gave thanks for their safe trip. Then Co-lum-bus set up the
-flag of Cas-tile and Le-on, and took the new land for the crown
-of Spain.
-
-While they stood there with shouts of joy and songs, some strange
-dark shapes stole up with soft steps to their side. The crew
-thought these men must have come from a new world, as they saw
-their dark skins and the gay paint and plumes they wore. Co-lum-bus
-gave them the name of In-di-ans, for he thought the new coast
-was part of In-dia. He did not know that he had found a new
-land. These men with red skins were glad to kiss the feet of
-the Span-iards, and change their gold chains and rude rings
-for the beads and pins the crew gave to them.
-
-Co-lum-bus spent some time in the new land he had found, and
-then he set sail for home to take his friends and the Queen
-the great news. A wild storm came on the way home, and Co-lum-bus
-thought that all was lost, so he wrote his tale on a cake of
-wax and put the cake in a cask and threw it in the sea; so that
-if he had gone down in the storm, all that he had found would
-not be lost to the world.
-
-But God took care of Co-lum-bus and his crew. They got back
-to their homes once more and had a grand time. The King and
-Queen gave them a new and fine fleet; and in time they came
-back and saw new points of land on which to build homes, and
-they found, too, South A-mer-i-ca.
-
-There were some in Spain who did not like Co-lum-bus, for he
-had won gold and fame, while they had none. So they told false
-tales of him; and when his friend, Queen Is-a-bel-la, died,
-he was once brought back from the land he had found in chains.
-How sad that was!--was it not? At last he had to die old and
-poor, and this land did not have his name. It had no name for
-some time; but at last an I-tal-ian, who made a few trips there,
-and wrote of what he saw, gave his name to the new world. His
-name was A-mer-i-cus Ves-pu-ci-us. That is a hard name for you
-to say, but you can all say A-mer-i-ca, and that is the name
-of our land.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II.
-
-THE NEW WORLD.
-
-When the news of this land of gold spread over the world, Eng-land
-and France and Spain all sent ships to see what they could find.
-They each thought they would like to have a slice. The Eng-lish
-thought they had some rights, as one of their men, named Ca-bot,
-had, in truth, been the first to touch this new shore. The next
-time he came, he made his way down the coast to what we call
-Vir-gin-ia, and set up a claim for Eng-land.
-
-Then the King of France sent a man to plant his flag here, and
-he gave the name of New France to part of our coast. But though
-Eng-land and France both set claim to the land, they did not
-send men here to live for a long time.
-
-At last Queen E-liz-a-beth gave one of the great men at court,
-called Sir Wal-ter Ral-eigh, a claim to a large tract of land
-in A-mer-i-ca. He came with two ships, and found the red skins
-kind. They brought him gifts, and he went back to tell of all
-the strange things he had seen, and some came to live on the
-new shores. But the red skins were hard to live with, and the
-small group of white men could get no food, and were near death,
-when a brave man, named Sir Fran-cis Drake, came with a ship
-and took them off to their homes. The next band that came met
-a sad fate, for they all fell by the hand of the red men.
-
-There were some in Eng-land who had a great wish to see this
-new world. They thought they would like to live in a land with
-no King, and have a church where they could pray to God in their
-own way. They were called "Pil-grims," for they went from place
-to place and would sing psalms and pray, and they were full
-of joy at the thought of their new home.
-
-Do you know the name of the ship they came in? It is a sweet
-name, and you must keep it in your mind--The May-flow-er. They
-did not have a smooth trip, and a storm blew them on to the
-coast of Mass-a-chu-setts. It was bare and cold, but it was
-nice to see land at all. There were all sorts of fowl there,
-and they saw a whale; but when they went to shoot it the gun
-burst. They made their way to a vale where there was a spring,
-and there they took their first drink in the new land.
-
-[Illustration: IN-DI-AN FLINT-HEADED ARROW.]
-
-There was a rock called Plym-outh Rock, and here they made their
-homes and built the first house. It was in 1620, in a cold time
-of the year, that the May-flow-er brought her crew to Plym-outh
-Rock. There was not much food, and they had from the first a
-foe whom they could not trust or make a friend. These were a
-new race of men. They had brown skins; were tall and straight,
-with long, coarse black hair. They had no books, and got their
-food in the hunt, or caught fish in the streams. They made boats
-of birch bark--queer, long things, with a point at each end.
-They could make bows, and would pound their corn with two stones
-for their bread. They took the skins of beasts for their clothes,
-for they knew how to dress them. Each tribe had its head man,
-called a chief, and their great joy was in war. When their foes
-took them, they would not pray for their lives. They were brave
-in their own way, and would show no fear at the sight of the
-fire that was to burn their flesh.
-
-Their wives, the squaws, would dress the food and do all the
-hard work at home. They were the ones who dug each small patch
-of ground and put in the beans and corn. The men had a scorn
-for work. They were made to fight, they thought. They would
-say, "The Great Chief gave the white man a plow and the red
-man a bow, and sent them in the world to gain food, each in
-his own way."
-
-In this new land there was not a horse, cow, sheep, cat, dog,
-or hen to be found. You would not like such a place, would you?
-What did the young people do for pets in those days? No chicks
-to feed, no puss with her soft, warm fur, for small hands to
-stroke.
-
-[Illustration: A canoe.]
-
-But the new homes were not left in peace. The red men saw that
-their doom was near. They felt that they would have to move
-on and on, to give place to these men who knew so much; who
-read books and had schools, and taught their young ones to pray.
-So they took the guns that they had bought from the white men
-and went to war with them. When they took them they would tie
-them fast to stakes, burn them to death, and all the time the
-flames were at work, these fierce red men would dance a war
-dance of joy. They bought rum from the white men, and it made
-them like brutes.
-
-They knew that the white men had come to take their land, and
-that was cause for their hate. And so the white men, in their
-turn, felt no love for the red skin, and thought they did well
-to push him back more and more, and take all they could from
-him. The white men were to blame, for they first gave the vile
-rum to the red men, and that made them wild. They would burn
-down the white man's house at night, and kill his wife and babes.
-Think how sad it must be to wake up in the night and find the
-hot blaze of a fire in your face, and the wild war-whoop of
-an In-di-an in your ears. But you can lie down in your bed in
-peace, for there is no one to harm you--you live in good times.
-
-But those who were brave enough to come and live in this new
-land, had a hard life at first. There were no snug farms as
-now, with fields of green corn and wheat. At times the poor
-men could not get much to eat, and one wrote home: "The crumbs
-that fall from your meals would be sweet to me. When I can get
-a cup of meal and boil It with a pinch of salt, I give thanks
-as for a great feast. The In-di-ans at times bring corn and
-trade it for clothes or knives. One day they gave me a peck
-of corn for a small dog. It would be a strange thing to see
-a piece of roast beef or veal here."
-
-[Illustration: PIL-GRIMS ON THEIR WAY TO CHURCH.]
-
-It will not seem strange, then, that, in such hard times, death
-came to these small bands and took some away. But those who
-were left kept up brave hearts, and would not go back to their
-old homes; and though all were so poor, there was not a case
-of theft in four years. They grew to like the land, and one
-said, "A sup of New Eng-land air is worth more than a draught
-of Old Eng-land ale."
-
-For one of the first bands of men who came here, made their
-homes in a place to which they gave the name of New Eng-land,
-after their old home. As time went on each place grew to be
-a town, and soon had a church and a school of its own. If we
-had gone in one of those towns on the Lord's day, we would have
-seen some strange sights. As the clocks struck nine, there would
-come out a man who would beat a drum or blow a conch shell,
-or ring a bell to call all the folks to church. As we drew near
-to this church, we would have seen that it was built of logs,
-with a small flag to wave on it. There would be a fence of stakes
-round it, and a man with a gun on guard near it. Those who went
-in left all their guns in his care.
-
-If you look at this church you will see that it has no glass
-panes like ours, but small and dull and thick ones set in lead.
-It is the style now to like that old thick glass, and to use
-it once more. You might see on the front of this church, near
-the door, the heads of wolves that had been slain in the hunt
-in the past year.
-
-In this church the old men sat on one side, and the young men
-were not with them. They had their own place. So, too, the boys
-did not sit by the girls. Most of the boys sat on the stairs,
-and there was a man there as a sort of guard to see that they
-did not talk. He had a long rod or wand in his hand, with a
-hare's foot on one end, and a hare's tail on the other. He would
-let no one go to sleep. If he saw a girl nod, he would touch
-her on the face with the soft brush of the hare's tail; but
-if it were a boy who was caught in a nap, he got a sharp rap
-from the hare's foot. So you see in those times one could not
-make such a snug nest in the pew and take a long sleep as one
-does now; and they had to stay three or four hours in church.
-It must have been hard for small folks not to nod at times.
-
-When they sung, it was out of a book by the name of "The Bay
-Psalm Book," and they did not know more than ten tunes. In those
-days no one could stay from church but for a good cause, or
-else they had to pay a fine. And if a man staid from church
-a month, he was put in the stocks, or in a cage of wood, where
-all could see him and laugh and jeer at him.
-
-You do not know what stocks are in these times, but if you had
-stood in a New Eng-land town then, you would have seen a strange
-thing made of wood, by the road near the church. This queer
-frame of wood would hold a man fast so that he could not move,
-and you may think a day in the stocks would be hard to bear,
-and would make one's bones ache.
-
-A house in such a town, in those days, was all built on the
-ground floor; so there were no stairs. It was made of earth
-or logs, and had a steep roof of thatch. The place for the fire
-was built of rough stones. It was large enough to burn logs
-four feet long, and had so much room in it that a man and his
-wife and boys and girls could sit in it and look up at the sky.
-
-The dress in those days was not the same as it is now. The men
-wore small clothes, which came to the knee like a small boy's
-in these times, and they had stiff ruffs round their necks and
-caps of rich stuff on their heads. The young men wore fine belts,
-and great high boots which were made with a roll at the top.
-The girls wore silk hoods in the streets, and stiff rich gowns,
-with long waists, and lace caps on feast-days. But folks could
-not wear gay clothes if the law did not think they had means
-to spend for such fine things.
-
-They had some queer laws in those days. Those who had done wrong
-had to stand in the stocks, which held them by the feet and
-neck, so they could not get away, or they had to mount stools
-in church. If a man had a wife who had the name of a bad scold,
-a cleft stick was put on her tongue, or she was made to take
-a cold dip in a stream. I dare say you think those were hard
-laws, and you are glad to live in these days. But that was a
-race who had the fear of God in their hearts; their aim was
-to do just right and to rule the land in the best way.
-
-CHAPTER III.
-
-THE RED MEN AND THEIR WARS.
-
-At first, before they had time to plant the fields, the men
-could but hunt and fish for food; but as years went by, they
-had farms, and made glass and things for trade; they wove cloth
-of wool, and some from a plant that grows in the south, of which
-you may know the name. It is white and soft.
-
-They had not much coin, and so they had to do the best they
-could with skins and corn, or what they could get for trade.
-The first mint to make coin was set up in Mass-a-chu-setts in
-1652. This coin had a pine tree on one side, and the name of
-the State. One side had a date and N. E. for New Eng-land. All
-this coin was known as "pine-tree coin." In time the land at
-Plym-outh Bay and those near took one name, "Mass-a-chu-setts."
-
-In the meanwhile the small band who had made homes in Vir-gin-ia
-had come to grief. They had been men of good birth in their
-own land, and did not know much of hard work. They had come
-in search of wealth. Great tales had been told of the gold
-here. It had been said one could pick up great lumps of gold,
-as large as a hen's egg, in the streams. They found that all
-this was not true, and that a man had to work hard to live.
-They grew sick, and death came in their midst to make things
-more sad; so that they lost more than half of their small band.
-
-[Illustration: BUILD-ING IN VIR-GIN-IA.]
-
-[Illustration: JOHN SMITH.]
-
-One man, John Smith by name, did great things for them. He had
-been brave from his birth. He had been in wars oft, and once
-he built him a lodge of boughs in a forest and took his books
-with him, that he might learn the art of war. Once he went to
-fight the Turks. He is said to have been sold as a slave. It
-may be all these tales are not true; but it is true he taught
-his own friends in Vir-gin-ia how to live. He got them to build
-a fort and log huts for the cold times. He made friends as far
-as he could of the In-di-ans, so that he could get boat loads
-of food from them. He said that "he who would not work might
-not eat;" so no man could be a drone in the hive. Each one must
-learn to swing the axe in the woods or to hunt and to fish.
-
-Once the In-di-ans took him and they told him that he must die.
-Their great chief Pow-ha-tan had said the word; so his head was
-laid upon a stone, and a huge war club raised to strike the
-blow. But a young girl was seen to spring to his side, throw
-her arms round his neck, and pray that he might be set free.
-She was the pet of the tribe, for she was the child of their
-chief; and so Cap-tain Smith was set free. You may be sure he
-was full of thanks to his kind young friend, and it is said
-she might have been seen on her way to James-town more than
-once, as time went on, with small stores of corn for the white
-men. And when she grew up a white man made her his wife.
-
-[Illustration: TO-BAC-CO PLANT.]
-
-But at last a bad wound made Cap-tain Smith go back to Eng-land,
-and things grew worse and worse in Vir-gin-ia. Food was more
-and more scarce, and a sad time came, which was long known as
-"Starving Time." It was in 1609. At last they all made up their
-minds to go back to their old home. None shed a tear as the
-sun rose on that day; they had known bad times in the new land,
-and did not grieve to go. But as their ship made its way down
-the bay, they met Lord Del-a-ware, with a great stock of food,
-and new men to swell the ranks. So they were glad to turn back
-and try the place once more; and in the course of time they
-throve and built and spread, and that part of the land made
-a new State, which we know as Vir-gin-ia. In that State was
-first grown a weed which you have seen men smoke and chew.
-
-The folks in Mass-a-chu-setts went by the name of "Pu-ri-tans."
-They had left their old home that they might pray to God in
-their own way, and they thought that their own way was the right
-one. When men came in their midst who did not think as they
-did, they were sent out of the place. There was a class called
-Quak-ers, or Friends, who were mild, and did all they could
-for peace; but they thought they had their rights as well as
-the rest, and might serve God in their own way. They did not
-believe in wars, and would not bear arms. They would not hire
-a man to preach for them; but when they met, each one spoke
-as he felt the thought come in his heart. They kept the laws,
-and did to all men as they wished them to do to them. They said
-"thee and thou" for "you," and "yea and nay" for "yes and no;"
-but this could hurt no one, and it seems strange to us that
-they were not let stay in the place. They had to fly for their
-lives, and four were put to death. In these days all men are
-free to serve God in their own way.
-
-And in that time there was one man to raise his voice for the
-poor Quak-ers, and all who were like them. This man was Rog-er
-Will-iams. He held that the State had no right to say what men
-should think and feel. You may be sure those who were high in
-place did not like to hear that; so he had to fly from his home
-one cold day, and for a time he hid in the woods. But the In-di-ans
-gave him a home, and one chief made him a gift of a piece of
-land, which he called "Prov-i-dence," as it was to him like
-a gift from God. And so the State of Rhode Isl-and, where this
-town was built, was known as a place where thought was free.
-The Quak-ers were glad to find a home in that State, where they
-could dwell in peace.
-
-[Illustration: IN-DI-ANS RID-ING.]
-
-In 1675, a war, known as King Phil-ip's war, broke out in Mass-a-chu-setts.
-King Phil-ip was an In-di-an chief who saw that the white man
-would soon own all the land, and he knew that meant death to
-his race. He made a plan to kill all the white men. The first
-blow fell on the Lord's day, as the folks were on their way
-home from church. The men flew to arms, and did not dare to
-lay them down when they were in the field at work, or at their
-homes. When they went to church they would stack them at the
-door.
-
-King Phil-ip and his men made their camp in a great swamp, where
-it was hard for the white men to reach them. Here they laid
-up a store of food, and had great tribes of red men. They would
-not fight in the wide fields, but would skulk in nooks, and
-rush out and hold all the land in fear, for the foe would seem
-to be on all sides. At last they were made to leave their strong
-hold, and could find no place to hide. There was a fight, and
-the In-di-ans fell thick and fast. Phil-ip ran, but one of his
-own tribe, who had a grudge, shot him dead. He had done all
-he could for his own folk, but fell by the hand of one of them
-at last.
-
-All this time the King of Eng-land was at the head of this land
-as well, and the men he sent were wont to rule things with a
-high hand. They would not grant what our men thought to be their
-rights. Dutch ships had come in to trade for furs with the In-di-ans.
-Some of the crews stayed here and made their homes in a place
-they called New Am-ster-dam. It is now known by the name of
-New York. These first Dutch men bought the land from the In-di-ans,
-and it was to go to their heirs through all time.
-
-[Illustration: THE DUTCH AT NEW AM-STER-DAM.]
-
-A band of Swedes made their home in Del-a-ware. A Quak-er by
-the name of Will-iam Penn bought a grant of land from the King.
-He thought to make a home for all his sect, who had as hard
-a time in Eng-land as they did here. He sent a band of these
-men here, and the next year he came too. He met the In-di-ans
-by a great elm tree. He was a kind and good man, and would not
-take their land from them. He bought it and made them his friends.
-"We will live in love with Will-iam Penn and his heirs," said
-they, "as long as the sun and moon shall shine." And it is said
-that to this day a red man is loathe to shed Quak-er blood.
-
-[Illustration: IN-DI-AN PIPES.]
-
-[Illustration: William Penn.]
-
-In 1683, Penn bought land from the Swedes and laid out a town,
-to which he gave the name of Phil-a-del-phia. It stood in the
-midst of a wood, and the wild deer ran by the men who came to
-take a look at their new home. When Penn came, he sent out a
-call for all the men to meet in one place, and there he met
-with them, and they laid out the code or kind of laws they were
-to have. This code was known as "The Great Law." No one could
-vote that did not believe in Christ; and all might pray to God
-in their own way. So you see the Quak-ers did not wish to force
-men to believe as they did. They felt that was not right or
-just.
-
-Penn did all he could for his sect, and was mild and good to
-the red men. He said to them, "We meet on the broad path of
-good faith and good will. I will deal with you in love. We are
-one flesh and blood."
-
-So our land grew, and State by State was laid out, and towns
-were built, and all this time the King of Eng-land was at the
-head of the whole. There were more In-di-an wars; for the red
-men gave the new folk no peace. They would come down from the
-depths of the woods of Can-a-da on their snow shoes, and drag
-men and their wives from their beds and scalp them and set their
-homes on fire. Many a child, too, had to fly with the rest in
-the cold night, with bare feet and few clothes on, to seek a
-place to hide from this fierce foe.
-
-[Illustration: IN-DI-AN SNOW SHOE.]
-
-In 1754, a war broke out which we call the "French and In-di-an
-War." The Eng-lish had at this time a great strip of land on
-our coast which they held as their own. It was like a string
-to the great bow of French land, which went from Que-bec to
-New Or-leans. Both French and Eng-lish laid claim to part of
-the land; and those who had the wish to live in peace could
-not but look on in fear.
-
-The French built three forts, and that made all feel that they
-meant to hold the land. A young man by the name of George Wash-ing-ton,
-was sent to ask that they should pull down these forts. You
-have heard of George Wash-ing-ton, I know. You have been told
-that he was "first in peace, first in war, and first in the
-hearts of all." You have, I am sure, heard the tale of the fruit
-tree that he cut, and how he could not tell a lie to save him.
-He was a boy then, and some one had made his heart glad with
-the gift of a small axe. What should a boy do with such a thing,
-if he could not cut with it? So George went round to try the
-sharp edge of his axe, and, as bad luck would have it, he came
-on a young fruit tree. It may be that the fruit was of a rare
-kind, and so when it was found that the bark of the tree had
-been cut in such a way that one could hope for no more fruit,
-the cry rang out on all sides, "Who has done this deed?"
-
-Our small boy was not at peace in his own mind. He did not know
-in what shape the wrath might fall on him; but he came forth
-in a brave way and said, "I did it, Father, I can not tell a
-lie. I cut it." We are glad there has been one boy who could
-not tell a lie, and we hope there are some in our own times.
-
-So this George Wash-ing-ton, then a young man, was sent to the
-French man who was at the head of the forts, to say that he
-must take them down at once. He had a hard time to get there,
-for it was cold, and the streams were big with the rains. The
-snow fell and froze as it fell. His horse gave out, and he had
-to go on foot. He had one man with him, and they struck out
-in to the woods. They had to cross a stream on a rude raft,
-and they were caught in the ice. It bore them on with great
-speed, and when Wash-ing-ton threw out his pole to check the
-speed, he fell in the stream. But he knew how to swim, and so
-he got to land. When day came, it grew still more cold, and
-the stream froze in such a way that he could walk on it to the
-place where he would be.
-
-The men at the French forts would not say that they would give
-them up. In fact, they made boasts that they could hold them
-in spite of all, and so the war went on. The French would dart
-out and seize Eng-lish ships, and then the Eng-lish would march
-on the French, and do them all the harm they could. Wash-ing-ton
-fought on the side of the Eng-lish in this war. Once the In-di-ans
-laid in wait for them in the wood, and as the men were on the
-march with their flags and beat of drum, they heard the fierce
-war whoop on all sides. The Brit-ish troops did not know how
-to deal with such a foe; but our men sprang down and fought
-them in their own way.
-
-One chief made a vow that he would kill Wash-ing-ton. Four balls
-were sent through his clothes. Twice his horse was shot. Gen-er-al
-Brad-dock, who was at the head of the Eng-lish troops, was shot
-and borne from the field to die. There was a great fright, and
-the men fled on all sides. Wash-ing-ton did what he could to
-save them from the foe, like a brave man. But the French went
-on and built more forts, and our men were at their wits' end
-to hold their own with foes on all sides.
-
-There were six tribes of the red men who were their friends,
-and I would tell you their names if they were not too long and
-hard.
-
-But you will find in the State of New York lakes and streams
-which bear the same names. We ought to bear them in mind, as
-they were of great use in those times. So it was thought best
-for all our men to meet in a town by the name of Al-ba-ny, to
-fix on a way to keep these six tribes our friends, and to join
-with them to fight the French. Al-ba-ny was then a small town
-with few in it; but it had a stone fort. Here our men met the
-chiefs and had a talk with them. The chiefs told our clan they
-were not so wise and brave as the French, or they would build
-forts like them.
-
-But there was one wise man in our midst, Ben-ja-min Frank-lin.
-He had been a poor boy, so poor that when he went in to the
-great town of Phil-a-del-phia, he had but a few cents. But he
-knew how to print; and more than that he was fond of books,
-and so could learn all sorts of things. He brought with him
-a small print on which was shown a snake cut in parts. Each
-part had on it the name of one of the States. He said they must
-be made one or die, and that to be one was the way to be great.
-But our men did not see their way clear to do this yet. We know
-they made the States one in time.
-
-The death of Gen-er-al Brad-dock was a great blow to their hopes.
-They saw that all the red-coats, as we call the Eng-lish, were
-not brave; but could run as fast as the rest. Still they took
-some forts, with long names, from the French in this war. They
-made a move on them at Que-bec, with Gen-er-al Wolfe at the
-head of our troops.
-
-[Illustration: A DUTCH HOUSEHOLD IN NEW AM-STER-DAM, NOW NEW
-YORK.]
-
-Quebec was one of the strong forts of the world. At first Gen-er-al
-Wolfe lost at all points. But he found at last a way to go in
-boats. With no noise they made their way to land, and up a steep
-hill, and at dawn the French woke to see red-coats on all sides.
-Their Gen-er-al Mont-calm led them out of the fort to fight.
-If he had not, he might have won the day, for the fort was strong.
-But he chose to fight in the wide field, and so we won.
-
-At the time of the fight, Gen-er-al Wolfe, who had been struck
-by a death shot, heard shouts of joy, "They fly--they fly!"
-"Who fly!" came from his white lips. "The French." "Then praise
-God, I die at peace," he said, with his last breath.
-
-Gen-er-al Mont-calm, too, on the French side, had a wound, and
-was told he could not live. "I am glad of it," he said, "for
-then I shall not live to see my town yield to the foe." So you
-see they were two brave men who fell that day. In five days
-a peace was made with France; for she gave up most of the land
-to which she had laid claim.
-
-But there were some of the red men who did not want this peace
-with the Eng-lish. They had seen the red-coats run away from
-them, and they thought they might now strike a blow for their
-own homes and land. The French made them think they would help
-them. "The King of France has but slept for a time," they said,
-"but he will soon wake up, and then he will drive the foe from
-the homes of the red men, and give them back their land."
-
-[Illustration: IN-DI-AN CHIEF.]
-
-There was one brave chief, Pon-ti-ac, who heard all this with
-a glad heart. "I will live and die a French man," he said, and
-he sent men to each town to bear a belt with red or black beads
-on it, and a knife with a red stain on it; these meant war.
-The knife was of the kind with which they were wont to scalp
-the foe, and the red stain told that deeds of blood were at
-hand. When this belt and knife were kept, Pon-ti-ac knew that
-the chiefs there would join the war. Their first move was on
-a fort at De-troit.
-
-[Illustration: IRON TOM-A-HAWK.]
-
-[Illustration: STONE TOM-A-HAWK.]
-
-This was Pon-ti-ac's plan. He would go some day to the fort
-with some men and ask leave to come in and show them a war dance.
-While some were in the dance, a few would stroll through the
-fort and see all that could be seen. Then they would go once
-more as if for a call, with arms hid in their clothes, and strike
-down the white men when they did not look for it. The first
-part of this plan went on all right; but one of the squaws,
-who was a friend to the head man of the fort, told him what
-the red men meant to do. So when Pon-ti-ac and his men went
-in the fort, each with his gun hid in his clothes, they found
-ranks of men with arms to meet them, and they were glad to get
-out with their lives.
-
-But Pon-ti-ac would not give up, for he made more friends, and
-laid siege to De-troit in 1763. It was a long siege for the
-red man, but it held out, though food was scarce, and the men
-in it felt that they must soon starve. Pon-ti-ac at last had
-to make peace, and met his own death at the hands of a red man,
-who was mad with drink; and so the French and In-di-an war came
-to an end.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV.
-
-THE WAR THAT MADE US FREE.
-
-
-For a time all were at peace; but at last a war broke out that
-took more time, and cost more men, than all the wars of the
-past. You have heard of it, it may be, by the name of the Rev-o-lu-tion.
-
-There are some old men who fought in that war, who are alive
-this day. You see the cause of this war came out of what our
-men thought to be their wrongs. They thought the rule of Eng-land
-too hard, and that they should have their own men to rule them.
-They would have gone on as they were, if they had thought that
-Eng-land was just to them; but she put a tax on the things they
-had to use. She had a large debt to pay, and so she thought
-it fair our men should help to pay it; and our men held that
-they ought to have a voice as to what the tax should be, and
-fix what they knew to be right.
-
-Do you know what a tax means? It meant, in this case, that when
-our men bought a thing, they had to pay a few cents more than
-its real price, and these few cents were to go to Eng-land.
-Of course these few cents from all sides grew to be a good sum,
-and was quite a help. Eng-land, at this time, made a law which
-we know by the name of the "Stamp Act." This law, which gave
-to Eng-land a tax on all deeds, was one great cause of the wrath
-of our men. One man made a speech on it that was put in print,
-and the boys in the schools spoke it. In all the States men
-took the same view; so that the Stamp Act may be said to have
-lit the fire which in time made such a blaze.
-
-In all the States men stood up for what they thought their rights,
-and they made up their mind that they would not pay this tax
-on Eng-lish things, but would learn to make them of their own.
-Men and their wives took a vow that the fine clothes from their
-old home should not tempt them, but they would spin and weave,
-and wear what they made, though it might be poor and coarse.
-One brave dame wrote to her friends, "I hope there are none
-of us but would wrap up in the skins of sheep and goats to keep
-us warm, if we must else pay a tax which is not just on the
-goods of Eng-land."
-
-The wrath at the Stamp Act grew more fierce each day, and the
-men who were sent to put it in force did not dare to do so.
-One was caught and made to say that he would give the thing
-up. He was made to fling up his hat and cry as they told him,
-three times, in words which meant that they were right and the
-King was wrong. No one was found so bold as to put the Stamp
-Act in force; and the news went to the King and set him in a
-great rage. Some of their own great men were on our side, and
-were glad we did not yield.
-
-At last the King gave up the Stamp Act, but said he had a right
-to tax us as he chose. There was great joy here at the news
-that the Stamp Act was to be heard from no more. The bells were
-rung, and flags were flung out on the breeze, and all who were
-held for debt were made free. For a year there was no more heard
-of a tax; but then a new act came. This tax was made on tea
-and glass, and such things, which were in use all the time.
-This woke new wrath, and troops had to come out to keep the
-peace, which our men said they would not bear. The boys from
-the schools felt the wrong, and would call the "red-coats" in
-scorn by that name; and the young men made a vow that they would
-drive them from the town.
-
-There were street fights each day; and the men were more and
-more set to have their rights. The folk wore the rough clothes
-which they spun and wove, and would not buy a yard of Eng-lish
-cloth. Then they sought to find some plant that they might use
-for tea, so that they would not have to buy tea and pay the
-tax on it. They must have had some queer drinks at that time.
-When the King found they were so set in their way, he gave up
-all but the tax on tea. Then he sent three large ship loads
-of it here, in the hope that our folk would want it so much
-when they saw it, that they would be glad to pay the tax.
-
-But our men had made up their minds that this tea should not
-land. So when the tea ships came in, a guard was set on them
-by our men as they lay at the wharf, so that the tea should
-not be brought to shore. A large crowd of men met in a Hall
-in Bos-ton, to say what should be done with the tea; and at
-last they gave out, that if the tea were sent back where it
-came from, all would be well. But the head man, who was sent
-here to rule us by the King, would not do this, and said so.
-When this was told to the crowd, a war-whoop was heard at the
-porch, and some men in the dress of In-di-ans made a rush down
-to the wharf, and went on board of the three tea ships, and
-cast all the chests of tea in the bay. Then they went home in
-peace and did no one harm. This was the "Bos-ton Tea Par-ty,"
-and is so known at this day.
-
-At New York and Bos-ton they did not try to land the tea when
-they heard of this, but took it back. At one time the tea was
-set on fire. All this made our men more and more set on their
-own way; and the King grew in a rage with them. He made some
-strong laws, sent troops to Bos-ton, and put in force a bill
-called a Port Bill, which would not let a boat go in or out
-the port, save that it brought food or wood. One of their own
-men stood up and said this was a "bill to make us slaves." And
-the wood and food had to be brought in a new route, and not
-straight in the bay. Not a stick of wood or a pound of flour
-could be brought in a row boat, or straight in from a near point;
-it must all go round to the place where the Eng-lish saw fit,
-where they could stop it and see just what was there.
-
-Of course this was hard for the good folk of Bos-ton, and they
-did not bear their wrongs in peace. They had gifts sent them
-by land--of grain and salt fish and sheep. From the South came
-flour and rice, and some times gold for the poor. So that the
-Port Bill made all feel to them like friends, for all towns
-took up the cause of Bos-ton as their own.
-
-This was just what the wise men at the court of King George
-had said would be the case. They knew it would make our folk
-more strong to drive them with hard laws to fight. And so it
-came to pass, as the two great men, Burke and Fox, had said,
-King George was set in his way, and would not change, but did
-his best to push the laws through. The Bos-ton Port Bill was
-one of the things that made the States one. For they had but
-one mind on these harsh laws, and stood as one man for the right.
-The day when this Port Bill was first put in force, the Town
-Hall in one of the towns was hung with black, as for a death;
-the Bill was on it, and the toll of bells was heard all day.
-
-If we could have stood in Bos-ton in those days, we would have
-seen that there was not much work, and no ships at the wharves
-but those of Eng-land. There were guns in view, and men with
-red-coats in the streets. There were tents on the green, and
-clubs that met each night, to talk of this strange turn in things,
-and what was best to do. They did not want war, but saw no way
-to get out of it. Great men spoke of it here and there, and
-each speech was read at the clubs.
-
-"We must fight," grew to be the cry. But there were some, of
-course, who felt sad at all this, who thought it wrong not to
-do the will of the King in all things. They said this land would
-come to grief, for we were the ones who had the most to lose
-by war. These men had the name of "To-ries," and the rest did
-not look on them as friends, but held them as foes. Some of
-these men went back to their old homes, and came here in the
-troops of the King to fight their old friends. Some stayed and
-came round to new views, and took part in the wars that came
-to pass in time. All knew that the ranks of the King would be
-made of men who had fought in wars, and were known to be brave;
-while on our side they would be raw men, who did not know the
-art of war. But still our men were brave, and they said, with
-strong hearts, "The strife may be long, but the end is sure.
-We will fight for our homes, for our lands, for the right. We
-will be free!"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V.
-
-THREE GREAT FIGHTS.
-
-
-In each town, at this time, men thought but of war, and how
-to train for it; so that in case of need each one could spring
-to arms at once. Guns were put in a safe place, and stores of
-food were bought. The Brit-ish in their turn kept watch on all,
-and more troops were brought in.
-
-Our men made a plan, that when it should be known that a large
-force of the Brit-ish were to move out of Bos-ton at night,
-a light should be hung out of the North Church by way of a sign.
-One night the watch by the Charles saw the light gleam high
-on the church, and they knew some move was on hand. At once
-all was stir and noise. Men rode here and there to find out
-what it meant. One went in a boat, and then took a fleet horse
-to seek out two of the wise and great men, and see what was
-best to do. The man who took this ride, and went from house
-to house with a call to those who slept, was Paul Re-vere. There
-is a song this day on that ride.
-
-You may be sure there was no more sleep in a house that night.
-When he rode by--"Do not make so much noise," said one on guard.
-
-"Noise," said Paul Re-vere, "there will be noise ere long; the
-foe is on us!"
-
-All this time the Eng-lish troops had made a swift, still march.
-They thought no one had seen or known their move; but all at
-once the bells in each church rang out a wild peal. In each
-town the church bell sent a call to each home. So it was plain
-that all was known. Paul Re-vere and the scouts had done the
-work well. The Brit-ish sent back for more troops. They came,
-and they were told to hold the bridge at Con-cord. But when
-Ma-jor Pit-cairn, who was at the head of the Brit-ish, came
-to Lex-ing-ton at dawn, he found a great crowd of men with arms.
-
-"What do ye here?" he said, in wrath, "go to your homes! Why
-don't ye lay down your arms?" But as they made no move to go,
-his troops sent forth a fire on them, which they gave back with
-a will. Eight of our men got their death wounds that day, and
-this was the first blood shed in the war.
-
-The Brit-ish then gave three cheers and set out on a march to
-Con-cord. The people of that town made haste to move their stores
-of food and arms to a safe place in the woods. Their scouts
-took the North bridge, and could see that the Brit-ish were
-in the streets of the town; that they had set the court house
-on fire, and cut down the pole, and laid waste the stores they
-found. So the men on the bridge made up their minds they would
-try to drive this foe out. There were but few of them, but they
-had strong hearts.
-
-One of their head men said, "I have not a man who fears to go."
-He was the first who was shot, and fell dead. Still they went
-on and made a brave fire, so that the Brit-ish set out to run.
-But they could not go back as they came; for by this time our
-men for miles round, came in on all sides. Some were in their
-shirt sleeves, they had come in such haste; but each one had
-a gun in his hand, and took his place back of a tree or stone
-wall, where he could get good aim. One of the Brit-ish wrote
-home that the men came so fast, they would seem to drop from
-the sky.
-
-At each step the Brit-ish troops took, a shot would come from
-some side, and a man would fall dead. At last such a fear came
-on our foe, that they broke into a run. They did not know what
-to do. They had no more shot, and could not give back the fire.
-One of them wrote, "They had to lie down for rest on the ground,
-and their tongues hung out of their mouths like dogs spent by the
-chase." All the way to Bos-ton they felt the fire of our men,
-and they were glad to get back to their great ships, the men
-of war, and rest where they could be safe. They had lost three
-times more men than the A-mer-i-cans.
-
-There was a great stir in the court of the King when the news
-was brought that their troops had run from a hand full of raw
-men, who had no skill in the art of war. Poor Lord Per-cy, who
-had been at the head of the Eng-lish, came in for hard names,
-though he was a brave man. They were mad, and had to give vent
-to their wrath on some one. In A-mer-i-ca it was felt that this
-was the first blow struck; and Sam-u-el Ad-ams, when he heard
-the news at Lex-ing-ton, said, "Oh, what a grand day this is!"
-for he knew this strife would not end till all the States were
-free.
-
-There were some hills near Bos-ton, and our men knew that there
-was a plan to gain them, and make a place for Eng-lish troops
-on them. You see, if the foe had such high ground, they could
-have a grand chance to fire down on those in the town. So our
-men stole out by night and threw up earth works, and took all
-the troops they could get from all parts, and put them in charge
-there. In the mean while they sent their wives and young ones
-out of the town, so that none but Brit-ish troop were left there.
-They made no noise in their march that night; no one heard them,
-and the bells in the church struck twelve ere they dug a sod.
-But they were soon at work, and could hear the guard on the
-man-of-war cry out each hour, "All's well."
-
-When the day came, and the sun rose, the earth works were seen
-from the ships, and at once they sent out a fire on them. So
-in Bos-ton the troops woke to see the true state of things,
-and were not slow to do their best. But our men went on with
-their work, spite of the shots. One of the foe had a glass through
-which he could see each move of our men round the works. "Will
-they fight?" said he. "To the last drop of their blood," said
-one who stood near.
-
-So they made up their minds to lose no time, but to make a raid
-on the works that day. It was a hot day in June. Part of our
-men stood by a rail fence, on the edge of a hill, by the name
-of Bun-ker Hill; part were back of the mounds which were but
-half made. Then the rail fence was made to screen the men back
-of it, by a lot of new mown hay, put in to fill up the gaps.
-
-[Illustration: JO-SEPH WAR-REN.]
-
-The Brit-ish troops went in boats, and took their stand on the
-bank of the Charles. They had two men to our one, and were full
-of skill in the use of arms. Our men had come in from the farm
-or the shop. They did not know what a drill meant; but their
-place was more safe back of the earth works, while the troops
-of the foe were out in full sight in the field. It is a grand
-sight; the long lines, the red coats and white pants of the
-Brit-ish; the white cross belts, the beat of drums, the play
-of fifes. The sky is clear and hot. Great white clouds sail
-on the blue. The folks crowd on the roof of each house in the
-town.
-
-So our men laid in wait, as the troops took up a slow march
-on them. The Eng-lish found the day hot, and they had their
-arms and food to weigh them down. But they had no doubts, and
-their march was sure. They would fire now and then, and few
-shots fell on them. On they came, till they got ten rods from
-the earth works. Then the word rang out on our side, "Fire!"
-When the smoke was gone it was seen that the dead lay on the
-ground here and there; and those who were left had set off to
-run.
-
-[Illustration: PLAN OF BUNK-ER HILL. MON-U-MENT.]
-
-A great shout went up from the forts; a cheer came back from
-those at the rail fence. They, too, had held back their fire
-to the last, and then three fourths of those who had set out
-to chase them fell in the ranks, and the rest ran. Gen-er-al
-Put-nam was one of our great men in this fight. When the foe
-came on, he had said to his men, "Aim low; wait till you can
-see the whites of their eyes," and their aim was sure. When
-they saw the Brit-ish troops in flight, they thought they would
-give them chase; but they had no more shot, and so could not
-make good what they had won. They fell back with sad hearts,
-one by one, and lost more as they did so than they had done
-in the fight.
-
-This was the fight of Bunk-er Hill, and though the A-mer-i-cans
-did not win the day, they made plain to all men that they had
-stout hearts, and could deal a blow for their rights. In this
-fight Gener-al War-ren lost his life.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI.
-
-FIRST IN WAR--FIRST IN PEACE.
-
-
-The first thing George Wash-ing-ton was heard to ask when news
-came of this fight was, "Did our men stand fire?" And when he
-was told that they did, he said, "Then the rights of our land
-are safe." From this day our men took heart and were of good
-cheer. The Brit-ish lost one in four of their men in that fight;
-and on our side we did not lose half as much. In Eng-land men
-did not know what to make of so great a loss to their troops
-from so small a force as ours.
-
-In this land there was a call for more troops, and George Wash-ing-ton
-was put at their head. He had shown that he was a brave and
-true man. He came from Vir-gin-ia, his home, and met the rest
-'neath a great elm tree in Cam-bridge. This tree is known as
-the "Wash-ing-ton Elm" to this day. All felt a wish to see this
-brave man, who had no small fame; they came from all sides to
-greet him, and saw a man more than six feet tall, with a broad
-chest, large hands and feet, a fine face, a clear eye, and the
-air of one born to rule. He wore a blue coat, with buff small
-clothes, and a black plume in his hat.
-
-Wash-ing-ton saw, in his turn, a crowd of men of all sorts and
-kinds, rude and rough in their looks, and with odd kinds of
-arms, no two of which were alike, in their hands. Some were
-in old coats, some in their shirt sleeves. No state suits or
-gold bands or fine plumes were there. And when Gen-er-al Wash-ing-ton
-went round to the camp, he found things were in a bad state.
-Some had straight lines of tents, neat and nice, but most were
-in small huts made of boards or stones or turf. The food was
-rough and scarce, and the men had not the first means for war;
-not as much as would load their guns more than a few times.
-
-It would not have been strange if Wash-ing-ton had felt his
-heart sink at such a sight. But he went to work in a brave way
-to do the best he could. Some store ships of food fell, by good
-luck, in the hands of our men, who had been sent out to get
-what they could; so that food was not so scarce. But still they
-had no food for their guns, and could not march on the foe.
-
-The Brit-ish troops still held Bos-ton; but could not get food
-and wood for fires. The small-pox, too, broke out in their midst.
-They had to pull down an old house now and then and burn it
-to keep warm; and they sent crowds out of the town to be fed.
-They put troops in each church, and made a play house of the
-Town Hall. At times they would send out play bills to Wash-ing-ton
-and his men. They did not want them to know that things were
-so hard with them.
-
-Once in this hall they had a play on the times. It was meant
-to show how they were shut in by the foe, and of course to make
-fun at the same time. In one part, a man in a dress like Wash-ing-ton,
-with a great wig, and a long sword all rust, came on the stage.
-By his side was a green lad, with an old gun. This was done
-to cast a slur on our men. But just then there was a cry, "The
-Yan-kees are on Bunk-er Hill." At first this was thought to
-be a part of the play; but when Gen-er-al Howe said, in a loud
-voice, "Men, to your posts!" there was great fright. Men ran,
-their wives fell in a faint, and all felt there was no fun in
-such a scare. In a short time the Eng-lish left Bos-ton; for
-they could not be safe from the fire that came down on them
-from all the hills round.
-
-But they did not give up the fight. When the King and his court
-heard of Bunk-er Hill, they made up their minds they would rule
-this land, let it cost what it would. So they cut off our trade
-as far as they could, and they brought in all the men they could
-find from all lands which would give them help. So you may be
-sure they had a great crowd to come on us and try to bend us
-to their will. But our folk kept up a stout heart in the face
-of all. They felt they had gone too far to go back.
-
-[Illustration: Benjamin Franklin.]
-
-There were some wise men who were known as the "Con-gress,"
-who had met in Phil-a-del-phia. They gave it as their mind that
-"These States are and of right ought to be free;" and they stuck
-to this text. The troops had to fight, and it was the part of
-Con-gress to raise the men, the pay, and the arms. It would
-seem that they had the worst part to do. To be sure, when they
-thought of the past, they might take heart. In the face of such
-a foe, it must be said, our men had done well. Doc-tor Frank-lin
-felt that way; but there were some rich men who thought it would
-be death to the States to make war.
-
-So Con-gress met to see if it were best that they should strike
-the blow at once that would make them free. They had more than
-one talk on this, and at first the time did not seem ripe. They
-were to break all ties with Eng-land, to pay no more tax, and
-to try to find help if they could, in their fight to be free.
-Some great men wrote out the plan, and you can still see it
-in the Hall in Phil-a-del-phia. This sheet is called the "Dec-la-ra-tion
-of In-de-pend-ence." It meant that they were bound to be free,
-and so they wrote it down. It was made Ju-ly 4th, 1776, and
-that is why you hear the noise of fire works and see signs of
-joy on each Fourth of Ju-ly since that day.
-
-[Illustration: JOHN HAN-COCK'S RES-I-DENCE, BOS-TON.]
-
-When the men came to sign this Dec-la-ra-tion, the one who wrote
-his name first, said, "We must be one; we must all pull the
-same way; we must hang side by side." "Or we shall hang with
-none at our side," said Frank-lin. But no doubt there were sad
-hearts that day, though these words did raise a laugh.
-
-[Illustration: IN-DE-PEND-ENCE HALL.]
-
-They did not change this dec-la-ra-tion much from the way they
-wrote it first. There was one clause on the slave trade which
-the men from the South did not like; so it was struck out. There
-were twelve States--though they did not call them States in those
-days--that gave their vote for it. New York would not vote at
-all. The bell of the State House was to ring if the "Dec-la-ra-tion"
-should pass. This bell had been put up years since, and one
-might read on it, though these are not just the words, "Let
-all the land be free." So the old man who was wont to ring this
-bell, put his boy at the door of the hall where the men met.
-
-When at last the Dec-la-ra-tion should pass, the man who kept
-the door was to make a sign to the boy. You may think how all
-hearts beat when this boy ran out with a cry of "Ring, ring;"
-and what a peal of joy rang out from the bell! Then the Dec-la-ra-tion
-was read to each of the troops, and there were loud cheers on
-cheers from all sides. That night the form of George the Third,
-on horse-back, which had been wrought in stone, and stood in
-one of the squares, was laid low in the dust by the crowd.
-
-Yet for all this brave show, the men were sad at heart. They
-knew how poor they were, and how few, and the true state of
-the troops, and all that could be brought to put them down.
-They set out to make a flag of their own; for they had all sorts
-of flags at this time. One had a pine tree on a white ground,
-and was known as the "pine tree flag." On this flag were words
-which meant, "Call to God for help."
-
-When Wash-ing-ton came to take the head of the troops, he had
-a new flag made with stripes of red and white, as now; but on
-one end was a red and white cross, like that which marks the
-Brit-ish flag. This flag went with our troops in Bos-ton, when
-the Brit-ish took up their march out of that place. But, by
-vote of Con-gress, a change was made, and it was said that our
-flag must have red and white stripes, and white stars on a blue
-ground--a star and a stripe for each State. Now when they make
-a new State, they put a new star on our flag. Count them and
-see how strong we are.
-
-The first man to hoist the new flag was Cap-tain Paul Jones.
-He was at the head of a man-of-war, and from that ship it was
-first flung out on the breeze. This is the flag that now waves
-in town and camp, and on our ships to all the ports of the land.
-We have more stars now, but the stripes stay the same.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII.
-
-THE REST OF THE WAR.
-
-
-Up to this time, most of the fights had been round Bos-ton.
-But Wash-ing-ton now saw that there would be a move made on
-New York; so he sent Gen-er-al Lee to help keep the town, and
-he soon went there too. Some men came to their aid from the
-South, and Lord Howe, with a great mass of Eng-lish troops,
-were there to meet them. Lord Howe had word from King George
-first to speak of peace, but he did not know to whom he should
-speak. He wrote a note to "George Wash-ing-ton;" but our chief
-would not read it, as he said his true name, as head of the
-troops,  should be on it. So Lord Howe wrote no more. He saw
-that the  hour to fight had come.
-
-At first the A-mer-i-can troops came to grief, and Wash-ing-ton
-and his men had to make their way back for a time. The Brit-ish
-took heart from this, and our men were sad. They were poor,
-and had few clothes, and some had no shoes for that long, hard
-march; so that one could track their steps by the blood on the
-ground.
-
-Wash-ing-ton saw there was no time to lose, and he must strike
-a swift blow. He knew there were troops of Ger-mans at Tren-ton,
-and that they still held to the ways of their land. Do you know
-the name of that day when you have a tree with nice gifts and
-lights hung on it? It is the day when Christ was born, and which
-we keep to this time for His sake. Well, Wash-ing-ton knew these
-folk would cling to the ways of their old homes. That they would
-keep the feast and be off their guard. So on the eve of that
-day he set out to march on them with his men. A storm of sleet
-came up in the night, but they went on, and when the dawn rose,
-these brave men, who had come through the snow and ice, stood
-in ranks for the fight. Some one wrote a note, and a man ran
-all the way to Tren-ton to warn the Ger-mans. But they were
-at cards. The Gen-er-al had his cards in his hands, and it was
-his turn to play. He must look at his cards first.
-
-Yes, his life is at stake, but he does not know it. In the dim
-gray of the dawn our men march in on them. There is the sound
-of wheels and a shout. Co-lon-el Kall hears the drums beat,
-and the cards drop from his hands--too late! He got his death
-in that fight, and all his men were held and bound. These things
-put our troops in heart once more, and it was the wish of all
-to go on; but they had a hard, sad time through the days of
-storm and cold at Val-ley Forge.
-
-If we could see that camp at Val-ley Forge, in our mind's eye,
-we would know how much those poor men had to bear in this war
-to make us free. They had lost some by death, and more were
-ill. They had so few clothes to put on when they slept, that
-some sat up all night by the fires to keep warm. At one time
-there were few who had shoes, and the sick had to lie on the
-bare ground, for want of straw. The head men had to wear old
-quilts or bed spreads round in the camp, to keep them warm,
-for want of the right kind of clothes.
-
-The troops were not paid; or the sort of pay they got would
-not buy them food. Food was so scarce that, at last, the pass
-word was, "No food--no man." There were men in this camp who
-had been at the court of kings; who had fed on rich food, and
-had wine to drink, and now they were like to starve.
-
-All this time Wash-ing-ton did his best to keep up the heart
-of his troops. He did not tell Con-gress how few and worn they
-were; and there were those who gave him blame that he did not
-do great things with these few worn out men. All this time the
-Brit-ish troops in Phil-a-del-phia had what they chose of good
-fare, and led a gay life. Some of them, with Gen-er-al Bur-goyne
-at their head, in the mean time, had two or three fights with
-our men, but found they did not gain much. At last they were
-glad to go back. Just as they made a move to do so, our men
-had the luck to hem them in on all sides in one place and won
-the day. This was at Sar-a-to-ga. This was good news to those
-in Val-ley Forge. It brought cheer to them, and they felt brave
-to go on.
-
-In Eng-land men did not know what to make of our luck. It made
-a stir in France, where we had friends; and some of their young
-men came here to join our troops. We had some great French men
-with us at that time. One whose name is still held in love by
-all--the great La-fa-yette.
-
-At this time France made a vow to us that she would stand our
-friend, and give us aid. When this was known in Eng-land, fears
-rose on all sides; for they knew how much help France could
-give, and how strong it would make us. They sent men over to
-talk to us of peace, but it was too late. The A-mer-i-cans had
-no thought but to be free, and they would take no less than
-that. But these men still came, and thought they would see what
-bribes could do. A large sum of gold was held out to Gen-er-al
-Reed, if he would aid their cause. He said, "I am not worth
-so much; but such as I am, the King of Eng-land has not so much
-gold as would buy me!"
-
-[Illustration: PAUL JONES'S SEA FIGHT.]
-
-But the aid from France was less than they thought it would
-be. Fleets were sent, but they gave small help to the cause.
-And so the war went on for three years more. At times our men
-would make a good fight, and then there would be dark days when
-the foe had things all his own way. The Eng-lish had paid some
-tribes of In-di-ans to fight on their side; and once there was
-a sad scene, where men and their wives and babes were put to
-death by these fierce wild men. This was not war, of course.
-We give it a much worse name.
-
-Then there were sea-fights. In one of these, the men on the
-ships fought three hours, and the ships took fire more than
-once; but at last the Brit-ish gave up. In that ship the man
-who took the lead on our side was Paul Jones.
-
-There is a tale told of what the brave wife of one of those men,
-to whom we give the name of Friends, did for our cause at this
-time. Gen-er-al Howe made his home in her house, a long low
-brick one, at Tren-ton. He said to her one day, "I want to have
-some friends here to night, and I would like to have the spare
-back room to meet them in."
-
-"It shall be as thee says," said Friend Ruth.
-
-"See that all the folks in the house are in bed at a good hour,"
-said Gen-er-al Howe.
-
-"I will move that they go," said Friend Ruth.
-
-So when the men came to see Gen-er-al Howe that night, it was
-all still in the house. Friend Ruth let them in.
-
-"You may go to bed and stay till I call," said Gen-er-al Howe.
-
-Ruth went to her room and lay down awhile; but did not take
-off her clothes. She must know what these men meant to do. At
-last she took off her shoes and went to the door of the room,
-and put her ear to the key hole. This is what she heard. Some
-one reads, "Our troops will make a move by stealth on the foe,
-and we will take them ere they know we are on them!"
-
-There was no more sleep for Friend Ruth that night. She lay
-in her bed till dawn; but all her aim was to think of a plan
-to help our troops, and not to let them fall in the snare. At
-last she hit on a plan to get out of the lines. She was in need
-of some flour; and to get flour, she must go to a grist mill,
-for they did not sell it at stores in those days. Gen-er-al
-Howe could not say he would not let her get flour, as he ate
-at her house; so he gave her a pass. While they ground the grist
-for her at the mill, she rode on as fast as she could, till
-she came to one of our guards. She said some words to him in
-a low voice, and rode back, got her flour, and was home in no
-time.
-
-When Gen-er-al Howe came on our troops the next day, he found
-them all drawn up in rank and file in good trim to meet him.
-He thought it best not to have a fight at all; and it was a
-strange thing to him how they could have known of his move.
-
-Down in the South there were brave men at the head of our troops.
-One was Ma-ri-on, who led his men through the woods by paths
-that were known to few. They gave him the name of the "Swamp
-Fox," and the Brit-ish cast slurs on him, and said he would
-not come out for a fight in a bold way, but took their posts
-at night, and when they were off guard. But he gave them a proof
-of what he could do, when he and Greene fought them and won
-the day in a fair field. Greene made such a name in this fight
-that he took rank next to Wash-ing-ton from that time.
-
-We have to tell a sad tale now of one of our own men--a man,
-too, who had won fame in the war. He had shown that he was brave;
-but men did not like him much, for he thought more of his own
-gain than of his land, and he had the wish for a high place,
-which he did not get. His name was Ben-e-dict Ar-nold, and his
-bad act was, that he made a plan to sell his own land to the
-Eng-lish. He wrote to the foe all he could of the moves our
-troops were to make, and their state, but he did not sign his
-own name. Once he had his camp at the head of some men at West
-Point, and he made up his mind to give this place, which was
-strong with forts, to the Brit-ish. This he would have done,
-and the whole land would have come to grief, but for a chance
-that brought the vile plan to light.
-
-One day a young man rides down the path by the stream. There
-is a wood of oak near. On the ground, by the trees, there are
-three young men. They have a game of cards. They have been out
-all night, and have sat down to rest.
-
-They hear the sound of hoofs.
-
-"Some one on his way to New York for trade," says one.
-
-His friend peers out. "No; his clothes are too good for that,"
-he says.
-
-All three spring to their feet, and cry, "Halt!"
-
-The man on the horse stops, and says, "I hope you are on our
-side."
-
-"Which side is that?" cry the men.
-
-"The side of the King."
-
-"All right," they say; for they wish to find out more.
-
-"Thank God, I am once more with friends!" he says, as he takes
-out his gold watch. "I must get on. I am in great haste."
-
-"We can not let you go," say the men.
-
-"But I have a pass."
-
-"Whose?"
-
-"Gen-er-al Ar-nold's."
-
-"You must get off your horse."
-
-"But, I tell you, you will get in a scrape if you stop me. Read
-this pass."
-
-[Illustration: MA-JOR AN DRÉ.]
-
-"No good. You said you were Brit-ish; we must search you."
-
-"I have naught."
-
-"We will see. Take off your coat."
-
-The coat is laid off, and the boots. Ah, what is this? The hand
-of Ar-nold in this; and "West Point" the date. A shout went
-up, "He is a spy!"
-
-He was a young Eng-lish man by the name of An-dré. He took his
-watch and purse, and said he would give them all, if they would
-let him go free. They would not, but took him to the near A-mer-i-can
-Post to try him. Of course, what Ar-nold had done all came out.
-He had known this would be the case, for as soon as the news
-was brought that An-dré was in the hands of our men, he took
-leave of his wife, gave a kiss to his boy, and sped on his way
-to an Eng-lish ship. He got to Eng-land, and was paid a large
-sum of gold; and they gave him a fine place at the head of some
-troops; but no man would make a friend of him. The Eng-lish
-had been glad to use him, but they would not take him by the
-hand.
-
-You may think what a life he had. His own land had cast him
-out, but he came back to fight her at the head of the foe. But
-the new land where he had made his home had no real place for
-him. Once in the great house in Eng-land, where the wise men
-meet to talk of their laws, one rose to make a speech. But when
-he saw Ar-nold in a seat near him, he said, "I will not speak
-while that man is in the house." Long years after, when one
-of the great men of France had it in his mind to come to this
-land, he went to Ar-nold for some notes to his friends. Ar-nold
-said, "I was born in A-mer-i-ca. I spent my youth there; but
-Ah! I can call no man in A-mer-i-ca my friend."
-
-In the mean time An-dré, the young Eng-lish man, who had met
-Ar-nold, and got the plans which were to give us up in to the
-hands of the foe, was shown to be a spy. There was but one doom
-for a spy. He must be hung. All felt for his fate. He was young,
-and had a fine face, and the air of good birth; but his hour
-had come. Tears were shed at his death; though he was our foe.
-All knew he was a brave man, who had not been slow to risk his
-life in the cause of his land. He thought he was right, and
-took all means to serve his own ends. For Ar-nold, who would
-have sold his own, there was but hate, and they gave him a name
-which would serve to show what his crime had been to all time--Ar-nold
-the Trai-tor!
-
-All this while the French had been our friends; but they had
-not met with a chance to show what they could do, till a great
-fight came which made an end of this war. This was at a place
-by the name of York-town, in Vir-gin-ia. Wash-ing-ton was there
-with his troops, and the French Gen-er-al, who had a hard name,
-which you may learn one of these days, was with him at the head
-of his men. They took the best works of the Brit-ish, and made
-such a brave stand, that Lord Corn-wal-lis thought it would
-be wise to leave by night, with all his troops. But a storm
-came, and they could not get off, so they all had to give up
-to Wash-ing-ton.
-
-There was a grand scene that day, in the fall of 1781, when
-Wash-ing-ton and his French friends stood in two ranks, and
-their old foes took up a slow march by them, and laid down their
-arms as they went. Great was the joy in all the land when the
-news was known. Those who woke that night in Phil-a-del-phia,
-heard the watch cry, "Past two o'clock and Corn-wal-lis is ours!"
-When the news came to Con-gress, they sent out word for a day
-to be set, in all the States, to give thanks to God, and all
-who were held for debt, or for crime, or what cause it might
-be, were set free, that they might share the great joy.
-
-Well might they all be glad, for this meant the end of the war.
-It had cost them dear in gold as well as lives; but it had been
-worse for Eng-land than for them. The sums she had spent were
-vast, and one could not count the lives she had lost. Add to
-this the fact that she had lost this great land, which had once
-been all her own, and now was made free. Our land now took a
-new name. You can read it, I know, though it is not in short
-words, "The U-nit-ed States of A-mer-i-ca."
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII.
-
-IN TIMES OF PEACE.
-
-
-When peace came, the men who had been in camp went to their
-own homes. They were all poor, and did not know what to do.
-There was no gold in the land, but a kind of cash which was
-so bad that it took more than you could count to buy a pair
-of shoes. Gen-er-al Wash-ing-ton found his task more hard to
-keep all in good cheer, now there were no fights on hand, than
-when they were at war. There had to be a tax on some things
-to keep all right, and they did not want to pay the tax, or
-their debts at this time. Wash-ing-ton felt that things were
-at loose ends, and he must make them more strong.
-
-[Illustration: GEORGE WASH-ING-TON.]
-
-Each State had a wish to be first; and it would seem that, with
-no foe to fight, they were on the point of war with their own
-selves. There was need of a strong hand to rule the whole land.
-So men were sent out of each State to meet in Phil-a-del-phia
-and talk of the best plan. They had a long talk, and at last
-wrote what we call the "Con-sti-tu-tion." Ten of the States
-gave it their vote at once; but three held back for a while.
-
-There were grand times in our land when it was known that the
-Con-sti-tu-tion was to be our guide; that we were to be in truth,
-"The U-nit-ed States of A-mer-i-ca," with one will, one aim,
-one soul as it were, while time should last.
-
-A great crowd came out in Phil-a-del-phia to show their joy.
-Each trade had its men there, with the tools of the trade in
-their hands. There was a grand car, made in the shape of that
-bird which we chose as the sign of our land. It was drawn by
-six steeds, and in it sat those who were to judge the folk in
-our great courts. They held a staff, and on it was our "Con-sti-tu-tion,"
-in a frame, and on the top of the staff a cap, which we might
-call the cap of the free--a kind they were fond of in France
-at that time. There were ten ships on the river, gay with flags
-and gilt, to show forth the ten States that had cast their vote
-in the right way.
-
-George Wash-ing-ton was made the first Pres-i-dent, and as he
-took his way to New York, which was then the seat of rule, he
-met joy and kind words on all the route.
-
-At Tren-ton, where he had fought, there was an arch thrown out
-on a bridge, where he must pass. This was hung with wreaths,
-and young girls stood with hands full of sweet buds and bloom,
-which they flung in his path, as they sung a song to greet him,
-and thank him for all he had done.
-
-[Illustration: WASH-ING-TON MADE PRES-I-DENT.]
-
-As he drew near New York, a barge came out to meet him. It had
-a crew all in white, and was meant to show the States--a man
-for each State. Then more boats came to join them, with our
-flag on each. Wash-ing-ton was led in great state to his new
-home. When the time came for him first to meet with the folk
-and take the oath to be true to the Con-sti-tu-tion, there was
-such a rush to the place that some one said, "One might walk
-on the heads of the crowd." When Wash-ing-ton came out where
-all could see him, and the oath was read to him, and he took
-it, a great cheer rent the air, and a cry rang out, "Long live
-George Wash-ing-ton, Pres-i-dent of the U-nit-ed States." There
-was a flag flung out from that Hall, a peal of bells rang, and
-a blast was sent out from the guns, to show the joy and the
-love with which they took him for their chief. This was on April
-30, 1789.
-
-War is bad for all folks; for it is hard, when it is past, for
-men to learn the arts of peace. Wash-ing-ton found the whole
-land in debt. They did not want a tax, and the red men were
-still their foes. But in a few years he made a great change.
-The In-di-ans were put down, and France and Spain and Eng-land
-were brought to deal with us as friends. It was a man by the
-name of John Jay, who wrote out the terms with Eng-land, and
-so we had peace for a time.
-
-Just then there was a great fight in France, not with a foe,
-but in their own midst. The men there had seen how our land
-had won the day, and they had a mind to be free and have no
-King. They did not go at it in the same way that we did; but
-shed much blood of their own folk, and cut off the heads of
-their King and Queen, and did things which made good men sad.
-But they said they did it all to be free. There was a reign
-of fright for a time. But at last, the mob could rule no more,
-and they were glad to take a King.
-
-Wash-ing-ton kept up great state, for those times, in his own
-home, and when he drove out he had a state coach, cream white
-in hue, and drawn by six steeds on state days. He took but one
-horse on the Lord's day, when he rode to church. This coach
-was of the shape of a half sphere, and had wreaths, and the
-forms of small fat boys with wings, drawn on it in gay tints.
-He set days for all to come and see him in his home. Those who
-came would see Wash-ing-ton in front of the fire place, and near
-him the band of great men who gave him help with their wise words.
-He would be, seen in a coat of black, with a vest of white or
-pearl, and buff gloves. His hair was made white with a kind
-of dust they had in use in those days; and it was put in a sort
-of silk bag at the back of his head. That was a queue.
-
-He would have his hat in his hand, and he wore a long sword.
-He did not shake hands with his guests, but made them a bow,
-and had some word for each. His wife, too, had times for her
-friends to come; and all must be in full dress--the dames in
-low necks and short sleeves. On the birth day of Wash-ing-ton,
-men would meet to dine in all the large towns; and those who
-made rhymes would write odes to the great man. There were some
-who did not like all this state and form and show. They thought
-it was too much like the style of kings in the old land, and
-they would have been glad to have a new mode here. They did
-not wish to see a Judge in a robe of red, or the man who was
-to preach in the church in a wig, with gown and bands. They
-were for plain dress and plain ways.
-
-You may see now bits of the stiff, rich silks of those days,
-or it may be a quaint old gown, rich in lace, which has been
-kept from that time. You may see in your mind the dame who wore
-it, as she waves her fan, sent from France, with the head of
-Wash-ing-ton on it. The hair of this dame would be drawn high
-on her head, and made white with the dust of which I spoke,
-and put in great puffs. The men whose trade it was to dress
-hair in those days had such a crowd of folks to fix, that they
-had to get up at four to do the work. I have heard of great
-dames who sat up all night to keep their hair in good style
-for some ball, or the play. The men, too, thought quite as much
-of dress as their wives, and in those days they did not wear
-plain cloth suits as now. Then a man put on a wig, and a white
-stiff stock, that held up his chin; a vest of white silk, it
-may be with rose-buds on it, and all the rest of his clothes
-were rich.
-
-It was the mode to have a snuff box in those days; it might
-be of gold, or some dear stuff, with much work on it, and when
-one met a friend they would be as sure to stop and take a pinch
-of snuff as to lift the hat in our time.
-
-[Illustration: SPIN-NING WHEEL.]
-
-They gave Balls in those days, which were quite grand, but they
-did not dance in the same way as now. They had all sorts of
-slow steps and bows. There was a kind of stiff grace in their
-style, and some would like it more now, than the rush and whirl
-of our mode of to-day. The dames were borne in a sort of chair
-through the streets to these Balls.
-
-All this was the way of life with the rich. The poor still wore
-the clothes they spun and wove, and they made their own lights,
-and struck fire with two flints. They had not seen a match then,
-and did not dream of gas, or of the strange new light which has
-been found in our time. They went to bed with the chicks, and
-rose when the cock crew. The towns at the North throve the best.
-At the South towns were few, and in the far West the foot of
-man had not yet found its way.
-
-[Illustration: COT-TON PLANT.]
-
-Those brave men who had first come to this land, had seen here
-and there in the South a strange plant. It had a sort of bulb
-full of a fine white down, and those who had seen it in hot
-lands knew it could be spun, and cloth made from it. It was
-not hard to make it grow; but the white fluff was so full of
-seeds that it took a whole day to get a pound free from them.
-Wise men saw in this plant a great fund of wealth for the States.
-So they set to work to find a quick way to take the seed out.
-
-There was a man in the East who heard of this, and set his brain
-to work. He was a young man by the name of E-li Whit-ney; and
-he had not seen the plant when he took it in his head that he
-could find a way to "gin" it; for that is the name of the work.
-He had to walk all the way to one of the towns at the South,
-to get the seed, and as he had no tools or wire, he had to make
-them. You may think that was slow work, but he had a strong
-will, and when he had made a rude "gin," he bade his friends
-come and see how it would do. All saw that it would work well;
-but some thieves broke in his house at night and stole it. So
-there was a long time that the man who made the "gin" got nought
-for it. For those who stole it made gins like it and sold them.
-These gins did the work well and fast, and so there grew up
-a great trade for us in this soft white fluff.
-
-It is made in cloth for you to wear, and is spread on your beds,
-and will take all sorts of bright dyes. We sell it to all the
-world, and wealth flows in on all sides. This would not have
-been the case had not the young man, E-li Whit-ney, made the
-"gin."
-
-The death of one of the great men of the land came to pass at
-this time. We have told you of Ben-ja-min Frank-lin. He was
-born in Bos-ton, and he was the son of a poor man. But he knew
-how to print, and he set up a press in a room where he could
-print each morn the news of the day. He did not scorn to sell
-all sorts of wares as well, such as rags, ink, soap, and such
-things. He had read a great deal, and found out more than those
-round him knew. You have seen the sharp light play in the dark
-clouds in a storm. You know that it strikes at times; it may
-be a house or a barn or a man, and that the one who is struck
-is apt to die.
-
-Well, Frank-lin thought that this light could be drawn down
-from the skies, and when he heard a laugh at this, he set to
-work to prove it. He sent his son out one day in a storm, with
-a kite in his hand. As a low black cloud went by, they saw the
-fierce light tear through it; it would seem that the light ran
-down the string of the kite. Frank-lin had put a key on this
-string, and when he made his friends touch that key, they drew
-sparks from it. So they saw that he had found out a great thing;
-and from that has come the plan of the rods that are now put
-on a house to keep it safe in a storm. This gave him fame here
-and in the rest of the world. He was sent to France and made
-strong friends for us there. He is said to have done more good
-works for his land than all the rest of the men of his time.
-So it is not strange that all felt sad when death took him from
-us.
-
-The French, too, met in their great hall to mourn his loss;
-and one of their chiefs said, "The sage whom two worlds claim
-as their own is dead;" and they wore crape on their arms for
-three days, for his sake.
-
-While Wash-ing-ton had the rule of the land, more new States
-came in. The first of these was Ver-mont. This State was full
-of green hills and strong brave men, who had cut down the trees
-and made homes there. Once New York laid claim to this land,
-but they could not drive these brave men out. They thought they
-had a right to the soil, and they sent a man, by name E-than
-Al-len, to talk with the men of New York. He was met with gibes
-and sneers, but he would not yield. He said to them in words
-from the good Book, "Our gods are gods of the hills, so they
-are more strong than yours."
-
-So when the men from New York came to drive out those who had
-made homes in the midst of these hills, they found a stout foe.
-The Vermont boys would take those who came and tie them to trees
-and whip them with rods from the beech trees. To this they gave
-the name of "the beech seal;" and those from New York did not
-care to have the "beech seal" put on them more than once. They
-grew mad, of course, and they sent out bills in which they set
-forth that they would give a good price for the head of E-than
-Al-len. But in time peace was made in these two States, when
-they had fought side by side in the great war. And so Ver-mont
-was brought in and took that name, which means "Green Hills."
-
-The next State that came in was Ken-tuck-y. This land was next
-to Vir-gin-ia, and for a time held to be a part of that State.
-The first man who made his way through its wild woods and hills
-was Dan-iel Boone, who had won a name for the way he could go
-in to the nooks and glens and trap wild beasts for their fur.
-He took a small band of men with him, and they had no fear,
-but went far in where man had not yet trod, to hunt or fish,
-or make salt at the "Salt Licks" or springs. He built forts
-and held them with his few friends for quite a time, spite of
-the red men. But once they took him and bound him, and thought
-they could make him one of them; so much did they like his strength
-and pluck, but he got free. When men heard of his brave deeds,
-more came to help him. The most of them were from Vir-gin-ia,
-and brought their slaves with them.
-
-The In-di-ans were in a rage at all this new force, and made
-the best fight they could to drive them from the soil; so that
-whole land came to be known as the "Dark Land of Blood." In
-time, peace was made, and the land grew to a State by the name
-of Ken-tuck-y.
-
-Wash-ing-ton held his post for two terms, or eight years, and
-he did not wish to serve more. So John Ad-ams was the choice
-of all, for the next chief of our land.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX.
-
-NEW MEN AND NEW LAWS.
-
-
-John Ad-ams was one of the men who gave his help to write out
-the "Dec-la-ra-tion of In-de-pend-ence," of which you have been
-told. That was, as you know, the first step to make us free.
-In it we had made known that we would make our own laws, and
-no one should rule us but those in our own land. John Ad-ams
-had gone to France at the end of the great war, and had been
-one to help make the French our friends. In his time. Wash-ing-ton
-was made the home of the Pres-i-dents.
-
-This town took its name from our great chief, and he was the
-one to pick out a place for the new site. This home we call
-the White House. At this time France did not seem to hold to
-the old ties that had made us friends. When our men were sent
-to her courts, she would not hear them, and there were some
-sea fights with our ships. It would seem that a new war must
-come out of this, and Wash-ing-ton had a call from his home
-to take the head of the troops. But there was no war, for Na-po-le-on,
-a young man, who had shown great tact and strength, got things
-in his own hands in France, and we made peace through him with
-the French.
-
-There were some who did not like John Ad-ams, for the laws that
-he made. One of these laws gave him the right to seize and send
-out of our States those who came here from strange lands, though
-none could prove they had done wrong. So, though he was a great
-man, he did not get votes for a new term.
-
-And now the hour had come when Wash-ing-ton must die. All felt
-how much they were in debt to him, for the way he had led them
-in the war, and his wise rule in time of peace. He had made
-all men his friends in the end, and in the great hall at Wash-ing-ton,
-it was then said--the words live to this day, that he was "First
-in war, first in peace, and first in the hearts of all." He
-was sick a long time; and his last words were: "I die hard,
-but I do not fear to go!"
-
-No new States came in while Ad-ams had the rule; but the land
-grew in worth, and more homes were made here. But there was
-a great stretch of wild land still, where the bears and the
-wolves could prowl in the woods at will, and no smoke from the
-fire on a home hearth was seen in the air.
-
-Jef-fer-son was the third man whom the land chose to be their
-chief. He was well known as one of the first to frame the Dec-la-ra-tion.
-At this time there was a war of France with Eng-land, and we
-had hard work to keep clear of both. For France had made a law
-that we should not help her foe; and Eng-land had done the same.
-And both sides would take our ships at sea, if they thought
-they made trade with the foe. So our ships had hard times, and
-did not know what way to steer, lest one should seize them and
-take all they had on board. More than this, Eng-land said she
-had a right to search our ships and see if we had her men on
-board of them, and to take such if found. And once or twice
-it came to pass, that they took the whole crew of a ship, so
-that there was not a man left in it to sail it.
-
-One day a man-of-war went to search one of our ships for men,
-they said, who had run from them. They were in sight of one
-of our forts; but when our men would not let the search be made,
-a fire was made on our ship, and they took four of the men,
-and hung one of them. This was bad for our trade, and made a
-great stir in our midst, and woke up the old wrath at Eng-land.
-
-So Con-gress, with a wish to give Eng-land tit for tat, as you
-would say, made a law that we should not trade with her, and
-our ships should not go out of our own ports. But this, you
-know, hurt us more than it hurt Eng-land; and, for a time, Jef-fer-son
-came in for a share of the hard thoughts, as though it were
-all his fault. Those whose trade had been hurt by the law felt
-as if he had been to blame, and the cause of loss to them. There
-were, too, on the sea a band of sea thieves, as we might call
-them. They were men who came from a wild race, far off, who
-would seize ships when they could, and take all the crew and
-hold them for slaves, till their friends would pay a good price
-for them. It was no strange thing in those days to hear read
-out in church the names of those who were slaves to such men.
-Great sums of gold were sent to set our men free. At last we
-made some terms with these thieves of the sea, but they would
-not keep the peace.
-
-Then John Ad-ams sent out four ships to fight these men. We
-did not own but six war ships in those days. One of these had
-the bad luck to run on the shore in that strange land, so the
-foe took it, and the crew were made slaves. There was a brave
-young man in one of our ships, who made a plan to get back the
-lost boat, which had the same name as the town of "Phil-a-del-phia."
-He thought if we could not get her from the foe it would be
-best to burn her, so that they could not use her for their own
-ends. So he took a small boat which had been won from the foe
-in a fight, and put some of our own men in her, and stole up
-to the side of the "Phil-a-del-phia" by night. If he was seen--it
-was thought to be a boat load of friends--but they soon went
-to work, and when they got on board, the fight was short and
-fierce. The "Phil-a-del-phia" was theirs in no time; but they
-found they could not move her, so they set her on fire, and
-set sail once more, and did not lose a man. All this won a name
-and fame for the young man, whose name was De-ca-tur, and in
-time there grew up such a fear of him in those wild States that
-they were glad to make peace and take no more slaves.
-
-[Illustration: DE-CA-TUR BURN-ING THE "PHIL-A-DEL-PHIA."]
-
-Jef-fer-son's mode of life was not like Wash-ing-ton's had been.
-He did not care for fine things or a state-coach, but was plain
-in all his ways. He did not go to the House in a coach and six,
-but rode on a horse which he would tie to a post while he went
-in to read his speech. In time he did not go at all, but sent
-the speech to be read by some one, and so it is done in our
-day. He had no state times for the folk to come and see him;
-but on New Year's day and the Fourth of July his doors were
-flung wide, and all might call who had the wish to do so. He
-did not let men know when his birth day came, so that no feasts
-should be kept, and odes made on it. He made the debt of the
-land less in his time. He thought that all men had a right to
-vote, and at that time there were those who did not hold such
-views.
-
-[Illustration: SLAVES IN FIELD OF SUGAR CANE.]
-
-There was one great law that came to pass in Jef-fer-son's time.
-This was to keep out the slave trade. This trade tore the black
-man from his home, and sold him to those who would pay the most.
-He must leave his wife, his boys and girls, and see them no more,
-and be brought in the dark hold of a ship to a strange land,
-where he did not know their speech. Here he must work at his
-strange tasks, with no hope and no joy in his life. Jef-fer-son
-felt that the slave trade was wrong, and he had the wish to
-see it brought to an end. He thought it gave us a bad name.
-But there were those in Con-gress who did not feel in that way.
-They said if it was right to hold slaves at all, it could not
-be wrong to bring them here. So the talk grew fierce, some on
-this side and some on that; but, in the end, the law was made.
-Spite of this law, the trade went on by stealth for years, though
-the ships of more lands than one came to the aid of the slaves
-to break up this bad trade. In the States there was no law to
-say that slaves should not be bought and sold, and so this went
-on till the last war.
-
-One grand thing that came to be made in the time of Jef-fer-son
-was the steam boat. There were ships with sails, and boats that
-went by oars, but none that went by steam. The first one that
-was made would go four miles an hour; but it was not on the
-same plan as those we have now. The first made like those now
-in use, was built by Rob-ert Ful-ton, in 1807. Men then had
-not much faith in it, and would laugh at it as they do at most
-new things. Ful-ton said no one spoke a kind word of it; but
-when they came to see the launch, and took note of its speed,
-those who came to mock were glad to cheer.
-
-The first steam boat made on his plan was the "Cler-mont," and
-went at the rate of five miles an hour, spite of wind and tide.
-As it went on its way, it sent such a great mass of sparks up
-in the air, and the noise of its wheels was so loud that when
-the crews of the ships that came in its way saw it, they would
-drop on their knees in fright, and pray to be kept safe from
-this strange thing. But, in time, more were made, and men saw
-that there was naught to fear in these great steam boats, though
-they did seem to breathe out fire and smoke. Still, at first,
-they did not dare to cross the sea in them.
-
-[Illustration: FUL-TON'S "CLER-MONT" STEAM-ER.]
-
-There was a great tract of land in the west, which Jef-fer-son
-bought for the U-nit-ed States from the French. Part of it is
-now known as the State of Lou-i-si-ana, and took its name from
-the French King. One of the great streams of the world runs
-through it. Do you know its name?
-
-Jef-fer-son sent men to find out all they could of this land
-he had bought; what kind of tribes of red men were in it, what
-wild beasts were in the wood, and what sort of plants grew there.
-These men took with them food, fire arms, and gifts for the
-chiefs of the red men. They were gone two or three years; and
-made their camps in the woods, when the cold and storm were
-so great they could not go on. They went up the great stream
-to the falls where no white man had been, and then they went
-on and found the source of the stream. They wrote of all they
-saw, and men read it in their homes. They read of new tribes
-of red men; of herds of wild beasts, so large that one herd
-would take up a stream a mile wide. They said some of tribes
-were poor, but some had good homes and fine steeds, which they
-would sell for a few beads. They found, too, they could make
-a great trade for furs with these tribes. There was one man
-who made a post for this trade. It is said he bought furs by
-the weight, and would put his hand or foot in the scale, and
-call it a pound. You may think how much fur it would take to
-weigh them down.
-
-The next chief of our land was James Mad-i-son. When he came
-in, he found that men were once more in a state of wrath with
-Eng-land. You see they felt it hard that our ships should have
-to let Eng-land stop them and search them as she chose. So at
-last it came to war, and at first we did not win at all. The
-red men took part with our foe; and one chief, by name of Te-cum-seh,
-made a plan to join all the tribes of In-di-ans in war on the
-whites. He took part in all the fights, and made a brave stand,
-but he fell at last.
-
-Though we did not win much on land, we had good luck on the
-sea. We took one of Eng-land's ships; but then they in turn
-took one of ours, and a brave man, who fought with his crew
-at the head of it, fell, shot with his death wound. "Don't give
-up the ship!" was his cry with his last breath.
-
-These words, "Don't give up the ship," were put on a flag, which
-was held in a great fight that took place at that time. There
-were nine ships on our side, and six on the side of the foe.
-
-This flag was put on our flag ship, and a brave man fought for
-it. His name was Per-ry. The flag ship was lost; but Per-ry
-flew to a small boat with his flag, and got to the next ship.
-He fought so well that he won the day, and the Brit-ish lost
-all their six ships. Such a thing had not been known till that
-time. When the Brit-ish gave up, Per-ry wrote, "We have met
-the foe, and they are ours!"
-
-There was war for three years; and in the last year the Brit-ish
-took some of our towns on the coast south, and set fire to the
-State Hall and Pres-i-dent's house at Wash-ing-ton. They made
-a raid on New Or-leans, but we had a man there who built up
-miles of bales for a sort of breast works, and fought back of
-them with our troops, so they did not get that town; and this
-was the last fight of the war.
-
-Peace was made, and both sides were glad to sign it. From this
-time the Eng-lish laid claim to no right of search in our ships.
-This was known for a time as the "Late War," but since then we
-have had more wars, so it would not do to call it by that name
-now. But from that day we have had peace with Eng-land, and
-may it long last.
-
-Now came a time of peace when the land grew, and men went west
-and made homes, and built flour mills, and cut down trees, so
-that in a short time a wild place would change in to a town;
-and you would see a church spire point up to the sky, and a
-school with its crowd of young ones at their tasks.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X.
-
-THE SLAVE TRADE.
-
-
-Mad-i-son had two terms of rule, and then Mon-roe was the next
-choice of the land. He had fought in the great war, and had
-a high place in the States. He had shown that he was a brave
-man, and was the one sent to France when our land bought Lou-i-si-ana.
-
-When he was made Pres-i-dent, he made a tour of all the posts
-north and east, to see what strength they would have in case
-of war. He wore a blue coat that was home-spun, and was plain
-in all his dress. He won the hearts of all by his frank ways.
-He met all men as friends, and had no pride and pomp to keep
-them far off; he was as one of them. He thought more of the
-good of his land than his own. One said of him, "If we could
-turn his soul in side out, not a spot could be found on it."
-When he came to die, he was poor in purse but rich in a good
-name.
-
-The red men were not at peace in his time, and there was one
-more cause of strife, and that was the slaves. Since the first
-ship load of slaves had been brought in, the trade had grown
-more and more at the South. The men at the North had grown to
-like this trade less and less. It had been thought at first
-it would soon die out, but they saw this would not be the case.
-At last there was a strife each time that a State, that held
-slaves, would want to come in. The free States would cry out
-that it was wrong to have more slave States.
-
-Those at the South said that when a free State was brought in,
-there ought to be a slave State too, or else the North would
-grow too strong, and have things all their own way. And so there
-was a fight when the time came for the State of Mis-sou-ri to
-come in. I do not mean that they went to war with shot and shell.
-This was a war of words. The North said that it was wrong to
-buy and sell men, and to break up homes; that it was bad for
-the men who held slaves, and for those in bonds, and that the
-first men of the land had the wish to get rid of it. The South
-said that if the great men of the land had the wish to get rid
-of it, they still kept their own slaves; that it was the best
-state for the black men; that they could learn more than in
-their own wild land; that white men could not work out of doors
-in the hot time, and so the crops could not be grown if the
-black man was made free.
-
-At last Con-gress let Mis-sou-ri come in as a slave State, but
-made a law that a line should be drawn in the land. North of
-this line there could be no slaves. South of it men could keep
-slaves or not, just as they chose; men look on this now as a
-weak move. At that time the slaves were few, and the trade not
-great, so it might have been put down with more ease. But with
-time it grew so strong that it took long years and a great war
-to crush it out. Five new States came in while Mon-roe was at
-the head of the land.
-
-John Quin-cy Ad-ams came next. He was the son of the Pres-i-dent
-of the same name, and had been nine years old when he heard
-the Dec-la-ra-tion read from the State House in Bos-ton. Since
-then the land had grown to a vast size, and was at peace. Much
-was done in his time to make our land thrive and grow. The red
-men were made to move west, and their lands were bought.
-
-In his time, the first rail road was built. It was but three
-miles long, and it was a horse that drew the car and not steam.
-The first use of steam came in more late from Eng-land. The
-first steam car did not make much speed; but it was thought
-to be a great thing. Still there were those who said it would
-not be worth much; that it could not draw its own weight, but
-that its wheels would spin round and round on the rail. Some
-thought that if it were made to go, it would be bad for the
-farms; would scare off the cows and sheep, and the smoke would
-make the sheep's wool black. But their fears were laid at rest
-in time by the sight of these cars as they ran on in peace,
-and brought none of these ills to pass.
-
-[Illustration: FIRST STEAM EN-GINE.]
-
-In the same year the land had to mourn the death of two great
-men. Strange to say, they went on the same day, and that was
-the Fourth of July. Both these men had put their names on the
-great Dec-la-ra-tion, and they had grown to be strong friends.
-Jef-fer-son heard the fire of a gun, just as he went. His last
-words were, "Is this the Fourth?"
-
-Ad-ams, who lay near to death, saw the sun set and heard the
-shouts from those who kept the day in his town. He sent them
-word to hold fast the rights that day had brought them; and
-the old man could hear the cheer that they gave at his words.
-
-At this time there was a great talk of a sort of tax to be put
-on all goods brought here from far lands. This we call a tar-iff,
-and we hear a great deal of it in this day. There are those
-who think a high tax should be put on all goods made out of
-our own land, so as to keep them out and give those made here
-a chance. There are some who think that all trade should be
-free; and that ships should sail here with what they choose
-and land it, with no one to see what it is, and put a tax on
-it.
-
-Ad-ams, in his time, was for a high tax, and for this cause
-he did not have but one term as our chief. Those who did not
-want the tax had the most votes, and they chose An-drew Jack-son
-for the next man. He had been well known in the war, and had
-built up those breast works in New Or-leans of which we have
-told you, from which our men beat the Brit-ish.
-
-While he was chief, there were some in the South who felt that
-the North had more than its share of the wealth of the land.
-You see there were more great mills and more goods made in the
-North, and the tax on strange goods was too much help to those
-at home. At least this was so thought by the South, and they
-had a plan to cut loose and set up a new band of States. They
-had drills of their young men, and got arms, and had made choice
-of a man to lead them. His name was John C. Cal-houn, and he
-was to be their first chief. But Jack-son said that "if a State
-could go out of the band of States when it chose, we would come
-to naught;" and he sent troops and ships of war to the South,
-and put a stop to all the stir in a short time.
-
-Tribes of the red men had gone out to the far West, but there
-were those who would not move. There was a tribe in Flor-i-da
-who fought for a long time in the swamps of that land. Some
-slaves who had run away from their homes were with them. One
-of the chiefs of the red men had a slave for a wife, and when
-she went with him to one of our forts, she was held and kept
-as a slave, and the chief was put in chains. When he got free,
-he made a vow to pay up the white man for all he had borne,
-and for the loss of his wife. So he led the red men in this
-war. His name was Os-ce-o-la. He was caught at last, and kept
-in one of our forts till he died. But the war went on for years,
-at a great cost of life, till few of that tribe were left in
-the land. And this war cost three times as much as had been
-paid for the whole of the State of Flor-i-da.
-
-This war had so much to do with slaves, that all the talk on
-the slave trade came up once more. There was a man of that class
-of which we have told you--one of the Friends, or Quak-ers,
-who put in print his views, that some plan should be made by
-which all slaves should be freed in time.
-
-Then a young man, by name of Gar-ri-son, wrote that the best
-way was to set all free at once. This made a great stir, and
-some said he should be brought to court and made to take back
-his words. But he said, "I will speak out what I feel. I will
-not go back an inch, and I will be heard." And just at this
-time, to make things worse, and stir up great fear in the land,
-a slave in Vir-gin-ia, got a mob of black men, and they went
-from house to house and put all to death who came in their way.
-
-Gar-ri-son did not like war, and he would not have blood shed;
-but there were those who laid all the fault of this at his door.
-They said he taught the slave he had a right to be free, and
-so this black man rose and took his rights. The slave who had
-done so much harm was at last caught, and put in jail and then
-hung.
-
-Jack-son thought it would be well for Con-gress to pass a bill,
-that no thing on the slave trade should go through the mails;
-but that bill did not pass. Some were made friends to Jack-son
-by this strong course, when the South had a plan to break up
-our States, and leave the North; but, of course, there were
-those who did not like him for the same cause. He had both strong
-friends and foes; but made so good a rule, that he put the land
-out of debt, and had a sum left to share with the States. Much
-new land was bought in his time.
-
-Jack-son was a great man. He had come from poor folks, and as
-a boy he was more fond of sports than of books. His life had
-its ups and downs. Once he was in the hands of the foe, and
-told he must clean some boots for them. It was too much for
-a free born A-mer-i-can to clean Brit-ish boots. It made his
-blood boil, and he said with scorn that he would not do such
-work. He was not mild or meek, you know, but had a strong will
-of his own. And he kept his word spite of blows, and was sent
-to jail. There the poor boy had small pox. He knew not where
-to turn when he got out of jail, for he was poor, and had no
-one left to help him. He had more than one fight in his time,
-and scars that he did not gain in war. He was brave through
-and through, and won fame where he went. He was in his old home
-when he drew his last breath in peace.
-
-When Mar-tin Van Bu-ren came in, the talk on the slave trade
-grew worse. A slave child by the name of Med, who had been brought
-to Bos-ton by a man, was said to be free by the Court of that
-State, as she had trod on free soil. But at the same time some
-of the dames who met to take the slaves' part, were set on by
-a mob, and Gar-ri-son, who stood up to make them a speech, was
-bound with ropes. Then this fierce mob set to work to drag him
-through the streets; but some friends got hold of him, and had
-to lodge him in jail to save his life. Two schools for the blacks
-were set on fire; and one man in the West, who was a great friend
-of the slave, met his death at the hands of a mob.
-
-Just at this time there was a plan to bring in Tex-as as a slave
-State, and this shook the land from North to South. Long pleas
-with the names of a great mass of folks were sent to Con-gress,
-to beg them not to let Tex-as come in as a slave State. John
-Quin-cy Ad-ams, it is said, spoke an hour a day for twelve days,
-on the side of those who would make Tex-as a free State. They
-put off the strife at that time, and did not bring Tex-as in
-at all. Con-gress made a rule, that no bills that spoke of slaves
-should be brought in, and this was in force for ten years.
-
-In Van Bu-ren's time there was a great crash in trade, and hard
-times in the land. He did not make the hard times, still he
-had but one term for that cause. Men felt a hope that a new
-man might bring in a new state of things. They chose Har-ri-son,
-who had fought in a brave way in the wars with the red men.
-
-He came from the far West, where his home had once been in a
-log house. So he had the name of the Log Cabin man, and the
-poor men in the land all felt proud that one of their own kind
-was their chief; one who had made his way out of the ranks.
-There was a print of that log cabin on all sorts of things,
-and toys were made in that form, and songs were made on it,
-and sung when men met.
-
-The new Pres-i-dent did not live but one month, and so for the
-rest of the four years, John Ty-ler took the rule; but he did
-not please those who had cast their votes for him. He would
-not let their bills pass: one of which was to form a States
-Bank, on which the Whigs had all set their hearts. The State
-of Tex-as was brought in at this time.
-
-You have all seen the wires which stretch from pole to pole
-in the streets of our great towns, and in lone roads by field
-and wood. You know what they are for, and how by means of them
-you can send word to a friend in time of need, or hear from
-those you love in a flash. It may be a death that is told, or
-some news of joy that they can not wait to send by the slow
-way of the post.
-
-[Illustration: SAM-UEL F. B. MORSE.]
-
-Well, when James K. Polk was thought of as a good man to make
-chief of the land, the news was the first that had been sent
-on these wires. The first lines built were made here, and went
-from Bal-ti-more to Wash-ing-ton. Morse was the name of the
-man who found out how to send news on wires in this way.
-
-At this time there were two great men of whom you should hear,
-for their names are on the list of fame, which has stood the
-test of time. One was Hen-ry Clay. He was born in the West,
-and was poor, but he made his way from the small log school
-house, where he went to learn his first task, to rank with the
-great men of our land. He could win men to be his friends, when
-they had made up their minds to hate him. He had a strong will,
-and kept true to his own aims. He spoke with such grace and
-force that he could sway men's minds and thrill their hearts.
-He has said, "I owe all I have won in life to one fact, that
-when I was a boy, and for some years, as I grew up, I would
-learn and speak what I read in books. More than one off hand
-speech did I make in a corn field or in the woods, or in a barn,
-with but an ox or horse to hear me. It is to this I owe much
-that has gone to shape and mould my course in life."
-
-One man, who was not his friend, said at his death, "If I were
-to write on the stone that marks his place of rest, I would
-place there these words: 'Here lies one who led men by his own
-force for long years; but did not swerve from the truth, or
-call in lies to help him.'"
-
-One more great man died on the same day as Clay. His name was
-Web-ster. He was a great states man. He went to school but a
-few weeks in all his life. He was then so shy that he could
-not pluck up heart to speak a piece in the school. He did not
-think that in time to come his words would stir the land. He
-says, "I was brave in my own room, and would learn the piece
-and speak it there; but when the day came, and I would see all
-eyes turn to me, and they would call out my name, I could not
-rise from my seat."
-
-In all things but this he stood well at school, and he had a
-great wish to learn. But he knew they were all poor at home,
-and he felt that he must go to work and help them, fond as he
-was of his books. When he heard that he was to go on; that he
-should have a chance to make his dream true, he was full of
-joy. "I see yet," he said, "the great hill up which we went
-that day in the snow. When I heard the news, I could not speak
-for joy. There were such a crowd of young ones in our home,
-I did not see how they could spare the funds. A warm glow ran
-through me; I had to weep."
-
-When he was through school, he at once rose to a high place.
-He was at the head of all who spoke in the House. He was grand
-and great, but he had a sense of fun in him. Once some one came
-to him with one of those books where the names of friends or
-great men are kept, with the wish that he would write his name
-by the side of John Ad-ams. He wrote:
-
-"If by his name I write my own,
-'Twill take me where I am not known;
-And the cold words will meet my ear,
-Why, friend, and how did you come here?"
-
-When his death was known, there was grief in the length and
-breadth of the land. No death since that of Wash-ing-ton was
-made such a theme for speech.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI.
-
-A NEW WAR.
-
-
-In the time of James K. Polk, a war rose in which our States
-were not of one mind. Our folk in Tex-as laid claim to a large
-tract of land which those in Mex-i-co said was theirs. The States
-at the North did not wish to go in to this war; but those at
-the South did. This was in 1846. Gen-er-al Tay-lor went with
-his troops at once in to the land of the foe, and built a fort
-on a stream there. He gave it the name of Fort Brown. On his
-way he met the troops of the foe drawn up in the road. They
-had three to one of his small band; but he had the good luck
-to rout them, with loss of but nine men on our side.
-
-Then he took up his march on their great town, which had the
-name of Mon-te-rey. This town had high hills and deep gulfs
-round it, and strong forts. Its streets were full of men with
-arms. Gen-er-al Tay-lor made a grand move on the town. To get
-out of the fire that would seem to pour on them from the roofs,
-the troops went in and dug their way through stone walls from
-house to house, or they would pass from roof to roof. Ere they
-came to the grand place of the town, it was in their hands,
-the foe gave up the fight.
-
-[Illustration: CAP-TURE OF MON-TE-REY.]
-
-At this time San-ta An-na, who was chief of the Mex-i-can troops,
-heard that most of our men had been drawn off to help Gen-er-al
-Scott; so he thought it would be a good time to crush us. They
-laid in wait with all their best troops, and the fight went
-on from the rise of the sun till dark. It grew hard to hold
-our ground, and the day would have been lost but for the guns
-of Cap-tain Bragg, who came to our help. He made a dash up to
-a few yards from the foe, and let fire. Their ranks were seen
-to shake. "Some more grape. Cap-tain Bragg," said Gen-er-al
-Tay-lor. One more round, and then a third came, and the Mex-i-cans
-broke and fled. In the night San-ta An-na drew all his troops
-off.
-
-Gen-er-al Scott, at the head of our troops, made a march through
-the land of Mex-i-co, and took all that came in his way. He drew
-siege lines round the town of Ve-ra Cruz, and sent bombs in
-to it, and in four days the town, with its strong hold, gave
-up the fight. A week from that time our troops took up their
-march for the chief town. At one pass in the hills, the foe
-had a strong hold. Gen-er-al Scott had a road cut round the
-base of those hills and through the woods; and then he was in
-a place to pour out fire on the rear of the foe, while more
-troops took him in front. The foe fled in such haste that San-ta
-An-na, who was lame, left his leg of wood on the ground, and
-got off on his wheel mule.
-
-The town of Mex-i-co is in the midst of a grand plain, with
-green fields and cloud capt mounts round it. The foe had made
-a strong stand here, with forts and men. Our men made a move
-in the night. It was so dark they had to feel their way; but
-they took their stand on a height from which they could storm
-the strong points of the foe. At last they took some of the
-guns, and the roads were laid bare to the gates of the town.
-
-There was some talk of a peace then, but Gen-er-al Scott found
-that it was not in good faith. The foe did it to gain time,
-to make things strong once more. So the next day, he took up
-his march on the great town of Mex-i-co. A strong fort, on a
-high rock by the town, was made ours; each out work fell one
-by one, and at last our troops took the great Ci-ty of Mex-i-co,
-and the next morn our flag with its stripes and stars was seen
-to float in the light from those grand old piles, which had
-been the home of more than one prince of Mex-i-co. So the war
-came to an end in just two years.
-
-Till this time, Cal-i-for-nia had been known as a far off land,
-to which men went by sea, round Cape Horn, to buy hides and
-fur. But in 1848, came news to the East-ern States that there
-were gold mines in that place. It was said that a Swiss had
-found, as he dug in the sand, a bright sort of dust, and it
-was thought to be gold. All at once, on this news, there was
-a great rush from all parts of the land to the gold mines of
-Cal-i-for-nia, and there was a great sum won the first year.
-In two years the town of San Fran-cis-co had grown to quite
-a large place. The name of Cal-i-for-nia is said to have been
-found in an old book in Spain, and means an isle full of gold.
-
-[Illustration: SAN FRAN-CIS-CO IN 1849.]
-
-Three more States were brought in while Polk was our chief,
-and two of them were free States. It was shown that those who
-came to us from the old world, chose the free States for their
-homes, and those at the South felt sure that the North would
-grow too fast if they did not gain more ground. There was a
-great piece of land which both North and South laid claim to,
-and there were high words on both sides. At last a band of men
-by the name of Free Soil men, took a stand that slaves should
-be kept out of all new land which the U-nit-ed States might
-gain in all time to come.
-
-The next man who was the choice of the land was Tay-lor, the
-one who led part of our troops in the war with Mex-i-co. He
-was put in by the Whigs. The Free Soil men did not vote for
-him. He did not live but one year, and then Fill-more took his
-place.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII.
-
-THE WAR OF NORTH AND SOUTH.
-
-
-Once more the talk on free States and slave States was heard
-on all sides, and Hen-ry Clay had made more than one great speech
-to try and keep the peace. Cal-i-for-nia came in as a free State;
-but a bill went in force which made it a crime to help or keep
-a slave who had run off from his home. A man could go in to
-a free State and take back his slave by force, and no court
-or Judge in the land could stop him. In fact, they were bound
-to help him. This was thought harsh and wrong by most of the
-men at the North; but it was made a law. This law made more
-stir than aught else had done till this time. Men would help
-the slaves, spite of the law; and in some States they made laws
-of their own, that no one could claim a slave if he did not
-bring the case in to court, that they might see if he had a
-just claim.
-
-When Pierce was made Pres-i-dent, the strife still went on;
-and this was made worse by a wish on the part of those who held
-slaves to bring them North of the line, in to a great tract
-of land--so large that two States could be made out of it--Kan-sas
-and Ne-bras-ka.
-
-The South said all they would ask, would be that those who had
-their homes on the soil should say how they would like things
-to be, and put it to vote. Con-gress did at last pass a bill
-to give them their own choice, to be free or slave States. But
-this did not bring peace; for they had fights when they went
-to vote. At last they were all at war, and would burn a town
-or sack a house, or steal the cows and goods of those they thought
-foes. The whole land was a scene of blood, but in the end Kan-sas
-was brought in as a free State.
-
-In the time of Pierce a great tract of land was bought from
-Mexico. It is now known as New Mex-i-co. In his time, too, trade
-with Japan was first made free to our ships.
-
-When Bu-chan-an came to take the place of chief in our land,
-the talk on the slaves was by no means at rest. In the great
-Court of our land, the "Dred Scott" case was brought up in the
-first year of his rule, and it was said that those who held
-slaves had the right to take them with them where they chose,
-through all the free States. Then came John Brown's raid, which
-was like a fire brand in all the slave States.
-
-John Brown was a man who had fought on the side of the Free
-Soil men in Kan-sas, and now all was at peace there. He had
-a plan to go in to the slave States and free the slaves. He
-had been in Vir-gin-ia when he was a boy, and knew there were
-strong holds in the hills, where he thought the slaves could
-make a stand and fight till they were free. He got a small band
-of men and went to a place by the name of Har-per's Fer-ry,
-and took the town. Those who had their homes there fled in fright;
-so he took the great place where arms were made for our troops.
-He thought he would give these arms to the black men, whom he
-had no doubt would flock to his side. He had a small force,
-but fear made all think it was a great one. The news of the
-raid went like a flash on the wires to all parts of the States,
-and men were sent to fight him and take him. His small force
-were brave, and did not give up till death or wounds made them
-do so.
-
-It is said by those who held him as their foe, that John Brown
-was cool and firm in the face of death. With one son dead by
-his side, and one shot through, he felt the pulse of the son
-so near to death with one hand, but held fast to his gun, and
-spoke words of cheer to his men. He fell at last with six wounds,
-but did not die of them. He was brought in to Court, and they
-set to work to try him. The head man of Vir-gin-ia, by the name
-of Wise, said, "Those who think John Brown is a mad man, do
-not know him. He is a man of clear head and a brave heart. I
-would trust him to be a man of truth."
-
-[Illustration: A-BRA-HAM LIN-COLN.]
-
-But he was led out to be hung. On his way there, his last act
-was to kiss a slave child. Six of his friends were hung on the
-same spot. Some few of the band got off to the free States.
-All this made the talk of North and South on the slave trade
-more and more fierce; and when a new man was to be made Pres-i-dent,
-those who went for free soil, that is, no slaves, chose their
-own man, and he got the most votes. These Free Soil men had
-grown to be a large throng, and they had a new name. The man
-they chose was A-bra-ham Lin-coln. He was a man who would have
-been glad to have kept the peace; but the South would not have
-it so. They were in a rage, and said they would go out of the
-band of States. They thought a State had the right to go out
-if it chose to do so. This was "States Rights" to their mind.
-
-[Illustration: BAN-NER OF SOUTH CAR-O-LI-NA.]
-
-"States Rights" had long been held as the creed of the South;
-so there were six States that put it to vote, and said they
-would go out of the U-nion. South Car-o-li-na was the one to
-lead the way. They said they would make a new band of States,
-where it would be right to hold slaves; and they took one of
-our forts.
-
-Troops were sent in a boat, by name, "The Star of the West,"
-but they were met by a fire from the fort. Then they took their
-stand on the shore by Fort Sum-ter, which was held by a few
-men. For two days the fire went on, and at last the brave man
-who held the fort had to give it up. His men were worn out,
-the place was on fire, and they had no more food for their guns.
-So they went out with the beat of drums and their flags flung
-out on the air.
-
-The sound of the first gun at Fort Sum-ter was a shock to all
-the land. Most of those at the North, who had not felt the slave
-trade to be wrong, now took sides with those who had been its
-foes from the first. All the States at the South took one side,
-but the slaves were for those who had the wish to make them
-free.
-
-In the first of this storm the end came of Bu-chan-an's term.
-Three States came in at this time. Or-e-gon, Min-ne-so-ta, and
-Kan-sas. The last two bear the name the red men gave two streams
-that flow through them. The name Or-e-gon is said to mean "wild
-rice."
-
-Up to the time of the first gun fired at Fort Sum-ter, men had
-felt that the South could be brought back. Few at the North
-thought there would be war; but at the South it had been thought
-of for a long time. The young men had met for drill, and arms
-had been hid where they could be found. Lin-coln found but a
-small band of troops, but he sent out a call for more. As these
-men were on their march through the streets of Bal-ti-more,
-the mob threw stones at them, and three of them fell dead. Then
-the troops let fire on the mob, and nine men fell. This made
-a great stir at the North, for they thought it went to show
-the hate in the hearts of the men at the South.
-
-The next time the troops were sent, they did not march through
-Bal-ti-more. They found the rails torn up by the way, and had
-to mend them as they went on. Once when they saw a car that
-was a wreck by the way side, some one was heard to ask if one
-could be found in the ranks who could mend it. "I can," said
-a man who stood by it, "for I built it."
-
-So you see the troops were made up of men from all trades, who
-had left their work to fight for their land. In the course of
-time, troops went in peace through the streets of Bal-ti-more.
-
-Men came in to the ranks on all sides when they heard the call;
-but they found that arms were scarce, most had been sent South.
-So the North had to buy or make these in as short a time as
-they could. There had to be clothes made, too, for the troops,
-and food found for stores, and carts to draw it, and drugs for
-the sick. All must be done at once, and all in such a way that
-there must be no waste or want. Lin-coln at this time made a
-law that no ships should go in or out of the ports of the South.
-
-[Illustration: OFF TO THE WAR.]
-
-The war soon made a stand in both East and West Vir-gin-ia.
-In the west of this State there were men who did not wish to
-fight on the side of the South; but they had to do so or leave
-the State. There was a move made to march on Rich-mond; but
-the troops had to go back, and lost the day at the fight of
-Bull Run. It was a sad rout for the troops of the North, as
-they made haste back to Wash-ing-ton, with a fear that the foe
-might come and take that place.
-
-At the end of this year Gen-er-al Scott gave up his place at
-the head of all the troops to Gen-er-al Mc-Clel-lan.
-
-[Illustration: GEN-ER-AL ROB-ERT E. LEE.]
-
-When this war broke out, we had but four ships in a good state
-to take part in it. Yet we were in need of a force that could
-block up the ports of the South. Eng-land and France gave help
-to the South, for they let them fit out ships in their ports,
-and all through the war the South was kept up by the hope of
-aid from these lands.
-
-[Illustration: PICK-ETS ON DU-TY.]
-
-A great fight took place at An-tie-tam, where the troops of
-Gen-er-al Mc-Clel-lan met those of Lee. This was one of the
-worst fights of the war, and there was great loss of life on
-both sides. The North won the day, and Lee drew off his troops.
-It was thought by some that a move in the right way would have
-cut short this flight, and they said Mc-Clel-lan ought to have
-made such a move. So Gen-er-al Burn-side took his place at the
-head of the troops, and he took the town of Fred-er-icks-burg.
-In the mean time there was a ship fight, in which the South
-for a time did good work. She had a ship which she had made
-strong with iron plates and hard wood, and a bow of steel. This
-ship set sail in the bay to fight the whole U-nion fleet. The
-ships of wood could make no stand. In vain did they pour out
-fire and balls. It was said the balls would strike and glance
-off, and did no more harm than peas from a pop gun. At nine
-that night two of our ships had gone down in fire and smoke,
-and one was run on the ground.
-
-[Illustration: MER-RI-MACK AND MON-I-TOR.]
-
-[Illustration: U-LYS-SES S. GRANT.]
-
-All at once a small queer thing came in sight. Some one said
-it was like a cheese box on a raft. This was the Mon-i-tor.
-When dawn came it bore down on the Mer-ri-mac and sent out a
-fire. The ram gave the fire back. For two hours the fire was
-kept up; till at last the Mon-i-tor sent a shel through the
-port hole of the foe. This fell right in the midst of her crew.
-So those in the Mer-ri-mac thought it would be wise to get out
-of the way of more such shells, and it left the coast clear.
-There was great joy felt at the North when the news came that
-they had won this fight; for all had felt that if this ship,
-with its hard sides and bow of steel, had been left free to
-sail in to New York bay, all the ships of wood in our port would
-have gone down in her path. From the time of this fight, a great
-change has been made in the way they have built ships.
-
-Gen-er-al Grant fought in this war, and led our troops to win
-the day in more than one fight. One of the great moves of the
-war was made on New Or-leans by Far-ra-gut in ships, and Gen-er-al
-But-ler with a land force.
-
-[Illustration: FAR-RA-GUT'S SHIPS.]
-
-This town had two strong forts, and there was a long chain with
-earth works at each end. There were fire rafts full of stuff
-that they could set on fire, and gun boats, and one of the kind
-we know as a ram.
-
-[Illustration: LOOK OUT.]
-
-Far-ra-gut sent fire in to the forts in vain. His boats took
-fire from the rafts, and he had to put out each as it went by.
-At last, he thought he would try and run by the forts with his
-fleet, and he did so. The forts, the steam boats, and the ram,
-kept up a hot fire, but in the midst of shot and ball, he made
-his way up the stream. The next day at dawn, he was in New Or-leans,
-and in a day more the fleets and forts were in his hands, and
-Gen-er-al But-ler, with a land force, came in to the town.
-
-In this year, 1862, Lin-coln sent out a bill that said "the
-slaves should be free then, and for all time."
-
-And it was then thought that it would be a good thing for the
-black man to help in this war that had made him free. So there
-came to be black troops made up of the free slaves. By this
-time the cost of the war had grown great, and the U-nion side
-felt that it was time to bring things to a close.
-
-[Illustration: AR-MY HUTS.]
-
-The South took heart and came with their troops in to a free
-State; and a great fight took place near a town by the name
-of Get-tys-burg. There was great loss on both sides. But Lee
-had to fly with his men, and this fight put an end to the hopes
-of the South. At the time of the last shot in fight, Gen-er-al
-Grant, far off in Vicks-burg, brought the foe to terms. Vicks-burg
-was a place on high bluffs, and it had guns on all sides to
-stop our ships on their way up the stream. It stood a long siege
-of more than a month, but at last it fell.
-
-But as time went on, it grew more and more hard to get men for
-the war. There had to be a draft, and the folks did not like
-that. In a draft, one has to draw a lot, and no one knew on
-whom the lot would fall. In New York there were some who felt
-a sort of spite at the black folks, as they held them to be
-the cause of the war, and there was a mob that set on them in
-the streets. It went on for three days, and some black men fell
-struck by stones from the mob. But at last it was brought to
-an end.
-
-The next year Grant made some good moves, and, on the whole,
-the sky grew more clear. Lin-coln said, "Peace does not seem
-so far off as it did. I hope it will come soon and come to stay,
-and come so that it will be worth all we have done for it."
-
-In 1864, Gen-er-al Grant was put at the head of all the troops.
-He had shown that he knew a great deal of war, and he had done
-good work. He soon made a plan of two great moves that should
-go on at the same time. One of these was to march on Rich-mond
-with one branch of the troops, while Gen-er-al Sher-man should
-take one branch through the States of the South, from mount
-to sea.
-
-[Illustration: WIL-LIAM T. SHER-MAN.]
-
-Gen-er-al Grant did not swerve from the course he had laid out.
-He said, "I will fight it out on this line," and he did, spite
-of all loss. He laid siege to Rich-mond, but for a time they
-held out. At sea the ships of the South at first won on all
-sides. They drove our ships out, and got off with no harm, till
-the time that the Al-a-ba-ma was sunk. One more grand fight
-with ships took place in Mo-bile Bay.
-
-This bay was a great place for boats to run in with food and
-stores to the foe. Our ships could not make their way there,
-for there were two forts, a ram of great strength, and shells
-that would blow them up set in the way. Far-ra-gut put false
-bows on his ships, so that they might charge the ram, and at
-last it was sunk.
-
-Sher-man had a hard work to do; for he must take his troops
-through the land of the foe, by their strong forts, through
-hill and dale and pass. He meant to cut off their chance to
-get food, and to break up the rail roads. He first took the
-town of At-lan-ta, and from that point set out on the "March
-to the Sea," which has won him so much fame. He had to feed
-his troops for the most part on what he could find in the land
-he went through. He took Sa-van-nah and wrote to Lin-coln, "I
-beg to give you the gift of the town of Sa-van-nah, with all
-its guns and stores."
-
-Then he took up his march once more through swamp and bog, or
-up the high steep hills and rocks. The cold days had come, but
-on they went, through storms of sleet and snow, or in the face
-of floods of rain, with a foe on all sides. Such a march had
-not been known in all the wars of the past. Long will the fame
-of that March to the Sea live in our land. He had found, as
-he said, that all the men in the South had been drawn out to
-aid the troops, and that there were no more left, and the land
-was a "mere shell."
-
-Charles-ton gave up at the end of a long siege; but it was set
-on fire in all parts by its own folk, so that it might not be
-worth much when it fell in our hands.
-
-The last move was made by Grant on Rich-mond. He felt that one
-more blow would bring the war to a close. He sent out word to
-Sher-i-dan, "When day dawns push round the foe, and get to his
-rear." Two days more our troops were in the streets of Rich-mond.
-When Lee found he could not hold his place, he sent word by
-the wires to Jef-fer-son Da-vis at Rich-mond. Da-vis was the
-man the South had made their chief, and he was in church when
-the news came to him. He read these words: "My lines are cut
-at three points. Rich-mond must be left to night."
-
-Da-vis left the church, and the news spread at once that the
-town was lost. There was fright on all sides, and the streets
-were soon full of men who knew not what to do. The means for
-flight were small, and a poor cart and horse would have brought
-a large sum of gold. The ships were set on fire or blown up,
-and some of the stores of the town were in a blaze. Oh, what
-a night! All sought to fly, but few had means to go.
-
-The next day some black troops were the first to march in the
-town. This was the real end of the war. Gen-er-al Lee did all
-he could to save his men; but they were so faint with want of
-food that they could not march, and so weak they could not hold
-their guns. So he gave up all at last to Gen-er-al Grant, and
-the whole South had to yield.
-
-This war had cost the land more than you could count in gold
-and lives. But it had made the slave free; and we know that
-we shall have the curse of the slave trade in our land no more.
-And it had shown that the creed of States Rights was not the
-best one, for if we were cut up in parts we would be weak, while
-if we stay as one, we will be strong. Our true strength, then,
-is to hold fast the bond that binds all the States, North and
-South, East and West, in one.
-
-There was great joy, and all gave thanks at the North when the
-news that the war had come to an end was borne on the wires.
-Lin-coln had held his course in a firm, brave way. He had said
-in a speech in New York, when he was on his way to take his
-place, "When the time comes for me to speak, I shall then take
-the ground that I think is right--right for the North, for the
-South, for the East, for the West, for all our land."
-
-And so he had done. The war was a grief to him. He said, "We
-did not think this war would last so long. Both sides read the
-same Word of God, and both pray to Him to aid in a war on those
-who are bound to them by near ties. We hope, we pray, that this
-scourge of war may soon pass. But if God wills it should stay
-till each drop of blood drawn by the lash shall be paid with one
-drawn with the sword, it must be said, 'Shall not the Judge
-of all the world do right?'"
-
-Five days from the time that the news of joy came in a flash
-on the wires, Lin-coln was dead. He had been shot while he sat
-in his box, at the play, by a man of the name of Wilkes Booth.
-This man had by some means got in the box and made the door
-fast. When he had shot Lin-coln, he sprang from the box to the
-stage, but caught his foot in one of our flags, and broke his
-leg. He had a horse at the door, and got off; but was at last
-found in a barn, where he stood at bay. They set the barn on
-fire to drive him out; but he still stood his ground, and fought
-till the last, when he fell, shot by one of our men.
-
-Those who stood by the bed side of Lin-coln saw that there was
-no hope. All the land was full of gloom, when the sad news came.
-As his corpse was borne in a train to his old home, the towns
-were hung with black on the whole route, and most men wore the
-badge of grief. Those who had not been warm friends of Lin-coln
-in his life, felt a shock at his death, for they knew a brave,
-true man had gone.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII.
-
-PEACE ONCE MORE.
-
-
-At the time of Lin-coln's death, there had been a sort of plot
-to kill more of the head men of the land. Sew-ard had been shot
-in his own house, and there was a great fear in Wash-ing-ton;
-for no one knew how far this plot might reach.
-
-When An-drew John-son took the place at the head of the land,
-there was some fear that those who had spent so long a time
-in the war would not know how to live in time of peace. But
-they soon made their way to their old homes, and were glad to
-lay down their arms and take up the old trades once more. There
-was a vast debt, and all sorts of loans to be got. Then there
-were those who thought that the States, which were the cause
-of the war, should not have the right to come back on their
-own terms; and some thought they could come back when they would,
-and in their own way.
-
-But John-son brought out a Bill which gave back all their rights
-to most of those who had made the war. The States could come
-back if they would say that they would have no more slaves,
-and that they would be true to the U-nit-ed States in all time
-to come. John-son did not act in a way to suit those who had
-cast their votes for him, and Con-gress made a move that he
-should give up his place. When they came to try him, they found
-there was one vote short. That one vote kept him in his place;
-but he did not get a new term.
-
-The next man who was the choice of the land was U-lys-ses S.
-Grant, whose work in the war had won him such fame. In his time
-all the States of the South came back in to the U-nion. Great
-tracts of land were made ours; the debt was made less; and there
-was a law made which said that men of all races and hues should
-have a right to vote. In his last term a grand show took place
-in Phil-a-del-phia. All the lands in the world sent things to
-be shown there, and all the trades of the world had place in
-those great halls.
-
-When Hayes came in there was talk that there had not been a
-fair vote for him; but in time he won his way. He was fair to
-both North and South, and his rule was mild but firm. He drew
-all troops out of the South, that those States might put their
-own laws in force, with no help from Wash-ing-ton; so that if
-their own folks had wrongs, their own courts must set the thing
-right.
-
-Time has shown that this course was wise. The States at the
-South have grown in peace and good will to us since that time,
-and the white men there now seem quite glad to have the black
-men vote. Rail ways have been built so fast that it is thought
-in a few years there will be four or five of these great lines
-through the whole length and breadth of the land. Our debt has
-been paid off at such a quick rate that if we go on it will
-be gone ere long, and the tax on all things can be made less.
-We have shown, too, that we have not stood still.
-
-In old times each watch in use here came from the old lands,
-but now a watch is made here that might win the prize from those
-on that side of the sea. So, too, in glass, tools, knives, soap,
-combs, and all sorts of things, we have made a name. The beef
-and grain we send out bring in vast wealth.
-
-James A. Gar-field was our choice in 1881. A great shock was
-felt in the land, just two months from the time he came to the
-White House, when we heard he had been shot while on his way
-to take a train for the North. A man by the name of Gui-teau,
-who had some sort of strange craze, was the one who did the
-black deed.
-
-They bore Gar-field at once to his home in the White House,
-and for a long time he lay there in great pain. Day by day the
-news would flash on the wires that told his state, how his pulse
-beat, how he had slept, and what hope there was for his life.
-All would seize the news and read it each day, with the wish
-that he might yet live. They took him to Long Branch in the
-hope that the sea breeze might help him; but though his life
-held out for near the space of three months, it came to an end,
-and his last breath was drawn in that sweet home by the sea,
-Sep-tem-ber 19, 1881. Great grief was felt at his death, and
-all lands strove to say a kind word. The Court of Eng-land put
-on black for him, and the Queen sent a wreath for his grave.
-Gui-teau was hung for his crime.
-
-Ches-ter A. Ar-thur is now our Pres-i-dent. We are at peace
-with all the world. The same flag, with the old stars and stripes,
-floats now in the South as in the North. Long may it wave, "On
-the land of the free and the home of the brave."
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's History of the United States, by Helen Pierson
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES ***
-
-***** This file should be named 54798-0.txt or 54798-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
-        http://www.gutenberg.org/5/4/7/9/54798/
-
-Produced by Corbin Hunter
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
-  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
-  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
-  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
-  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
-  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
-  are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
-  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
-  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
-  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
-  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
-  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
-  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
-  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
-  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
-  Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
-  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
-  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
-  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
-  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
-  works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
-  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
-  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
-  receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
-  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
-    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
-    Chief Executive and Director
-    gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 54798 ***
+
+[Illustration: PAUL REVERE.]
+
+HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES
+IN WORDS OF ONE SYLLABLE
+
+BY MRS. HELEN W. PIERSON
+
+WITH FORTY-SEVEN ILLUSTRATIONS.
+
+[Illustration: AN ARMORED LOOK-OUT]
+
+NEW YORK
+GEORGE ROUTLEDGE & SONS
+9 Lafayette Place
+
+
+
+
+Copyright, 1883.
+By Joseph L. Blamire.
+
+
+
+
+PREFATORY.
+
+
+In this "Child's History of the United States," it has been
+the aim to use words of only one syllable. But it will be seen
+that, in a historical work, names must be given of famous men,
+of great battles, and of some important measures. It is thought
+that parents or teachers can soon familiarize young people with
+these names, so that they will read them as readily as the rest.
+Titles have been sometimes omitted, and some names which deserve
+a place and have it in larger histories, are not found here.
+All such omissions have been made from the fear of rendering
+the task of reading the book too difficult for many, who, as
+they grow older, can add to the list that fame has made illustrious,
+and take wider views of the history of this land.
+
+H. W. P.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+How this Land was Found.
+
+CHAPTER II.
+The New World.
+
+CHAPTER III.
+The Red Men.
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+The War that Made us Free.
+
+CHAPTER V.
+Three Great Fights.
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+First in War--First in Peace.
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+The Rest of the War.
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+In Times of Peace.
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+New Men and New Laws.
+
+CHAPTER X.
+The Slave Trade.
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+A New War.
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+The War of North and South.
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+Peace Once More.
+
+
+
+
+
+History of the United States.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+HOW THIS LAND WAS FOUND.
+
+
+[Illustration: IN-DI-ANS HUNTING IN THE SNOW.]
+
+For a long time, in past years, it was not known that the world
+was round. If the men in those days had been told that a ship
+could start from a port and sail straight on for months and
+come round to the same place, it would have made them laugh
+as at a good joke. They did not know the real shape of the earth,
+but thought it was a flat plane.
+
+In those days our land was the home of the In-di-ans, or red
+men, as we call them, from their dark skins. The red man does
+not live in a house, but in a sort of tent or hut. The tribes
+of red men had all this land for their own when Co-lum-bus was
+born. The great woods, the green plains, the bright streams,
+were all theirs. They made their wars in a strange and fierce
+style, and wore at their belts locks of hair, cut from the heads
+of those slain by their hands. These locks, cut from the head
+with part of the skin, they call a scalp. It was the pride of
+an In-di-an to have scalps hung at his belt. No one had taught
+him that this was wrong, and he did not have the Word of God
+to show him the right way.
+
+When Co-lum-bus was a mere boy he was fond of the sea and ships.
+He would go and watch the waves, and think about how ships were
+made, and the best way to sail them. He was born in Gen-oa,
+which is by the blue sea; so when he was a small boy he could
+watch the white sails come in. Such queer ships they had there,
+with strange high prows! As time went on, and he grew of age,
+he made trips in these ships, and was in sea-fights, and once
+or twice he was in a wreck. So you see he had a chance to grow
+strong and brave for the work he had to do.
+
+[Illustration: The Oceian and Islands between Western Europe
+and Eastern Asia from the Globus of Martin Behaim 1492.]
+
+What he read in books taught him that the world was round, and
+not flat, as was thought in those times. So he knew that if
+he could sail west he would come to a new land. He thought of
+this a long time, and at last he grew more sure of it, but he
+could get no one else to think as he did. He spent ten years
+in this way. He was full of plans; but he could get no help
+and no gold. He was too poor to do all with no aid from his
+friends. At last he went to Spain.
+
+There were a King and Queen there who were kind to Co-lum-bus;
+but at first they would not give their gold to help him. They
+thought this was a wild dream. At last, with a sad heart, he
+made up his mind to turn his back on the court of Spain.
+
+While on his way, a man came to him from Queen Is-a-bel-la.
+She had sent him word that she would help him; "that she would
+pledge her own gems to give him aid." But she did not have to
+do this, as means were found when Co-lum-bus went back to the
+court. His heart was made glad; for they gave him a small fleet
+of three ships, and on the 3d of August, 1492, the sun rose
+on the fleet as it went forth on its way to the new land. All
+was strange to the new crew, and they had all sorts of queer
+thoughts and fears of the sea. They had not been out of sight
+of land in all their lives; and when they saw the deep, dark
+sea on all sides, they were full of fear that they would not
+see their homes again. The trade-wind which took them west so
+fast, would keep them, they thought, from their land when they
+had the wish to go back. At last they grew so full of fear,
+they swore they would not go on, and Co-lum-bus had hard work
+to make them. But soon there were signs of land, and some land
+birds flew by the ship; and one of the crew found a branch of
+a tree on the waves, which had some fresh red fruit on it.
+
+Oh, how glad they were! Co-lum-bus felt so sure that he was
+near land, he gave word for the ships to lie by that night.
+No man thought of sleep. They all kept watch on deck to see
+this strange new coast for which they had borne so much.
+
+In the night a cry of joy was heard. Co-lum-bus had seen a light
+far off, and a shout of "Land! land!" soon came from all sides.
+
+When the sun rose they all saw a green strip of shore some five
+miles long. The men fell at the feet of Co-lum-bus and shed
+tears of joy. Then they sang a hymn of praise to God, who had
+kept them and brought them safe and sound to this new place.
+They got out the small boats and put men and arms in them, with
+flags, and a band to play a march of joy, and the crews made
+their way to the shore. Co-lum-bus, in a rich dress with his
+drawn sword in his hand, sprang on the beach, and then the crew
+came next. They set up a cross, and all knelt at its foot and
+gave thanks for their safe trip. Then Co-lum-bus set up the
+flag of Cas-tile and Le-on, and took the new land for the crown
+of Spain.
+
+While they stood there with shouts of joy and songs, some strange
+dark shapes stole up with soft steps to their side. The crew
+thought these men must have come from a new world, as they saw
+their dark skins and the gay paint and plumes they wore. Co-lum-bus
+gave them the name of In-di-ans, for he thought the new coast
+was part of In-dia. He did not know that he had found a new
+land. These men with red skins were glad to kiss the feet of
+the Span-iards, and change their gold chains and rude rings
+for the beads and pins the crew gave to them.
+
+Co-lum-bus spent some time in the new land he had found, and
+then he set sail for home to take his friends and the Queen
+the great news. A wild storm came on the way home, and Co-lum-bus
+thought that all was lost, so he wrote his tale on a cake of
+wax and put the cake in a cask and threw it in the sea; so that
+if he had gone down in the storm, all that he had found would
+not be lost to the world.
+
+But God took care of Co-lum-bus and his crew. They got back
+to their homes once more and had a grand time. The King and
+Queen gave them a new and fine fleet; and in time they came
+back and saw new points of land on which to build homes, and
+they found, too, South A-mer-i-ca.
+
+There were some in Spain who did not like Co-lum-bus, for he
+had won gold and fame, while they had none. So they told false
+tales of him; and when his friend, Queen Is-a-bel-la, died,
+he was once brought back from the land he had found in chains.
+How sad that was!--was it not? At last he had to die old and
+poor, and this land did not have his name. It had no name for
+some time; but at last an I-tal-ian, who made a few trips there,
+and wrote of what he saw, gave his name to the new world. His
+name was A-mer-i-cus Ves-pu-ci-us. That is a hard name for you
+to say, but you can all say A-mer-i-ca, and that is the name
+of our land.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE NEW WORLD.
+
+When the news of this land of gold spread over the world, Eng-land
+and France and Spain all sent ships to see what they could find.
+They each thought they would like to have a slice. The Eng-lish
+thought they had some rights, as one of their men, named Ca-bot,
+had, in truth, been the first to touch this new shore. The next
+time he came, he made his way down the coast to what we call
+Vir-gin-ia, and set up a claim for Eng-land.
+
+Then the King of France sent a man to plant his flag here, and
+he gave the name of New France to part of our coast. But though
+Eng-land and France both set claim to the land, they did not
+send men here to live for a long time.
+
+At last Queen E-liz-a-beth gave one of the great men at court,
+called Sir Wal-ter Ral-eigh, a claim to a large tract of land
+in A-mer-i-ca. He came with two ships, and found the red skins
+kind. They brought him gifts, and he went back to tell of all
+the strange things he had seen, and some came to live on the
+new shores. But the red skins were hard to live with, and the
+small group of white men could get no food, and were near death,
+when a brave man, named Sir Fran-cis Drake, came with a ship
+and took them off to their homes. The next band that came met
+a sad fate, for they all fell by the hand of the red men.
+
+There were some in Eng-land who had a great wish to see this
+new world. They thought they would like to live in a land with
+no King, and have a church where they could pray to God in their
+own way. They were called "Pil-grims," for they went from place
+to place and would sing psalms and pray, and they were full
+of joy at the thought of their new home.
+
+Do you know the name of the ship they came in? It is a sweet
+name, and you must keep it in your mind--The May-flow-er. They
+did not have a smooth trip, and a storm blew them on to the
+coast of Mass-a-chu-setts. It was bare and cold, but it was
+nice to see land at all. There were all sorts of fowl there,
+and they saw a whale; but when they went to shoot it the gun
+burst. They made their way to a vale where there was a spring,
+and there they took their first drink in the new land.
+
+[Illustration: IN-DI-AN FLINT-HEADED ARROW.]
+
+There was a rock called Plym-outh Rock, and here they made their
+homes and built the first house. It was in 1620, in a cold time
+of the year, that the May-flow-er brought her crew to Plym-outh
+Rock. There was not much food, and they had from the first a
+foe whom they could not trust or make a friend. These were a
+new race of men. They had brown skins; were tall and straight,
+with long, coarse black hair. They had no books, and got their
+food in the hunt, or caught fish in the streams. They made boats
+of birch bark--queer, long things, with a point at each end.
+They could make bows, and would pound their corn with two stones
+for their bread. They took the skins of beasts for their clothes,
+for they knew how to dress them. Each tribe had its head man,
+called a chief, and their great joy was in war. When their foes
+took them, they would not pray for their lives. They were brave
+in their own way, and would show no fear at the sight of the
+fire that was to burn their flesh.
+
+Their wives, the squaws, would dress the food and do all the
+hard work at home. They were the ones who dug each small patch
+of ground and put in the beans and corn. The men had a scorn
+for work. They were made to fight, they thought. They would
+say, "The Great Chief gave the white man a plow and the red
+man a bow, and sent them in the world to gain food, each in
+his own way."
+
+In this new land there was not a horse, cow, sheep, cat, dog,
+or hen to be found. You would not like such a place, would you?
+What did the young people do for pets in those days? No chicks
+to feed, no puss with her soft, warm fur, for small hands to
+stroke.
+
+[Illustration: A canoe.]
+
+But the new homes were not left in peace. The red men saw that
+their doom was near. They felt that they would have to move
+on and on, to give place to these men who knew so much; who
+read books and had schools, and taught their young ones to pray.
+So they took the guns that they had bought from the white men
+and went to war with them. When they took them they would tie
+them fast to stakes, burn them to death, and all the time the
+flames were at work, these fierce red men would dance a war
+dance of joy. They bought rum from the white men, and it made
+them like brutes.
+
+They knew that the white men had come to take their land, and
+that was cause for their hate. And so the white men, in their
+turn, felt no love for the red skin, and thought they did well
+to push him back more and more, and take all they could from
+him. The white men were to blame, for they first gave the vile
+rum to the red men, and that made them wild. They would burn
+down the white man's house at night, and kill his wife and babes.
+Think how sad it must be to wake up in the night and find the
+hot blaze of a fire in your face, and the wild war-whoop of
+an In-di-an in your ears. But you can lie down in your bed in
+peace, for there is no one to harm you--you live in good times.
+
+But those who were brave enough to come and live in this new
+land, had a hard life at first. There were no snug farms as
+now, with fields of green corn and wheat. At times the poor
+men could not get much to eat, and one wrote home: "The crumbs
+that fall from your meals would be sweet to me. When I can get
+a cup of meal and boil It with a pinch of salt, I give thanks
+as for a great feast. The In-di-ans at times bring corn and
+trade it for clothes or knives. One day they gave me a peck
+of corn for a small dog. It would be a strange thing to see
+a piece of roast beef or veal here."
+
+[Illustration: PIL-GRIMS ON THEIR WAY TO CHURCH.]
+
+It will not seem strange, then, that, in such hard times, death
+came to these small bands and took some away. But those who
+were left kept up brave hearts, and would not go back to their
+old homes; and though all were so poor, there was not a case
+of theft in four years. They grew to like the land, and one
+said, "A sup of New Eng-land air is worth more than a draught
+of Old Eng-land ale."
+
+For one of the first bands of men who came here, made their
+homes in a place to which they gave the name of New Eng-land,
+after their old home. As time went on each place grew to be
+a town, and soon had a church and a school of its own. If we
+had gone in one of those towns on the Lord's day, we would have
+seen some strange sights. As the clocks struck nine, there would
+come out a man who would beat a drum or blow a conch shell,
+or ring a bell to call all the folks to church. As we drew near
+to this church, we would have seen that it was built of logs,
+with a small flag to wave on it. There would be a fence of stakes
+round it, and a man with a gun on guard near it. Those who went
+in left all their guns in his care.
+
+If you look at this church you will see that it has no glass
+panes like ours, but small and dull and thick ones set in lead.
+It is the style now to like that old thick glass, and to use
+it once more. You might see on the front of this church, near
+the door, the heads of wolves that had been slain in the hunt
+in the past year.
+
+In this church the old men sat on one side, and the young men
+were not with them. They had their own place. So, too, the boys
+did not sit by the girls. Most of the boys sat on the stairs,
+and there was a man there as a sort of guard to see that they
+did not talk. He had a long rod or wand in his hand, with a
+hare's foot on one end, and a hare's tail on the other. He would
+let no one go to sleep. If he saw a girl nod, he would touch
+her on the face with the soft brush of the hare's tail; but
+if it were a boy who was caught in a nap, he got a sharp rap
+from the hare's foot. So you see in those times one could not
+make such a snug nest in the pew and take a long sleep as one
+does now; and they had to stay three or four hours in church.
+It must have been hard for small folks not to nod at times.
+
+When they sung, it was out of a book by the name of "The Bay
+Psalm Book," and they did not know more than ten tunes. In those
+days no one could stay from church but for a good cause, or
+else they had to pay a fine. And if a man staid from church
+a month, he was put in the stocks, or in a cage of wood, where
+all could see him and laugh and jeer at him.
+
+You do not know what stocks are in these times, but if you had
+stood in a New Eng-land town then, you would have seen a strange
+thing made of wood, by the road near the church. This queer
+frame of wood would hold a man fast so that he could not move,
+and you may think a day in the stocks would be hard to bear,
+and would make one's bones ache.
+
+A house in such a town, in those days, was all built on the
+ground floor; so there were no stairs. It was made of earth
+or logs, and had a steep roof of thatch. The place for the fire
+was built of rough stones. It was large enough to burn logs
+four feet long, and had so much room in it that a man and his
+wife and boys and girls could sit in it and look up at the sky.
+
+The dress in those days was not the same as it is now. The men
+wore small clothes, which came to the knee like a small boy's
+in these times, and they had stiff ruffs round their necks and
+caps of rich stuff on their heads. The young men wore fine belts,
+and great high boots which were made with a roll at the top.
+The girls wore silk hoods in the streets, and stiff rich gowns,
+with long waists, and lace caps on feast-days. But folks could
+not wear gay clothes if the law did not think they had means
+to spend for such fine things.
+
+They had some queer laws in those days. Those who had done wrong
+had to stand in the stocks, which held them by the feet and
+neck, so they could not get away, or they had to mount stools
+in church. If a man had a wife who had the name of a bad scold,
+a cleft stick was put on her tongue, or she was made to take
+a cold dip in a stream. I dare say you think those were hard
+laws, and you are glad to live in these days. But that was a
+race who had the fear of God in their hearts; their aim was
+to do just right and to rule the land in the best way.
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+THE RED MEN AND THEIR WARS.
+
+At first, before they had time to plant the fields, the men
+could but hunt and fish for food; but as years went by, they
+had farms, and made glass and things for trade; they wove cloth
+of wool, and some from a plant that grows in the south, of which
+you may know the name. It is white and soft.
+
+They had not much coin, and so they had to do the best they
+could with skins and corn, or what they could get for trade.
+The first mint to make coin was set up in Mass-a-chu-setts in
+1652. This coin had a pine tree on one side, and the name of
+the State. One side had a date and N. E. for New Eng-land. All
+this coin was known as "pine-tree coin." In time the land at
+Plym-outh Bay and those near took one name, "Mass-a-chu-setts."
+
+In the meanwhile the small band who had made homes in Vir-gin-ia
+had come to grief. They had been men of good birth in their
+own land, and did not know much of hard work. They had come
+in search of wealth. Great tales had been told of the gold
+here. It had been said one could pick up great lumps of gold,
+as large as a hen's egg, in the streams. They found that all
+this was not true, and that a man had to work hard to live.
+They grew sick, and death came in their midst to make things
+more sad; so that they lost more than half of their small band.
+
+[Illustration: BUILD-ING IN VIR-GIN-IA.]
+
+[Illustration: JOHN SMITH.]
+
+One man, John Smith by name, did great things for them. He had
+been brave from his birth. He had been in wars oft, and once
+he built him a lodge of boughs in a forest and took his books
+with him, that he might learn the art of war. Once he went to
+fight the Turks. He is said to have been sold as a slave. It
+may be all these tales are not true; but it is true he taught
+his own friends in Vir-gin-ia how to live. He got them to build
+a fort and log huts for the cold times. He made friends as far
+as he could of the In-di-ans, so that he could get boat loads
+of food from them. He said that "he who would not work might
+not eat;" so no man could be a drone in the hive. Each one must
+learn to swing the axe in the woods or to hunt and to fish.
+
+Once the In-di-ans took him and they told him that he must die.
+Their great chief Pow-ha-tan had said the word; so his head was
+laid upon a stone, and a huge war club raised to strike the
+blow. But a young girl was seen to spring to his side, throw
+her arms round his neck, and pray that he might be set free.
+She was the pet of the tribe, for she was the child of their
+chief; and so Cap-tain Smith was set free. You may be sure he
+was full of thanks to his kind young friend, and it is said
+she might have been seen on her way to James-town more than
+once, as time went on, with small stores of corn for the white
+men. And when she grew up a white man made her his wife.
+
+[Illustration: TO-BAC-CO PLANT.]
+
+But at last a bad wound made Cap-tain Smith go back to Eng-land,
+and things grew worse and worse in Vir-gin-ia. Food was more
+and more scarce, and a sad time came, which was long known as
+"Starving Time." It was in 1609. At last they all made up their
+minds to go back to their old home. None shed a tear as the
+sun rose on that day; they had known bad times in the new land,
+and did not grieve to go. But as their ship made its way down
+the bay, they met Lord Del-a-ware, with a great stock of food,
+and new men to swell the ranks. So they were glad to turn back
+and try the place once more; and in the course of time they
+throve and built and spread, and that part of the land made
+a new State, which we know as Vir-gin-ia. In that State was
+first grown a weed which you have seen men smoke and chew.
+
+The folks in Mass-a-chu-setts went by the name of "Pu-ri-tans."
+They had left their old home that they might pray to God in
+their own way, and they thought that their own way was the right
+one. When men came in their midst who did not think as they
+did, they were sent out of the place. There was a class called
+Quak-ers, or Friends, who were mild, and did all they could
+for peace; but they thought they had their rights as well as
+the rest, and might serve God in their own way. They did not
+believe in wars, and would not bear arms. They would not hire
+a man to preach for them; but when they met, each one spoke
+as he felt the thought come in his heart. They kept the laws,
+and did to all men as they wished them to do to them. They said
+"thee and thou" for "you," and "yea and nay" for "yes and no;"
+but this could hurt no one, and it seems strange to us that
+they were not let stay in the place. They had to fly for their
+lives, and four were put to death. In these days all men are
+free to serve God in their own way.
+
+And in that time there was one man to raise his voice for the
+poor Quak-ers, and all who were like them. This man was Rog-er
+Will-iams. He held that the State had no right to say what men
+should think and feel. You may be sure those who were high in
+place did not like to hear that; so he had to fly from his home
+one cold day, and for a time he hid in the woods. But the In-di-ans
+gave him a home, and one chief made him a gift of a piece of
+land, which he called "Prov-i-dence," as it was to him like
+a gift from God. And so the State of Rhode Isl-and, where this
+town was built, was known as a place where thought was free.
+The Quak-ers were glad to find a home in that State, where they
+could dwell in peace.
+
+[Illustration: IN-DI-ANS RID-ING.]
+
+In 1675, a war, known as King Phil-ip's war, broke out in Mass-a-chu-setts.
+King Phil-ip was an In-di-an chief who saw that the white man
+would soon own all the land, and he knew that meant death to
+his race. He made a plan to kill all the white men. The first
+blow fell on the Lord's day, as the folks were on their way
+home from church. The men flew to arms, and did not dare to
+lay them down when they were in the field at work, or at their
+homes. When they went to church they would stack them at the
+door.
+
+King Phil-ip and his men made their camp in a great swamp, where
+it was hard for the white men to reach them. Here they laid
+up a store of food, and had great tribes of red men. They would
+not fight in the wide fields, but would skulk in nooks, and
+rush out and hold all the land in fear, for the foe would seem
+to be on all sides. At last they were made to leave their strong
+hold, and could find no place to hide. There was a fight, and
+the In-di-ans fell thick and fast. Phil-ip ran, but one of his
+own tribe, who had a grudge, shot him dead. He had done all
+he could for his own folk, but fell by the hand of one of them
+at last.
+
+All this time the King of Eng-land was at the head of this land
+as well, and the men he sent were wont to rule things with a
+high hand. They would not grant what our men thought to be their
+rights. Dutch ships had come in to trade for furs with the In-di-ans.
+Some of the crews stayed here and made their homes in a place
+they called New Am-ster-dam. It is now known by the name of
+New York. These first Dutch men bought the land from the In-di-ans,
+and it was to go to their heirs through all time.
+
+[Illustration: THE DUTCH AT NEW AM-STER-DAM.]
+
+A band of Swedes made their home in Del-a-ware. A Quak-er by
+the name of Will-iam Penn bought a grant of land from the King.
+He thought to make a home for all his sect, who had as hard
+a time in Eng-land as they did here. He sent a band of these
+men here, and the next year he came too. He met the In-di-ans
+by a great elm tree. He was a kind and good man, and would not
+take their land from them. He bought it and made them his friends.
+"We will live in love with Will-iam Penn and his heirs," said
+they, "as long as the sun and moon shall shine." And it is said
+that to this day a red man is loathe to shed Quak-er blood.
+
+[Illustration: IN-DI-AN PIPES.]
+
+[Illustration: William Penn.]
+
+In 1683, Penn bought land from the Swedes and laid out a town,
+to which he gave the name of Phil-a-del-phia. It stood in the
+midst of a wood, and the wild deer ran by the men who came to
+take a look at their new home. When Penn came, he sent out a
+call for all the men to meet in one place, and there he met
+with them, and they laid out the code or kind of laws they were
+to have. This code was known as "The Great Law." No one could
+vote that did not believe in Christ; and all might pray to God
+in their own way. So you see the Quak-ers did not wish to force
+men to believe as they did. They felt that was not right or
+just.
+
+Penn did all he could for his sect, and was mild and good to
+the red men. He said to them, "We meet on the broad path of
+good faith and good will. I will deal with you in love. We are
+one flesh and blood."
+
+So our land grew, and State by State was laid out, and towns
+were built, and all this time the King of Eng-land was at the
+head of the whole. There were more In-di-an wars; for the red
+men gave the new folk no peace. They would come down from the
+depths of the woods of Can-a-da on their snow shoes, and drag
+men and their wives from their beds and scalp them and set their
+homes on fire. Many a child, too, had to fly with the rest in
+the cold night, with bare feet and few clothes on, to seek a
+place to hide from this fierce foe.
+
+[Illustration: IN-DI-AN SNOW SHOE.]
+
+In 1754, a war broke out which we call the "French and In-di-an
+War." The Eng-lish had at this time a great strip of land on
+our coast which they held as their own. It was like a string
+to the great bow of French land, which went from Que-bec to
+New Or-leans. Both French and Eng-lish laid claim to part of
+the land; and those who had the wish to live in peace could
+not but look on in fear.
+
+The French built three forts, and that made all feel that they
+meant to hold the land. A young man by the name of George Wash-ing-ton,
+was sent to ask that they should pull down these forts. You
+have heard of George Wash-ing-ton, I know. You have been told
+that he was "first in peace, first in war, and first in the
+hearts of all." You have, I am sure, heard the tale of the fruit
+tree that he cut, and how he could not tell a lie to save him.
+He was a boy then, and some one had made his heart glad with
+the gift of a small axe. What should a boy do with such a thing,
+if he could not cut with it? So George went round to try the
+sharp edge of his axe, and, as bad luck would have it, he came
+on a young fruit tree. It may be that the fruit was of a rare
+kind, and so when it was found that the bark of the tree had
+been cut in such a way that one could hope for no more fruit,
+the cry rang out on all sides, "Who has done this deed?"
+
+Our small boy was not at peace in his own mind. He did not know
+in what shape the wrath might fall on him; but he came forth
+in a brave way and said, "I did it, Father, I can not tell a
+lie. I cut it." We are glad there has been one boy who could
+not tell a lie, and we hope there are some in our own times.
+
+So this George Wash-ing-ton, then a young man, was sent to the
+French man who was at the head of the forts, to say that he
+must take them down at once. He had a hard time to get there,
+for it was cold, and the streams were big with the rains. The
+snow fell and froze as it fell. His horse gave out, and he had
+to go on foot. He had one man with him, and they struck out
+in to the woods. They had to cross a stream on a rude raft,
+and they were caught in the ice. It bore them on with great
+speed, and when Wash-ing-ton threw out his pole to check the
+speed, he fell in the stream. But he knew how to swim, and so
+he got to land. When day came, it grew still more cold, and
+the stream froze in such a way that he could walk on it to the
+place where he would be.
+
+The men at the French forts would not say that they would give
+them up. In fact, they made boasts that they could hold them
+in spite of all, and so the war went on. The French would dart
+out and seize Eng-lish ships, and then the Eng-lish would march
+on the French, and do them all the harm they could. Wash-ing-ton
+fought on the side of the Eng-lish in this war. Once the In-di-ans
+laid in wait for them in the wood, and as the men were on the
+march with their flags and beat of drum, they heard the fierce
+war whoop on all sides. The Brit-ish troops did not know how
+to deal with such a foe; but our men sprang down and fought
+them in their own way.
+
+One chief made a vow that he would kill Wash-ing-ton. Four balls
+were sent through his clothes. Twice his horse was shot. Gen-er-al
+Brad-dock, who was at the head of the Eng-lish troops, was shot
+and borne from the field to die. There was a great fright, and
+the men fled on all sides. Wash-ing-ton did what he could to
+save them from the foe, like a brave man. But the French went
+on and built more forts, and our men were at their wits' end
+to hold their own with foes on all sides.
+
+There were six tribes of the red men who were their friends,
+and I would tell you their names if they were not too long and
+hard.
+
+But you will find in the State of New York lakes and streams
+which bear the same names. We ought to bear them in mind, as
+they were of great use in those times. So it was thought best
+for all our men to meet in a town by the name of Al-ba-ny, to
+fix on a way to keep these six tribes our friends, and to join
+with them to fight the French. Al-ba-ny was then a small town
+with few in it; but it had a stone fort. Here our men met the
+chiefs and had a talk with them. The chiefs told our clan they
+were not so wise and brave as the French, or they would build
+forts like them.
+
+But there was one wise man in our midst, Ben-ja-min Frank-lin.
+He had been a poor boy, so poor that when he went in to the
+great town of Phil-a-del-phia, he had but a few cents. But he
+knew how to print; and more than that he was fond of books,
+and so could learn all sorts of things. He brought with him
+a small print on which was shown a snake cut in parts. Each
+part had on it the name of one of the States. He said they must
+be made one or die, and that to be one was the way to be great.
+But our men did not see their way clear to do this yet. We know
+they made the States one in time.
+
+The death of Gen-er-al Brad-dock was a great blow to their hopes.
+They saw that all the red-coats, as we call the Eng-lish, were
+not brave; but could run as fast as the rest. Still they took
+some forts, with long names, from the French in this war. They
+made a move on them at Que-bec, with Gen-er-al Wolfe at the
+head of our troops.
+
+[Illustration: A DUTCH HOUSEHOLD IN NEW AM-STER-DAM, NOW NEW
+YORK.]
+
+Quebec was one of the strong forts of the world. At first Gen-er-al
+Wolfe lost at all points. But he found at last a way to go in
+boats. With no noise they made their way to land, and up a steep
+hill, and at dawn the French woke to see red-coats on all sides.
+Their Gen-er-al Mont-calm led them out of the fort to fight.
+If he had not, he might have won the day, for the fort was strong.
+But he chose to fight in the wide field, and so we won.
+
+At the time of the fight, Gen-er-al Wolfe, who had been struck
+by a death shot, heard shouts of joy, "They fly--they fly!"
+"Who fly!" came from his white lips. "The French." "Then praise
+God, I die at peace," he said, with his last breath.
+
+Gen-er-al Mont-calm, too, on the French side, had a wound, and
+was told he could not live. "I am glad of it," he said, "for
+then I shall not live to see my town yield to the foe." So you
+see they were two brave men who fell that day. In five days
+a peace was made with France; for she gave up most of the land
+to which she had laid claim.
+
+But there were some of the red men who did not want this peace
+with the Eng-lish. They had seen the red-coats run away from
+them, and they thought they might now strike a blow for their
+own homes and land. The French made them think they would help
+them. "The King of France has but slept for a time," they said,
+"but he will soon wake up, and then he will drive the foe from
+the homes of the red men, and give them back their land."
+
+[Illustration: IN-DI-AN CHIEF.]
+
+There was one brave chief, Pon-ti-ac, who heard all this with
+a glad heart. "I will live and die a French man," he said, and
+he sent men to each town to bear a belt with red or black beads
+on it, and a knife with a red stain on it; these meant war.
+The knife was of the kind with which they were wont to scalp
+the foe, and the red stain told that deeds of blood were at
+hand. When this belt and knife were kept, Pon-ti-ac knew that
+the chiefs there would join the war. Their first move was on
+a fort at De-troit.
+
+[Illustration: IRON TOM-A-HAWK.]
+
+[Illustration: STONE TOM-A-HAWK.]
+
+This was Pon-ti-ac's plan. He would go some day to the fort
+with some men and ask leave to come in and show them a war dance.
+While some were in the dance, a few would stroll through the
+fort and see all that could be seen. Then they would go once
+more as if for a call, with arms hid in their clothes, and strike
+down the white men when they did not look for it. The first
+part of this plan went on all right; but one of the squaws,
+who was a friend to the head man of the fort, told him what
+the red men meant to do. So when Pon-ti-ac and his men went
+in the fort, each with his gun hid in his clothes, they found
+ranks of men with arms to meet them, and they were glad to get
+out with their lives.
+
+But Pon-ti-ac would not give up, for he made more friends, and
+laid siege to De-troit in 1763. It was a long siege for the
+red man, but it held out, though food was scarce, and the men
+in it felt that they must soon starve. Pon-ti-ac at last had
+to make peace, and met his own death at the hands of a red man,
+who was mad with drink; and so the French and In-di-an war came
+to an end.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+THE WAR THAT MADE US FREE.
+
+
+For a time all were at peace; but at last a war broke out that
+took more time, and cost more men, than all the wars of the
+past. You have heard of it, it may be, by the name of the Rev-o-lu-tion.
+
+There are some old men who fought in that war, who are alive
+this day. You see the cause of this war came out of what our
+men thought to be their wrongs. They thought the rule of Eng-land
+too hard, and that they should have their own men to rule them.
+They would have gone on as they were, if they had thought that
+Eng-land was just to them; but she put a tax on the things they
+had to use. She had a large debt to pay, and so she thought
+it fair our men should help to pay it; and our men held that
+they ought to have a voice as to what the tax should be, and
+fix what they knew to be right.
+
+Do you know what a tax means? It meant, in this case, that when
+our men bought a thing, they had to pay a few cents more than
+its real price, and these few cents were to go to Eng-land.
+Of course these few cents from all sides grew to be a good sum,
+and was quite a help. Eng-land, at this time, made a law which
+we know by the name of the "Stamp Act." This law, which gave
+to Eng-land a tax on all deeds, was one great cause of the wrath
+of our men. One man made a speech on it that was put in print,
+and the boys in the schools spoke it. In all the States men
+took the same view; so that the Stamp Act may be said to have
+lit the fire which in time made such a blaze.
+
+In all the States men stood up for what they thought their rights,
+and they made up their mind that they would not pay this tax
+on Eng-lish things, but would learn to make them of their own.
+Men and their wives took a vow that the fine clothes from their
+old home should not tempt them, but they would spin and weave,
+and wear what they made, though it might be poor and coarse.
+One brave dame wrote to her friends, "I hope there are none
+of us but would wrap up in the skins of sheep and goats to keep
+us warm, if we must else pay a tax which is not just on the
+goods of Eng-land."
+
+The wrath at the Stamp Act grew more fierce each day, and the
+men who were sent to put it in force did not dare to do so.
+One was caught and made to say that he would give the thing
+up. He was made to fling up his hat and cry as they told him,
+three times, in words which meant that they were right and the
+King was wrong. No one was found so bold as to put the Stamp
+Act in force; and the news went to the King and set him in a
+great rage. Some of their own great men were on our side, and
+were glad we did not yield.
+
+At last the King gave up the Stamp Act, but said he had a right
+to tax us as he chose. There was great joy here at the news
+that the Stamp Act was to be heard from no more. The bells were
+rung, and flags were flung out on the breeze, and all who were
+held for debt were made free. For a year there was no more heard
+of a tax; but then a new act came. This tax was made on tea
+and glass, and such things, which were in use all the time.
+This woke new wrath, and troops had to come out to keep the
+peace, which our men said they would not bear. The boys from
+the schools felt the wrong, and would call the "red-coats" in
+scorn by that name; and the young men made a vow that they would
+drive them from the town.
+
+There were street fights each day; and the men were more and
+more set to have their rights. The folk wore the rough clothes
+which they spun and wove, and would not buy a yard of Eng-lish
+cloth. Then they sought to find some plant that they might use
+for tea, so that they would not have to buy tea and pay the
+tax on it. They must have had some queer drinks at that time.
+When the King found they were so set in their way, he gave up
+all but the tax on tea. Then he sent three large ship loads
+of it here, in the hope that our folk would want it so much
+when they saw it, that they would be glad to pay the tax.
+
+But our men had made up their minds that this tea should not
+land. So when the tea ships came in, a guard was set on them
+by our men as they lay at the wharf, so that the tea should
+not be brought to shore. A large crowd of men met in a Hall
+in Bos-ton, to say what should be done with the tea; and at
+last they gave out, that if the tea were sent back where it
+came from, all would be well. But the head man, who was sent
+here to rule us by the King, would not do this, and said so.
+When this was told to the crowd, a war-whoop was heard at the
+porch, and some men in the dress of In-di-ans made a rush down
+to the wharf, and went on board of the three tea ships, and
+cast all the chests of tea in the bay. Then they went home in
+peace and did no one harm. This was the "Bos-ton Tea Par-ty,"
+and is so known at this day.
+
+At New York and Bos-ton they did not try to land the tea when
+they heard of this, but took it back. At one time the tea was
+set on fire. All this made our men more and more set on their
+own way; and the King grew in a rage with them. He made some
+strong laws, sent troops to Bos-ton, and put in force a bill
+called a Port Bill, which would not let a boat go in or out
+the port, save that it brought food or wood. One of their own
+men stood up and said this was a "bill to make us slaves." And
+the wood and food had to be brought in a new route, and not
+straight in the bay. Not a stick of wood or a pound of flour
+could be brought in a row boat, or straight in from a near point;
+it must all go round to the place where the Eng-lish saw fit,
+where they could stop it and see just what was there.
+
+Of course this was hard for the good folk of Bos-ton, and they
+did not bear their wrongs in peace. They had gifts sent them
+by land--of grain and salt fish and sheep. From the South came
+flour and rice, and some times gold for the poor. So that the
+Port Bill made all feel to them like friends, for all towns
+took up the cause of Bos-ton as their own.
+
+This was just what the wise men at the court of King George
+had said would be the case. They knew it would make our folk
+more strong to drive them with hard laws to fight. And so it
+came to pass, as the two great men, Burke and Fox, had said,
+King George was set in his way, and would not change, but did
+his best to push the laws through. The Bos-ton Port Bill was
+one of the things that made the States one. For they had but
+one mind on these harsh laws, and stood as one man for the right.
+The day when this Port Bill was first put in force, the Town
+Hall in one of the towns was hung with black, as for a death;
+the Bill was on it, and the toll of bells was heard all day.
+
+If we could have stood in Bos-ton in those days, we would have
+seen that there was not much work, and no ships at the wharves
+but those of Eng-land. There were guns in view, and men with
+red-coats in the streets. There were tents on the green, and
+clubs that met each night, to talk of this strange turn in things,
+and what was best to do. They did not want war, but saw no way
+to get out of it. Great men spoke of it here and there, and
+each speech was read at the clubs.
+
+"We must fight," grew to be the cry. But there were some, of
+course, who felt sad at all this, who thought it wrong not to
+do the will of the King in all things. They said this land would
+come to grief, for we were the ones who had the most to lose
+by war. These men had the name of "To-ries," and the rest did
+not look on them as friends, but held them as foes. Some of
+these men went back to their old homes, and came here in the
+troops of the King to fight their old friends. Some stayed and
+came round to new views, and took part in the wars that came
+to pass in time. All knew that the ranks of the King would be
+made of men who had fought in wars, and were known to be brave;
+while on our side they would be raw men, who did not know the
+art of war. But still our men were brave, and they said, with
+strong hearts, "The strife may be long, but the end is sure.
+We will fight for our homes, for our lands, for the right. We
+will be free!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+THREE GREAT FIGHTS.
+
+
+In each town, at this time, men thought but of war, and how
+to train for it; so that in case of need each one could spring
+to arms at once. Guns were put in a safe place, and stores of
+food were bought. The Brit-ish in their turn kept watch on all,
+and more troops were brought in.
+
+Our men made a plan, that when it should be known that a large
+force of the Brit-ish were to move out of Bos-ton at night,
+a light should be hung out of the North Church by way of a sign.
+One night the watch by the Charles saw the light gleam high
+on the church, and they knew some move was on hand. At once
+all was stir and noise. Men rode here and there to find out
+what it meant. One went in a boat, and then took a fleet horse
+to seek out two of the wise and great men, and see what was
+best to do. The man who took this ride, and went from house
+to house with a call to those who slept, was Paul Re-vere. There
+is a song this day on that ride.
+
+You may be sure there was no more sleep in a house that night.
+When he rode by--"Do not make so much noise," said one on guard.
+
+"Noise," said Paul Re-vere, "there will be noise ere long; the
+foe is on us!"
+
+All this time the Eng-lish troops had made a swift, still march.
+They thought no one had seen or known their move; but all at
+once the bells in each church rang out a wild peal. In each
+town the church bell sent a call to each home. So it was plain
+that all was known. Paul Re-vere and the scouts had done the
+work well. The Brit-ish sent back for more troops. They came,
+and they were told to hold the bridge at Con-cord. But when
+Ma-jor Pit-cairn, who was at the head of the Brit-ish, came
+to Lex-ing-ton at dawn, he found a great crowd of men with arms.
+
+"What do ye here?" he said, in wrath, "go to your homes! Why
+don't ye lay down your arms?" But as they made no move to go,
+his troops sent forth a fire on them, which they gave back with
+a will. Eight of our men got their death wounds that day, and
+this was the first blood shed in the war.
+
+The Brit-ish then gave three cheers and set out on a march to
+Con-cord. The people of that town made haste to move their stores
+of food and arms to a safe place in the woods. Their scouts
+took the North bridge, and could see that the Brit-ish were
+in the streets of the town; that they had set the court house
+on fire, and cut down the pole, and laid waste the stores they
+found. So the men on the bridge made up their minds they would
+try to drive this foe out. There were but few of them, but they
+had strong hearts.
+
+One of their head men said, "I have not a man who fears to go."
+He was the first who was shot, and fell dead. Still they went
+on and made a brave fire, so that the Brit-ish set out to run.
+But they could not go back as they came; for by this time our
+men for miles round, came in on all sides. Some were in their
+shirt sleeves, they had come in such haste; but each one had
+a gun in his hand, and took his place back of a tree or stone
+wall, where he could get good aim. One of the Brit-ish wrote
+home that the men came so fast, they would seem to drop from
+the sky.
+
+At each step the Brit-ish troops took, a shot would come from
+some side, and a man would fall dead. At last such a fear came
+on our foe, that they broke into a run. They did not know what
+to do. They had no more shot, and could not give back the fire.
+One of them wrote, "They had to lie down for rest on the ground,
+and their tongues hung out of their mouths like dogs spent by the
+chase." All the way to Bos-ton they felt the fire of our men,
+and they were glad to get back to their great ships, the men
+of war, and rest where they could be safe. They had lost three
+times more men than the A-mer-i-cans.
+
+There was a great stir in the court of the King when the news
+was brought that their troops had run from a hand full of raw
+men, who had no skill in the art of war. Poor Lord Per-cy, who
+had been at the head of the Eng-lish, came in for hard names,
+though he was a brave man. They were mad, and had to give vent
+to their wrath on some one. In A-mer-i-ca it was felt that this
+was the first blow struck; and Sam-u-el Ad-ams, when he heard
+the news at Lex-ing-ton, said, "Oh, what a grand day this is!"
+for he knew this strife would not end till all the States were
+free.
+
+There were some hills near Bos-ton, and our men knew that there
+was a plan to gain them, and make a place for Eng-lish troops
+on them. You see, if the foe had such high ground, they could
+have a grand chance to fire down on those in the town. So our
+men stole out by night and threw up earth works, and took all
+the troops they could get from all parts, and put them in charge
+there. In the mean while they sent their wives and young ones
+out of the town, so that none but Brit-ish troop were left there.
+They made no noise in their march that night; no one heard them,
+and the bells in the church struck twelve ere they dug a sod.
+But they were soon at work, and could hear the guard on the
+man-of-war cry out each hour, "All's well."
+
+When the day came, and the sun rose, the earth works were seen
+from the ships, and at once they sent out a fire on them. So
+in Bos-ton the troops woke to see the true state of things,
+and were not slow to do their best. But our men went on with
+their work, spite of the shots. One of the foe had a glass through
+which he could see each move of our men round the works. "Will
+they fight?" said he. "To the last drop of their blood," said
+one who stood near.
+
+So they made up their minds to lose no time, but to make a raid
+on the works that day. It was a hot day in June. Part of our
+men stood by a rail fence, on the edge of a hill, by the name
+of Bun-ker Hill; part were back of the mounds which were but
+half made. Then the rail fence was made to screen the men back
+of it, by a lot of new mown hay, put in to fill up the gaps.
+
+[Illustration: JO-SEPH WAR-REN.]
+
+The Brit-ish troops went in boats, and took their stand on the
+bank of the Charles. They had two men to our one, and were full
+of skill in the use of arms. Our men had come in from the farm
+or the shop. They did not know what a drill meant; but their
+place was more safe back of the earth works, while the troops
+of the foe were out in full sight in the field. It is a grand
+sight; the long lines, the red coats and white pants of the
+Brit-ish; the white cross belts, the beat of drums, the play
+of fifes. The sky is clear and hot. Great white clouds sail
+on the blue. The folks crowd on the roof of each house in the
+town.
+
+So our men laid in wait, as the troops took up a slow march
+on them. The Eng-lish found the day hot, and they had their
+arms and food to weigh them down. But they had no doubts, and
+their march was sure. They would fire now and then, and few
+shots fell on them. On they came, till they got ten rods from
+the earth works. Then the word rang out on our side, "Fire!"
+When the smoke was gone it was seen that the dead lay on the
+ground here and there; and those who were left had set off to
+run.
+
+[Illustration: PLAN OF BUNK-ER HILL. MON-U-MENT.]
+
+A great shout went up from the forts; a cheer came back from
+those at the rail fence. They, too, had held back their fire
+to the last, and then three fourths of those who had set out
+to chase them fell in the ranks, and the rest ran. Gen-er-al
+Put-nam was one of our great men in this fight. When the foe
+came on, he had said to his men, "Aim low; wait till you can
+see the whites of their eyes," and their aim was sure. When
+they saw the Brit-ish troops in flight, they thought they would
+give them chase; but they had no more shot, and so could not
+make good what they had won. They fell back with sad hearts,
+one by one, and lost more as they did so than they had done
+in the fight.
+
+This was the fight of Bunk-er Hill, and though the A-mer-i-cans
+did not win the day, they made plain to all men that they had
+stout hearts, and could deal a blow for their rights. In this
+fight Gener-al War-ren lost his life.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+FIRST IN WAR--FIRST IN PEACE.
+
+
+The first thing George Wash-ing-ton was heard to ask when news
+came of this fight was, "Did our men stand fire?" And when he
+was told that they did, he said, "Then the rights of our land
+are safe." From this day our men took heart and were of good
+cheer. The Brit-ish lost one in four of their men in that fight;
+and on our side we did not lose half as much. In Eng-land men
+did not know what to make of so great a loss to their troops
+from so small a force as ours.
+
+In this land there was a call for more troops, and George Wash-ing-ton
+was put at their head. He had shown that he was a brave and
+true man. He came from Vir-gin-ia, his home, and met the rest
+'neath a great elm tree in Cam-bridge. This tree is known as
+the "Wash-ing-ton Elm" to this day. All felt a wish to see this
+brave man, who had no small fame; they came from all sides to
+greet him, and saw a man more than six feet tall, with a broad
+chest, large hands and feet, a fine face, a clear eye, and the
+air of one born to rule. He wore a blue coat, with buff small
+clothes, and a black plume in his hat.
+
+Wash-ing-ton saw, in his turn, a crowd of men of all sorts and
+kinds, rude and rough in their looks, and with odd kinds of
+arms, no two of which were alike, in their hands. Some were
+in old coats, some in their shirt sleeves. No state suits or
+gold bands or fine plumes were there. And when Gen-er-al Wash-ing-ton
+went round to the camp, he found things were in a bad state.
+Some had straight lines of tents, neat and nice, but most were
+in small huts made of boards or stones or turf. The food was
+rough and scarce, and the men had not the first means for war;
+not as much as would load their guns more than a few times.
+
+It would not have been strange if Wash-ing-ton had felt his
+heart sink at such a sight. But he went to work in a brave way
+to do the best he could. Some store ships of food fell, by good
+luck, in the hands of our men, who had been sent out to get
+what they could; so that food was not so scarce. But still they
+had no food for their guns, and could not march on the foe.
+
+The Brit-ish troops still held Bos-ton; but could not get food
+and wood for fires. The small-pox, too, broke out in their midst.
+They had to pull down an old house now and then and burn it
+to keep warm; and they sent crowds out of the town to be fed.
+They put troops in each church, and made a play house of the
+Town Hall. At times they would send out play bills to Wash-ing-ton
+and his men. They did not want them to know that things were
+so hard with them.
+
+Once in this hall they had a play on the times. It was meant
+to show how they were shut in by the foe, and of course to make
+fun at the same time. In one part, a man in a dress like Wash-ing-ton,
+with a great wig, and a long sword all rust, came on the stage.
+By his side was a green lad, with an old gun. This was done
+to cast a slur on our men. But just then there was a cry, "The
+Yan-kees are on Bunk-er Hill." At first this was thought to
+be a part of the play; but when Gen-er-al Howe said, in a loud
+voice, "Men, to your posts!" there was great fright. Men ran,
+their wives fell in a faint, and all felt there was no fun in
+such a scare. In a short time the Eng-lish left Bos-ton; for
+they could not be safe from the fire that came down on them
+from all the hills round.
+
+But they did not give up the fight. When the King and his court
+heard of Bunk-er Hill, they made up their minds they would rule
+this land, let it cost what it would. So they cut off our trade
+as far as they could, and they brought in all the men they could
+find from all lands which would give them help. So you may be
+sure they had a great crowd to come on us and try to bend us
+to their will. But our folk kept up a stout heart in the face
+of all. They felt they had gone too far to go back.
+
+[Illustration: Benjamin Franklin.]
+
+There were some wise men who were known as the "Con-gress,"
+who had met in Phil-a-del-phia. They gave it as their mind that
+"These States are and of right ought to be free;" and they stuck
+to this text. The troops had to fight, and it was the part of
+Con-gress to raise the men, the pay, and the arms. It would
+seem that they had the worst part to do. To be sure, when they
+thought of the past, they might take heart. In the face of such
+a foe, it must be said, our men had done well. Doc-tor Frank-lin
+felt that way; but there were some rich men who thought it would
+be death to the States to make war.
+
+So Con-gress met to see if it were best that they should strike
+the blow at once that would make them free. They had more than
+one talk on this, and at first the time did not seem ripe. They
+were to break all ties with Eng-land, to pay no more tax, and
+to try to find help if they could, in their fight to be free.
+Some great men wrote out the plan, and you can still see it
+in the Hall in Phil-a-del-phia. This sheet is called the "Dec-la-ra-tion
+of In-de-pend-ence." It meant that they were bound to be free,
+and so they wrote it down. It was made Ju-ly 4th, 1776, and
+that is why you hear the noise of fire works and see signs of
+joy on each Fourth of Ju-ly since that day.
+
+[Illustration: JOHN HAN-COCK'S RES-I-DENCE, BOS-TON.]
+
+When the men came to sign this Dec-la-ra-tion, the one who wrote
+his name first, said, "We must be one; we must all pull the
+same way; we must hang side by side." "Or we shall hang with
+none at our side," said Frank-lin. But no doubt there were sad
+hearts that day, though these words did raise a laugh.
+
+[Illustration: IN-DE-PEND-ENCE HALL.]
+
+They did not change this dec-la-ra-tion much from the way they
+wrote it first. There was one clause on the slave trade which
+the men from the South did not like; so it was struck out. There
+were twelve States--though they did not call them States in those
+days--that gave their vote for it. New York would not vote at
+all. The bell of the State House was to ring if the "Dec-la-ra-tion"
+should pass. This bell had been put up years since, and one
+might read on it, though these are not just the words, "Let
+all the land be free." So the old man who was wont to ring this
+bell, put his boy at the door of the hall where the men met.
+
+When at last the Dec-la-ra-tion should pass, the man who kept
+the door was to make a sign to the boy. You may think how all
+hearts beat when this boy ran out with a cry of "Ring, ring;"
+and what a peal of joy rang out from the bell! Then the Dec-la-ra-tion
+was read to each of the troops, and there were loud cheers on
+cheers from all sides. That night the form of George the Third,
+on horse-back, which had been wrought in stone, and stood in
+one of the squares, was laid low in the dust by the crowd.
+
+Yet for all this brave show, the men were sad at heart. They
+knew how poor they were, and how few, and the true state of
+the troops, and all that could be brought to put them down.
+They set out to make a flag of their own; for they had all sorts
+of flags at this time. One had a pine tree on a white ground,
+and was known as the "pine tree flag." On this flag were words
+which meant, "Call to God for help."
+
+When Wash-ing-ton came to take the head of the troops, he had
+a new flag made with stripes of red and white, as now; but on
+one end was a red and white cross, like that which marks the
+Brit-ish flag. This flag went with our troops in Bos-ton, when
+the Brit-ish took up their march out of that place. But, by
+vote of Con-gress, a change was made, and it was said that our
+flag must have red and white stripes, and white stars on a blue
+ground--a star and a stripe for each State. Now when they make
+a new State, they put a new star on our flag. Count them and
+see how strong we are.
+
+The first man to hoist the new flag was Cap-tain Paul Jones.
+He was at the head of a man-of-war, and from that ship it was
+first flung out on the breeze. This is the flag that now waves
+in town and camp, and on our ships to all the ports of the land.
+We have more stars now, but the stripes stay the same.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+THE REST OF THE WAR.
+
+
+Up to this time, most of the fights had been round Bos-ton.
+But Wash-ing-ton now saw that there would be a move made on
+New York; so he sent Gen-er-al Lee to help keep the town, and
+he soon went there too. Some men came to their aid from the
+South, and Lord Howe, with a great mass of Eng-lish troops,
+were there to meet them. Lord Howe had word from King George
+first to speak of peace, but he did not know to whom he should
+speak. He wrote a note to "George Wash-ing-ton;" but our chief
+would not read it, as he said his true name, as head of the
+troops,  should be on it. So Lord Howe wrote no more. He saw
+that the  hour to fight had come.
+
+At first the A-mer-i-can troops came to grief, and Wash-ing-ton
+and his men had to make their way back for a time. The Brit-ish
+took heart from this, and our men were sad. They were poor,
+and had few clothes, and some had no shoes for that long, hard
+march; so that one could track their steps by the blood on the
+ground.
+
+Wash-ing-ton saw there was no time to lose, and he must strike
+a swift blow. He knew there were troops of Ger-mans at Tren-ton,
+and that they still held to the ways of their land. Do you know
+the name of that day when you have a tree with nice gifts and
+lights hung on it? It is the day when Christ was born, and which
+we keep to this time for His sake. Well, Wash-ing-ton knew these
+folk would cling to the ways of their old homes. That they would
+keep the feast and be off their guard. So on the eve of that
+day he set out to march on them with his men. A storm of sleet
+came up in the night, but they went on, and when the dawn rose,
+these brave men, who had come through the snow and ice, stood
+in ranks for the fight. Some one wrote a note, and a man ran
+all the way to Tren-ton to warn the Ger-mans. But they were
+at cards. The Gen-er-al had his cards in his hands, and it was
+his turn to play. He must look at his cards first.
+
+Yes, his life is at stake, but he does not know it. In the dim
+gray of the dawn our men march in on them. There is the sound
+of wheels and a shout. Co-lon-el Kall hears the drums beat,
+and the cards drop from his hands--too late! He got his death
+in that fight, and all his men were held and bound. These things
+put our troops in heart once more, and it was the wish of all
+to go on; but they had a hard, sad time through the days of
+storm and cold at Val-ley Forge.
+
+If we could see that camp at Val-ley Forge, in our mind's eye,
+we would know how much those poor men had to bear in this war
+to make us free. They had lost some by death, and more were
+ill. They had so few clothes to put on when they slept, that
+some sat up all night by the fires to keep warm. At one time
+there were few who had shoes, and the sick had to lie on the
+bare ground, for want of straw. The head men had to wear old
+quilts or bed spreads round in the camp, to keep them warm,
+for want of the right kind of clothes.
+
+The troops were not paid; or the sort of pay they got would
+not buy them food. Food was so scarce that, at last, the pass
+word was, "No food--no man." There were men in this camp who
+had been at the court of kings; who had fed on rich food, and
+had wine to drink, and now they were like to starve.
+
+All this time Wash-ing-ton did his best to keep up the heart
+of his troops. He did not tell Con-gress how few and worn they
+were; and there were those who gave him blame that he did not
+do great things with these few worn out men. All this time the
+Brit-ish troops in Phil-a-del-phia had what they chose of good
+fare, and led a gay life. Some of them, with Gen-er-al Bur-goyne
+at their head, in the mean time, had two or three fights with
+our men, but found they did not gain much. At last they were
+glad to go back. Just as they made a move to do so, our men
+had the luck to hem them in on all sides in one place and won
+the day. This was at Sar-a-to-ga. This was good news to those
+in Val-ley Forge. It brought cheer to them, and they felt brave
+to go on.
+
+In Eng-land men did not know what to make of our luck. It made
+a stir in France, where we had friends; and some of their young
+men came here to join our troops. We had some great French men
+with us at that time. One whose name is still held in love by
+all--the great La-fa-yette.
+
+At this time France made a vow to us that she would stand our
+friend, and give us aid. When this was known in Eng-land, fears
+rose on all sides; for they knew how much help France could
+give, and how strong it would make us. They sent men over to
+talk to us of peace, but it was too late. The A-mer-i-cans had
+no thought but to be free, and they would take no less than
+that. But these men still came, and thought they would see what
+bribes could do. A large sum of gold was held out to Gen-er-al
+Reed, if he would aid their cause. He said, "I am not worth
+so much; but such as I am, the King of Eng-land has not so much
+gold as would buy me!"
+
+[Illustration: PAUL JONES'S SEA FIGHT.]
+
+But the aid from France was less than they thought it would
+be. Fleets were sent, but they gave small help to the cause.
+And so the war went on for three years more. At times our men
+would make a good fight, and then there would be dark days when
+the foe had things all his own way. The Eng-lish had paid some
+tribes of In-di-ans to fight on their side; and once there was
+a sad scene, where men and their wives and babes were put to
+death by these fierce wild men. This was not war, of course.
+We give it a much worse name.
+
+Then there were sea-fights. In one of these, the men on the
+ships fought three hours, and the ships took fire more than
+once; but at last the Brit-ish gave up. In that ship the man
+who took the lead on our side was Paul Jones.
+
+There is a tale told of what the brave wife of one of those men,
+to whom we give the name of Friends, did for our cause at this
+time. Gen-er-al Howe made his home in her house, a long low
+brick one, at Tren-ton. He said to her one day, "I want to have
+some friends here to night, and I would like to have the spare
+back room to meet them in."
+
+"It shall be as thee says," said Friend Ruth.
+
+"See that all the folks in the house are in bed at a good hour,"
+said Gen-er-al Howe.
+
+"I will move that they go," said Friend Ruth.
+
+So when the men came to see Gen-er-al Howe that night, it was
+all still in the house. Friend Ruth let them in.
+
+"You may go to bed and stay till I call," said Gen-er-al Howe.
+
+Ruth went to her room and lay down awhile; but did not take
+off her clothes. She must know what these men meant to do. At
+last she took off her shoes and went to the door of the room,
+and put her ear to the key hole. This is what she heard. Some
+one reads, "Our troops will make a move by stealth on the foe,
+and we will take them ere they know we are on them!"
+
+There was no more sleep for Friend Ruth that night. She lay
+in her bed till dawn; but all her aim was to think of a plan
+to help our troops, and not to let them fall in the snare. At
+last she hit on a plan to get out of the lines. She was in need
+of some flour; and to get flour, she must go to a grist mill,
+for they did not sell it at stores in those days. Gen-er-al
+Howe could not say he would not let her get flour, as he ate
+at her house; so he gave her a pass. While they ground the grist
+for her at the mill, she rode on as fast as she could, till
+she came to one of our guards. She said some words to him in
+a low voice, and rode back, got her flour, and was home in no
+time.
+
+When Gen-er-al Howe came on our troops the next day, he found
+them all drawn up in rank and file in good trim to meet him.
+He thought it best not to have a fight at all; and it was a
+strange thing to him how they could have known of his move.
+
+Down in the South there were brave men at the head of our troops.
+One was Ma-ri-on, who led his men through the woods by paths
+that were known to few. They gave him the name of the "Swamp
+Fox," and the Brit-ish cast slurs on him, and said he would
+not come out for a fight in a bold way, but took their posts
+at night, and when they were off guard. But he gave them a proof
+of what he could do, when he and Greene fought them and won
+the day in a fair field. Greene made such a name in this fight
+that he took rank next to Wash-ing-ton from that time.
+
+We have to tell a sad tale now of one of our own men--a man,
+too, who had won fame in the war. He had shown that he was brave;
+but men did not like him much, for he thought more of his own
+gain than of his land, and he had the wish for a high place,
+which he did not get. His name was Ben-e-dict Ar-nold, and his
+bad act was, that he made a plan to sell his own land to the
+Eng-lish. He wrote to the foe all he could of the moves our
+troops were to make, and their state, but he did not sign his
+own name. Once he had his camp at the head of some men at West
+Point, and he made up his mind to give this place, which was
+strong with forts, to the Brit-ish. This he would have done,
+and the whole land would have come to grief, but for a chance
+that brought the vile plan to light.
+
+One day a young man rides down the path by the stream. There
+is a wood of oak near. On the ground, by the trees, there are
+three young men. They have a game of cards. They have been out
+all night, and have sat down to rest.
+
+They hear the sound of hoofs.
+
+"Some one on his way to New York for trade," says one.
+
+His friend peers out. "No; his clothes are too good for that,"
+he says.
+
+All three spring to their feet, and cry, "Halt!"
+
+The man on the horse stops, and says, "I hope you are on our
+side."
+
+"Which side is that?" cry the men.
+
+"The side of the King."
+
+"All right," they say; for they wish to find out more.
+
+"Thank God, I am once more with friends!" he says, as he takes
+out his gold watch. "I must get on. I am in great haste."
+
+"We can not let you go," say the men.
+
+"But I have a pass."
+
+"Whose?"
+
+"Gen-er-al Ar-nold's."
+
+"You must get off your horse."
+
+"But, I tell you, you will get in a scrape if you stop me. Read
+this pass."
+
+[Illustration: MA-JOR AN DRÉ.]
+
+"No good. You said you were Brit-ish; we must search you."
+
+"I have naught."
+
+"We will see. Take off your coat."
+
+The coat is laid off, and the boots. Ah, what is this? The hand
+of Ar-nold in this; and "West Point" the date. A shout went
+up, "He is a spy!"
+
+He was a young Eng-lish man by the name of An-dré. He took his
+watch and purse, and said he would give them all, if they would
+let him go free. They would not, but took him to the near A-mer-i-can
+Post to try him. Of course, what Ar-nold had done all came out.
+He had known this would be the case, for as soon as the news
+was brought that An-dré was in the hands of our men, he took
+leave of his wife, gave a kiss to his boy, and sped on his way
+to an Eng-lish ship. He got to Eng-land, and was paid a large
+sum of gold; and they gave him a fine place at the head of some
+troops; but no man would make a friend of him. The Eng-lish
+had been glad to use him, but they would not take him by the
+hand.
+
+You may think what a life he had. His own land had cast him
+out, but he came back to fight her at the head of the foe. But
+the new land where he had made his home had no real place for
+him. Once in the great house in Eng-land, where the wise men
+meet to talk of their laws, one rose to make a speech. But when
+he saw Ar-nold in a seat near him, he said, "I will not speak
+while that man is in the house." Long years after, when one
+of the great men of France had it in his mind to come to this
+land, he went to Ar-nold for some notes to his friends. Ar-nold
+said, "I was born in A-mer-i-ca. I spent my youth there; but
+Ah! I can call no man in A-mer-i-ca my friend."
+
+In the mean time An-dré, the young Eng-lish man, who had met
+Ar-nold, and got the plans which were to give us up in to the
+hands of the foe, was shown to be a spy. There was but one doom
+for a spy. He must be hung. All felt for his fate. He was young,
+and had a fine face, and the air of good birth; but his hour
+had come. Tears were shed at his death; though he was our foe.
+All knew he was a brave man, who had not been slow to risk his
+life in the cause of his land. He thought he was right, and
+took all means to serve his own ends. For Ar-nold, who would
+have sold his own, there was but hate, and they gave him a name
+which would serve to show what his crime had been to all time--Ar-nold
+the Trai-tor!
+
+All this while the French had been our friends; but they had
+not met with a chance to show what they could do, till a great
+fight came which made an end of this war. This was at a place
+by the name of York-town, in Vir-gin-ia. Wash-ing-ton was there
+with his troops, and the French Gen-er-al, who had a hard name,
+which you may learn one of these days, was with him at the head
+of his men. They took the best works of the Brit-ish, and made
+such a brave stand, that Lord Corn-wal-lis thought it would
+be wise to leave by night, with all his troops. But a storm
+came, and they could not get off, so they all had to give up
+to Wash-ing-ton.
+
+There was a grand scene that day, in the fall of 1781, when
+Wash-ing-ton and his French friends stood in two ranks, and
+their old foes took up a slow march by them, and laid down their
+arms as they went. Great was the joy in all the land when the
+news was known. Those who woke that night in Phil-a-del-phia,
+heard the watch cry, "Past two o'clock and Corn-wal-lis is ours!"
+When the news came to Con-gress, they sent out word for a day
+to be set, in all the States, to give thanks to God, and all
+who were held for debt, or for crime, or what cause it might
+be, were set free, that they might share the great joy.
+
+Well might they all be glad, for this meant the end of the war.
+It had cost them dear in gold as well as lives; but it had been
+worse for Eng-land than for them. The sums she had spent were
+vast, and one could not count the lives she had lost. Add to
+this the fact that she had lost this great land, which had once
+been all her own, and now was made free. Our land now took a
+new name. You can read it, I know, though it is not in short
+words, "The U-nit-ed States of A-mer-i-ca."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+IN TIMES OF PEACE.
+
+
+When peace came, the men who had been in camp went to their
+own homes. They were all poor, and did not know what to do.
+There was no gold in the land, but a kind of cash which was
+so bad that it took more than you could count to buy a pair
+of shoes. Gen-er-al Wash-ing-ton found his task more hard to
+keep all in good cheer, now there were no fights on hand, than
+when they were at war. There had to be a tax on some things
+to keep all right, and they did not want to pay the tax, or
+their debts at this time. Wash-ing-ton felt that things were
+at loose ends, and he must make them more strong.
+
+[Illustration: GEORGE WASH-ING-TON.]
+
+Each State had a wish to be first; and it would seem that, with
+no foe to fight, they were on the point of war with their own
+selves. There was need of a strong hand to rule the whole land.
+So men were sent out of each State to meet in Phil-a-del-phia
+and talk of the best plan. They had a long talk, and at last
+wrote what we call the "Con-sti-tu-tion." Ten of the States
+gave it their vote at once; but three held back for a while.
+
+There were grand times in our land when it was known that the
+Con-sti-tu-tion was to be our guide; that we were to be in truth,
+"The U-nit-ed States of A-mer-i-ca," with one will, one aim,
+one soul as it were, while time should last.
+
+A great crowd came out in Phil-a-del-phia to show their joy.
+Each trade had its men there, with the tools of the trade in
+their hands. There was a grand car, made in the shape of that
+bird which we chose as the sign of our land. It was drawn by
+six steeds, and in it sat those who were to judge the folk in
+our great courts. They held a staff, and on it was our "Con-sti-tu-tion,"
+in a frame, and on the top of the staff a cap, which we might
+call the cap of the free--a kind they were fond of in France
+at that time. There were ten ships on the river, gay with flags
+and gilt, to show forth the ten States that had cast their vote
+in the right way.
+
+George Wash-ing-ton was made the first Pres-i-dent, and as he
+took his way to New York, which was then the seat of rule, he
+met joy and kind words on all the route.
+
+At Tren-ton, where he had fought, there was an arch thrown out
+on a bridge, where he must pass. This was hung with wreaths,
+and young girls stood with hands full of sweet buds and bloom,
+which they flung in his path, as they sung a song to greet him,
+and thank him for all he had done.
+
+[Illustration: WASH-ING-TON MADE PRES-I-DENT.]
+
+As he drew near New York, a barge came out to meet him. It had
+a crew all in white, and was meant to show the States--a man
+for each State. Then more boats came to join them, with our
+flag on each. Wash-ing-ton was led in great state to his new
+home. When the time came for him first to meet with the folk
+and take the oath to be true to the Con-sti-tu-tion, there was
+such a rush to the place that some one said, "One might walk
+on the heads of the crowd." When Wash-ing-ton came out where
+all could see him, and the oath was read to him, and he took
+it, a great cheer rent the air, and a cry rang out, "Long live
+George Wash-ing-ton, Pres-i-dent of the U-nit-ed States." There
+was a flag flung out from that Hall, a peal of bells rang, and
+a blast was sent out from the guns, to show the joy and the
+love with which they took him for their chief. This was on April
+30, 1789.
+
+War is bad for all folks; for it is hard, when it is past, for
+men to learn the arts of peace. Wash-ing-ton found the whole
+land in debt. They did not want a tax, and the red men were
+still their foes. But in a few years he made a great change.
+The In-di-ans were put down, and France and Spain and Eng-land
+were brought to deal with us as friends. It was a man by the
+name of John Jay, who wrote out the terms with Eng-land, and
+so we had peace for a time.
+
+Just then there was a great fight in France, not with a foe,
+but in their own midst. The men there had seen how our land
+had won the day, and they had a mind to be free and have no
+King. They did not go at it in the same way that we did; but
+shed much blood of their own folk, and cut off the heads of
+their King and Queen, and did things which made good men sad.
+But they said they did it all to be free. There was a reign
+of fright for a time. But at last, the mob could rule no more,
+and they were glad to take a King.
+
+Wash-ing-ton kept up great state, for those times, in his own
+home, and when he drove out he had a state coach, cream white
+in hue, and drawn by six steeds on state days. He took but one
+horse on the Lord's day, when he rode to church. This coach
+was of the shape of a half sphere, and had wreaths, and the
+forms of small fat boys with wings, drawn on it in gay tints.
+He set days for all to come and see him in his home. Those who
+came would see Wash-ing-ton in front of the fire place, and near
+him the band of great men who gave him help with their wise words.
+He would be, seen in a coat of black, with a vest of white or
+pearl, and buff gloves. His hair was made white with a kind
+of dust they had in use in those days; and it was put in a sort
+of silk bag at the back of his head. That was a queue.
+
+He would have his hat in his hand, and he wore a long sword.
+He did not shake hands with his guests, but made them a bow,
+and had some word for each. His wife, too, had times for her
+friends to come; and all must be in full dress--the dames in
+low necks and short sleeves. On the birth day of Wash-ing-ton,
+men would meet to dine in all the large towns; and those who
+made rhymes would write odes to the great man. There were some
+who did not like all this state and form and show. They thought
+it was too much like the style of kings in the old land, and
+they would have been glad to have a new mode here. They did
+not wish to see a Judge in a robe of red, or the man who was
+to preach in the church in a wig, with gown and bands. They
+were for plain dress and plain ways.
+
+You may see now bits of the stiff, rich silks of those days,
+or it may be a quaint old gown, rich in lace, which has been
+kept from that time. You may see in your mind the dame who wore
+it, as she waves her fan, sent from France, with the head of
+Wash-ing-ton on it. The hair of this dame would be drawn high
+on her head, and made white with the dust of which I spoke,
+and put in great puffs. The men whose trade it was to dress
+hair in those days had such a crowd of folks to fix, that they
+had to get up at four to do the work. I have heard of great
+dames who sat up all night to keep their hair in good style
+for some ball, or the play. The men, too, thought quite as much
+of dress as their wives, and in those days they did not wear
+plain cloth suits as now. Then a man put on a wig, and a white
+stiff stock, that held up his chin; a vest of white silk, it
+may be with rose-buds on it, and all the rest of his clothes
+were rich.
+
+It was the mode to have a snuff box in those days; it might
+be of gold, or some dear stuff, with much work on it, and when
+one met a friend they would be as sure to stop and take a pinch
+of snuff as to lift the hat in our time.
+
+[Illustration: SPIN-NING WHEEL.]
+
+They gave Balls in those days, which were quite grand, but they
+did not dance in the same way as now. They had all sorts of
+slow steps and bows. There was a kind of stiff grace in their
+style, and some would like it more now, than the rush and whirl
+of our mode of to-day. The dames were borne in a sort of chair
+through the streets to these Balls.
+
+All this was the way of life with the rich. The poor still wore
+the clothes they spun and wove, and they made their own lights,
+and struck fire with two flints. They had not seen a match then,
+and did not dream of gas, or of the strange new light which has
+been found in our time. They went to bed with the chicks, and
+rose when the cock crew. The towns at the North throve the best.
+At the South towns were few, and in the far West the foot of
+man had not yet found its way.
+
+[Illustration: COT-TON PLANT.]
+
+Those brave men who had first come to this land, had seen here
+and there in the South a strange plant. It had a sort of bulb
+full of a fine white down, and those who had seen it in hot
+lands knew it could be spun, and cloth made from it. It was
+not hard to make it grow; but the white fluff was so full of
+seeds that it took a whole day to get a pound free from them.
+Wise men saw in this plant a great fund of wealth for the States.
+So they set to work to find a quick way to take the seed out.
+
+There was a man in the East who heard of this, and set his brain
+to work. He was a young man by the name of E-li Whit-ney; and
+he had not seen the plant when he took it in his head that he
+could find a way to "gin" it; for that is the name of the work.
+He had to walk all the way to one of the towns at the South,
+to get the seed, and as he had no tools or wire, he had to make
+them. You may think that was slow work, but he had a strong
+will, and when he had made a rude "gin," he bade his friends
+come and see how it would do. All saw that it would work well;
+but some thieves broke in his house at night and stole it. So
+there was a long time that the man who made the "gin" got nought
+for it. For those who stole it made gins like it and sold them.
+These gins did the work well and fast, and so there grew up
+a great trade for us in this soft white fluff.
+
+It is made in cloth for you to wear, and is spread on your beds,
+and will take all sorts of bright dyes. We sell it to all the
+world, and wealth flows in on all sides. This would not have
+been the case had not the young man, E-li Whit-ney, made the
+"gin."
+
+The death of one of the great men of the land came to pass at
+this time. We have told you of Ben-ja-min Frank-lin. He was
+born in Bos-ton, and he was the son of a poor man. But he knew
+how to print, and he set up a press in a room where he could
+print each morn the news of the day. He did not scorn to sell
+all sorts of wares as well, such as rags, ink, soap, and such
+things. He had read a great deal, and found out more than those
+round him knew. You have seen the sharp light play in the dark
+clouds in a storm. You know that it strikes at times; it may
+be a house or a barn or a man, and that the one who is struck
+is apt to die.
+
+Well, Frank-lin thought that this light could be drawn down
+from the skies, and when he heard a laugh at this, he set to
+work to prove it. He sent his son out one day in a storm, with
+a kite in his hand. As a low black cloud went by, they saw the
+fierce light tear through it; it would seem that the light ran
+down the string of the kite. Frank-lin had put a key on this
+string, and when he made his friends touch that key, they drew
+sparks from it. So they saw that he had found out a great thing;
+and from that has come the plan of the rods that are now put
+on a house to keep it safe in a storm. This gave him fame here
+and in the rest of the world. He was sent to France and made
+strong friends for us there. He is said to have done more good
+works for his land than all the rest of the men of his time.
+So it is not strange that all felt sad when death took him from
+us.
+
+The French, too, met in their great hall to mourn his loss;
+and one of their chiefs said, "The sage whom two worlds claim
+as their own is dead;" and they wore crape on their arms for
+three days, for his sake.
+
+While Wash-ing-ton had the rule of the land, more new States
+came in. The first of these was Ver-mont. This State was full
+of green hills and strong brave men, who had cut down the trees
+and made homes there. Once New York laid claim to this land,
+but they could not drive these brave men out. They thought they
+had a right to the soil, and they sent a man, by name E-than
+Al-len, to talk with the men of New York. He was met with gibes
+and sneers, but he would not yield. He said to them in words
+from the good Book, "Our gods are gods of the hills, so they
+are more strong than yours."
+
+So when the men from New York came to drive out those who had
+made homes in the midst of these hills, they found a stout foe.
+The Vermont boys would take those who came and tie them to trees
+and whip them with rods from the beech trees. To this they gave
+the name of "the beech seal;" and those from New York did not
+care to have the "beech seal" put on them more than once. They
+grew mad, of course, and they sent out bills in which they set
+forth that they would give a good price for the head of E-than
+Al-len. But in time peace was made in these two States, when
+they had fought side by side in the great war. And so Ver-mont
+was brought in and took that name, which means "Green Hills."
+
+The next State that came in was Ken-tuck-y. This land was next
+to Vir-gin-ia, and for a time held to be a part of that State.
+The first man who made his way through its wild woods and hills
+was Dan-iel Boone, who had won a name for the way he could go
+in to the nooks and glens and trap wild beasts for their fur.
+He took a small band of men with him, and they had no fear,
+but went far in where man had not yet trod, to hunt or fish,
+or make salt at the "Salt Licks" or springs. He built forts
+and held them with his few friends for quite a time, spite of
+the red men. But once they took him and bound him, and thought
+they could make him one of them; so much did they like his strength
+and pluck, but he got free. When men heard of his brave deeds,
+more came to help him. The most of them were from Vir-gin-ia,
+and brought their slaves with them.
+
+The In-di-ans were in a rage at all this new force, and made
+the best fight they could to drive them from the soil; so that
+whole land came to be known as the "Dark Land of Blood." In
+time, peace was made, and the land grew to a State by the name
+of Ken-tuck-y.
+
+Wash-ing-ton held his post for two terms, or eight years, and
+he did not wish to serve more. So John Ad-ams was the choice
+of all, for the next chief of our land.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+NEW MEN AND NEW LAWS.
+
+
+John Ad-ams was one of the men who gave his help to write out
+the "Dec-la-ra-tion of In-de-pend-ence," of which you have been
+told. That was, as you know, the first step to make us free.
+In it we had made known that we would make our own laws, and
+no one should rule us but those in our own land. John Ad-ams
+had gone to France at the end of the great war, and had been
+one to help make the French our friends. In his time. Wash-ing-ton
+was made the home of the Pres-i-dents.
+
+This town took its name from our great chief, and he was the
+one to pick out a place for the new site. This home we call
+the White House. At this time France did not seem to hold to
+the old ties that had made us friends. When our men were sent
+to her courts, she would not hear them, and there were some
+sea fights with our ships. It would seem that a new war must
+come out of this, and Wash-ing-ton had a call from his home
+to take the head of the troops. But there was no war, for Na-po-le-on,
+a young man, who had shown great tact and strength, got things
+in his own hands in France, and we made peace through him with
+the French.
+
+There were some who did not like John Ad-ams, for the laws that
+he made. One of these laws gave him the right to seize and send
+out of our States those who came here from strange lands, though
+none could prove they had done wrong. So, though he was a great
+man, he did not get votes for a new term.
+
+And now the hour had come when Wash-ing-ton must die. All felt
+how much they were in debt to him, for the way he had led them
+in the war, and his wise rule in time of peace. He had made
+all men his friends in the end, and in the great hall at Wash-ing-ton,
+it was then said--the words live to this day, that he was "First
+in war, first in peace, and first in the hearts of all." He
+was sick a long time; and his last words were: "I die hard,
+but I do not fear to go!"
+
+No new States came in while Ad-ams had the rule; but the land
+grew in worth, and more homes were made here. But there was
+a great stretch of wild land still, where the bears and the
+wolves could prowl in the woods at will, and no smoke from the
+fire on a home hearth was seen in the air.
+
+Jef-fer-son was the third man whom the land chose to be their
+chief. He was well known as one of the first to frame the Dec-la-ra-tion.
+At this time there was a war of France with Eng-land, and we
+had hard work to keep clear of both. For France had made a law
+that we should not help her foe; and Eng-land had done the same.
+And both sides would take our ships at sea, if they thought
+they made trade with the foe. So our ships had hard times, and
+did not know what way to steer, lest one should seize them and
+take all they had on board. More than this, Eng-land said she
+had a right to search our ships and see if we had her men on
+board of them, and to take such if found. And once or twice
+it came to pass, that they took the whole crew of a ship, so
+that there was not a man left in it to sail it.
+
+One day a man-of-war went to search one of our ships for men,
+they said, who had run from them. They were in sight of one
+of our forts; but when our men would not let the search be made,
+a fire was made on our ship, and they took four of the men,
+and hung one of them. This was bad for our trade, and made a
+great stir in our midst, and woke up the old wrath at Eng-land.
+
+So Con-gress, with a wish to give Eng-land tit for tat, as you
+would say, made a law that we should not trade with her, and
+our ships should not go out of our own ports. But this, you
+know, hurt us more than it hurt Eng-land; and, for a time, Jef-fer-son
+came in for a share of the hard thoughts, as though it were
+all his fault. Those whose trade had been hurt by the law felt
+as if he had been to blame, and the cause of loss to them. There
+were, too, on the sea a band of sea thieves, as we might call
+them. They were men who came from a wild race, far off, who
+would seize ships when they could, and take all the crew and
+hold them for slaves, till their friends would pay a good price
+for them. It was no strange thing in those days to hear read
+out in church the names of those who were slaves to such men.
+Great sums of gold were sent to set our men free. At last we
+made some terms with these thieves of the sea, but they would
+not keep the peace.
+
+Then John Ad-ams sent out four ships to fight these men. We
+did not own but six war ships in those days. One of these had
+the bad luck to run on the shore in that strange land, so the
+foe took it, and the crew were made slaves. There was a brave
+young man in one of our ships, who made a plan to get back the
+lost boat, which had the same name as the town of "Phil-a-del-phia."
+He thought if we could not get her from the foe it would be
+best to burn her, so that they could not use her for their own
+ends. So he took a small boat which had been won from the foe
+in a fight, and put some of our own men in her, and stole up
+to the side of the "Phil-a-del-phia" by night. If he was seen--it
+was thought to be a boat load of friends--but they soon went
+to work, and when they got on board, the fight was short and
+fierce. The "Phil-a-del-phia" was theirs in no time; but they
+found they could not move her, so they set her on fire, and
+set sail once more, and did not lose a man. All this won a name
+and fame for the young man, whose name was De-ca-tur, and in
+time there grew up such a fear of him in those wild States that
+they were glad to make peace and take no more slaves.
+
+[Illustration: DE-CA-TUR BURN-ING THE "PHIL-A-DEL-PHIA."]
+
+Jef-fer-son's mode of life was not like Wash-ing-ton's had been.
+He did not care for fine things or a state-coach, but was plain
+in all his ways. He did not go to the House in a coach and six,
+but rode on a horse which he would tie to a post while he went
+in to read his speech. In time he did not go at all, but sent
+the speech to be read by some one, and so it is done in our
+day. He had no state times for the folk to come and see him;
+but on New Year's day and the Fourth of July his doors were
+flung wide, and all might call who had the wish to do so. He
+did not let men know when his birth day came, so that no feasts
+should be kept, and odes made on it. He made the debt of the
+land less in his time. He thought that all men had a right to
+vote, and at that time there were those who did not hold such
+views.
+
+[Illustration: SLAVES IN FIELD OF SUGAR CANE.]
+
+There was one great law that came to pass in Jef-fer-son's time.
+This was to keep out the slave trade. This trade tore the black
+man from his home, and sold him to those who would pay the most.
+He must leave his wife, his boys and girls, and see them no more,
+and be brought in the dark hold of a ship to a strange land,
+where he did not know their speech. Here he must work at his
+strange tasks, with no hope and no joy in his life. Jef-fer-son
+felt that the slave trade was wrong, and he had the wish to
+see it brought to an end. He thought it gave us a bad name.
+But there were those in Con-gress who did not feel in that way.
+They said if it was right to hold slaves at all, it could not
+be wrong to bring them here. So the talk grew fierce, some on
+this side and some on that; but, in the end, the law was made.
+Spite of this law, the trade went on by stealth for years, though
+the ships of more lands than one came to the aid of the slaves
+to break up this bad trade. In the States there was no law to
+say that slaves should not be bought and sold, and so this went
+on till the last war.
+
+One grand thing that came to be made in the time of Jef-fer-son
+was the steam boat. There were ships with sails, and boats that
+went by oars, but none that went by steam. The first one that
+was made would go four miles an hour; but it was not on the
+same plan as those we have now. The first made like those now
+in use, was built by Rob-ert Ful-ton, in 1807. Men then had
+not much faith in it, and would laugh at it as they do at most
+new things. Ful-ton said no one spoke a kind word of it; but
+when they came to see the launch, and took note of its speed,
+those who came to mock were glad to cheer.
+
+The first steam boat made on his plan was the "Cler-mont," and
+went at the rate of five miles an hour, spite of wind and tide.
+As it went on its way, it sent such a great mass of sparks up
+in the air, and the noise of its wheels was so loud that when
+the crews of the ships that came in its way saw it, they would
+drop on their knees in fright, and pray to be kept safe from
+this strange thing. But, in time, more were made, and men saw
+that there was naught to fear in these great steam boats, though
+they did seem to breathe out fire and smoke. Still, at first,
+they did not dare to cross the sea in them.
+
+[Illustration: FUL-TON'S "CLER-MONT" STEAM-ER.]
+
+There was a great tract of land in the west, which Jef-fer-son
+bought for the U-nit-ed States from the French. Part of it is
+now known as the State of Lou-i-si-ana, and took its name from
+the French King. One of the great streams of the world runs
+through it. Do you know its name?
+
+Jef-fer-son sent men to find out all they could of this land
+he had bought; what kind of tribes of red men were in it, what
+wild beasts were in the wood, and what sort of plants grew there.
+These men took with them food, fire arms, and gifts for the
+chiefs of the red men. They were gone two or three years; and
+made their camps in the woods, when the cold and storm were
+so great they could not go on. They went up the great stream
+to the falls where no white man had been, and then they went
+on and found the source of the stream. They wrote of all they
+saw, and men read it in their homes. They read of new tribes
+of red men; of herds of wild beasts, so large that one herd
+would take up a stream a mile wide. They said some of tribes
+were poor, but some had good homes and fine steeds, which they
+would sell for a few beads. They found, too, they could make
+a great trade for furs with these tribes. There was one man
+who made a post for this trade. It is said he bought furs by
+the weight, and would put his hand or foot in the scale, and
+call it a pound. You may think how much fur it would take to
+weigh them down.
+
+The next chief of our land was James Mad-i-son. When he came
+in, he found that men were once more in a state of wrath with
+Eng-land. You see they felt it hard that our ships should have
+to let Eng-land stop them and search them as she chose. So at
+last it came to war, and at first we did not win at all. The
+red men took part with our foe; and one chief, by name of Te-cum-seh,
+made a plan to join all the tribes of In-di-ans in war on the
+whites. He took part in all the fights, and made a brave stand,
+but he fell at last.
+
+Though we did not win much on land, we had good luck on the
+sea. We took one of Eng-land's ships; but then they in turn
+took one of ours, and a brave man, who fought with his crew
+at the head of it, fell, shot with his death wound. "Don't give
+up the ship!" was his cry with his last breath.
+
+These words, "Don't give up the ship," were put on a flag, which
+was held in a great fight that took place at that time. There
+were nine ships on our side, and six on the side of the foe.
+
+This flag was put on our flag ship, and a brave man fought for
+it. His name was Per-ry. The flag ship was lost; but Per-ry
+flew to a small boat with his flag, and got to the next ship.
+He fought so well that he won the day, and the Brit-ish lost
+all their six ships. Such a thing had not been known till that
+time. When the Brit-ish gave up, Per-ry wrote, "We have met
+the foe, and they are ours!"
+
+There was war for three years; and in the last year the Brit-ish
+took some of our towns on the coast south, and set fire to the
+State Hall and Pres-i-dent's house at Wash-ing-ton. They made
+a raid on New Or-leans, but we had a man there who built up
+miles of bales for a sort of breast works, and fought back of
+them with our troops, so they did not get that town; and this
+was the last fight of the war.
+
+Peace was made, and both sides were glad to sign it. From this
+time the Eng-lish laid claim to no right of search in our ships.
+This was known for a time as the "Late War," but since then we
+have had more wars, so it would not do to call it by that name
+now. But from that day we have had peace with Eng-land, and
+may it long last.
+
+Now came a time of peace when the land grew, and men went west
+and made homes, and built flour mills, and cut down trees, so
+that in a short time a wild place would change in to a town;
+and you would see a church spire point up to the sky, and a
+school with its crowd of young ones at their tasks.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+THE SLAVE TRADE.
+
+
+Mad-i-son had two terms of rule, and then Mon-roe was the next
+choice of the land. He had fought in the great war, and had
+a high place in the States. He had shown that he was a brave
+man, and was the one sent to France when our land bought Lou-i-si-ana.
+
+When he was made Pres-i-dent, he made a tour of all the posts
+north and east, to see what strength they would have in case
+of war. He wore a blue coat that was home-spun, and was plain
+in all his dress. He won the hearts of all by his frank ways.
+He met all men as friends, and had no pride and pomp to keep
+them far off; he was as one of them. He thought more of the
+good of his land than his own. One said of him, "If we could
+turn his soul in side out, not a spot could be found on it."
+When he came to die, he was poor in purse but rich in a good
+name.
+
+The red men were not at peace in his time, and there was one
+more cause of strife, and that was the slaves. Since the first
+ship load of slaves had been brought in, the trade had grown
+more and more at the South. The men at the North had grown to
+like this trade less and less. It had been thought at first
+it would soon die out, but they saw this would not be the case.
+At last there was a strife each time that a State, that held
+slaves, would want to come in. The free States would cry out
+that it was wrong to have more slave States.
+
+Those at the South said that when a free State was brought in,
+there ought to be a slave State too, or else the North would
+grow too strong, and have things all their own way. And so there
+was a fight when the time came for the State of Mis-sou-ri to
+come in. I do not mean that they went to war with shot and shell.
+This was a war of words. The North said that it was wrong to
+buy and sell men, and to break up homes; that it was bad for
+the men who held slaves, and for those in bonds, and that the
+first men of the land had the wish to get rid of it. The South
+said that if the great men of the land had the wish to get rid
+of it, they still kept their own slaves; that it was the best
+state for the black men; that they could learn more than in
+their own wild land; that white men could not work out of doors
+in the hot time, and so the crops could not be grown if the
+black man was made free.
+
+At last Con-gress let Mis-sou-ri come in as a slave State, but
+made a law that a line should be drawn in the land. North of
+this line there could be no slaves. South of it men could keep
+slaves or not, just as they chose; men look on this now as a
+weak move. At that time the slaves were few, and the trade not
+great, so it might have been put down with more ease. But with
+time it grew so strong that it took long years and a great war
+to crush it out. Five new States came in while Mon-roe was at
+the head of the land.
+
+John Quin-cy Ad-ams came next. He was the son of the Pres-i-dent
+of the same name, and had been nine years old when he heard
+the Dec-la-ra-tion read from the State House in Bos-ton. Since
+then the land had grown to a vast size, and was at peace. Much
+was done in his time to make our land thrive and grow. The red
+men were made to move west, and their lands were bought.
+
+In his time, the first rail road was built. It was but three
+miles long, and it was a horse that drew the car and not steam.
+The first use of steam came in more late from Eng-land. The
+first steam car did not make much speed; but it was thought
+to be a great thing. Still there were those who said it would
+not be worth much; that it could not draw its own weight, but
+that its wheels would spin round and round on the rail. Some
+thought that if it were made to go, it would be bad for the
+farms; would scare off the cows and sheep, and the smoke would
+make the sheep's wool black. But their fears were laid at rest
+in time by the sight of these cars as they ran on in peace,
+and brought none of these ills to pass.
+
+[Illustration: FIRST STEAM EN-GINE.]
+
+In the same year the land had to mourn the death of two great
+men. Strange to say, they went on the same day, and that was
+the Fourth of July. Both these men had put their names on the
+great Dec-la-ra-tion, and they had grown to be strong friends.
+Jef-fer-son heard the fire of a gun, just as he went. His last
+words were, "Is this the Fourth?"
+
+Ad-ams, who lay near to death, saw the sun set and heard the
+shouts from those who kept the day in his town. He sent them
+word to hold fast the rights that day had brought them; and
+the old man could hear the cheer that they gave at his words.
+
+At this time there was a great talk of a sort of tax to be put
+on all goods brought here from far lands. This we call a tar-iff,
+and we hear a great deal of it in this day. There are those
+who think a high tax should be put on all goods made out of
+our own land, so as to keep them out and give those made here
+a chance. There are some who think that all trade should be
+free; and that ships should sail here with what they choose
+and land it, with no one to see what it is, and put a tax on
+it.
+
+Ad-ams, in his time, was for a high tax, and for this cause
+he did not have but one term as our chief. Those who did not
+want the tax had the most votes, and they chose An-drew Jack-son
+for the next man. He had been well known in the war, and had
+built up those breast works in New Or-leans of which we have
+told you, from which our men beat the Brit-ish.
+
+While he was chief, there were some in the South who felt that
+the North had more than its share of the wealth of the land.
+You see there were more great mills and more goods made in the
+North, and the tax on strange goods was too much help to those
+at home. At least this was so thought by the South, and they
+had a plan to cut loose and set up a new band of States. They
+had drills of their young men, and got arms, and had made choice
+of a man to lead them. His name was John C. Cal-houn, and he
+was to be their first chief. But Jack-son said that "if a State
+could go out of the band of States when it chose, we would come
+to naught;" and he sent troops and ships of war to the South,
+and put a stop to all the stir in a short time.
+
+Tribes of the red men had gone out to the far West, but there
+were those who would not move. There was a tribe in Flor-i-da
+who fought for a long time in the swamps of that land. Some
+slaves who had run away from their homes were with them. One
+of the chiefs of the red men had a slave for a wife, and when
+she went with him to one of our forts, she was held and kept
+as a slave, and the chief was put in chains. When he got free,
+he made a vow to pay up the white man for all he had borne,
+and for the loss of his wife. So he led the red men in this
+war. His name was Os-ce-o-la. He was caught at last, and kept
+in one of our forts till he died. But the war went on for years,
+at a great cost of life, till few of that tribe were left in
+the land. And this war cost three times as much as had been
+paid for the whole of the State of Flor-i-da.
+
+This war had so much to do with slaves, that all the talk on
+the slave trade came up once more. There was a man of that class
+of which we have told you--one of the Friends, or Quak-ers,
+who put in print his views, that some plan should be made by
+which all slaves should be freed in time.
+
+Then a young man, by name of Gar-ri-son, wrote that the best
+way was to set all free at once. This made a great stir, and
+some said he should be brought to court and made to take back
+his words. But he said, "I will speak out what I feel. I will
+not go back an inch, and I will be heard." And just at this
+time, to make things worse, and stir up great fear in the land,
+a slave in Vir-gin-ia, got a mob of black men, and they went
+from house to house and put all to death who came in their way.
+
+Gar-ri-son did not like war, and he would not have blood shed;
+but there were those who laid all the fault of this at his door.
+They said he taught the slave he had a right to be free, and
+so this black man rose and took his rights. The slave who had
+done so much harm was at last caught, and put in jail and then
+hung.
+
+Jack-son thought it would be well for Con-gress to pass a bill,
+that no thing on the slave trade should go through the mails;
+but that bill did not pass. Some were made friends to Jack-son
+by this strong course, when the South had a plan to break up
+our States, and leave the North; but, of course, there were
+those who did not like him for the same cause. He had both strong
+friends and foes; but made so good a rule, that he put the land
+out of debt, and had a sum left to share with the States. Much
+new land was bought in his time.
+
+Jack-son was a great man. He had come from poor folks, and as
+a boy he was more fond of sports than of books. His life had
+its ups and downs. Once he was in the hands of the foe, and
+told he must clean some boots for them. It was too much for
+a free born A-mer-i-can to clean Brit-ish boots. It made his
+blood boil, and he said with scorn that he would not do such
+work. He was not mild or meek, you know, but had a strong will
+of his own. And he kept his word spite of blows, and was sent
+to jail. There the poor boy had small pox. He knew not where
+to turn when he got out of jail, for he was poor, and had no
+one left to help him. He had more than one fight in his time,
+and scars that he did not gain in war. He was brave through
+and through, and won fame where he went. He was in his old home
+when he drew his last breath in peace.
+
+When Mar-tin Van Bu-ren came in, the talk on the slave trade
+grew worse. A slave child by the name of Med, who had been brought
+to Bos-ton by a man, was said to be free by the Court of that
+State, as she had trod on free soil. But at the same time some
+of the dames who met to take the slaves' part, were set on by
+a mob, and Gar-ri-son, who stood up to make them a speech, was
+bound with ropes. Then this fierce mob set to work to drag him
+through the streets; but some friends got hold of him, and had
+to lodge him in jail to save his life. Two schools for the blacks
+were set on fire; and one man in the West, who was a great friend
+of the slave, met his death at the hands of a mob.
+
+Just at this time there was a plan to bring in Tex-as as a slave
+State, and this shook the land from North to South. Long pleas
+with the names of a great mass of folks were sent to Con-gress,
+to beg them not to let Tex-as come in as a slave State. John
+Quin-cy Ad-ams, it is said, spoke an hour a day for twelve days,
+on the side of those who would make Tex-as a free State. They
+put off the strife at that time, and did not bring Tex-as in
+at all. Con-gress made a rule, that no bills that spoke of slaves
+should be brought in, and this was in force for ten years.
+
+In Van Bu-ren's time there was a great crash in trade, and hard
+times in the land. He did not make the hard times, still he
+had but one term for that cause. Men felt a hope that a new
+man might bring in a new state of things. They chose Har-ri-son,
+who had fought in a brave way in the wars with the red men.
+
+He came from the far West, where his home had once been in a
+log house. So he had the name of the Log Cabin man, and the
+poor men in the land all felt proud that one of their own kind
+was their chief; one who had made his way out of the ranks.
+There was a print of that log cabin on all sorts of things,
+and toys were made in that form, and songs were made on it,
+and sung when men met.
+
+The new Pres-i-dent did not live but one month, and so for the
+rest of the four years, John Ty-ler took the rule; but he did
+not please those who had cast their votes for him. He would
+not let their bills pass: one of which was to form a States
+Bank, on which the Whigs had all set their hearts. The State
+of Tex-as was brought in at this time.
+
+You have all seen the wires which stretch from pole to pole
+in the streets of our great towns, and in lone roads by field
+and wood. You know what they are for, and how by means of them
+you can send word to a friend in time of need, or hear from
+those you love in a flash. It may be a death that is told, or
+some news of joy that they can not wait to send by the slow
+way of the post.
+
+[Illustration: SAM-UEL F. B. MORSE.]
+
+Well, when James K. Polk was thought of as a good man to make
+chief of the land, the news was the first that had been sent
+on these wires. The first lines built were made here, and went
+from Bal-ti-more to Wash-ing-ton. Morse was the name of the
+man who found out how to send news on wires in this way.
+
+At this time there were two great men of whom you should hear,
+for their names are on the list of fame, which has stood the
+test of time. One was Hen-ry Clay. He was born in the West,
+and was poor, but he made his way from the small log school
+house, where he went to learn his first task, to rank with the
+great men of our land. He could win men to be his friends, when
+they had made up their minds to hate him. He had a strong will,
+and kept true to his own aims. He spoke with such grace and
+force that he could sway men's minds and thrill their hearts.
+He has said, "I owe all I have won in life to one fact, that
+when I was a boy, and for some years, as I grew up, I would
+learn and speak what I read in books. More than one off hand
+speech did I make in a corn field or in the woods, or in a barn,
+with but an ox or horse to hear me. It is to this I owe much
+that has gone to shape and mould my course in life."
+
+One man, who was not his friend, said at his death, "If I were
+to write on the stone that marks his place of rest, I would
+place there these words: 'Here lies one who led men by his own
+force for long years; but did not swerve from the truth, or
+call in lies to help him.'"
+
+One more great man died on the same day as Clay. His name was
+Web-ster. He was a great states man. He went to school but a
+few weeks in all his life. He was then so shy that he could
+not pluck up heart to speak a piece in the school. He did not
+think that in time to come his words would stir the land. He
+says, "I was brave in my own room, and would learn the piece
+and speak it there; but when the day came, and I would see all
+eyes turn to me, and they would call out my name, I could not
+rise from my seat."
+
+In all things but this he stood well at school, and he had a
+great wish to learn. But he knew they were all poor at home,
+and he felt that he must go to work and help them, fond as he
+was of his books. When he heard that he was to go on; that he
+should have a chance to make his dream true, he was full of
+joy. "I see yet," he said, "the great hill up which we went
+that day in the snow. When I heard the news, I could not speak
+for joy. There were such a crowd of young ones in our home,
+I did not see how they could spare the funds. A warm glow ran
+through me; I had to weep."
+
+When he was through school, he at once rose to a high place.
+He was at the head of all who spoke in the House. He was grand
+and great, but he had a sense of fun in him. Once some one came
+to him with one of those books where the names of friends or
+great men are kept, with the wish that he would write his name
+by the side of John Ad-ams. He wrote:
+
+"If by his name I write my own,
+'Twill take me where I am not known;
+And the cold words will meet my ear,
+Why, friend, and how did you come here?"
+
+When his death was known, there was grief in the length and
+breadth of the land. No death since that of Wash-ing-ton was
+made such a theme for speech.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+A NEW WAR.
+
+
+In the time of James K. Polk, a war rose in which our States
+were not of one mind. Our folk in Tex-as laid claim to a large
+tract of land which those in Mex-i-co said was theirs. The States
+at the North did not wish to go in to this war; but those at
+the South did. This was in 1846. Gen-er-al Tay-lor went with
+his troops at once in to the land of the foe, and built a fort
+on a stream there. He gave it the name of Fort Brown. On his
+way he met the troops of the foe drawn up in the road. They
+had three to one of his small band; but he had the good luck
+to rout them, with loss of but nine men on our side.
+
+Then he took up his march on their great town, which had the
+name of Mon-te-rey. This town had high hills and deep gulfs
+round it, and strong forts. Its streets were full of men with
+arms. Gen-er-al Tay-lor made a grand move on the town. To get
+out of the fire that would seem to pour on them from the roofs,
+the troops went in and dug their way through stone walls from
+house to house, or they would pass from roof to roof. Ere they
+came to the grand place of the town, it was in their hands,
+the foe gave up the fight.
+
+[Illustration: CAP-TURE OF MON-TE-REY.]
+
+At this time San-ta An-na, who was chief of the Mex-i-can troops,
+heard that most of our men had been drawn off to help Gen-er-al
+Scott; so he thought it would be a good time to crush us. They
+laid in wait with all their best troops, and the fight went
+on from the rise of the sun till dark. It grew hard to hold
+our ground, and the day would have been lost but for the guns
+of Cap-tain Bragg, who came to our help. He made a dash up to
+a few yards from the foe, and let fire. Their ranks were seen
+to shake. "Some more grape. Cap-tain Bragg," said Gen-er-al
+Tay-lor. One more round, and then a third came, and the Mex-i-cans
+broke and fled. In the night San-ta An-na drew all his troops
+off.
+
+Gen-er-al Scott, at the head of our troops, made a march through
+the land of Mex-i-co, and took all that came in his way. He drew
+siege lines round the town of Ve-ra Cruz, and sent bombs in
+to it, and in four days the town, with its strong hold, gave
+up the fight. A week from that time our troops took up their
+march for the chief town. At one pass in the hills, the foe
+had a strong hold. Gen-er-al Scott had a road cut round the
+base of those hills and through the woods; and then he was in
+a place to pour out fire on the rear of the foe, while more
+troops took him in front. The foe fled in such haste that San-ta
+An-na, who was lame, left his leg of wood on the ground, and
+got off on his wheel mule.
+
+The town of Mex-i-co is in the midst of a grand plain, with
+green fields and cloud capt mounts round it. The foe had made
+a strong stand here, with forts and men. Our men made a move
+in the night. It was so dark they had to feel their way; but
+they took their stand on a height from which they could storm
+the strong points of the foe. At last they took some of the
+guns, and the roads were laid bare to the gates of the town.
+
+There was some talk of a peace then, but Gen-er-al Scott found
+that it was not in good faith. The foe did it to gain time,
+to make things strong once more. So the next day, he took up
+his march on the great town of Mex-i-co. A strong fort, on a
+high rock by the town, was made ours; each out work fell one
+by one, and at last our troops took the great Ci-ty of Mex-i-co,
+and the next morn our flag with its stripes and stars was seen
+to float in the light from those grand old piles, which had
+been the home of more than one prince of Mex-i-co. So the war
+came to an end in just two years.
+
+Till this time, Cal-i-for-nia had been known as a far off land,
+to which men went by sea, round Cape Horn, to buy hides and
+fur. But in 1848, came news to the East-ern States that there
+were gold mines in that place. It was said that a Swiss had
+found, as he dug in the sand, a bright sort of dust, and it
+was thought to be gold. All at once, on this news, there was
+a great rush from all parts of the land to the gold mines of
+Cal-i-for-nia, and there was a great sum won the first year.
+In two years the town of San Fran-cis-co had grown to quite
+a large place. The name of Cal-i-for-nia is said to have been
+found in an old book in Spain, and means an isle full of gold.
+
+[Illustration: SAN FRAN-CIS-CO IN 1849.]
+
+Three more States were brought in while Polk was our chief,
+and two of them were free States. It was shown that those who
+came to us from the old world, chose the free States for their
+homes, and those at the South felt sure that the North would
+grow too fast if they did not gain more ground. There was a
+great piece of land which both North and South laid claim to,
+and there were high words on both sides. At last a band of men
+by the name of Free Soil men, took a stand that slaves should
+be kept out of all new land which the U-nit-ed States might
+gain in all time to come.
+
+The next man who was the choice of the land was Tay-lor, the
+one who led part of our troops in the war with Mex-i-co. He
+was put in by the Whigs. The Free Soil men did not vote for
+him. He did not live but one year, and then Fill-more took his
+place.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+THE WAR OF NORTH AND SOUTH.
+
+
+Once more the talk on free States and slave States was heard
+on all sides, and Hen-ry Clay had made more than one great speech
+to try and keep the peace. Cal-i-for-nia came in as a free State;
+but a bill went in force which made it a crime to help or keep
+a slave who had run off from his home. A man could go in to
+a free State and take back his slave by force, and no court
+or Judge in the land could stop him. In fact, they were bound
+to help him. This was thought harsh and wrong by most of the
+men at the North; but it was made a law. This law made more
+stir than aught else had done till this time. Men would help
+the slaves, spite of the law; and in some States they made laws
+of their own, that no one could claim a slave if he did not
+bring the case in to court, that they might see if he had a
+just claim.
+
+When Pierce was made Pres-i-dent, the strife still went on;
+and this was made worse by a wish on the part of those who held
+slaves to bring them North of the line, in to a great tract
+of land--so large that two States could be made out of it--Kan-sas
+and Ne-bras-ka.
+
+The South said all they would ask, would be that those who had
+their homes on the soil should say how they would like things
+to be, and put it to vote. Con-gress did at last pass a bill
+to give them their own choice, to be free or slave States. But
+this did not bring peace; for they had fights when they went
+to vote. At last they were all at war, and would burn a town
+or sack a house, or steal the cows and goods of those they thought
+foes. The whole land was a scene of blood, but in the end Kan-sas
+was brought in as a free State.
+
+In the time of Pierce a great tract of land was bought from
+Mexico. It is now known as New Mex-i-co. In his time, too, trade
+with Japan was first made free to our ships.
+
+When Bu-chan-an came to take the place of chief in our land,
+the talk on the slaves was by no means at rest. In the great
+Court of our land, the "Dred Scott" case was brought up in the
+first year of his rule, and it was said that those who held
+slaves had the right to take them with them where they chose,
+through all the free States. Then came John Brown's raid, which
+was like a fire brand in all the slave States.
+
+John Brown was a man who had fought on the side of the Free
+Soil men in Kan-sas, and now all was at peace there. He had
+a plan to go in to the slave States and free the slaves. He
+had been in Vir-gin-ia when he was a boy, and knew there were
+strong holds in the hills, where he thought the slaves could
+make a stand and fight till they were free. He got a small band
+of men and went to a place by the name of Har-per's Fer-ry,
+and took the town. Those who had their homes there fled in fright;
+so he took the great place where arms were made for our troops.
+He thought he would give these arms to the black men, whom he
+had no doubt would flock to his side. He had a small force,
+but fear made all think it was a great one. The news of the
+raid went like a flash on the wires to all parts of the States,
+and men were sent to fight him and take him. His small force
+were brave, and did not give up till death or wounds made them
+do so.
+
+It is said by those who held him as their foe, that John Brown
+was cool and firm in the face of death. With one son dead by
+his side, and one shot through, he felt the pulse of the son
+so near to death with one hand, but held fast to his gun, and
+spoke words of cheer to his men. He fell at last with six wounds,
+but did not die of them. He was brought in to Court, and they
+set to work to try him. The head man of Vir-gin-ia, by the name
+of Wise, said, "Those who think John Brown is a mad man, do
+not know him. He is a man of clear head and a brave heart. I
+would trust him to be a man of truth."
+
+[Illustration: A-BRA-HAM LIN-COLN.]
+
+But he was led out to be hung. On his way there, his last act
+was to kiss a slave child. Six of his friends were hung on the
+same spot. Some few of the band got off to the free States.
+All this made the talk of North and South on the slave trade
+more and more fierce; and when a new man was to be made Pres-i-dent,
+those who went for free soil, that is, no slaves, chose their
+own man, and he got the most votes. These Free Soil men had
+grown to be a large throng, and they had a new name. The man
+they chose was A-bra-ham Lin-coln. He was a man who would have
+been glad to have kept the peace; but the South would not have
+it so. They were in a rage, and said they would go out of the
+band of States. They thought a State had the right to go out
+if it chose to do so. This was "States Rights" to their mind.
+
+[Illustration: BAN-NER OF SOUTH CAR-O-LI-NA.]
+
+"States Rights" had long been held as the creed of the South;
+so there were six States that put it to vote, and said they
+would go out of the U-nion. South Car-o-li-na was the one to
+lead the way. They said they would make a new band of States,
+where it would be right to hold slaves; and they took one of
+our forts.
+
+Troops were sent in a boat, by name, "The Star of the West,"
+but they were met by a fire from the fort. Then they took their
+stand on the shore by Fort Sum-ter, which was held by a few
+men. For two days the fire went on, and at last the brave man
+who held the fort had to give it up. His men were worn out,
+the place was on fire, and they had no more food for their guns.
+So they went out with the beat of drums and their flags flung
+out on the air.
+
+The sound of the first gun at Fort Sum-ter was a shock to all
+the land. Most of those at the North, who had not felt the slave
+trade to be wrong, now took sides with those who had been its
+foes from the first. All the States at the South took one side,
+but the slaves were for those who had the wish to make them
+free.
+
+In the first of this storm the end came of Bu-chan-an's term.
+Three States came in at this time. Or-e-gon, Min-ne-so-ta, and
+Kan-sas. The last two bear the name the red men gave two streams
+that flow through them. The name Or-e-gon is said to mean "wild
+rice."
+
+Up to the time of the first gun fired at Fort Sum-ter, men had
+felt that the South could be brought back. Few at the North
+thought there would be war; but at the South it had been thought
+of for a long time. The young men had met for drill, and arms
+had been hid where they could be found. Lin-coln found but a
+small band of troops, but he sent out a call for more. As these
+men were on their march through the streets of Bal-ti-more,
+the mob threw stones at them, and three of them fell dead. Then
+the troops let fire on the mob, and nine men fell. This made
+a great stir at the North, for they thought it went to show
+the hate in the hearts of the men at the South.
+
+The next time the troops were sent, they did not march through
+Bal-ti-more. They found the rails torn up by the way, and had
+to mend them as they went on. Once when they saw a car that
+was a wreck by the way side, some one was heard to ask if one
+could be found in the ranks who could mend it. "I can," said
+a man who stood by it, "for I built it."
+
+So you see the troops were made up of men from all trades, who
+had left their work to fight for their land. In the course of
+time, troops went in peace through the streets of Bal-ti-more.
+
+Men came in to the ranks on all sides when they heard the call;
+but they found that arms were scarce, most had been sent South.
+So the North had to buy or make these in as short a time as
+they could. There had to be clothes made, too, for the troops,
+and food found for stores, and carts to draw it, and drugs for
+the sick. All must be done at once, and all in such a way that
+there must be no waste or want. Lin-coln at this time made a
+law that no ships should go in or out of the ports of the South.
+
+[Illustration: OFF TO THE WAR.]
+
+The war soon made a stand in both East and West Vir-gin-ia.
+In the west of this State there were men who did not wish to
+fight on the side of the South; but they had to do so or leave
+the State. There was a move made to march on Rich-mond; but
+the troops had to go back, and lost the day at the fight of
+Bull Run. It was a sad rout for the troops of the North, as
+they made haste back to Wash-ing-ton, with a fear that the foe
+might come and take that place.
+
+At the end of this year Gen-er-al Scott gave up his place at
+the head of all the troops to Gen-er-al Mc-Clel-lan.
+
+[Illustration: GEN-ER-AL ROB-ERT E. LEE.]
+
+When this war broke out, we had but four ships in a good state
+to take part in it. Yet we were in need of a force that could
+block up the ports of the South. Eng-land and France gave help
+to the South, for they let them fit out ships in their ports,
+and all through the war the South was kept up by the hope of
+aid from these lands.
+
+[Illustration: PICK-ETS ON DU-TY.]
+
+A great fight took place at An-tie-tam, where the troops of
+Gen-er-al Mc-Clel-lan met those of Lee. This was one of the
+worst fights of the war, and there was great loss of life on
+both sides. The North won the day, and Lee drew off his troops.
+It was thought by some that a move in the right way would have
+cut short this flight, and they said Mc-Clel-lan ought to have
+made such a move. So Gen-er-al Burn-side took his place at the
+head of the troops, and he took the town of Fred-er-icks-burg.
+In the mean time there was a ship fight, in which the South
+for a time did good work. She had a ship which she had made
+strong with iron plates and hard wood, and a bow of steel. This
+ship set sail in the bay to fight the whole U-nion fleet. The
+ships of wood could make no stand. In vain did they pour out
+fire and balls. It was said the balls would strike and glance
+off, and did no more harm than peas from a pop gun. At nine
+that night two of our ships had gone down in fire and smoke,
+and one was run on the ground.
+
+[Illustration: MER-RI-MACK AND MON-I-TOR.]
+
+[Illustration: U-LYS-SES S. GRANT.]
+
+All at once a small queer thing came in sight. Some one said
+it was like a cheese box on a raft. This was the Mon-i-tor.
+When dawn came it bore down on the Mer-ri-mac and sent out a
+fire. The ram gave the fire back. For two hours the fire was
+kept up; till at last the Mon-i-tor sent a shel through the
+port hole of the foe. This fell right in the midst of her crew.
+So those in the Mer-ri-mac thought it would be wise to get out
+of the way of more such shells, and it left the coast clear.
+There was great joy felt at the North when the news came that
+they had won this fight; for all had felt that if this ship,
+with its hard sides and bow of steel, had been left free to
+sail in to New York bay, all the ships of wood in our port would
+have gone down in her path. From the time of this fight, a great
+change has been made in the way they have built ships.
+
+Gen-er-al Grant fought in this war, and led our troops to win
+the day in more than one fight. One of the great moves of the
+war was made on New Or-leans by Far-ra-gut in ships, and Gen-er-al
+But-ler with a land force.
+
+[Illustration: FAR-RA-GUT'S SHIPS.]
+
+This town had two strong forts, and there was a long chain with
+earth works at each end. There were fire rafts full of stuff
+that they could set on fire, and gun boats, and one of the kind
+we know as a ram.
+
+[Illustration: LOOK OUT.]
+
+Far-ra-gut sent fire in to the forts in vain. His boats took
+fire from the rafts, and he had to put out each as it went by.
+At last, he thought he would try and run by the forts with his
+fleet, and he did so. The forts, the steam boats, and the ram,
+kept up a hot fire, but in the midst of shot and ball, he made
+his way up the stream. The next day at dawn, he was in New Or-leans,
+and in a day more the fleets and forts were in his hands, and
+Gen-er-al But-ler, with a land force, came in to the town.
+
+In this year, 1862, Lin-coln sent out a bill that said "the
+slaves should be free then, and for all time."
+
+And it was then thought that it would be a good thing for the
+black man to help in this war that had made him free. So there
+came to be black troops made up of the free slaves. By this
+time the cost of the war had grown great, and the U-nion side
+felt that it was time to bring things to a close.
+
+[Illustration: AR-MY HUTS.]
+
+The South took heart and came with their troops in to a free
+State; and a great fight took place near a town by the name
+of Get-tys-burg. There was great loss on both sides. But Lee
+had to fly with his men, and this fight put an end to the hopes
+of the South. At the time of the last shot in fight, Gen-er-al
+Grant, far off in Vicks-burg, brought the foe to terms. Vicks-burg
+was a place on high bluffs, and it had guns on all sides to
+stop our ships on their way up the stream. It stood a long siege
+of more than a month, but at last it fell.
+
+But as time went on, it grew more and more hard to get men for
+the war. There had to be a draft, and the folks did not like
+that. In a draft, one has to draw a lot, and no one knew on
+whom the lot would fall. In New York there were some who felt
+a sort of spite at the black folks, as they held them to be
+the cause of the war, and there was a mob that set on them in
+the streets. It went on for three days, and some black men fell
+struck by stones from the mob. But at last it was brought to
+an end.
+
+The next year Grant made some good moves, and, on the whole,
+the sky grew more clear. Lin-coln said, "Peace does not seem
+so far off as it did. I hope it will come soon and come to stay,
+and come so that it will be worth all we have done for it."
+
+In 1864, Gen-er-al Grant was put at the head of all the troops.
+He had shown that he knew a great deal of war, and he had done
+good work. He soon made a plan of two great moves that should
+go on at the same time. One of these was to march on Rich-mond
+with one branch of the troops, while Gen-er-al Sher-man should
+take one branch through the States of the South, from mount
+to sea.
+
+[Illustration: WIL-LIAM T. SHER-MAN.]
+
+Gen-er-al Grant did not swerve from the course he had laid out.
+He said, "I will fight it out on this line," and he did, spite
+of all loss. He laid siege to Rich-mond, but for a time they
+held out. At sea the ships of the South at first won on all
+sides. They drove our ships out, and got off with no harm, till
+the time that the Al-a-ba-ma was sunk. One more grand fight
+with ships took place in Mo-bile Bay.
+
+This bay was a great place for boats to run in with food and
+stores to the foe. Our ships could not make their way there,
+for there were two forts, a ram of great strength, and shells
+that would blow them up set in the way. Far-ra-gut put false
+bows on his ships, so that they might charge the ram, and at
+last it was sunk.
+
+Sher-man had a hard work to do; for he must take his troops
+through the land of the foe, by their strong forts, through
+hill and dale and pass. He meant to cut off their chance to
+get food, and to break up the rail roads. He first took the
+town of At-lan-ta, and from that point set out on the "March
+to the Sea," which has won him so much fame. He had to feed
+his troops for the most part on what he could find in the land
+he went through. He took Sa-van-nah and wrote to Lin-coln, "I
+beg to give you the gift of the town of Sa-van-nah, with all
+its guns and stores."
+
+Then he took up his march once more through swamp and bog, or
+up the high steep hills and rocks. The cold days had come, but
+on they went, through storms of sleet and snow, or in the face
+of floods of rain, with a foe on all sides. Such a march had
+not been known in all the wars of the past. Long will the fame
+of that March to the Sea live in our land. He had found, as
+he said, that all the men in the South had been drawn out to
+aid the troops, and that there were no more left, and the land
+was a "mere shell."
+
+Charles-ton gave up at the end of a long siege; but it was set
+on fire in all parts by its own folk, so that it might not be
+worth much when it fell in our hands.
+
+The last move was made by Grant on Rich-mond. He felt that one
+more blow would bring the war to a close. He sent out word to
+Sher-i-dan, "When day dawns push round the foe, and get to his
+rear." Two days more our troops were in the streets of Rich-mond.
+When Lee found he could not hold his place, he sent word by
+the wires to Jef-fer-son Da-vis at Rich-mond. Da-vis was the
+man the South had made their chief, and he was in church when
+the news came to him. He read these words: "My lines are cut
+at three points. Rich-mond must be left to night."
+
+Da-vis left the church, and the news spread at once that the
+town was lost. There was fright on all sides, and the streets
+were soon full of men who knew not what to do. The means for
+flight were small, and a poor cart and horse would have brought
+a large sum of gold. The ships were set on fire or blown up,
+and some of the stores of the town were in a blaze. Oh, what
+a night! All sought to fly, but few had means to go.
+
+The next day some black troops were the first to march in the
+town. This was the real end of the war. Gen-er-al Lee did all
+he could to save his men; but they were so faint with want of
+food that they could not march, and so weak they could not hold
+their guns. So he gave up all at last to Gen-er-al Grant, and
+the whole South had to yield.
+
+This war had cost the land more than you could count in gold
+and lives. But it had made the slave free; and we know that
+we shall have the curse of the slave trade in our land no more.
+And it had shown that the creed of States Rights was not the
+best one, for if we were cut up in parts we would be weak, while
+if we stay as one, we will be strong. Our true strength, then,
+is to hold fast the bond that binds all the States, North and
+South, East and West, in one.
+
+There was great joy, and all gave thanks at the North when the
+news that the war had come to an end was borne on the wires.
+Lin-coln had held his course in a firm, brave way. He had said
+in a speech in New York, when he was on his way to take his
+place, "When the time comes for me to speak, I shall then take
+the ground that I think is right--right for the North, for the
+South, for the East, for the West, for all our land."
+
+And so he had done. The war was a grief to him. He said, "We
+did not think this war would last so long. Both sides read the
+same Word of God, and both pray to Him to aid in a war on those
+who are bound to them by near ties. We hope, we pray, that this
+scourge of war may soon pass. But if God wills it should stay
+till each drop of blood drawn by the lash shall be paid with one
+drawn with the sword, it must be said, 'Shall not the Judge
+of all the world do right?'"
+
+Five days from the time that the news of joy came in a flash
+on the wires, Lin-coln was dead. He had been shot while he sat
+in his box, at the play, by a man of the name of Wilkes Booth.
+This man had by some means got in the box and made the door
+fast. When he had shot Lin-coln, he sprang from the box to the
+stage, but caught his foot in one of our flags, and broke his
+leg. He had a horse at the door, and got off; but was at last
+found in a barn, where he stood at bay. They set the barn on
+fire to drive him out; but he still stood his ground, and fought
+till the last, when he fell, shot by one of our men.
+
+Those who stood by the bed side of Lin-coln saw that there was
+no hope. All the land was full of gloom, when the sad news came.
+As his corpse was borne in a train to his old home, the towns
+were hung with black on the whole route, and most men wore the
+badge of grief. Those who had not been warm friends of Lin-coln
+in his life, felt a shock at his death, for they knew a brave,
+true man had gone.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+PEACE ONCE MORE.
+
+
+At the time of Lin-coln's death, there had been a sort of plot
+to kill more of the head men of the land. Sew-ard had been shot
+in his own house, and there was a great fear in Wash-ing-ton;
+for no one knew how far this plot might reach.
+
+When An-drew John-son took the place at the head of the land,
+there was some fear that those who had spent so long a time
+in the war would not know how to live in time of peace. But
+they soon made their way to their old homes, and were glad to
+lay down their arms and take up the old trades once more. There
+was a vast debt, and all sorts of loans to be got. Then there
+were those who thought that the States, which were the cause
+of the war, should not have the right to come back on their
+own terms; and some thought they could come back when they would,
+and in their own way.
+
+But John-son brought out a Bill which gave back all their rights
+to most of those who had made the war. The States could come
+back if they would say that they would have no more slaves,
+and that they would be true to the U-nit-ed States in all time
+to come. John-son did not act in a way to suit those who had
+cast their votes for him, and Con-gress made a move that he
+should give up his place. When they came to try him, they found
+there was one vote short. That one vote kept him in his place;
+but he did not get a new term.
+
+The next man who was the choice of the land was U-lys-ses S.
+Grant, whose work in the war had won him such fame. In his time
+all the States of the South came back in to the U-nion. Great
+tracts of land were made ours; the debt was made less; and there
+was a law made which said that men of all races and hues should
+have a right to vote. In his last term a grand show took place
+in Phil-a-del-phia. All the lands in the world sent things to
+be shown there, and all the trades of the world had place in
+those great halls.
+
+When Hayes came in there was talk that there had not been a
+fair vote for him; but in time he won his way. He was fair to
+both North and South, and his rule was mild but firm. He drew
+all troops out of the South, that those States might put their
+own laws in force, with no help from Wash-ing-ton; so that if
+their own folks had wrongs, their own courts must set the thing
+right.
+
+Time has shown that this course was wise. The States at the
+South have grown in peace and good will to us since that time,
+and the white men there now seem quite glad to have the black
+men vote. Rail ways have been built so fast that it is thought
+in a few years there will be four or five of these great lines
+through the whole length and breadth of the land. Our debt has
+been paid off at such a quick rate that if we go on it will
+be gone ere long, and the tax on all things can be made less.
+We have shown, too, that we have not stood still.
+
+In old times each watch in use here came from the old lands,
+but now a watch is made here that might win the prize from those
+on that side of the sea. So, too, in glass, tools, knives, soap,
+combs, and all sorts of things, we have made a name. The beef
+and grain we send out bring in vast wealth.
+
+James A. Gar-field was our choice in 1881. A great shock was
+felt in the land, just two months from the time he came to the
+White House, when we heard he had been shot while on his way
+to take a train for the North. A man by the name of Gui-teau,
+who had some sort of strange craze, was the one who did the
+black deed.
+
+They bore Gar-field at once to his home in the White House,
+and for a long time he lay there in great pain. Day by day the
+news would flash on the wires that told his state, how his pulse
+beat, how he had slept, and what hope there was for his life.
+All would seize the news and read it each day, with the wish
+that he might yet live. They took him to Long Branch in the
+hope that the sea breeze might help him; but though his life
+held out for near the space of three months, it came to an end,
+and his last breath was drawn in that sweet home by the sea,
+Sep-tem-ber 19, 1881. Great grief was felt at his death, and
+all lands strove to say a kind word. The Court of Eng-land put
+on black for him, and the Queen sent a wreath for his grave.
+Gui-teau was hung for his crime.
+
+Ches-ter A. Ar-thur is now our Pres-i-dent. We are at peace
+with all the world. The same flag, with the old stars and stripes,
+floats now in the South as in the North. Long may it wave, "On
+the land of the free and the home of the brave."
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's History of the United States, by Helen Pierson
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 54798 ***
diff --git a/54798-h/54798-h.htm b/54798-h/54798-h.htm
index e7bbcbb..0dbc655 100644
--- a/54798-h/54798-h.htm
+++ b/54798-h/54798-h.htm
@@ -1,3768 +1,3356 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
-
-	<head>
-		<title>Project Gutenberg's History of the United States: in Words of One Syllable</title>
-		<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"/>
-		<style type="text/css">
-			.image-center {
-text-align : center;
-}
-.image-left {
-float : left;
-margin : 0.5em;
-text-indent : 0;
-}
-.image-right {
-float : right;
-margin : 0.5em;
-text-indent : 0;
-}
-.caption p {
-text-align : center;
-margin : 0.25em 0 0 0;
-text-indent : 0;
-}
-#titlepage {
-text-align : center;
-border : gray solid 1px;
-margin : 3em 0;
-}
-#obverse {
-margin : 3em 0;
-text-align : center;
-}
-#contents {
-margin : 3em 0;
-}
-#main {
-text-indent : 2em;
-}
-h1 {
-text-indent : 0;
-text-align : center;
-}
-h1 small {
-font-weight : normal;
-}
-h2 {
-text-align : center;
-font-weight : normal;
-text-indent : 0;
-}
-h2 small {
-font-weight : normal;
-}
-.tocnumber {
-padding : 1em 0;
-text-align : center;
-}
-.tocpnumber {
-text-align : right;
-}
-.tocname {
-font-variant : small-caps;
-}
-@media screen {
-body {
-width : 50%;
-margin : 0 auto;
-}
-}
-@media handheld {
-.image-left {
-float : none;
-margin : 0.5em;
-text-indent : 0;
-text-align : center;
-}
-.image-right {
-float : none;
-margin : 0.5em;
-text-indent : 0;
-text-align : center;
-}
-}
-.pageno {
-right : 1%;
-font-size : x-small;
-background-color : inherit;
-color : silver;
-text-indent : 0;
-text-align : right;
-position : absolute;
-border : silver solid thin;
-padding : 0.1em 0.2em;
-font-style : normal;
-font-variant : normal;
-font-weight : normal;
-text-decoration : none;
-}
-		</style>
-	</head>
-
-	<body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of History of the United States, by Helen Pierson
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: History of the United States
-       in Words of One Syllable
-
-Author: Helen Pierson
-
-Release Date: May 27, 2017 [EBook #54798]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Corbin Hunter
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img id="coverpage" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="" width="70%" />
-		</div>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/1.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>PAUL REVERE.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-		<div id="titlepage">
-			<h1>HISTORY<br />
-				<small>OF THE</small><br />
-				UNITED STATES<br />
-				<small>IN WORDS OF ONE SYLLABLE</small>
-			</h1>
-
-			<p><small>BY</small></p>
-			<p><i>MRS. HELEN W. PIERSON</i></p>
-
-			<p style="font-size: 0.7em;">WITH FORTY-SEVEN ILLUSTRATIONS.</p>
-
-			<div class="image-center">
-				<img src="images/2.jpg" alt="" width="30%"/>
-				<div class="caption">
-					<p>AN ARMORED LOOK-OUT</p>
-				</div>
-			</div>
-
-			<p>NEW YORK</p>
-			<p>GEORGE ROUTLEDGE &amp; SONS</p>
-			<p>9 Lafayette Place</p>
-		</div>
-
-		<div id="obverse">
-			<p>Copyright, 1883.</p>
-			<p style="font-variant: small-caps;">By Joseph L. Blamire.</p>
-		</div>
-
-		<div id="prefatory">
-			<h2>PREFATORY.</h2>
-
-
-			<p>In this "Child's History of the United States," it has been
-			the aim to use words of only one syllable. But it will be seen
-			that, in a historical work, names must be given of famous men,
-			of great battles, and of some important measures. It is thought
-			that parents or teachers can soon familiarize young people with
-			these names, so that they will read them as readily as the rest.
-			Titles have been sometimes omitted, and some names which deserve
-			a place and have it in larger histories, are not found here.
-			All such omissions have been made from the fear of rendering
-			the task of reading the book too difficult for many, who, as
-			they grow older, can add to the list that fame has made illustrious,
-			and take wider views of the history of this land.</p>
-
-			<p style="text-align: right;">H. W. P.</p>
-		</div>
-
-		<div id="contents">
-
-			<h2>CONTENTS.</h2>
-
-			<table style="width: 100%;">
-				<tr>
-					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER I.</td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td class="tocname">How this Land was Found.</td>
-					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p9">9</a></td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER II.</td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td class="tocname">The New World.</td>
-					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p16">16</a></td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER III.</td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td class="tocname">The Red Men.</td>
-					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p26">26</a></td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER IV.</td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td class="tocname">The War that Made us Free.</td>
-					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p46">46</a></td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER V.</td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td class="tocname">Three Great Fights.</td>
-					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p53">53</a></td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER VI.</td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td class="tocname">First in War&mdash;First in Peace.</td>
-					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p61">61</a></td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER VII.</td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td class="tocname">The Rest of the War.</td>
-					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p69">69</a></td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER VIII.</td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td class="tocname">In Times of Peace.</td>
-					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p82">82</a></td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER IX.</td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td class="tocname">New Men and New Laws.</td>
-					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p95">95</a></td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER X.</td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td class="tocname">The Slave Trade.</td>
-					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p107">107</a></td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER XI.</td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td class="tocname">A New War.</td>
-					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p120">120</a></td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER XII.</td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td class="tocname">The War of North and South.</td>
-					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p126">126</a></td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER XIII.</td>
-				</tr>
-				<tr>
-					<td class="tocname">Peace Once More.</td>
-					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p145">145</a></td>
-				</tr>
-			</table>
-		</div>
-
-		<div id="main">
-
-			<h1 style="text-align: center;"><span class="pageno" id="p9">9</span> History of the United States.</h1>
-
-			<h2>CHAPTER I.<br />
-			<small>HOW THIS LAND WAS FOUND.</small></h2>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/3.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>IN-DI-ANS HUNTING IN THE SNOW.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>For a long time, in past years, it was not known that the world
-was round. If the men in those days had been told that a ship
-could start from a port and sail straight on for months and
-come round to <span class="pageno" id="p10">10</span> the same place, it would have made them laugh
-as at a good joke. They did not know the real shape of the earth,
-but thought it was a flat plane.</p>
-
-<p>In those days our land was the home of the In-di-ans, or red
-men, as we call them, from their dark skins. The red man does
-not live in a house, but in a sort of tent or hut. The tribes
-of red men had all this land for their own when Co-lum-bus was
-born. The great woods, the green plains, the bright streams,
-were all theirs. They made their wars in a strange and fierce
-style, and wore at their belts locks of hair, cut from the heads
-of those slain by their hands. These locks, cut from the head
-with part of the skin, they call a scalp. It was the pride of
-an In-di-an to have scalps hung at his belt. No one had taught
-him that this was wrong, and he did not have the Word of God
-to show him the right way.</p>
-
-<p>When Co-lum-bus was a mere boy he was fond of the sea and ships.
-He would go and watch the waves, and think about how ships were
-made, and the best way to sail them. He was born in Gen-oa,
-which is by the blue sea; so when he was a small boy he could
-watch the white sails come in. Such queer ships they had there,
-with strange high prows! As time went on, and he grew of age,
-he made trips in these ships, and was in sea-fights, and once
-or twice he was in a wreck. So you see he had a <span class="pageno" id="p11">11</span> chance to grow
-strong and brave for the work he had to do.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/4.jpg" alt="The Oceian and Islands between Western Europe and Eastern Asia from the Globus of Martin Behaim 1492." width="80%"/>
-		</div>
-
-<p>What he read in books taught him that the world was round, and
-not flat, as was thought in those times. So he knew that if
-he could sail west he would come to a new land. He thought of
-this a long time, and at last he grew more sure of it, but he
-could get no one else to think as he did. He spent ten years
-in this way. He was full of plans; but he could get no help
-and no gold. He was too poor to do all with no aid from his
-friends. At last he went to Spain.</p>
-
-<p>There were a King and Queen there who were kind to Co-lum-bus;
-but at first they would not give their gold to help him. They
-thought this was a wild dream. At last, with a sad heart, he
-made up his mind to turn his back on the court of Spain.</p>
-
-<p>While on his way, a man came to him from Queen Is-a-bel-la.
-She had sent him word that she would help him; "that she would
-pledge her own gems to give him aid." But she did not have to
-do this, as means were found when Co-lum-bus went back to the
-court. His heart was made glad; for they gave him a small fleet
-of three ships, and on the 3d of August, 1492, the sun rose
-on the fleet as it went forth on its way to the new land. All
-was strange to the new crew, and they had all <span class="pageno" id="p13">13</span> sorts of queer
-thoughts and fears of the sea. They had not been out of sight
-of land in all their lives; and when they saw the deep, dark
-sea on all sides, they were full of fear that they would not
-see their homes again. The trade-wind which took them west so
-fast, would keep them, they thought, from their land when they
-had the wish to go back. At last they grew so full of fear,
-they swore they would not go on, and Co-lum-bus had hard work
-to make them. But soon there were signs of land, and some land
-birds flew by the ship; and one of the crew found a branch of
-a tree on the waves, which had some fresh red fruit on it.</p>
-
-<p>Oh, how glad they were! Co-lum-bus felt so sure that he was
-near land, he gave word for the ships to lie by that night.
-No man thought of sleep. They all kept watch on deck to see
-this strange new coast for which they had borne so much.</p>
-
-<p>In the night a cry of joy was heard. Co-lum-bus had seen a light
-far off, and a shout of "Land! land!" soon came from all sides.</p>
-
-<p>When the sun rose they all saw a green strip of shore some five
-miles long. The men fell at the feet of Co-lum-bus and shed
-tears of joy. Then they sang a hymn of praise to God, who had
-kept them and brought them safe and sound to this new place.
-They got out the small boats and put men <span class="pageno" id="p14">14</span> and arms in them, with
-flags, and a band to play a march of joy, and the crews made
-their way to the shore. Co-lum-bus, in a rich dress with his
-drawn sword in his hand, sprang on the beach, and then the crew
-came next. They set up a cross, and all knelt at its foot and
-gave thanks for their safe trip. Then Co-lum-bus set up the
-flag of Cas-tile and Le-on, and took the new land for the crown
-of Spain.</p>
-
-<p>While they stood there with shouts of joy and songs, some strange
-dark shapes stole up with soft steps to their side. The crew
-thought these men must have come from a new world, as they saw
-their dark skins and the gay paint and plumes they wore. Co-lum-bus
-gave them the name of In-di-ans, for he thought the new coast
-was part of In-dia. He did not know that he had found a new
-land. These men with red skins were glad to kiss the feet of
-the Span-iards, and change their gold chains and rude rings
-for the beads and pins the crew gave to them.</p>
-
-<p>Co-lum-bus spent some time in the new land he had found, and
-then he set sail for home to take his friends and the Queen
-the great news. A wild storm came on the way home, and Co-lum-bus
-thought that all was lost, so he wrote his tale on a cake of
-wax and put the cake in a cask and threw it in the sea; so that
-if he had gone down in the <span class="pageno" id="p15">15</span> storm, all that he had found would
-not be lost to the world.</p>
-
-<p>But God took care of Co-lum-bus and his crew. They got back
-to their homes once more and had a grand time. The King and
-Queen gave them a new and fine fleet; and in time they came
-back and saw new points of land on which to build homes, and
-they found, too, South A-mer-i-ca.</p>
-
-<p>There were some in Spain who did not like Co-lum-bus, for he
-had won gold and fame, while they had none. So they told false
-tales of him; and when his friend, Queen Is-a-bel-la, died,
-he was once brought back from the land he had found in chains.
-How sad that was!&mdash;was it not? At last he had to die old and
-poor, and this land did not have his name. It had no name for
-some time; but at last an I-tal-ian, who made a few trips there,
-and wrote of what he saw, gave his name to the new world. His
-name was A-mer-i-cus Ves-pu-ci-us. That is a hard name for you
-to say, but you can all say A-mer-i-ca, and that is the name
-of our land.</p>
-
-<h2><span class="pageno" id="p16">16</span> CHAPTER II.<br />
-<small>THE NEW WORLD.</small></h2>
-
-<p>When the news of this land of gold spread over the world, Eng-land
-and France and Spain all sent ships to see what they could find.
-They each thought they would like to have a slice. The Eng-lish
-thought they had some rights, as one of their men, named Ca-bot,
-had, in truth, been the first to touch this new shore. The next
-time he came, he made his way down the coast to what we call
-Vir-gin-ia, and set up a claim for Eng-land.</p>
-
-<p>Then the King of France sent a man to plant his flag here, and
-he gave the name of New France to part of our coast. But though
-Eng-land and France both set claim to the land, they did not
-send men here to live for a long time.</p>
-
-<p>At last Queen E-liz-a-beth gave one of the great men at court,
-called Sir Wal-ter Ral-eigh, a claim to a large tract of land
-in A-mer-i-ca. He came with two ships, and found the red skins
-kind. They brought him gifts, and he went back to tell of all
-the strange things he had seen, and some came to live on the
-new shores. But the red skins were <span class="pageno" id="p17">17</span> hard to live with, and the
-small group of white men could get no food, and were near death,
-when a brave man, named Sir Fran-cis Drake, came with a ship
-and took them off to their homes. The next band that came met
-a sad fate, for they all fell by the hand of the red men.</p>
-
-<p>There were some in Eng-land who had a great wish to see this
-new world. They thought they would like to live in a land with
-no King, and have a church where they could pray to God in their
-own way. They were called "Pil-grims," for they went from place
-to place and would sing psalms and pray, and they were full
-of joy at the thought of their new home.</p>
-
-<p>Do you know the name of the ship they came in? It is a sweet
-name, and you must keep it in your mind&mdash;The May-flow-er. They
-did not have a smooth trip, and a storm blew them on to the
-coast of Mass-a-chu-setts. It was bare and cold, but it was
-nice to see land at all. There were all sorts of fowl there,
-and they saw a whale; but when they went to shoot it the gun
-burst. They made their way to a vale where there was a spring,
-and there they took their first drink in the new land.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-left" style="width: 15%;">
-			<img src="images/5.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>IN-DI-AN FLINT-HEADED ARROW.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>There was a rock called Plym-outh Rock, and here they made their
-homes and built the first house. It was in 1620, in a cold time
-of the year, that the <span class="pageno" id="p18">18</span> May-flow-er brought her crew to Plym-outh
-Rock. There was not much food, and they had from the first a
-foe whom they could not trust or make a friend. These were a
-new race of men. They had brown skins; were tall and straight,
-with long, coarse black hair. They had no books, and got their
-food in the hunt, or caught fish in the streams. They made boats
-of birch bark&mdash;queer, long things, with a point at each end.
-They could make bows, and would pound their corn with two stones
-for their bread. They took the skins of beasts for their clothes,
-for they knew how to dress them. Each tribe had its head man,
-called a chief, and their great joy was in war. When their foes
-took them, they would not pray for their lives. They were brave
-in their own way, and would show no fear at the sight of the
-fire that was to burn their flesh.</p>
-
-<p>Their wives, the squaws, would dress the food and do all the
-hard work at home. They were the ones who dug each small patch
-of ground and put in the beans and corn. The men had a <span class="pageno" id="p19">19</span> scorn
-for work. They were made to fight, they thought. They would
-say, "The Great Chief gave the white man a plow and the red
-man a bow, and sent them in the world to gain food, each in
-his own way."</p>
-
-<p>In this new land there was not a horse, cow, sheep, cat, dog,
-or hen to be found. You would not like such a place, would you?
-What did the young people do for pets in those days? No chicks
-to feed, no puss with her soft, warm fur, for small hands to
-stroke.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/6.jpg" alt="A canoe." width="70%"/>
-		</div>
-
-<p>But the new homes were not left in peace. The red men saw that
-their doom was near. They felt that they would have to move
-on and on, to give place to these men who knew so much; who
-read books and had schools, and taught their young ones to pray.
-So they took the guns that they had bought from the white men
-and went to war with them. When they took them they would tie
-them fast to stakes, burn them to death, and all the time the
-flames were at work, these fierce red men would <span class="pageno" id="p20">20</span> dance a war
-dance of joy. They bought rum from the white men, and it made
-them like brutes.</p>
-
-<p>They knew that the white men had come to take their land, and
-that was cause for their hate. And so the white men, in their
-turn, felt no love for the red skin, and thought they did well
-to push him back more and more, and take all they could from
-him. The white men were to blame, for they first gave the vile
-rum to the red men, and that made them wild. They would burn
-down the white man's house at night, and kill his wife and babes.
-Think how sad it must be to wake up in the night and find the
-hot blaze of a fire in your face, and the wild war-whoop of
-an In-di-an in your ears. But you can lie down in your bed in
-peace, for there is no one to harm you&mdash;you live in good times.</p>
-
-<p>But those who were brave enough to come and live in this new
-land, had a hard life at first. There were no snug farms as
-now, with fields of green corn and wheat. At times the poor
-men could not get much to eat, and one wrote home: "The crumbs
-that fall from your meals would be sweet to me. When I can get
-a cup of meal and boil It with a pinch of salt, I give thanks
-as for a great feast. The In-di-ans at times bring corn and
-trade it for clothes or knives. One day they gave <span class="pageno" id="p21">21</span> me a peck
-of corn for a small dog. It would be a strange thing to see
-a piece of roast beef or veal here."</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/7.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>PIL-GRIMS ON THEIR WAY TO CHURCH.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-<p>It will not seem strange, then, that, in such hard times, death
-came to these small bands and took some away. But those who
-were left kept up brave hearts, and would not go back to their
-old homes; and though all were so poor, there was not a case
-of theft in four years. They grew to like the land, and one
-said, "A sup of New Eng-land air is worth more than a draught
-of Old Eng-land ale."</p>
-
-<p>For one of the first bands of men who came here, made their
-homes in a place to which they gave the name of New Eng-land,
-after their old home. As time went on each place grew to be
-a town, and soon had a church and a school of its own. If we
-had gone in one of those towns on the Lord's day, we would have
-seen some strange sights. As the clocks struck nine, there would
-come out a man who would beat a drum or blow a conch shell,
-or ring a bell to call all the folks to church. As we drew near
-to this church, we would have seen that it was built of logs,
-with a small flag to wave on it. There would be a fence of stakes
-round it, and a man with a gun on guard near it. Those who went
-in left all their guns in his care.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pageno" id="p23">23</span> If you look at this church you will see that it has no glass
-panes like ours, but small and dull and thick ones set in lead.
-It is the style now to like that old thick glass, and to use
-it once more. You might see on the front of this church, near
-the door, the heads of wolves that had been slain in the hunt
-in the past year.</p>
-
-<p>In this church the old men sat on one side, and the young men
-were not with them. They had their own place. So, too, the boys
-did not sit by the girls. Most of the boys sat on the stairs,
-and there was a man there as a sort of guard to see that they
-did not talk. He had a long rod or wand in his hand, with a
-hare's foot on one end, and a hare's tail on the other. He would
-let no one go to sleep. If he saw a girl nod, he would touch
-her on the face with the soft brush of the hare's tail; but
-if it were a boy who was caught in a nap, he got a sharp rap
-from the hare's foot. So you see in those times one could not
-make such a snug nest in the pew and take a long sleep as one
-does now; and they had to stay three or four hours in church.
-It must have been hard for small folks not to nod at times.</p>
-
-<p>When they sung, it was out of a book by the name of "The Bay
-Psalm Book," and they did not know more than ten tunes. In those
-days no one <span class="pageno" id="p24">24</span> could stay from church but for a good cause, or
-else they had to pay a fine. And if a man staid from church
-a month, he was put in the stocks, or in a cage of wood, where
-all could see him and laugh and jeer at him.</p>
-
-<p>You do not know what stocks are in these times, but if you had
-stood in a New Eng-land town then, you would have seen a strange
-thing made of wood, by the road near the church. This queer
-frame of wood would hold a man fast so that he could not move,
-and you may think a day in the stocks would be hard to bear,
-and would make one's bones ache.</p>
-
-<p>A house in such a town, in those days, was all built on the
-ground floor; so there were no stairs. It was made of earth
-or logs, and had a steep roof of thatch. The place for the fire
-was built of rough stones. It was large enough to burn logs
-four feet long, and had so much room in it that a man and his
-wife and boys and girls could sit in it and look up at the sky.</p>
-
-<p>The dress in those days was not the same as it is now. The men
-wore small clothes, which came to the knee like a small boy's
-in these times, and they had stiff ruffs round their necks and
-caps of rich stuff on their heads. The young men wore fine belts,
-and great high boots which were made with a roll at the top.
-The girls wore silk hoods in the <span class="pageno" id="p25">25</span> streets, and stiff rich gowns,
-with long waists, and lace caps on feast-days. But folks could
-not wear gay clothes if the law did not think they had means
-to spend for such fine things.</p>
-
-<p>They had some queer laws in those days. Those who had done wrong
-had to stand in the stocks, which held them by the feet and
-neck, so they could not get away, or they had to mount stools
-in church. If a man had a wife who had the name of a bad scold,
-a cleft stick was put on her tongue, or she was made to take
-a cold dip in a stream. I dare say you think those were hard
-laws, and you are glad to live in these days. But that was a
-race who had the fear of God in their hearts; their aim was
-to do just right and to rule the land in the best way.</p>
-
-<h2><span class="pageno" id="p26">26</span> CHAPTER III.<br />
-<small>THE RED MEN AND THEIR WARS.</small></h2>
-
-<p>At first, before they had time to plant the fields, the men
-could but hunt and fish for food; but as years went by, they
-had farms, and made glass and things for trade; they wove cloth
-of wool, and some from a plant that grows in the south, of which
-you may know the name. It is white and soft.</p>
-
-<p>They had not much coin, and so they had to do the best they
-could with skins and corn, or what they could get for trade.
-The first mint to make coin was set up in Mass-a-chu-setts in
-1652. This coin had a pine tree on one side, and the name of
-the State. One side had a date and N. E. for New Eng-land. All
-this coin was known as "pine-tree coin." In time the land at
-Plym-outh Bay and those near took one name, "Mass-a-chu-setts."</p>
-
-<p>In the meanwhile the small band who had made homes in Vir-gin-ia
-had come to grief. They had been men of good birth in their
-own land, and did not know much of hard work. They had come
-in search of wealth. Great tales had been told of the gold
-here. It had been said one could pick up <span class="pageno" id="p27">27</span> great lumps of gold,
-as large as a hen's egg, in the streams. They found that all
-this was not true, and that a man had to work hard to live.
-They grew sick, and death came in their midst to make things
-more sad; so that they lost more than half of their small band.</p>
-
-<div style="position: relative; margin: 0 0 2em 0;"  class="caption">
-	<img src="images/8.jpg" style="width: 100%;" alt="" />
-	<p style="position: absolute; top: 60%; left: 60%;">BUILD-ING IN VIR-GIN-IA.</p>
-	<p style="position: absolute; top: 100%; left: 15%;">JOHN SMITH.</p>
-</div>
-
-<p>One man, John Smith by name, did great things for them. He had
-been brave from his birth. He had been in wars oft, and once
-he built him <span class="pageno" id="p28">28</span> a lodge of boughs in a forest and took his books
-with him, that he might learn the art of war. Once he went to
-fight the Turks. He is said to have been sold as a slave. It
-may be all these tales are not true; but it is true he taught
-his own friends in Vir-gin-ia how to live. He got them to build
-a fort and log huts for the cold times. He made friends as far
-as he could of the In-di-ans, so that he could get boat loads
-of food from them. He said that "he who would not work might
-not eat;" so no man could be a drone in the hive. Each one must
-learn to swing the axe in the woods or to hunt and to fish.</p>
-
-
-<p>Once the In-di-ans took him and they told him that he must die.
-Their great chief Pow-ha-tan had said the word; so his head was
-laid upon a stone, and a huge war club raised to strike the
-blow. But a young girl was seen to spring to his side, throw
-her arms round his neck, and pray that he might be set free.
-She was the pet of the tribe, for she was the child of their
-chief; and so Cap-tain Smith was set free. You may be sure he
-was full of thanks to his kind young friend, and it is said
-she might have been seen on her way to James-town more than
-once, as time went on, with small stores of corn for the white
-men. And when she grew up a white man made her his wife.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-right" style="width: 20%;">
-			<img src="images/9.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>TO-BAC-CO PLANT.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p><span class="pageno" id="p29">29</span> But at last a bad wound made Cap-tain Smith go back to Eng-land,
-and things grew worse and worse in Vir-gin-ia. Food was more
-and more scarce, and a sad time came, which was long known as
-"Starving Time." It was in 1609. At last they all made up their
-minds to go back to their old home. None shed a tear as the
-sun rose on that day; they had known bad times in the new land,
-and did not grieve to go. But as their ship made its way down
-the bay, they met Lord Del-a-ware, with a great stock of food,
-and new men to swell the ranks. So they were glad to turn back
-and try the place once more; and in the course of time they
-throve and built and spread, and that part of the land made
-a new State, which we know as Vir-gin-ia. In that State was
-first grown a weed which you have seen men smoke and chew.</p>
-
-<p>The folks in Mass-a-chu-setts went by the name of "Pu-ri-tans."
-They had left their old home that they might pray to God in
-their own way, and they thought that their own way was the right
-one. When men came in their midst who did not think <span class="pageno" id="p30">30</span> as they
-did, they were sent out of the place. There was a class called
-Quak-ers, or Friends, who were mild, and did all they could
-for peace; but they thought they had their rights as well as
-the rest, and might serve God in their own way. They did not
-believe in wars, and would not bear arms. They would not hire
-a man to preach for them; but when they met, each one spoke
-as he felt the thought come in his heart. They kept the laws,
-and did to all men as they wished them to do to them. They said
-"thee and thou" for "you," and "yea and nay" for "yes and no;"
-but this could hurt no one, and it seems strange to us that
-they were not let stay in the place. They had to fly for their
-lives, and four were put to death. In these days all men are
-free to serve God in their own way.</p>
-
-<p>And in that time there was one man to raise his voice for the
-poor Quak-ers, and all who were like them. This man was Rog-er
-Will-iams. He held that the State had no right to say what men
-should think and feel. You may be sure those who were high in
-place did not like to hear that; so he had to fly from his home
-one cold day, and for a time he hid in the woods. But the In-di-ans
-gave him a home, and one chief made him a gift of a piece of
-land, which he called "Prov-i-dence," as it was to him like
-a gift from God. And so the State of <span class="pageno" id="p31">31</span> Rhode Isl-and, where this
-town was built, was known as a place where thought was free.
-The Quak-ers were glad to find a home in that State, where they
-could dwell in peace.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/10.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>IN-DI-ANS RID-ING.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>In 1675, a war, known as King Phil-ip's war, broke out in Mass-a-chu-setts.
-King Phil-ip was an In-di-an chief who saw that the white man
-would soon own all the land, and he knew that <span class="pageno" id="p32">32</span> meant death to
-his race. He made a plan to kill all the white men. The first
-blow fell on the Lord's day, as the folks were on their way
-home from church. The men flew to arms, and did not dare to
-lay them down when they were in the field at work, or at their
-homes. When they went to church they would stack them at the
-door.</p>
-
-<p>King Phil-ip and his men made their camp in a great swamp, where
-it was hard for the white men to reach them. Here they laid
-up a store of food, and had great tribes of red men. They would
-not fight in the wide fields, but would skulk in nooks, and
-rush out and hold all the land in fear, for the foe would seem
-to be on all sides. At last they were made to leave their strong
-hold, and could find no place to hide. There was a fight, and
-the In-di-ans fell thick and fast. Phil-ip ran, but one of his
-own tribe, who had a grudge, shot him dead. He had done all
-he could for his own folk, but fell by the hand of one of them
-at last.</p>
-
-<p>All this time the King of Eng-land was at the head of this land
-as well, and the men he sent were wont to rule things with a
-high hand. They would not grant what our men thought to be their
-rights. Dutch ships had come in to trade for furs with the In-di-ans.
-Some of the crews stayed here and made their homes in a place
-they called New Am-ster-dam. <span class="pageno" id="p33">33</span> It is now known by the name of
-New York. These first Dutch men bought the land from the In-di-ans,
-and it was to go to their heirs through all time.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/11.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>THE DUTCH AT NEW AM-STER-DAM.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>A band of Swedes made their home in Del-a-ware. A Quak-er by
-the name of Will-iam Penn bought a grant of land from the King.
-He thought to make a home for all his sect, who had as hard
-a time in Eng-land as they did here. He sent a band of these
-men here, and the next year he came too. He met the In-di-ans
-by a great elm tree. He was a kind and good man, and would not
-take <span class="pageno" id="p35">35</span> their land from them. He bought it and made them his friends.
-"We will live in love with Will-iam Penn and his heirs," said
-they, "as long as the sun and moon shall shine." And it is said
-that to this day a red man is loathe to shed Quak-er blood.</p>
-
-<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/12.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>IN-DI-AN PIPES.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-
-<div class="image-right" style="width: 30%;">
-			<img src="images/13.jpg" alt="William Penn." width="100%"/>
-		</div>
-
-<p>In 1683, Penn bought land from the Swedes and laid out a town,
-to which he gave the name of Phil-a-del-phia. It stood in the
-midst of a wood, and the wild deer ran by the men who came to
-take a look at their new home. When Penn came, he sent out a
-call for all the men to meet in one place, and there he met
-with them, and they laid out the code or kind of laws they were
-to have. This code was known as "The Great Law." No one could
-vote that did not believe in Christ; and all might pray to God
-in their own way. So you see the Quak-ers did not wish to force
-men to believe as they did. They felt that was not right or
-just.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pageno" id="p36">36</span> Penn did all he could for his sect, and was mild and good to
-the red men. He said to them, "We meet on the broad path of
-good faith and good will. I will deal with you in love. We are
-one flesh and blood."</p>
-
-<p>So our land grew, and State by State was laid out, and towns
-were built, and all this time the King of Eng-land was at the
-head of the whole. There were more In-di-an wars; for the red
-men gave the new folk no peace. They would come down from the
-depths of the woods of Can-a-da on their snow shoes, and drag
-men and their wives from their beds and scalp them and set their
-homes on fire. Many a child, too, had to fly with the rest in
-the cold night, with bare feet and few clothes on, to seek a
-place to hide from this fierce foe.</p>
-
-<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/14.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>IN-DI-AN SNOW SHOE.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>In 1754, a war broke out which we call the "French and In-di-an
-War." The Eng-lish had at this time a great strip of land on
-our coast which they held as their own. It was like a string
-to the <span class="pageno" id="p37">37</span> great bow of French land, which went from Que-bec to
-New Or-leans. Both French and Eng-lish laid claim to part of
-the land; and those who had the wish to live in peace could
-not but look on in fear.</p>
-
-<p>The French built three forts, and that made all feel that they
-meant to hold the land. A young man by the name of George Wash-ing-ton,
-was sent to ask that they should pull down these forts. You
-have heard of George Wash-ing-ton, I know. You have been told
-that he was "first in peace, first in war, and first in the
-hearts of all." You have, I am sure, heard the tale of the fruit
-tree that he cut, and how he could not tell a lie to save him.
-He was a boy then, and some one had made his heart glad with
-the gift of a small axe. What should a boy do with such a thing,
-if he could not cut with it? So George went round to try the
-sharp edge of his axe, and, as bad luck would have it, he came
-on a young fruit tree. It may be that the fruit was of a rare
-kind, and so when it was found that the bark of the tree had
-been cut in such a way that one could hope for no more fruit,
-the cry rang out on all sides, "Who has done this deed?"</p>
-
-<p>Our small boy was not at peace in his own mind. He did not know
-in what shape the wrath might fall on him; but he came forth
-in a brave <span class="pageno" id="p38">38</span> way and said, "I did it, Father, I can not tell a
-lie. I cut it." We are glad there has been one boy who could
-not tell a lie, and we hope there are some in our own times.</p>
-
-<p>So this George Wash-ing-ton, then a young man, was sent to the
-French man who was at the head of the forts, to say that he
-must take them down at once. He had a hard time to get there,
-for it was cold, and the streams were big with the rains. The
-snow fell and froze as it fell. His horse gave out, and he had
-to go on foot. He had one man with him, and they struck out
-in to the woods. They had to cross a stream on a rude raft,
-and they were caught in the ice. It bore them on with great
-speed, and when Wash-ing-ton threw out his pole to check the
-speed, he fell in the stream. But he knew how to swim, and so
-he got to land. When day came, it grew still more cold, and
-the stream froze in such a way that he could walk on it to the
-place where he would be.</p>
-
-<p>The men at the French forts would not say that they would give
-them up. In fact, they made boasts that they could hold them
-in spite of all, and so the war went on. The French would dart
-out and seize Eng-lish ships, and then the Eng-lish would march
-on the French, and do them all the harm they could. Wash-ing-ton
-fought on the side of the <span class="pageno" id="p39">39</span> Eng-lish in this war. Once the In-di-ans
-laid in wait for them in the wood, and as the men were on the
-march with their flags and beat of drum, they heard the fierce
-war whoop on all sides. The Brit-ish troops did not know how
-to deal with such a foe; but our men sprang down and fought
-them in their own way.</p>
-
-<p>One chief made a vow that he would kill Wash-ing-ton. Four balls
-were sent through his clothes. Twice his horse was shot. Gen-er-al
-Brad-dock, who was at the head of the Eng-lish troops, was shot
-and borne from the field to die. There was a great fright, and
-the men fled on all sides. Wash-ing-ton did what he could to
-save them from the foe, like a brave man. But the French went
-on and built more forts, and our men were at their wits' end
-to hold their own with foes on all sides.</p>
-
-<p>There were six tribes of the red men who were their friends,
-and I would tell you their names if they were not too long and
-hard.</p>
-
-<p>But you will find in the State of New York lakes and streams
-which bear the same names. We ought to bear them in mind, as
-they were of great use in those times. So it was thought best
-for all our men to meet in a town by the name of Al-ba-ny, to
-fix on a way to keep these six tribes our friends, and to join
-with them to fight the <span class="pageno" id="p40">40</span> French. Al-ba-ny was then a small town
-with few in it; but it had a stone fort. Here our men met the
-chiefs and had a talk with them. The chiefs told our clan they
-were not so wise and brave as the French, or they would build
-forts like them.</p>
-
-<p>But there was one wise man in our midst, Ben-ja-min Frank-lin.
-He had been a poor boy, so poor that when he went in to the
-great town of Phil-a-del-phia, he had but a few cents. But he
-knew how to print; and more than that he was fond of books,
-and so could learn all sorts of things. He brought with him
-a small print on which was shown a snake cut in parts. Each
-part had on it the name of one of the States. He said they must
-be made one or die, and that to be one was the way to be great.
-But our men did not see their way clear to do this yet. We know
-they made the States one in time.</p>
-
-<p>The death of Gen-er-al Brad-dock was a great blow to their hopes.
-They saw that all the red-coats, as we call the Eng-lish, were
-not brave; but could run as fast as the rest. Still they took
-some forts, with long names, from the French in this war. They
-made a move on them at Que-bec, with Gen-er-al Wolfe at the
-head of our troops.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/15.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>A DUTCH HOUSEHOLD IN NEW AM-STER-DAM, NOW NEW YORK.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>Quebec was one of the strong forts of the world. At first Gen-er-al
-Wolfe lost at all points. But he <span class="pageno" id="p42">42</span> found at last a way to go in
-boats. With no noise they made their way to land, and up a steep
-hill, and at dawn the French woke to see red-coats on all sides.
-Their Gen-er-al Mont-calm led them out of the fort to fight.
-If he had not, he might have won the day, for the fort was strong.
-But he chose to fight in the wide field, and so we won.</p>
-
-<p>At the time of the fight, Gen-er-al Wolfe, who had been struck
-by a death shot, heard shouts of joy, "They fly&mdash;they fly!"
-"Who fly!" came from his white lips. "The French." "Then praise
-God, I die at peace," he said, with his last breath.</p>
-
-<p>Gen-er-al Mont-calm, too, on the French side, had a wound, and
-was told he could not live. "I am glad of it," he said, "for
-then I shall not live to see my town yield to the foe." So you
-see they were two brave men who fell that day. In five days
-a peace was made with France; for she gave up most of the land
-to which she had laid claim.</p>
-
-<p>But there were some of the red men who did not want this peace
-with the Eng-lish. They had seen the red-coats run away from
-them, and they thought they might now strike a blow for their
-own homes and land. The French made them think they would help
-them. "The King of France has but slept for a time," they said,
-"but he will soon wake up, and then he will drive the foe from
-the homes <span class="pageno" id="p43">43</span> of the red men, and give them back their land."</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/16.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>IN-DI-AN CHIEF.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>There was one brave chief, Pon-ti-ac, who heard all this with
-a glad heart. "I will live and die a French man," he said, and
-he sent men to each <span class="pageno" id="p44">44</span> town to bear a belt with red or black beads
-on it, and a knife with a red stain on it; these meant war.
-The knife was of the kind with which they were wont to scalp
-the foe, and the red stain told that deeds of blood were at
-hand. When this belt and knife were kept, Pon-ti-ac knew that
-the chiefs there would join the war. Their first move was on
-a fort at De-troit.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/17.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>IRON TOM-A-HAWK.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/18.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>STONE TOM-A-HAWK.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>This was Pon-ti-ac's plan. He would go some day to the fort
-with some men and ask leave to come in and show them a war dance. <span class="pageno" id="p45">45</span>
-While some were in the dance, a few would stroll through the
-fort and see all that could be seen. Then they would go once
-more as if for a call, with arms hid in their clothes, and strike
-down the white men when they did not look for it. The first
-part of this plan went on all right; but one of the squaws,
-who was a friend to the head man of the fort, told him what
-the red men meant to do. So when Pon-ti-ac and his men went
-in the fort, each with his gun hid in his clothes, they found
-ranks of men with arms to meet them, and they were glad to get
-out with their lives.</p>
-
-<p>But Pon-ti-ac would not give up, for he made more friends, and
-laid siege to De-troit in 1763. It was a long siege for the
-red man, but it held out, though food was scarce, and the men
-in it felt that they must soon starve. Pon-ti-ac at last had
-to make peace, and met his own death at the hands of a red man,
-who was mad with drink; and so the French and In-di-an war came
-to an end.</p>
-
-<h2><span class="pageno" id="p46">46</span> CHAPTER IV.<br />
-<small>THE WAR THAT MADE US FREE.</small></h2>
-
-
-<p>For a time all were at peace; but at last a war broke out that
-took more time, and cost more men, than all the wars of the
-past. You have heard of it, it may be, by the name of the Rev-o-lu-tion.</p>
-
-<p>There are some old men who fought in that war, who are alive
-this day. You see the cause of this war came out of what our
-men thought to be their wrongs. They thought the rule of Eng-land
-too hard, and that they should have their own men to rule them.
-They would have gone on as they were, if they had thought that
-Eng-land was just to them; but she put a tax on the things they
-had to use. She had a large debt to pay, and so she thought
-it fair our men should help to pay it; and our men held that
-they ought to have a voice as to what the tax should be, and
-fix what they knew to be right.</p>
-
-<p>Do you know what a tax means? It meant, in this case, that when
-our men bought a thing, they had to pay a few cents more than
-its real price, and these few cents were to go to Eng-land.
-Of course these few cents from all sides grew to be a good <span class="pageno" id="p47">47</span> sum,
-and was quite a help. Eng-land, at this time, made a law which
-we know by the name of the "Stamp Act." This law, which gave
-to Eng-land a tax on all deeds, was one great cause of the wrath
-of our men. One man made a speech on it that was put in print,
-and the boys in the schools spoke it. In all the States men
-took the same view; so that the Stamp Act may be said to have
-lit the fire which in time made such a blaze.</p>
-
-<p>In all the States men stood up for what they thought their rights,
-and they made up their mind that they would not pay this tax
-on Eng-lish things, but would learn to make them of their own.
-Men and their wives took a vow that the fine clothes from their
-old home should not tempt them, but they would spin and weave,
-and wear what they made, though it might be poor and coarse.
-One brave dame wrote to her friends, "I hope there are none
-of us but would wrap up in the skins of sheep and goats to keep
-us warm, if we must else pay a tax which is not just on the
-goods of Eng-land."</p>
-
-<p>The wrath at the Stamp Act grew more fierce each day, and the
-men who were sent to put it in force did not dare to do so.
-One was caught and made to say that he would give the thing
-up. He was made to fling up his hat and cry as they told him,
-three times, in words which meant that they <span class="pageno" id="p48">48</span> were right and the
-King was wrong. No one was found so bold as to put the Stamp
-Act in force; and the news went to the King and set him in a
-great rage. Some of their own great men were on our side, and
-were glad we did not yield.</p>
-
-<p>At last the King gave up the Stamp Act, but said he had a right
-to tax us as he chose. There was great joy here at the news
-that the Stamp Act was to be heard from no more. The bells were
-rung, and flags were flung out on the breeze, and all who were
-held for debt were made free. For a year there was no more heard
-of a tax; but then a new act came. This tax was made on tea
-and glass, and such things, which were in use all the time.
-This woke new wrath, and troops had to come out to keep the
-peace, which our men said they would not bear. The boys from
-the schools felt the wrong, and would call the "red-coats" in
-scorn by that name; and the young men made a vow that they would
-drive them from the town.</p>
-
-<p>There were street fights each day; and the men were more and
-more set to have their rights. The folk wore the rough clothes
-which they spun and wove, and would not buy a yard of Eng-lish
-cloth. Then they sought to find some plant that they might use
-for tea, so that they would not have to buy tea and pay the
-tax on it. They must have <span class="pageno" id="p49">49</span> had some queer drinks at that time.
-When the King found they were so set in their way, he gave up
-all but the tax on tea. Then he sent three large ship loads
-of it here, in the hope that our folk would want it so much
-when they saw it, that they would be glad to pay the tax.</p>
-
-<p>But our men had made up their minds that this tea should not
-land. So when the tea ships came in, a guard was set on them
-by our men as they lay at the wharf, so that the tea should
-not be brought to shore. A large crowd of men met in a Hall
-in Bos-ton, to say what should be done with the tea; and at
-last they gave out, that if the tea were sent back where it
-came from, all would be well. But the head man, who was sent
-here to rule us by the King, would not do this, and said so.
-When this was told to the crowd, a war-whoop was heard at the
-porch, and some men in the dress of In-di-ans made a rush down
-to the wharf, and went on board of the three tea ships, and
-cast all the chests of tea in the bay. Then they went home in
-peace and did no one harm. This was the "Bos-ton Tea Par-ty,"
-and is so known at this day.</p>
-
-<p>At New York and Bos-ton they did not try to land the tea when
-they heard of this, but took it back. At one time the tea was
-set on fire. All this made our men more and more set on their
-own <span class="pageno" id="p50">50</span> way; and the King grew in a rage with them. He made some
-strong laws, sent troops to Bos-ton, and put in force a bill
-called a Port Bill, which would not let a boat go in or out
-the port, save that it brought food or wood. One of their own
-men stood up and said this was a "bill to make us slaves." And
-the wood and food had to be brought in a new route, and not
-straight in the bay. Not a stick of wood or a pound of flour
-could be brought in a row boat, or straight in from a near point;
-it must all go round to the place where the Eng-lish saw fit,
-where they could stop it and see just what was there.</p>
-
-<p>Of course this was hard for the good folk of Bos-ton, and they
-did not bear their wrongs in peace. They had gifts sent them
-by land&mdash;of grain and salt fish and sheep. From the South came
-flour and rice, and some times gold for the poor. So that the
-Port Bill made all feel to them like friends, for all towns
-took up the cause of Bos-ton as their own.</p>
-
-<p>This was just what the wise men at the court of King George
-had said would be the case. They knew it would make our folk
-more strong to drive them with hard laws to fight. And so it
-came to pass, as the two great men, Burke and Fox, had said,
-King George was set in his way, and would <span class="pageno" id="p51">51</span> not change, but did
-his best to push the laws through. The Bos-ton Port Bill was
-one of the things that made the States one. For they had but
-one mind on these harsh laws, and stood as one man for the right.
-The day when this Port Bill was first put in force, the Town
-Hall in one of the towns was hung with black, as for a death;
-the Bill was on it, and the toll of bells was heard all day.</p>
-
-<p>If we could have stood in Bos-ton in those days, we would have
-seen that there was not much work, and no ships at the wharves
-but those of Eng-land. There were guns in view, and men with
-red-coats in the streets. There were tents on the green, and
-clubs that met each night, to talk of this strange turn in things,
-and what was best to do. They did not want war, but saw no way
-to get out of it. Great men spoke of it here and there, and
-each speech was read at the clubs.</p>
-
-<p>"We must fight," grew to be the cry. But there were some, of
-course, who felt sad at all this, who thought it wrong not to
-do the will of the King in all things. They said this land would
-come to grief, for we were the ones who had the most to lose
-by war. These men had the name of "To-ries," and the rest did
-not look on them as friends, but held them as foes. Some of
-these men went back <span class="pageno" id="p52">52</span> to their old homes, and came here in the
-troops of the King to fight their old friends. Some stayed and
-came round to new views, and took part in the wars that came
-to pass in time. All knew that the ranks of the King would be
-made of men who had fought in wars, and were known to be brave;
-while on our side they would be raw men, who did not know the
-art of war. But still our men were brave, and they said, with
-strong hearts, "The strife may be long, but the end is sure.
-We will fight for our homes, for our lands, for the right. We
-will be free!"</p>
-
-
-
-
-<h2><span class="pageno" id="p53">53</span> CHAPTER V.<br />
-<small>THREE GREAT FIGHTS.</small></h2>
-
-
-<p>In each town, at this time, men thought but of war, and how
-to train for it; so that in case of need each one could spring
-to arms at once. Guns were put in a safe place, and stores of
-food were bought. The Brit-ish in their turn kept watch on all,
-and more troops were brought in.</p>
-
-<p>Our men made a plan, that when it should be known that a large
-force of the Brit-ish were to move out of Bos-ton at night,
-a light should be hung out of the North Church by way of a sign.
-One night the watch by the Charles saw the light gleam high
-on the church, and they knew some move was on hand. At once
-all was stir and noise. Men rode here and there to find out
-what it meant. One went in a boat, and then took a fleet horse
-to seek out two of the wise and great men, and see what was
-best to do. The man who took this ride, and went from house
-to house with a call to those who slept, was Paul Re-vere. There
-is a song this day on that ride.</p>
-
-<p>You may be sure there was no more sleep in a <span class="pageno" id="p54">54</span> house that night.
-When he rode by&mdash;"Do not make so much noise," said one on guard.</p>
-
-<p>"Noise," said Paul Re-vere, "there will be noise ere long; the
-foe is on us!"</p>
-
-<p>All this time the Eng-lish troops had made a swift, still march.
-They thought no one had seen or known their move; but all at
-once the bells in each church rang out a wild peal. In each
-town the church bell sent a call to each home. So it was plain
-that all was known. Paul Re-vere and the scouts had done the
-work well. The Brit-ish sent back for more troops. They came,
-and they were told to hold the bridge at Con-cord. But when
-Ma-jor Pit-cairn, who was at the head of the Brit-ish, came
-to Lex-ing-ton at dawn, he found a great crowd of men with arms.</p>
-
-<p>"What do ye here?" he said, in wrath, "go to your homes! Why
-don't ye lay down your arms?" But as they made no move to go,
-his troops sent forth a fire on them, which they gave back with
-a will. Eight of our men got their death wounds that day, and
-this was the first blood shed in the war.</p>
-
-<p>The Brit-ish then gave three cheers and set out on a march to
-Con-cord. The people of that town made haste to move their stores
-of food and arms to a safe place in the woods. Their scouts
-took the North bridge, and could see that the Brit-ish were <span class="pageno" id="p55">55</span>
-in the streets of the town; that they had set the court house
-on fire, and cut down the pole, and laid waste the stores they
-found. So the men on the bridge made up their minds they would
-try to drive this foe out. There were but few of them, but they
-had strong hearts.</p>
-
-<p>One of their head men said, "I have not a man who fears to go."
-He was the first who was shot, and fell dead. Still they went
-on and made a brave fire, so that the Brit-ish set out to run.
-But they could not go back as they came; for by this time our
-men for miles round, came in on all sides. Some were in their
-shirt sleeves, they had come in such haste; but each one had
-a gun in his hand, and took his place back of a tree or stone
-wall, where he could get good aim. One of the Brit-ish wrote
-home that the men came so fast, they would seem to drop from
-the sky.</p>
-
-<p>At each step the Brit-ish troops took, a shot would come from
-some side, and a man would fall dead. At last such a fear came
-on our foe, that they broke into a run. They did not know what
-to do. They had no more shot, and could not give back the fire.
-One of them wrote, "They had to lie down for rest on the ground,
-and their tongues hung out of their mouths like dogs spent by the
-chase." All the way to Bos-ton they felt the <span class="pageno" id="p56">56</span> fire of our men,
-and they were glad to get back to their great ships, the men
-of war, and rest where they could be safe. They had lost three
-times more men than the A-mer-i-cans.</p>
-
-<p>There was a great stir in the court of the King when the news
-was brought that their troops had run from a hand full of raw
-men, who had no skill in the art of war. Poor Lord Per-cy, who
-had been at the head of the Eng-lish, came in for hard names,
-though he was a brave man. They were mad, and had to give vent
-to their wrath on some one. In A-mer-i-ca it was felt that this
-was the first blow struck; and Sam-u-el Ad-ams, when he heard
-the news at Lex-ing-ton, said, "Oh, what a grand day this is!"
-for he knew this strife would not end till all the States were
-free.</p>
-
-<p>There were some hills near Bos-ton, and our men knew that there
-was a plan to gain them, and make a place for Eng-lish troops
-on them. You see, if the foe had such high ground, they could
-have a grand chance to fire down on those in the town. So our
-men stole out by night and threw up earth works, and took all
-the troops they could get from all parts, and put them in charge
-there. In the mean while they sent their wives and young ones
-out of the town, so that none but Brit-ish troop were left there.
-They made no noise in their <span class="pageno" id="p57">57</span> march that night; no one heard them,
-and the bells in the church struck twelve ere they dug a sod.
-But they were soon at work, and could hear the guard on the
-man-of-war cry out each hour, "All's well."</p>
-
-<p>When the day came, and the sun rose, the earth works were seen
-from the ships, and at once they sent out a fire on them. So
-in Bos-ton the troops woke to see the true state of things,
-and were not slow to do their best. But our men went on with
-their work, spite of the shots. One of the foe had a glass through
-which he could see each move of our men round the works. "Will
-they fight?" said he. "To the last drop of their blood," said
-one who stood near.</p>
-
-<p>So they made up their minds to lose no time, but to make a raid
-on the works that day. It was a hot day in June. Part of our
-men stood by a rail fence, on the edge of a hill, by the name
-of Bun-ker Hill; part were back of the mounds which were but
-half made. Then the rail fence was made to screen the men back
-of it, by a lot of new mown hay, put in to fill up the gaps.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;">
-			<img src="images/19.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>JO-SEPH WAR-REN.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>The Brit-ish troops went in boats, and took their stand on the
-bank of the Charles. They had two men to our one, and were full
-of skill in the use of arms. Our men had come in from the farm
-or the <span class="pageno" id="p58">58</span> shop. They did not know what a drill meant; but their
-place was more safe back of the earth works, while the troops
-of the foe were out in full sight in the field. It is a grand
-sight; the long lines, the red coats and white pants of the
-Brit-ish; the white cross belts, the beat of drums, the play
-of fifes. The sky is clear and hot. Great white clouds sail
-on the blue. The folks crowd on the roof of each house in the
-town.</p>
-
-<p>So our men laid in wait, as the troops took up a slow march
-on them. The Eng-lish found the day hot, and they had their
-arms and food to weigh them down. But they had no doubts, and
-their march was sure. They would fire now and then, and few
-shots fell on them. On they came, <span class="pageno" id="p59">59</span> till they got ten rods from
-the earth works. Then the word rang out on our side, "Fire!"
-When the smoke was gone it was seen that the dead lay on the
-ground here and there; and those who were left had set off to
-run.</p>
-
-<div class="image-right" style="width: 30%;">
-			<img src="images/20.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>PLAN OF BUNK-ER HILL. MON-U-MENT.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>A great shout went up from the forts; a cheer came back from
-those at the rail fence. They, too, had held back their fire
-to the last, and then three fourths of those who had set out
-to chase them fell in the ranks, and the rest ran. Gen-er-al
-Put-nam was one of our great men in this fight. When the foe
-came on, he had said to his men, "Aim low; wait till you can
-see the whites of their eyes," and their aim was sure. When
-they saw the Brit-ish troops in flight, they thought they would
-give them chase; but they had no more shot, and so could not
-make good what they had won. They fell back with sad hearts,
-one by one, and lost more as they did so than they had done
-in the fight.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pageno" id="p60">60</span> This was the fight of Bunk-er Hill, and though the A-mer-i-cans
-did not win the day, they made plain to all men that they had
-stout hearts, and could deal a blow for their rights. In this
-fight Gener-al War-ren lost his life.</p>
-
-
-
-
-<h2><span class="pageno" id="p61">61</span> CHAPTER VI.<br />
-<small>FIRST IN WAR&mdash;FIRST IN PEACE.</small></h2>
-
-
-<p>The first thing George Wash-ing-ton was heard to ask when news
-came of this fight was, "Did our men stand fire?" And when he
-was told that they did, he said, "Then the rights of our land
-are safe." From this day our men took heart and were of good
-cheer. The Brit-ish lost one in four of their men in that fight;
-and on our side we did not lose half as much. In Eng-land men
-did not know what to make of so great a loss to their troops
-from so small a force as ours.</p>
-
-<p>In this land there was a call for more troops, and George Wash-ing-ton
-was put at their head. He had shown that he was a brave and
-true man. He came from Vir-gin-ia, his home, and met the rest
-'neath a great elm tree in Cam-bridge. This tree is known as
-the "Wash-ing-ton Elm" to this day. All felt a wish to see this
-brave man, who had no small fame; they came from all sides to
-greet him, and saw a man more than six feet tall, with a broad
-chest, large hands and feet, a fine face, a clear eye, and the
-air of one born to rule. He <span class="pageno" id="p62">62</span> wore a blue coat, with buff small
-clothes, and a black plume in his hat.</p>
-
-<p>Wash-ing-ton saw, in his turn, a crowd of men of all sorts and
-kinds, rude and rough in their looks, and with odd kinds of
-arms, no two of which were alike, in their hands. Some were
-in old coats, some in their shirt sleeves. No state suits or
-gold bands or fine plumes were there. And when Gen-er-al Wash-ing-ton
-went round to the camp, he found things were in a bad state.
-Some had straight lines of tents, neat and nice, but most were
-in small huts made of boards or stones or turf. The food was
-rough and scarce, and the men had not the first means for war;
-not as much as would load their guns more than a few times.</p>
-
-<p>It would not have been strange if Wash-ing-ton had felt his
-heart sink at such a sight. But he went to work in a brave way
-to do the best he could. Some store ships of food fell, by good
-luck, in the hands of our men, who had been sent out to get
-what they could; so that food was not so scarce. But still they
-had no food for their guns, and could not march on the foe.</p>
-
-<p>The Brit-ish troops still held Bos-ton; but could not get food
-and wood for fires. The small-pox, too, broke out in their midst.
-They had to pull down an old house now and then and burn it
-to <span class="pageno" id="p63">63</span> keep warm; and they sent crowds out of the town to be fed.
-They put troops in each church, and made a play house of the
-Town Hall. At times they would send out play bills to Wash-ing-ton
-and his men. They did not want them to know that things were
-so hard with them.</p>
-
-<p>Once in this hall they had a play on the times. It was meant
-to show how they were shut in by the foe, and of course to make
-fun at the same time. In one part, a man in a dress like Wash-ing-ton,
-with a great wig, and a long sword all rust, came on the stage.
-By his side was a green lad, with an old gun. This was done
-to cast a slur on our men. But just then there was a cry, "The
-Yan-kees are on Bunk-er Hill." At first this was thought to
-be a part of the play; but when Gen-er-al Howe said, in a loud
-voice, "Men, to your posts!" there was great fright. Men ran,
-their wives fell in a faint, and all felt there was no fun in
-such a scare. In a short time the Eng-lish left Bos-ton; for
-they could not be safe from the fire that came down on them
-from all the hills round.</p>
-
-<p>But they did not give up the fight. When the King and his court
-heard of Bunk-er Hill, they made up their minds they would rule
-this land, let it cost what it would. So they cut off our trade
-as far as they could, and they brought in all the men <span class="pageno" id="p64">64</span> they could
-find from all lands which would give them help. So you may be
-sure they had a great crowd to come on us and try to bend us
-to their will. But our folk kept up a stout heart in the face
-of all. They felt they had gone too far to go back.</p>
-
-<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;">
-			<img src="images/21.jpg" alt="Benjamin Franklin." width="100%"/>
-		</div>
-
-<p>There were some wise men who were known as the "Con-gress,"
-who had met in Phil-a-del-phia. They gave it as their mind that
-"These States are and of right ought to be free;" and they stuck
-to this text. The troops had to fight, and it was the part of
-Con-gress to raise the men, the pay, and the arms. It would
-seem that they had the worst part to do. To be sure, when they
-thought of the past, they might take heart. In the face of such
-a foe, it must be said, our men had done well. Doc-tor Frank-lin
-felt that way; but there were some rich men who thought it would
-be death to the States to make war. <span class="pageno" id="p65">65</span></p>
-
-<p>So Con-gress met to see if it were best that they should strike
-the blow at once that would make them free. They had more than
-one talk on this, and at first the time did not seem ripe. They
-were to break all ties with Eng-land, to pay no more tax, and
-to try to find help if they could, in their fight to be free.
-Some great men wrote out the plan, and you can still see it
-in the Hall in Phil-a-del-phia. This sheet is called the "Dec-la-ra-tion
-of In-de-pend-ence." It meant that they were bound to be free,
-and so they wrote it down. It was made Ju-ly 4th, 1776, and
-that is why you hear the noise of fire works and see signs of
-joy on each Fourth of Ju-ly since that day.<span class="pageno" id="p66">66</span></p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/22.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>JOHN HAN-COCK'S RES-I-DENCE, BOS-TON.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>When the men came to sign this Dec-la-ra-tion, the one who wrote
-his name first, said, "We must be one; we must all pull the
-same way; we must hang side by side." "Or we shall hang with
-none at our side," said Frank-lin. But no doubt there were sad
-hearts that day, though these words did raise a laugh.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-left" style="width: 50%;" >
-			<img src="images/23.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>IN-DE-PEND-ENCE HALL.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>They did not change this dec-la-ra-tion much from the way they
-wrote it first. There was one clause on the slave trade which
-the men from the South did not like; so it was struck out. There
-were twelve States&mdash;though they did not call them States in those
-days&mdash;that gave their vote for it. New York would not vote at
-all. The bell of the State House was to ring if the "Dec-la-ra-tion"
-should pass. This bell had <span class="pageno" id="p67">67</span> been put up years since, and one
-might read on it, though these are not just the words, "Let
-all the land be free." So the old man who was wont to ring this
-bell, put his boy at the door of the hall where the men met.</p>
-
-<p>When at last the Dec-la-ra-tion should pass, the man who kept
-the door was to make a sign to the boy. You may think how all
-hearts beat when this boy ran out with a cry of "Ring, ring;"
-and what a peal of joy rang out from the bell! Then the Dec-la-ra-tion
-was read to each of the troops, and there were loud cheers on
-cheers from all sides. That night the form of George the Third,
-on horse-back, which had been wrought in stone, and stood in
-one of the squares, was laid low in the dust by the crowd.</p>
-
-<p>Yet for all this brave show, the men were sad at heart. They
-knew how poor they were, and how few, and the true state of
-the troops, and all that could be brought to put them down.
-They set out to make a flag of their own; for they had all sorts
-of flags at this time. One had a pine tree on a white ground,
-and was known as the "pine tree flag." On this flag were words
-which meant, "Call to God for help."</p>
-
-<p>When Wash-ing-ton came to take the head of the troops, he had
-a new flag made with stripes of <span class="pageno" id="p68">68</span> red and white, as now; but on
-one end was a red and white cross, like that which marks the
-Brit-ish flag. This flag went with our troops in Bos-ton, when
-the Brit-ish took up their march out of that place. But, by
-vote of Con-gress, a change was made, and it was said that our
-flag must have red and white stripes, and white stars on a blue
-ground&mdash;a star and a stripe for each State. Now when they make
-a new State, they put a new star on our flag. Count them and
-see how strong we are.</p>
-
-<p>The first man to hoist the new flag was Cap-tain Paul Jones.
-He was at the head of a man-of-war, and from that ship it was
-first flung out on the breeze. This is the flag that now waves
-in town and camp, and on our ships to all the ports of the land.
-We have more stars now, but the stripes stay the same.</p>
-
-
-
-
-<h2><span class="pageno" id="p69">69</span> CHAPTER VII.<br />
-<small>THE REST OF THE WAR.</small></h2>
-
-
-<p>Up to this time, most of the fights had been round Bos-ton.
-But Wash-ing-ton now saw that there would be a move made on
-New York; so he sent Gen-er-al Lee to help keep the town, and
-he soon went there too. Some men came to their aid from the
-South, and Lord Howe, with a great mass of Eng-lish troops,
-were there to meet them. Lord Howe had word from King George
-first to speak of peace, but he did not know to whom he should
-speak. He wrote a note to "George Wash-ing-ton;" but our chief
-would not read it, as he said his true name, as head of the
-troops,  should be on it. So Lord Howe wrote no more. He saw
-that the  hour to fight had come.</p>
-
-<p>At first the A-mer-i-can troops came to grief, and Wash-ing-ton
-and his men had to make their way back for a time. The Brit-ish
-took heart from this, and our men were sad. They were poor,
-and had few clothes, and some had no shoes for that long, hard
-march; so that one could track their steps by the blood on the
-ground.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pageno" id="p70">70</span> Wash-ing-ton saw there was no time to lose, and he must strike
-a swift blow. He knew there were troops of Ger-mans at Tren-ton,
-and that they still held to the ways of their land. Do you know
-the name of that day when you have a tree with nice gifts and
-lights hung on it? It is the day when Christ was born, and which
-we keep to this time for His sake. Well, Wash-ing-ton knew these
-folk would cling to the ways of their old homes. That they would
-keep the feast and be off their guard. So on the eve of that
-day he set out to march on them with his men. A storm of sleet
-came up in the night, but they went on, and when the dawn rose,
-these brave men, who had come through the snow and ice, stood
-in ranks for the fight. Some one wrote a note, and a man ran
-all the way to Tren-ton to warn the Ger-mans. But they were
-at cards. The Gen-er-al had his cards in his hands, and it was
-his turn to play. He must look at his cards first.</p>
-
-<p>Yes, his life is at stake, but he does not know it. In the dim
-gray of the dawn our men march in on them. There is the sound
-of wheels and a shout. Co-lon-el Kall hears the drums beat,
-and the cards drop from his hands&mdash;too late! He got his death
-in that fight, and all his men were held and bound. These things
-put our troops in heart once more, and it was the wish of all
-to go on; but they had a <span class="pageno" id="p71">71</span> hard, sad time through the days of
-storm and cold at Val-ley Forge.</p>
-
-<p>If we could see that camp at Val-ley Forge, in our mind's eye,
-we would know how much those poor men had to bear in this war
-to make us free. They had lost some by death, and more were
-ill. They had so few clothes to put on when they slept, that
-some sat up all night by the fires to keep warm. At one time
-there were few who had shoes, and the sick had to lie on the
-bare ground, for want of straw. The head men had to wear old
-quilts or bed spreads round in the camp, to keep them warm,
-for want of the right kind of clothes.</p>
-
-<p>The troops were not paid; or the sort of pay they got would
-not buy them food. Food was so scarce that, at last, the pass
-word was, "No food&mdash;no man." There were men in this camp who
-had been at the court of kings; who had fed on rich food, and
-had wine to drink, and now they were like to starve.</p>
-
-<p>All this time Wash-ing-ton did his best to keep up the heart
-of his troops. He did not tell Con-gress how few and worn they
-were; and there were those who gave him blame that he did not
-do great things with these few worn out men. All this time the
-Brit-ish troops in Phil-a-del-phia had what they chose of good
-fare, and led a gay life. Some of <span class="pageno" id="p72">72</span> them, with Gen-er-al Bur-goyne
-at their head, in the mean time, had two or three fights with
-our men, but found they did not gain much. At last they were
-glad to go back. Just as they made a move to do so, our men
-had the luck to hem them in on all sides in one place and won
-the day. This was at Sar-a-to-ga. This was good news to those
-in Val-ley Forge. It brought cheer to them, and they felt brave
-to go on.</p>
-
-<p>In Eng-land men did not know what to make of our luck. It made
-a stir in France, where we had friends; and some of their young
-men came here to join our troops. We had some great French men
-with us at that time. One whose name is still held in love by
-all&mdash;the great La-fa-yette.</p>
-
-<p>At this time France made a vow to us that she would stand our
-friend, and give us aid. When this was known in Eng-land, fears
-rose on all sides; for they knew how much help France could
-give, and how strong it would make us. They sent men over to
-talk to us of peace, but it was too late. The A-mer-i-cans had
-no thought but to be free, and they would take no less than
-that. But these men still came, and thought they would see what
-bribes could do. A large sum of gold was held out to Gen-er-al
-Reed, if he would aid their cause. He said, "I am not worth
-so much; but such as I am, <span class="pageno" id="p74">74</span> the King of Eng-land has not so much
-gold as would buy me!"</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/24.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>PAUL JONES'S SEA FIGHT.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>But the aid from France was less than they thought it would
-be. Fleets were sent, but they gave small help to the cause.
-And so the war went on for three years more. At times our men
-would make a good fight, and then there would be dark days when
-the foe had things all his own way. The Eng-lish had paid some
-tribes of In-di-ans to fight on their side; and once there was
-a sad scene, where men and their wives and babes were put to
-death by these fierce wild men. This was not war, of course.
-We give it a much worse name.</p>
-
-<p>Then there were sea-fights. In one of these, the men on the
-ships fought three hours, and the ships took fire more than
-once; but at last the Brit-ish gave up. In that ship the man
-who took the lead on our side was Paul Jones.</p>
-
-<p>There is a tale told of what the brave wife of one of those men,
-to whom we give the name of Friends, did for our cause at this
-time. Gen-er-al Howe made his home in her house, a long low
-brick one, at Tren-ton. He said to her one day, "I want to have
-some friends here to night, and I would like to have the spare
-back room to meet them in."</p>
-
-<p>"It shall be as thee says," said Friend Ruth.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pageno" id="p75">75</span> "See that all the folks in the house are in bed at a good hour,"
-said Gen-er-al Howe.</p>
-
-<p>"I will move that they go," said Friend Ruth.</p>
-
-<p>So when the men came to see Gen-er-al Howe that night, it was
-all still in the house. Friend Ruth let them in.</p>
-
-<p>"You may go to bed and stay till I call," said Gen-er-al Howe.</p>
-
-<p>Ruth went to her room and lay down awhile; but did not take
-off her clothes. She must know what these men meant to do. At
-last she took off her shoes and went to the door of the room,
-and put her ear to the key hole. This is what she heard. Some
-one reads, "Our troops will make a move by stealth on the foe,
-and we will take them ere they know we are on them!"</p>
-
-<p>There was no more sleep for Friend Ruth that night. She lay
-in her bed till dawn; but all her aim was to think of a plan
-to help our troops, and not to let them fall in the snare. At
-last she hit on a plan to get out of the lines. She was in need
-of some flour; and to get flour, she must go to a grist mill,
-for they did not sell it at stores in those days. Gen-er-al
-Howe could not say he would not let her get flour, as he ate
-at her house; so he gave her a pass. While they ground the grist
-for her at the mill, she rode on as fast as she could, till
-she came <span class="pageno" id="p76">76</span> to one of our guards. She said some words to him in
-a low voice, and rode back, got her flour, and was home in no
-time.</p>
-
-<p>When Gen-er-al Howe came on our troops the next day, he found
-them all drawn up in rank and file in good trim to meet him.
-He thought it best not to have a fight at all; and it was a
-strange thing to him how they could have known of his move.</p>
-
-<p>Down in the South there were brave men at the head of our troops.
-One was Ma-ri-on, who led his men through the woods by paths
-that were known to few. They gave him the name of the "Swamp
-Fox," and the Brit-ish cast slurs on him, and said he would
-not come out for a fight in a bold way, but took their posts
-at night, and when they were off guard. But he gave them a proof
-of what he could do, when he and Greene fought them and won
-the day in a fair field. Greene made such a name in this fight
-that he took rank next to Wash-ing-ton from that time.</p>
-
-<p>We have to tell a sad tale now of one of our own men&mdash;a man,
-too, who had won fame in the war. He had shown that he was brave;
-but men did not like him much, for he thought more of his own
-gain than of his land, and he had the wish for a high place,
-which he did not get. His name was Ben-e-dict Ar-nold, and his
-bad act was, that he <span class="pageno" id="p77">77</span> made a plan to sell his own land to the
-Eng-lish. He wrote to the foe all he could of the moves our
-troops were to make, and their state, but he did not sign his
-own name. Once he had his camp at the head of some men at West
-Point, and he made up his mind to give this place, which was
-strong with forts, to the Brit-ish. This he would have done,
-and the whole land would have come to grief, but for a chance
-that brought the vile plan to light.</p>
-
-<p>One day a young man rides down the path by the stream. There
-is a wood of oak near. On the ground, by the trees, there are
-three young men. They have a game of cards. They have been out
-all night, and have sat down to rest.</p>
-
-<p>They hear the sound of hoofs.</p>
-
-<p>"Some one on his way to New York for trade," says one.</p>
-
-<p>His friend peers out. "No; his clothes are too good for that,"
-he says.</p>
-
-<p>All three spring to their feet, and cry, "Halt!"</p>
-
-<p>The man on the horse stops, and says, "I hope you are on our
-side."</p>
-
-<p>"Which side is that?" cry the men.</p>
-
-<p>"The side of the King."</p>
-
-<p>"All right," they say; for they wish to find out more.</p>
-
-<p>"Thank God, I am once more with friends!" he <span class="pageno" id="p78">78</span> says, as he takes
-out his gold watch. "I must get on. I am in great haste."</p>
-
-<p>"We can not let you go," say the men.</p>
-
-<p>"But I have a pass."</p>
-
-<p>"Whose?"</p>
-
-<p>"Gen-er-al Ar-nold's."</p>
-
-<p>"You must get off your horse."</p>
-
-<p>"But, I tell you, you will get in a scrape if you stop me. Read
-this pass."</p>
-
-		<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;" >
-			<img src="images/25.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>MA-JOR AN DRÉ.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>"No good. You said you were Brit-ish; we must search you."</p>
-
-<p>"I have naught."</p>
-
-<p>"We will see. Take off your coat."</p>
-
-<p>The coat is laid off, and the boots. Ah, what is this? The hand
-of Ar-nold in this; and "West Point" the date. A shout went
-up, "He is a spy!"</p>
-
-<p>He was a young Eng-lish man by the name of An-dré. He took his
-watch and purse, and said he would give them all, if they would
-let him go free. They would not, but took him to the near A-mer-i-can
-Post to try him. Of course, what Ar-nold had done all came out.
-He had known this would be the case, for as soon as the news
-was brought that An-dré was in the hands of our men, he took
-leave of his wife, gave a kiss to his boy, and sped on his <span class="pageno" id="p79">79</span> way
-to an Eng-lish ship. He got to Eng-land, and was paid a large
-sum of gold; and they gave him a fine place at the head of some
-troops; but no man would make a friend of him. The Eng-lish
-had been glad to use him, but they would not take him by the
-hand.</p>
-
-<p>You may think what a life he had. His own land had cast him
-out, but he came back to fight her at the head of the foe. But
-the new land where he had made his home had no real place for
-him. Once in the great house in Eng-land, where the wise men
-meet to talk of their laws, one rose to make a speech. But when
-he saw Ar-nold in a seat near him, he said, "I will not speak
-while that man is in the house." Long years after, when one
-of the great men of France had it in his mind to come to this
-land, he went to Ar-nold for some notes to his friends. Ar-nold
-said, "I was born in A-mer-i-ca. I spent my youth there; but
-Ah! I can call no man in A-mer-i-ca my friend."</p>
-
-<p>In the mean time An-dré, the young Eng-lish man, who had met
-Ar-nold, and got the plans which were to give us up in to the
-hands of the foe, was shown to be a spy. There was but one doom
-for a spy. He must be hung. All felt for his fate. He was young,
-and had a fine face, and the air of good birth; but his hour
-had come. Tears were <span class="pageno" id="p80">80</span> shed at his death; though he was our foe.
-All knew he was a brave man, who had not been slow to risk his
-life in the cause of his land. He thought he was right, and
-took all means to serve his own ends. For Ar-nold, who would
-have sold his own, there was but hate, and they gave him a name
-which would serve to show what his crime had been to all time&mdash;Ar-nold
-the Trai-tor!</p>
-
-<p>All this while the French had been our friends; but they had
-not met with a chance to show what they could do, till a great
-fight came which made an end of this war. This was at a place
-by the name of York-town, in Vir-gin-ia. Wash-ing-ton was there
-with his troops, and the French Gen-er-al, who had a hard name,
-which you may learn one of these days, was with him at the head
-of his men. They took the best works of the Brit-ish, and made
-such a brave stand, that Lord Corn-wal-lis thought it would
-be wise to leave by night, with all his troops. But a storm
-came, and they could not get off, so they all had to give up
-to Wash-ing-ton.</p>
-
-<p>There was a grand scene that day, in the fall of 1781, when
-Wash-ing-ton and his French friends stood in two ranks, and
-their old foes took up a slow march by them, and laid down their
-arms as they went. Great was the joy in all the land when <span class="pageno" id="p81">81</span> the
-news was known. Those who woke that night in Phil-a-del-phia,
-heard the watch cry, "Past two o'clock and Corn-wal-lis is ours!"
-When the news came to Con-gress, they sent out word for a day
-to be set, in all the States, to give thanks to God, and all
-who were held for debt, or for crime, or what cause it might
-be, were set free, that they might share the great joy.</p>
-
-<p>Well might they all be glad, for this meant the end of the war.
-It had cost them dear in gold as well as lives; but it had been
-worse for Eng-land than for them. The sums she had spent were
-vast, and one could not count the lives she had lost. Add to
-this the fact that she had lost this great land, which had once
-been all her own, and now was made free. Our land now took a
-new name. You can read it, I know, though it is not in short
-words, "The U-nit-ed States of A-mer-i-ca."</p>
-
-<h2><span class="pageno" id="p82">82</span> CHAPTER VIII.<br />
-<small>IN TIMES OF PEACE.</small></h2>
-
-
-<p>When peace came, the men who had been in camp went to their
-own homes. They were all poor, and did not know what to do.
-There was no gold in the land, but a kind of cash which was
-so bad that it took more than you could count to buy a pair
-of shoes. Gen-er-al Wash-ing-ton found his task more hard to
-keep all in good cheer, now there were no fights on hand, than
-when they were at war. There had to be a tax on some things
-to keep all right, and they did not want to pay the tax, or
-their debts at this time. Wash-ing-ton felt that things were
-at loose ends, and he must make them more strong.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-left" style="width: 40%;" >
-			<img src="images/26.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>GEORGE WASH-ING-TON.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p><span class="pageno" id="p83">83</span> Each State had a wish to be first; and it would seem that, with
-no foe to fight, they were on the point of war with their own
-selves. There was need of a strong hand to rule the whole land.
-So men were sent out of each State to meet in Phil-a-del-phia
-and talk of the best plan. They had a long talk, and at last
-wrote what we call the "Con-sti-tu-tion." Ten of the States
-gave it their vote at once; but three held back for a while.</p>
-
-<p>There were grand times in our land when it was known that the
-Con-sti-tu-tion was to be our guide; that we were to be in truth,
-"The U-nit-ed States of A-mer-i-ca," with one will, one aim,
-one soul as it were, while time should last.</p>
-
-<p>A great crowd came out in Phil-a-del-phia to show their joy.
-Each trade had its men there, with the tools of the trade in
-their hands. There was a grand car, made in the shape of that
-bird which we chose as the sign of our land. It was drawn by
-six steeds, and in it sat those who were to judge the folk in
-our great courts. They held a staff, and on it was our "Con-sti-tu-tion,"
-in a frame, and on the top of the staff a cap, which we might
-call the cap of the free&mdash;a kind they were fond of in France
-at that time. There were ten ships on the river, gay with flags
-and gilt, to show forth the ten States that had cast their vote
-in the right way.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pageno" id="p84">84</span> George Wash-ing-ton was made the first Pres-i-dent, and as he
-took his way to New York, which was then the seat of rule, he
-met joy and kind words on all the route.</p>
-
-<p>At Tren-ton, where he had fought, there was an arch thrown out
-on a bridge, where he must pass. This was hung with wreaths,
-and young girls stood with hands full of sweet buds and bloom,
-which they flung in his path, as they sung a song to greet him,
-and thank him for all he had done.</p>
-
-<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/27.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>WASH-ING-TON MADE PRES-I-DENT.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>As he drew near New York, a barge came out to meet him. It had
-a crew all in white, and was meant to show the States&mdash;a man
-for each State. Then more boats came to join them, with our
-flag <span class="pageno" id="p85">85</span> on each. Wash-ing-ton was led in great state to his new
-home. When the time came for him first to meet with the folk
-and take the oath to be true to the Con-sti-tu-tion, there was
-such a rush to the place that some one said, "One might walk
-on the heads of the crowd." When Wash-ing-ton came out where
-all could see him, and the oath was read to him, and he took
-it, a great cheer rent the air, and a cry rang out, "Long live
-George Wash-ing-ton, Pres-i-dent of the U-nit-ed States." There
-was a flag flung out from that Hall, a peal of bells rang, and
-a blast was sent out from the guns, to show the joy and the
-love with which they took him for their chief. This was on April
-30, 1789.</p>
-
-<p>War is bad for all folks; for it is hard, when it is past, for
-men to learn the arts of peace. Wash-ing-ton found the whole
-land in debt. They did not want a tax, and the red men were
-still their foes. But in a few years he made a great change.
-The In-di-ans were put down, and France and Spain and Eng-land
-were brought to deal with us as friends. It was a man by the
-name of John Jay, who wrote out the terms with Eng-land, and
-so we had peace for a time.</p>
-
-<p>Just then there was a great fight in France, not with a foe,
-but in their own midst. The men there had seen how our land
-had won the day, and they <span class="pageno" id="p86">86</span> had a mind to be free and have no
-King. They did not go at it in the same way that we did; but
-shed much blood of their own folk, and cut off the heads of
-their King and Queen, and did things which made good men sad.
-But they said they did it all to be free. There was a reign
-of fright for a time. But at last, the mob could rule no more,
-and they were glad to take a King.</p>
-
-<p>Wash-ing-ton kept up great state, for those times, in his own
-home, and when he drove out he had a state coach, cream white
-in hue, and drawn by six steeds on state days. He took but one
-horse on the Lord's day, when he rode to church. This coach
-was of the shape of a half sphere, and had wreaths, and the
-forms of small fat boys with wings, drawn on it in gay tints.
-He set days for all to come and see him in his home. Those who
-came would see Wash-ing-ton in front of the fire place, and near
-him the band of great men who gave him help with their wise words.
-He would be, seen in a coat of black, with a vest of white or
-pearl, and buff gloves. His hair was made white with a kind
-of dust they had in use in those days; and it was put in a sort
-of silk bag at the back of his head. That was a queue.</p>
-
-<p>He would have his hat in his hand, and he wore a long sword.
-He did not shake hands with <span class="pageno" id="p87">87</span> his guests, but made them a bow,
-and had some word for each. His wife, too, had times for her
-friends to come; and all must be in full dress&mdash;the dames in
-low necks and short sleeves. On the birth day of Wash-ing-ton,
-men would meet to dine in all the large towns; and those who
-made rhymes would write odes to the great man. There were some
-who did not like all this state and form and show. They thought
-it was too much like the style of kings in the old land, and
-they would have been glad to have a new mode here. They did
-not wish to see a Judge in a robe of red, or the man who was
-to preach in the church in a wig, with gown and bands. They
-were for plain dress and plain ways.</p>
-
-<p>You may see now bits of the stiff, rich silks of those days,
-or it may be a quaint old gown, rich in lace, which has been
-kept from that time. You may see in your mind the dame who wore
-it, as she waves her fan, sent from France, with the head of
-Wash-ing-ton on it. The hair of this dame would be drawn high
-on her head, and made white with the dust of which I spoke,
-and put in great puffs. The men whose trade it was to dress
-hair in those days had such a crowd of folks to fix, that they
-had to get up at four to do the work. I have heard of great
-dames who sat up all night to <span class="pageno" id="p88">88</span> keep their hair in good style
-for some ball, or the play. The men, too, thought quite as much
-of dress as their wives, and in those days they did not wear
-plain cloth suits as now. Then a man put on a wig, and a white
-stiff stock, that held up his chin; a vest of white silk, it
-may be with rose-buds on it, and all the rest of his clothes
-were rich.</p>
-
-<p>It was the mode to have a snuff box in those days; it might
-be of gold, or some dear stuff, with much work on it, and when
-one met a friend they would be as sure to stop and take a pinch
-of snuff as to lift the hat in our time.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-left" style="width: 20%;" >
-			<img src="images/28.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>SPIN-NING WHEEL.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>They gave Balls in those days, which were quite grand, but they
-did not dance in the same way as now. They had all sorts of
-slow steps and bows. There was a kind of stiff grace in their
-style, and some would like it more now, than the rush and whirl
-of our mode of to-day. The dames were borne in a sort of chair
-through the streets to these Balls.</p>
-
-<p>All this was the way of life with the rich. The poor still wore
-the clothes they spun and wove, and they made their own lights,
-and struck fire with two flints. They had not seen a match then,
-and did not dream of gas, or of the strange new light which has
-<span class="pageno" id="p89">89</span> been found in our time. They went to bed with the chicks, and
-rose when the cock crew. The towns at the North throve the best.
-At the South towns were few, and in the far West the foot of
-man had not yet found its way.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-right" style="width: 60%;" >
-			<img src="images/29.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>COT-TON PLANT.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>Those brave men who had first come to this land, had seen here
-and there in the South a strange plant. It had a sort of bulb
-full of a fine white down, and those who had seen it in <span class="pageno" id="p90">90</span> hot
-lands knew it could be spun, and cloth made from it. It was
-not hard to make it grow; but the white fluff was so full of
-seeds that it took a whole day to get a pound free from them.
-Wise men saw in this plant a great fund of wealth for the States.
-So they set to work to find a quick way to take the seed out.</p>
-
-<p>There was a man in the East who heard of this, and set his brain
-to work. He was a young man by the name of E-li Whit-ney; and
-he had not seen the plant when he took it in his head that he
-could find a way to "gin" it; for that is the name of the work.
-He had to walk all the way to one of the towns at the South,
-to get the seed, and as he had no tools or wire, he had to make
-them. You may think that was slow work, but he had a strong
-will, and when he had made a rude "gin," he bade his friends
-come and see how it would do. All saw that it would work well;
-but some thieves broke in his house at night and stole it. So
-there was a long time that the man who made the "gin" got nought
-for it. For those who stole it made gins like it and sold them.
-These gins did the work well and fast, and so there grew up
-a great trade for us in this soft white fluff.</p>
-
-<p>It is made in cloth for you to wear, and is spread on your beds,
-and will take all sorts of <span class="pageno" id="p91">91</span> bright dyes. We sell it to all the
-world, and wealth flows in on all sides. This would not have
-been the case had not the young man, E-li Whit-ney, made the
-"gin."</p>
-
-<p>The death of one of the great men of the land came to pass at
-this time. We have told you of Ben-ja-min Frank-lin. He was
-born in Bos-ton, and he was the son of a poor man. But he knew
-how to print, and he set up a press in a room where he could
-print each morn the news of the day. He did not scorn to sell
-all sorts of wares as well, such as rags, ink, soap, and such
-things. He had read a great deal, and found out more than those
-round him knew. You have seen the sharp light play in the dark
-clouds in a storm. You know that it strikes at times; it may
-be a house or a barn or a man, and that the one who is struck
-is apt to die.</p>
-
-<p>Well, Frank-lin thought that this light could be drawn down
-from the skies, and when he heard a laugh at this, he set to
-work to prove it. He sent his son out one day in a storm, with
-a kite in his hand. As a low black cloud went by, they saw the
-fierce light tear through it; it would seem that the light ran
-down the string of the kite. Frank-lin had put a key on this
-string, and when he made his friends touch that key, they drew
-sparks from it. So they saw that he had found out <span class="pageno" id="p92">92</span> a great thing;
-and from that has come the plan of the rods that are now put
-on a house to keep it safe in a storm. This gave him fame here
-and in the rest of the world. He was sent to France and made
-strong friends for us there. He is said to have done more good
-works for his land than all the rest of the men of his time.
-So it is not strange that all felt sad when death took him from
-us.</p>
-
-<p>The French, too, met in their great hall to mourn his loss;
-and one of their chiefs said, "The sage whom two worlds claim
-as their own is dead;" and they wore crape on their arms for
-three days, for his sake.</p>
-
-<p>While Wash-ing-ton had the rule of the land, more new States
-came in. The first of these was Ver-mont. This State was full
-of green hills and strong brave men, who had cut down the trees
-and made homes there. Once New York laid claim to this land,
-but they could not drive these brave men out. They thought they
-had a right to the soil, and they sent a man, by name E-than
-Al-len, to talk with the men of New York. He was met with gibes
-and sneers, but he would not yield. He said to them in words
-from the good Book, "Our gods are gods of the hills, so they
-are more strong than yours."</p>
-
-<p>So when the men from New York came to <span class="pageno" id="p93">93</span> drive out those who had
-made homes in the midst of these hills, they found a stout foe.
-The Vermont boys would take those who came and tie them to trees
-and whip them with rods from the beech trees. To this they gave
-the name of "the beech seal;" and those from New York did not
-care to have the "beech seal" put on them more than once. They
-grew mad, of course, and they sent out bills in which they set
-forth that they would give a good price for the head of E-than
-Al-len. But in time peace was made in these two States, when
-they had fought side by side in the great war. And so Ver-mont
-was brought in and took that name, which means "Green Hills."</p>
-
-<p>The next State that came in was Ken-tuck-y. This land was next
-to Vir-gin-ia, and for a time held to be a part of that State.
-The first man who made his way through its wild woods and hills
-was Dan-iel Boone, who had won a name for the way he could go
-in to the nooks and glens and trap wild beasts for their fur.
-He took a small band of men with him, and they had no fear,
-but went far in where man had not yet trod, to hunt or fish,
-or make salt at the "Salt Licks" or springs. He built forts
-and held them with his few friends for quite a time, spite of
-the red men. But once they took him and bound him, and thought
-they could make him <span class="pageno" id="p94">94</span> one of them; so much did they like his strength
-and pluck, but he got free. When men heard of his brave deeds,
-more came to help him. The most of them were from Vir-gin-ia,
-and brought their slaves with them.</p>
-
-<p>The In-di-ans were in a rage at all this new force, and made
-the best fight they could to drive them from the soil; so that
-whole land came to be known as the "Dark Land of Blood." In
-time, peace was made, and the land grew to a State by the name
-of Ken-tuck-y.</p>
-
-<p>Wash-ing-ton held his post for two terms, or eight years, and
-he did not wish to serve more. So John Ad-ams was the choice
-of all, for the next chief of our land.</p>
-
-
-
-
-<h2><span class="pageno" id="p95">95</span> CHAPTER IX.<br />
-<small>NEW MEN AND NEW LAWS.</small></h2>
-
-
-<p>John Ad-ams was one of the men who gave his help to write out
-the "Dec-la-ra-tion of In-de-pend-ence," of which you have been
-told. That was, as you know, the first step to make us free.
-In it we had made known that we would make our own laws, and
-no one should rule us but those in our own land. John Ad-ams
-had gone to France at the end of the great war, and had been
-one to help make the French our friends. In his time. Wash-ing-ton
-was made the home of the Pres-i-dents.</p>
-
-<p>This town took its name from our great chief, and he was the
-one to pick out a place for the new site. This home we call
-the White House. At this time France did not seem to hold to
-the old ties that had made us friends. When our men were sent
-to her courts, she would not hear them, and there were some
-sea fights with our ships. It would seem that a new war must
-come out of this, and Wash-ing-ton had a call from his home
-to take the head of the troops. But there was no war, for Na-po-le-on,
-a young man, who had shown great tact <span class="pageno" id="p96">96</span> and strength, got things
-in his own hands in France, and we made peace through him with
-the French.</p>
-
-<p>There were some who did not like John Ad-ams, for the laws that
-he made. One of these laws gave him the right to seize and send
-out of our States those who came here from strange lands, though
-none could prove they had done wrong. So, though he was a great
-man, he did not get votes for a new term.</p>
-
-<p>And now the hour had come when Wash-ing-ton must die. All felt
-how much they were in debt to him, for the way he had led them
-in the war, and his wise rule in time of peace. He had made
-all men his friends in the end, and in the great hall at Wash-ing-ton,
-it was then said&mdash;the words live to this day, that he was "First
-in war, first in peace, and first in the hearts of all." He
-was sick a long time; and his last words were: "I die hard,
-but I do not fear to go!"</p>
-
-<p>No new States came in while Ad-ams had the rule; but the land
-grew in worth, and more homes were made here. But there was
-a great stretch of wild land still, where the bears and the
-wolves could prowl in the woods at will, and no smoke from the
-fire on a home hearth was seen in the air.</p>
-
-<p>Jef-fer-son was the third man whom the land chose to be their
-chief. He was well known as one <span class="pageno" id="p97">97</span> of the first to frame the Dec-la-ra-tion.
-At this time there was a war of France with Eng-land, and we
-had hard work to keep clear of both. For France had made a law
-that we should not help her foe; and Eng-land had done the same.
-And both sides would take our ships at sea, if they thought
-they made trade with the foe. So our ships had hard times, and
-did not know what way to steer, lest one should seize them and
-take all they had on board. More than this, Eng-land said she
-had a right to search our ships and see if we had her men on
-board of them, and to take such if found. And once or twice
-it came to pass, that they took the whole crew of a ship, so
-that there was not a man left in it to sail it.</p>
-
-<p>One day a man-of-war went to search one of our ships for men,
-they said, who had run from them. They were in sight of one
-of our forts; but when our men would not let the search be made,
-a fire was made on our ship, and they took four of the men,
-and hung one of them. This was bad for our trade, and made a
-great stir in our midst, and woke up the old wrath at Eng-land.</p>
-
-<p>So Con-gress, with a wish to give Eng-land tit for tat, as you
-would say, made a law that we should not trade with her, and
-our ships should not go out of our own ports. But this, you
-know, hurt us more <span class="pageno" id="p98">98</span> than it hurt Eng-land; and, for a time, Jef-fer-son
-came in for a share of the hard thoughts, as though it were
-all his fault. Those whose trade had been hurt by the law felt
-as if he had been to blame, and the cause of loss to them. There
-were, too, on the sea a band of sea thieves, as we might call
-them. They were men who came from a wild race, far off, who
-would seize ships when they could, and take all the crew and
-hold them for slaves, till their friends would pay a good price
-for them. It was no strange thing in those days to hear read
-out in church the names of those who were slaves to such men.
-Great sums of gold were sent to set our men free. At last we
-made some terms with these thieves of the sea, but they would
-not keep the peace.</p>
-
-<p>Then John Ad-ams sent out four ships to fight these men. We
-did not own but six war ships in those days. One of these had
-the bad luck to run on the shore in that strange land, so the
-foe took it, and the crew were made slaves. There was a brave
-young man in one of our ships, who made a plan to get back the
-lost boat, which had the same name as the town of "Phil-a-del-phia."
-He thought if we could not get her from the foe it would be
-best to burn her, so that they could not use her for their own
-ends. So he took a small boat which had <span class="pageno" id="p100">100</span> been won from the foe
-in a fight, and put some of our own men in her, and stole up
-to the side of the "Phil-a-del-phia" by night. If he was seen&mdash;it
-was thought to be a boat load of friends&mdash;but they soon went
-to work, and when they got on board, the fight was short and
-fierce. The "Phil-a-del-phia" was theirs in no time; but they
-found they could not move her, so they set her on fire, and
-set sail once more, and did not lose a man. All this won a name
-and fame for the young man, whose name was De-ca-tur, and in
-time there grew up such a fear of him in those wild States that
-they were glad to make peace and take no more slaves.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/30.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>DE-CA-TUR BURN-ING THE "PHIL-A-DEL-PHIA."</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>Jef-fer-son's mode of life was not like Wash-ing-ton's had been.
-He did not care for fine things or a state-coach, but was plain
-in all his ways. He did not go to the House in a coach and six,
-but rode on a horse which he would tie to a post while he went
-in to read his speech. In time he did not go at all, but sent
-the speech to be read by some one, and so it is done in our
-day. He had no state times for the folk to come and see him;
-but on New Year's day and the Fourth of July his doors were
-flung wide, and all might call who had the wish to do so. He
-did not let men know when his birth day came, so that no feasts
-should be kept, and odes made on it. He made the debt of the
-<span class="pageno" id="p101">101</span> land less in his time. He thought that all men had a right to
-vote, and at that time there were those who did not hold such
-views.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-right" style="width: 40%;" >
-			<img src="images/31.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>SLAVES IN FIELD OF SUGAR CANE.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>There was one great law that came to pass in Jef-fer-son's time.
-This was to keep out the slave trade. This trade tore the black
-man from his home, and sold him to those who would pay the most.
-He must leave his wife, his boys and girls, and see them no more,
-and be brought in the dark hold of a ship to a strange land,
-where he did not know their speech. Here he must work at his
-strange tasks, with no hope and no joy in his life. Jef-fer-son
-felt that the slave trade was wrong, and he had the wish to
-see it brought to an end. He thought it gave us a bad name.
-But there were those in Con-gress who did not feel in that way.
-They said if it was right to hold slaves at all, it could not
-be wrong to bring them here. So the talk grew fierce, some on
-this side and some <span class="pageno" id="p102">102</span> on that; but, in the end, the law was made.
-Spite of this law, the trade went on by stealth for years, though
-the ships of more lands than one came to the aid of the slaves
-to break up this bad trade. In the States there was no law to
-say that slaves should not be bought and sold, and so this went
-on till the last war.</p>
-
-<p>One grand thing that came to be made in the time of Jef-fer-son
-was the steam boat. There were ships with sails, and boats that
-went by oars, but none that went by steam. The first one that
-was made would go four miles an hour; but it was not on the
-same plan as those we have now. The first made like those now
-in use, was built by Rob-ert Ful-ton, in 1807. Men then had
-not much faith in it, and would laugh at it as they do at most
-new things. Ful-ton said no one spoke a kind word of it; but
-when they came to see the launch, and took note of its speed,
-those who came to mock were glad to cheer.</p>
-
-<p>The first steam boat made on his plan was the "Cler-mont," and
-went at the rate of five miles an hour, spite of wind and tide.
-As it went on its way, it sent such a great mass of sparks up
-in the air, and the noise of its wheels was so loud that when
-the crews of the ships that came in its way saw it, they would
-drop on their knees in fright, <span class="pageno" id="p103">103</span> and pray to be kept safe from
-this strange thing. But, in time, more were made, and men saw
-that there was naught to fear in these great steam boats, though
-they did seem to breathe out fire and smoke. Still, at first,
-they did not dare to cross the sea in them.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/32.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>FUL-TON'S "CLER-MONT" STEAM-ER.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>There was a great tract of land in the west, which Jef-fer-son
-bought for the U-nit-ed States from the French. Part of it is
-now known as the State of Lou-i-si-ana, and took its name from
-the French King. One of the great streams of the world runs
-through it. Do you know its name?</p>
-
-<p>Jef-fer-son sent men to find out all they could of <span class="pageno" id="p104">104</span> this land
-he had bought; what kind of tribes of red men were in it, what
-wild beasts were in the wood, and what sort of plants grew there.
-These men took with them food, fire arms, and gifts for the
-chiefs of the red men. They were gone two or three years; and
-made their camps in the woods, when the cold and storm were
-so great they could not go on. They went up the great stream
-to the falls where no white man had been, and then they went
-on and found the source of the stream. They wrote of all they
-saw, and men read it in their homes. They read of new tribes
-of red men; of herds of wild beasts, so large that one herd
-would take up a stream a mile wide. They said some of tribes
-were poor, but some had good homes and fine steeds, which they
-would sell for a few beads. They found, too, they could make
-a great trade for furs with these tribes. There was one man
-who made a post for this trade. It is said he bought furs by
-the weight, and would put his hand or foot in the scale, and
-call it a pound. You may think how much fur it would take to
-weigh them down.</p>
-
-<p>The next chief of our land was James Mad-i-son. When he came
-in, he found that men were once more in a state of wrath with
-Eng-land. You see they felt it hard that our ships should have
-to let Eng-land stop them and search them as she <span class="pageno" id="p105">105</span> chose. So at
-last it came to war, and at first we did not win at all. The
-red men took part with our foe; and one chief, by name of Te-cum-seh,
-made a plan to join all the tribes of In-di-ans in war on the
-whites. He took part in all the fights, and made a brave stand,
-but he fell at last.</p>
-
-<p>Though we did not win much on land, we had good luck on the
-sea. We took one of Eng-land's ships; but then they in turn
-took one of ours, and a brave man, who fought with his crew
-at the head of it, fell, shot with his death wound. "Don't give
-up the ship!" was his cry with his last breath.</p>
-
-<p>These words, "Don't give up the ship," were put on a flag, which
-was held in a great fight that took place at that time. There
-were nine ships on our side, and six on the side of the foe.</p>
-
-<p>This flag was put on our flag ship, and a brave man fought for
-it. His name was Per-ry. The flag ship was lost; but Per-ry
-flew to a small boat with his flag, and got to the next ship.
-He fought so well that he won the day, and the Brit-ish lost
-all their six ships. Such a thing had not been known till that
-time. When the Brit-ish gave up, Per-ry wrote, "We have met
-the foe, and they are ours!"</p>
-
-<p>There was war for three years; and in the last year the Brit-ish
-took some of our towns on the <span class="pageno" id="p106">106</span> coast south, and set fire to the
-State Hall and Pres-i-dent's house at Wash-ing-ton. They made
-a raid on New Or-leans, but we had a man there who built up
-miles of bales for a sort of breast works, and fought back of
-them with our troops, so they did not get that town; and this
-was the last fight of the war.</p>
-
-<p>Peace was made, and both sides were glad to sign it. From this
-time the Eng-lish laid claim to no right of search in our ships.
-This was known for a time as the "Late War," but since then we
-have had more wars, so it would not do to call it by that name
-now. But from that day we have had peace with Eng-land, and
-may it long last.</p>
-
-<p>Now came a time of peace when the land grew, and men went west
-and made homes, and built flour mills, and cut down trees, so
-that in a short time a wild place would change in to a town;
-and you would see a church spire point up to the sky, and a
-school with its crowd of young ones at their tasks.</p>
-
-
-
-
-<h2><span class="pageno" id="p107">107</span> CHAPTER X.<br />
-<small>THE SLAVE TRADE.</small></h2>
-
-
-<p>Mad-i-son had two terms of rule, and then Mon-roe was the next
-choice of the land. He had fought in the great war, and had
-a high place in the States. He had shown that he was a brave
-man, and was the one sent to France when our land bought Lou-i-si-ana.</p>
-
-<p>When he was made Pres-i-dent, he made a tour of all the posts
-north and east, to see what strength they would have in case
-of war. He wore a blue coat that was home-spun, and was plain
-in all his dress. He won the hearts of all by his frank ways.
-He met all men as friends, and had no pride and pomp to keep
-them far off; he was as one of them. He thought more of the
-good of his land than his own. One said of him, "If we could
-turn his soul in side out, not a spot could be found on it."
-When he came to die, he was poor in purse but rich in a good
-name.</p>
-
-<p>The red men were not at peace in his time, and there was one
-more cause of strife, and that was the slaves. Since the first
-ship load of slaves had been <span class="pageno" id="p108">108</span> brought in, the trade had grown
-more and more at the South. The men at the North had grown to
-like this trade less and less. It had been thought at first
-it would soon die out, but they saw this would not be the case.
-At last there was a strife each time that a State, that held
-slaves, would want to come in. The free States would cry out
-that it was wrong to have more slave States.</p>
-
-<p>Those at the South said that when a free State was brought in,
-there ought to be a slave State too, or else the North would
-grow too strong, and have things all their own way. And so there
-was a fight when the time came for the State of Mis-sou-ri to
-come in. I do not mean that they went to war with shot and shell.
-This was a war of words. The North said that it was wrong to
-buy and sell men, and to break up homes; that it was bad for
-the men who held slaves, and for those in bonds, and that the
-first men of the land had the wish to get rid of it. The South
-said that if the great men of the land had the wish to get rid
-of it, they still kept their own slaves; that it was the best
-state for the black men; that they could learn more than in
-their own wild land; that white men could not work out of doors
-in the hot time, and so the crops could not be grown if the
-black man was made free.</p>
-
-<p>At last Con-gress let Mis-sou-ri come in as a <span class="pageno" id="p109">109</span> slave State, but
-made a law that a line should be drawn in the land. North of
-this line there could be no slaves. South of it men could keep
-slaves or not, just as they chose; men look on this now as a
-weak move. At that time the slaves were few, and the trade not
-great, so it might have been put down with more ease. But with
-time it grew so strong that it took long years and a great war
-to crush it out. Five new States came in while Mon-roe was at
-the head of the land.</p>
-
-<p>John Quin-cy Ad-ams came next. He was the son of the Pres-i-dent
-of the same name, and had been nine years old when he heard
-the Dec-la-ra-tion read from the State House in Bos-ton. Since
-then the land had grown to a vast size, and was at peace. Much
-was done in his time to make our land thrive and grow. The red
-men were made to move west, and their lands were bought.</p>
-
-<p>In his time, the first rail road was built. It was but three
-miles long, and it was a horse that drew the car and not steam.
-The first use of steam came in more late from Eng-land. The
-first steam car did not make much speed; but it was thought
-to be a great thing. Still there were those who said it would
-not be worth much; that it could not draw its own weight, but
-that its wheels would spin round and round on the rail. Some
-thought that if it were <span class="pageno" id="p110">110</span> made to go, it would be bad for the
-farms; would scare off the cows and sheep, and the smoke would
-make the sheep's wool black. But their fears were laid at rest
-in time by the sight of these cars as they ran on in peace,
-and brought none of these ills to pass.</p>
-
-<div class="image-right" style="width: 50%;" >
-			<img src="images/33.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>FIRST STEAM EN-GINE.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>In the same year the land had to mourn the death of two great
-men. Strange to say, they went on the same day, and that was
-the Fourth of July. Both these men had put their names on the
-great Dec-la-ra-tion, and they had grown to be strong friends.
-Jef-fer-son heard the fire of a gun, just as he went. His last
-words were, "Is this the Fourth?"</p>
-
-<p>Ad-ams, who lay near to death, saw the sun set and heard the
-shouts from those who kept the day in his town. He sent them
-word to hold fast the rights that day had brought them; and
-the old <span class="pageno" id="p111">111</span> man could hear the cheer that they gave at his words.</p>
-
-<p>At this time there was a great talk of a sort of tax to be put
-on all goods brought here from far lands. This we call a tar-iff,
-and we hear a great deal of it in this day. There are those
-who think a high tax should be put on all goods made out of
-our own land, so as to keep them out and give those made here
-a chance. There are some who think that all trade should be
-free; and that ships should sail here with what they choose
-and land it, with no one to see what it is, and put a tax on
-it.</p>
-
-<p>Ad-ams, in his time, was for a high tax, and for this cause
-he did not have but one term as our chief. Those who did not
-want the tax had the most votes, and they chose An-drew Jack-son
-for the next man. He had been well known in the war, and had
-built up those breast works in New Or-leans of which we have
-told you, from which our men beat the Brit-ish.</p>
-
-<p>While he was chief, there were some in the South who felt that
-the North had more than its share of the wealth of the land.
-You see there were more great mills and more goods made in the
-North, and the tax on strange goods was too much help to those
-at home. At least this was so thought by the South, and they
-had a plan to cut loose and <span class="pageno" id="p112">112</span> set up a new band of States. They
-had drills of their young men, and got arms, and had made choice
-of a man to lead them. His name was John C. Cal-houn, and he
-was to be their first chief. But Jack-son said that "if a State
-could go out of the band of States when it chose, we would come
-to naught;" and he sent troops and ships of war to the South,
-and put a stop to all the stir in a short time.</p>
-
-<p>Tribes of the red men had gone out to the far West, but there
-were those who would not move. There was a tribe in Flor-i-da
-who fought for a long time in the swamps of that land. Some
-slaves who had run away from their homes were with them. One
-of the chiefs of the red men had a slave for a wife, and when
-she went with him to one of our forts, she was held and kept
-as a slave, and the chief was put in chains. When he got free,
-he made a vow to pay up the white man for all he had borne,
-and for the loss of his wife. So he led the red men in this
-war. His name was Os-ce-o-la. He was caught at last, and kept
-in one of our forts till he died. But the war went on for years,
-at a great cost of life, till few of that tribe were left in
-the land. And this war cost three times as much as had been
-paid for the whole of the State of Flor-i-da.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pageno" id="p113">113</span> This war had so much to do with slaves, that all the talk on
-the slave trade came up once more. There was a man of that class
-of which we have told you&mdash;one of the Friends, or Quak-ers,
-who put in print his views, that some plan should be made by
-which all slaves should be freed in time.</p>
-
-<p>Then a young man, by name of Gar-ri-son, wrote that the best
-way was to set all free at once. This made a great stir, and
-some said he should be brought to court and made to take back
-his words. But he said, "I will speak out what I feel. I will
-not go back an inch, and I will be heard." And just at this
-time, to make things worse, and stir up great fear in the land,
-a slave in Vir-gin-ia, got a mob of black men, and they went
-from house to house and put all to death who came in their way.</p>
-
-<p>Gar-ri-son did not like war, and he would not have blood shed;
-but there were those who laid all the fault of this at his door.
-They said he taught the slave he had a right to be free, and
-so this black man rose and took his rights. The slave who had
-done so much harm was at last caught, and put in jail and then
-hung.</p>
-
-<p>Jack-son thought it would be well for Con-gress to pass a bill,
-that no thing on the slave trade should go through the mails;
-but that bill did not pass. Some were made friends to Jack-son
-by this <span class="pageno" id="p114">114</span> strong course, when the South had a plan to break up
-our States, and leave the North; but, of course, there were
-those who did not like him for the same cause. He had both strong
-friends and foes; but made so good a rule, that he put the land
-out of debt, and had a sum left to share with the States. Much
-new land was bought in his time.</p>
-
-<p>Jack-son was a great man. He had come from poor folks, and as
-a boy he was more fond of sports than of books. His life had
-its ups and downs. Once he was in the hands of the foe, and
-told he must clean some boots for them. It was too much for
-a free born A-mer-i-can to clean Brit-ish boots. It made his
-blood boil, and he said with scorn that he would not do such
-work. He was not mild or meek, you know, but had a strong will
-of his own. And he kept his word spite of blows, and was sent
-to jail. There the poor boy had small pox. He knew not where
-to turn when he got out of jail, for he was poor, and had no
-one left to help him. He had more than one fight in his time,
-and scars that he did not gain in war. He was brave through
-and through, and won fame where he went. He was in his old home
-when he drew his last breath in peace.</p>
-
-<p>When Mar-tin Van Bu-ren came in, the talk on the slave trade
-grew worse. A slave child by <span class="pageno" id="p115">115</span> the name of Med, who had been brought
-to Bos-ton by a man, was said to be free by the Court of that
-State, as she had trod on free soil. But at the same time some
-of the dames who met to take the slaves' part, were set on by
-a mob, and Gar-ri-son, who stood up to make them a speech, was
-bound with ropes. Then this fierce mob set to work to drag him
-through the streets; but some friends got hold of him, and had
-to lodge him in jail to save his life. Two schools for the blacks
-were set on fire; and one man in the West, who was a great friend
-of the slave, met his death at the hands of a mob.</p>
-
-<p>Just at this time there was a plan to bring in Tex-as as a slave
-State, and this shook the land from North to South. Long pleas
-with the names of a great mass of folks were sent to Con-gress,
-to beg them not to let Tex-as come in as a slave State. John
-Quin-cy Ad-ams, it is said, spoke an hour a day for twelve days,
-on the side of those who would make Tex-as a free State. They
-put off the strife at that time, and did not bring Tex-as in
-at all. Con-gress made a rule, that no bills that spoke of slaves
-should be brought in, and this was in force for ten years.</p>
-
-<p>In Van Bu-ren's time there was a great crash in trade, and hard
-times in the land. He did not make the hard times, still he
-had but one term for <span class="pageno" id="p116">116</span> that cause. Men felt a hope that a new
-man might bring in a new state of things. They chose Har-ri-son,
-who had fought in a brave way in the wars with the red men.</p>
-
-<p>He came from the far West, where his home had once been in a
-log house. So he had the name of the Log Cabin man, and the
-poor men in the land all felt proud that one of their own kind
-was their chief; one who had made his way out of the ranks.
-There was a print of that log cabin on all sorts of things,
-and toys were made in that form, and songs were made on it,
-and sung when men met.</p>
-
-<p>The new Pres-i-dent did not live but one month, and so for the
-rest of the four years, John Ty-ler took the rule; but he did
-not please those who had cast their votes for him. He would
-not let their bills pass: one of which was to form a States
-Bank, on which the Whigs had all set their hearts. The State
-of Tex-as was brought in at this time.</p>
-
-<p>You have all seen the wires which stretch from pole to pole
-in the streets of our great towns, and in lone roads by field
-and wood. You know what they are for, and how by means of them
-you can send word to a friend in time of need, or hear from
-those you love in a flash. It may be a death that is told, or
-some news of joy that they can not wait to send by the slow
-way of the post.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-right" style="width: 40%;" >
-			<img src="images/34.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>SAM-UEL F. B. MORSE.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p><span class="pageno" id="p117">117</span> Well, when James K. Polk was thought of as a
-good man to make chief of the land, the news was
-the first that had been sent on these wires. The
-first lines built were made here,
-and went from Bal-ti-more to
-Wash-ing-ton. Morse was the
-name of the man who found out
-how to send news on wires in
-this way.</p>
-
-<p>At this time there were two great men of whom you should hear,
-for their names are on the list of fame, which has stood the
-test of time. One was Hen-ry Clay. He was born in the West,
-and was poor, but he made his way from the small log school
-house, where he went to learn his first task, to rank with the
-great men of our land. He could win men to be his friends, when
-they had made up their minds to hate him. He had a strong will,
-and kept true to his own aims. He spoke with such grace and
-force that he could sway men's minds and thrill their hearts.
-He has said, "I owe all I have won in life to one fact, that
-when I was a boy, and for some years, as I grew up, I would
-learn and speak what I read in books. More than one off hand
-speech did I make in a corn field or in the woods, or in a <span class="pageno" id="p118">118</span> barn,
-with but an ox or horse to hear me. It is to this I owe much
-that has gone to shape and mould my course in life."</p>
-
-<p>One man, who was not his friend, said at his death, "If I were
-to write on the stone that marks his place of rest, I would
-place there these words: 'Here lies one who led men by his own
-force for long years; but did not swerve from the truth, or
-call in lies to help him.'"</p>
-
-<p>One more great man died on the same day as Clay. His name was
-Web-ster. He was a great states man. He went to school but a
-few weeks in all his life. He was then so shy that he could
-not pluck up heart to speak a piece in the school. He did not
-think that in time to come his words would stir the land. He
-says, "I was brave in my own room, and would learn the piece
-and speak it there; but when the day came, and I would see all
-eyes turn to me, and they would call out my name, I could not
-rise from my seat."</p>
-
-<p>In all things but this he stood well at school, and he had a
-great wish to learn. But he knew they were all poor at home,
-and he felt that he must go to work and help them, fond as he
-was of his books. When he heard that he was to go on; that he
-should have a chance to make his dream true, he was full of
-joy. "I see yet," he said, "the <span class="pageno" id="p119">119</span> great hill up which we went
-that day in the snow. When I heard the news, I could not speak
-for joy. There were such a crowd of young ones in our home,
-I did not see how they could spare the funds. A warm glow ran
-through me; I had to weep."</p>
-
-<p>When he was through school, he at once rose to a high place.
-He was at the head of all who spoke in the House. He was grand
-and great, but he had a sense of fun in him. Once some one came
-to him with one of those books where the names of friends or
-great men are kept, with the wish that he would write his name
-by the side of John Ad-ams. He wrote:</p>
-
-<p>"If by his name I write my own,<br />
-'Twill take me where I am not known;<br />
-And the cold words will meet my ear,<br />
-Why, friend, and how did you come here?"</p>
-
-<p>When his death was known, there was grief in the length and
-breadth of the land. No death since that of Wash-ing-ton was
-made such a theme for speech.</p>
-
-
-
-
-<h2><span class="pageno" id="p120">120</span> CHAPTER XI.<br />
-<small>A NEW WAR.</small></h2>
-
-
-<p>In the time of James K. Polk, a war rose in which our States
-were not of one mind. Our folk in Tex-as laid claim to a large
-tract of land which those in Mex-i-co said was theirs. The States
-at the North did not wish to go in to this war; but those at
-the South did. This was in 1846. Gen-er-al Tay-lor went with
-his troops at once in to the land of the foe, and built a fort
-on a stream there. He gave it the name of Fort Brown. On his
-way he met the troops of the foe drawn up in the road. They
-had three to one of his small band; but he had the good luck
-to rout them, with loss of but nine men on our side.</p>
-
-<p>Then he took up his march on their great town, which had the
-name of Mon-te-rey. This town had high hills and deep gulfs
-round it, and strong forts. Its streets were full of men with
-arms. Gen-er-al Tay-lor made a grand move on the town. To get
-out of the fire that would seem to pour on them from the roofs,
-the troops went in and dug their way through stone walls from
-house to house, or <span class="pageno" id="p122">122</span> they would pass from roof to roof. Ere they
-came to the grand place of the town, it was in their hands,
-the foe gave up the fight.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/35.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>CAP-TURE OF MON-TE-REY.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>At this time San-ta An-na, who was chief of the Mex-i-can troops,
-heard that most of our men had been drawn off to help Gen-er-al
-Scott; so he thought it would be a good time to crush us. They
-laid in wait with all their best troops, and the fight went
-on from the rise of the sun till dark. It grew hard to hold
-our ground, and the day would have been lost but for the guns
-of Cap-tain Bragg, who came to our help. He made a dash up to
-a few yards from the foe, and let fire. Their ranks were seen
-to shake. "Some more grape. Cap-tain Bragg," said Gen-er-al
-Tay-lor. One more round, and then a third came, and the Mex-i-cans
-broke and fled. In the night San-ta An-na drew all his troops
-off.</p>
-
-<p>Gen-er-al Scott, at the head of our troops, made a march through
-the land of Mex-i-co, and took all that came in his way. He drew
-siege lines round the town of Ve-ra Cruz, and sent bombs in
-to it, and in four days the town, with its strong hold, gave
-up the fight. A week from that time our troops took up their
-march for the chief town. At one pass in the hills, the foe
-had a strong hold. Gen-er-al Scott had a road cut round the
-base of those hills and through the woods; and then he was in
-a place to <span class="pageno" id="p123">123</span> pour out fire on the rear of the foe, while more
-troops took him in front. The foe fled in such haste that San-ta
-An-na, who was lame, left his leg of wood on the ground, and
-got off on his wheel mule.</p>
-
-<p>The town of Mex-i-co is in the midst of a grand plain, with
-green fields and cloud capt mounts round it. The foe had made
-a strong stand here, with forts and men. Our men made a move
-in the night. It was so dark they had to feel their way; but
-they took their stand on a height from which they could storm
-the strong points of the foe. At last they took some of the
-guns, and the roads were laid bare to the gates of the town.</p>
-
-<p>There was some talk of a peace then, but Gen-er-al Scott found
-that it was not in good faith. The foe did it to gain time,
-to make things strong once more. So the next day, he took up
-his march on the great town of Mex-i-co. A strong fort, on a
-high rock by the town, was made ours; each out work fell one
-by one, and at last our troops took the great Ci-ty of Mex-i-co,
-and the next morn our flag with its stripes and stars was seen
-to float in the light from those grand old piles, which had
-been the home of more than one prince of Mex-i-co. So the war
-came to an end in just two years.</p>
-
-<p>Till this time, Cal-i-for-nia had been known as a <span class="pageno" id="p124">124</span> far off land,
-to which men went by sea, round Cape Horn, to buy hides and
-fur. But in 1848, came news to the East-ern States that there
-were gold mines in that place. It was said that a Swiss had
-found, as he dug in the sand, a bright sort of dust, and it
-was thought to be gold. All at once, on this news, there was
-a great rush from all parts of the land to the gold mines of
-Cal-i-for-nia, and there was a great sum won the first year.
-In two years the town of San Fran-cis-co had grown to quite
-a large place. The name of Cal-i-for-nia is said to have been
-found in an old book in Spain, and means an isle full of gold.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/36.jpg" alt="" width="80%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>SAN FRAN-CIS-CO IN 1849.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>Three more States were brought in while Polk <span class="pageno" id="p125">125</span> was our chief,
-and two of them were free States. It was shown that those who
-came to us from the old world, chose the free States for their
-homes, and those at the South felt sure that the North would
-grow too fast if they did not gain more ground. There was a
-great piece of land which both North and South laid claim to,
-and there were high words on both sides. At last a band of men
-by the name of Free Soil men, took a stand that slaves should
-be kept out of all new land which the U-nit-ed States might
-gain in all time to come.</p>
-
-<p>The next man who was the choice of the land was Tay-lor, the
-one who led part of our troops in the war with Mex-i-co. He
-was put in by the Whigs. The Free Soil men did not vote for
-him. He did not live but one year, and then Fill-more took his
-place.</p>
-
-
-
-
-<h2><span class="pageno" id="p126">126</span> CHAPTER XII.<br />
-<small>THE WAR OF NORTH AND SOUTH.</small></h2>
-
-
-<p>Once more the talk on free States and slave States was heard
-on all sides, and Hen-ry Clay had made more than one great speech
-to try and keep the peace. Cal-i-for-nia came in as a free State;
-but a bill went in force which made it a crime to help or keep
-a slave who had run off from his home. A man could go in to
-a free State and take back his slave by force, and no court
-or Judge in the land could stop him. In fact, they were bound
-to help him. This was thought harsh and wrong by most of the
-men at the North; but it was made a law. This law made more
-stir than aught else had done till this time. Men would help
-the slaves, spite of the law; and in some States they made laws
-of their own, that no one could claim a slave if he did not
-bring the case in to court, that they might see if he had a
-just claim.</p>
-
-<p>When Pierce was made Pres-i-dent, the strife still went on;
-and this was made worse by a wish on the part of those who held
-slaves to bring them North of the line, in to a great tract
-of land&mdash;so <span class="pageno" id="p127">127</span> large that two States could be made out of it&mdash;Kan-sas
-and Ne-bras-ka.</p>
-
-<p>The South said all they would ask, would be that those who had
-their homes on the soil should say how they would like things
-to be, and put it to vote. Con-gress did at last pass a bill
-to give them their own choice, to be free or slave States. But
-this did not bring peace; for they had fights when they went
-to vote. At last they were all at war, and would burn a town
-or sack a house, or steal the cows and goods of those they thought
-foes. The whole land was a scene of blood, but in the end Kan-sas
-was brought in as a free State.</p>
-
-<p>In the time of Pierce a great tract of land was bought from
-Mexico. It is now known as New Mex-i-co. In his time, too, trade
-with Japan was first made free to our ships.</p>
-
-<p>When Bu-chan-an came to take the place of chief in our land,
-the talk on the slaves was by no means at rest. In the great
-Court of our land, the "Dred Scott" case was brought up in the
-first year of his rule, and it was said that those who held
-slaves had the right to take them with them where they chose,
-through all the free States. Then came John Brown's raid, which
-was like a fire brand in all the slave States.</p>
-
-<p>John Brown was a man who had fought on the <span class="pageno" id="p128">128</span> side of the Free
-Soil men in Kan-sas, and now all was at peace there. He had
-a plan to go in to the slave States and free the slaves. He
-had been in Vir-gin-ia when he was a boy, and knew there were
-strong holds in the hills, where he thought the slaves could
-make a stand and fight till they were free. He got a small band
-of men and went to a place by the name of Har-per's Fer-ry,
-and took the town. Those who had their homes there fled in fright;
-so he took the great place where arms were made for our troops.
-He thought he would give these arms to the black men, whom he
-had no doubt would flock to his side. He had a small force,
-but fear made all think it was a great one. The news of the
-raid went like a flash on the wires to all parts of the States,
-and men were sent to fight him and take him. His small force
-were brave, and did not give up till death or wounds made them
-do so.</p>
-
-<p>It is said by those who held him as their foe, that John Brown
-was cool and firm in the face of death. With one son dead by
-his side, and one shot through, he felt the pulse of the son
-so near to death with one hand, but held fast to his gun, and
-spoke words of cheer to his men. He fell at last with six wounds,
-but did not die of them. He was brought in to Court, and they
-set to work to try him. The head man of Vir-gin-ia, by the name
-of <span class="pageno" id="p129">129</span> Wise, said, "Those who think John Brown is a mad man, do
-not know him. He is a man of clear head and a brave heart. I
-would trust him to be a man of truth."</p>
-
-		<div class="image-right" style="width: 40%;" >
-			<img src="images/37.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>A-BRA-HAM LIN-COLN.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>But he was led out to be hung. On his way there, his last act
-was to kiss a slave child. Six of his friends were hung on the
-same spot. Some few of the band got off to the free States.
-All this made the talk of North and South on the slave trade
-more and more fierce; and when a new man was to be made Pres-i-dent,
-those who went for free soil, that is, no slaves, chose their
-own man, and he got the most votes. These Free Soil men had
-grown to be a large throng, and they had a new name. The man
-they chose was A-bra-ham Lin-coln. He was a man who would have
-been glad to have kept the peace; but the South would not have
-it so. They were in a rage, <span class="pageno" id="p130">130</span> and said they would go out of the
-band of States. They thought a State had the right to go out
-if it chose to do so. This was "States Rights" to their mind.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-left" style="width: 20%;" >
-			<img src="images/38.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>BAN-NER OF SOUTH CAR-O-LI-NA.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>"States Rights" had long been held as the creed of the South;
-so there were six States that put it to vote, and said they
-would go out of the U-nion. South Car-o-li-na was the one to
-lead the way. They said they would make a new band of States,
-where it would be right to hold slaves; and they took one of
-our forts.</p>
-
-<p>Troops were sent in a boat, by name, "The Star of the West,"
-but they were met by a fire from the fort. Then they took their
-stand on the shore by Fort Sum-ter, which was held by a few
-men. For two days the fire went on, and at last the brave man
-who held the fort had to give <span class="pageno" id="p131">131</span> it up. His men were worn out,
-the place was on fire, and they had no more food for their guns.
-So they went out with the beat of drums and their flags flung
-out on the air.</p>
-
-<p>The sound of the first gun at Fort Sum-ter was a shock to all
-the land. Most of those at the North, who had not felt the slave
-trade to be wrong, now took sides with those who had been its
-foes from the first. All the States at the South took one side,
-but the slaves were for those who had the wish to make them
-free.</p>
-
-<p>In the first of this storm the end came of Bu-chan-an's term.
-Three States came in at this time. Or-e-gon, Min-ne-so-ta, and
-Kan-sas. The last two bear the name the red men gave two streams
-that flow through them. The name Or-e-gon is said to mean "wild
-rice."</p>
-
-<p>Up to the time of the first gun fired at Fort Sum-ter, men had
-felt that the South could be brought back. Few at the North
-thought there would be war; but at the South it had been thought
-of for a long time. The young men had met for drill, and arms
-had been hid where they could be found. Lin-coln found but a
-small band of troops, but he sent out a call for more. As these
-men were on their march through the streets of Bal-ti-more,
-the mob threw stones at them, and three of them fell <span class="pageno" id="p132">132</span> dead. Then
-the troops let fire on the mob, and nine men fell. This made
-a great stir at the North, for they thought it went to show
-the hate in the hearts of the men at the South.</p>
-
-<p>The next time the troops were sent, they did not march through
-Bal-ti-more. They found the rails torn up by the way, and had
-to mend them as they went on. Once when they saw a car that
-was a wreck by the way side, some one was heard to ask if one
-could be found in the ranks who could mend it. "I can," said
-a man who stood by it, "for I built it."</p>
-
-<p>So you see the troops were made up of men from all trades, who
-had left their work to fight for their land. In the course of
-time, troops went in peace through the streets of Bal-ti-more.</p>
-
-<p>Men came in to the ranks on all sides when they heard the call;
-but they found that arms were scarce, most had been sent South.
-So the North had to buy or make these in as short a time as
-they could. There had to be clothes made, too, for the troops,
-and food found for stores, and carts to draw it, and drugs for
-the sick. All must be done at once, and all in such a way that
-there must be no waste or want. Lin-coln at this time made a
-law that no ships should go in or out of the ports of the South.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/39.jpg" alt="" width="60%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>OFF TO THE WAR.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>The war soon made a stand in both East and <span class="pageno" id="p133">133</span> West Vir-gin-ia.
-In the west of this State there were men who did not wish to
-fight on the side of the South; but they had to do so or leave
-the State. There was a move made to march on Rich-mond; <span class="pageno" id="p134">134</span> but
-the troops had to go back, and lost the day at the fight of
-Bull Run. It was a sad rout for the troops of the North, as
-they made haste back to Wash-ing-ton, with a fear that the foe
-might come and take that place.</p>
-
-<p>At the end of this year Gen-er-al Scott gave up his place at
-the head of all the troops to Gen-er-al Mc-Clel-lan.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;" >
-			<img src="images/40.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>GEN-ER-AL ROB-ERT E. LEE.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>When this war broke out, we had but four ships in a good state
-to take part in it. Yet we were in need of a force that could
-block up the ports of the South. Eng-land and France gave help
-to the South, for they let them fit out ships in their ports,
-and all through the war the South was kept up by the hope of
-aid from these lands.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-right" style="width: 50%;" >
-			<img src="images/41.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>PICK-ETS ON DU-TY.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>A great fight took place at An-tie-tam, where the troops of
-Gen-er-al Mc-Clel-lan met those of Lee. This was one of the
-worst fights of the war, and there was great loss of life on
-both sides. The North won the day, and Lee drew off his troops.
-It was thought by some that a move in the right way would have
-cut short this flight, and they said Mc-Clel-lan ought to have
-made such <span class="pageno" id="p135">135</span> a move. So Gen-er-al Burn-side took his place at the
-head of the troops, and he took the town of Fred-er-icks-burg.
-In the mean time there was a ship fight, in which the South
-for a time did good work. She had a ship which she had made
-strong with iron plates and hard wood, and a bow of steel. This
-ship set sail in the bay to fight the whole U-nion fleet. The
-ships of wood could make no stand. In vain did they pour out
-fire and balls. It was said the balls would strike and glance
-off, and <span class="pageno" id="p136">136</span> did no more harm than peas from a pop gun. At nine
-that night two of our ships had gone down in fire and smoke,
-and one was run on the ground.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/42.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>MER-RI-MACK AND MON-I-TOR.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-		<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;" >
-			<img src="images/43.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>U-LYS-SES S. GRANT.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>All at once a small queer thing came in sight. Some one said
-it was like a cheese box on a raft. This was the Mon-i-tor.
-When dawn came it bore down on the Mer-ri-mac and sent out a
-fire. The ram gave the fire back. For two hours the fire was
-kept up; till at last the Mon-i-tor sent a shel through the
-port hole of the foe. This fell right in the midst of her crew.
-So those in the Mer-ri-mac thought it would be wise to get out
-of the way of more such shells, and it left the coast clear.
-There was great joy felt at the North when the news came that
-they had won this fight; for all had felt that if this ship,
-with its hard sides and bow of steel, had been left free to
-sail in to New York bay, all the ships of wood in our port would
-have gone down in her path. From the time of this fight, a great
-change has been made in the way they have built ships.</p>
-
-<p>Gen-er-al Grant fought in this war, and led our troops to win
-the day in more than one <span class="pageno" id="p137">137</span> fight. One of the great moves of the
-war was made on New Or-leans by Far-ra-gut in ships, and Gen-er-al
-But-ler with a land force.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/44.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>FAR-RA-GUT'S SHIPS.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>This town had two strong forts, and there was a long chain with
-earth works at each end. There were fire rafts full of stuff
-that they could set on fire, and gun boats, and one of the kind
-we know as a ram.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-right" style="width: 30%;" >
-			<img src="images/45.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>LOOK OUT.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>Far-ra-gut sent fire in to the forts in vain. His boats took
-fire from the rafts, and he had to put out each as it went by.
-At last, he thought he would try and run by the forts with his
-fleet, and he did so. The forts, the steam boats, and the ram,
-kept up a hot fire, but in the midst of shot and ball, he made
-<span class="pageno" id="p138">138</span> his way up the stream. The next day at dawn, he was in New Or-leans,
-and in a day more the fleets and forts were in his hands, and
-Gen-er-al But-ler, with a land force, came in to the town.</p>
-
-<p>In this year, 1862, Lin-coln sent out a bill that said "the
-slaves should be free then, and for all time."</p>
-
-<p>And it was then thought that it would be a good thing for the
-black man to help in this war that had made him free. So there
-came to be black troops made up of the free slaves. By this
-time the cost of the war had grown great, and the U-nion side
-felt that it was time to bring things to a close.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-left" style="width: 50%;" >
-			<img src="images/46.jpg" alt="AR-MY HUTS." width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>AR-MY HUTS.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>The South took heart and came with their troops in to a free
-State; and a great fight took place near a town by the name
-of Get-tys-burg. There was great loss on both sides. But Lee
-had to fly with his men, and this fight put an end to the hopes
-of the South. At the time of the last shot in fight, Gen-er-al
-Grant, far off in Vicks-burg, brought the foe to terms. Vicks-burg
-was a <span class="pageno" id="p139">139</span> place on high bluffs, and it had guns on all sides to
-stop our ships on their way up the stream. It stood a long siege
-of more than a month, but at last it fell.</p>
-
-<p>But as time went on, it grew more and more hard to get men for
-the war. There had to be a draft, and the folks did not like
-that. In a draft, one has to draw a lot, and no one knew on
-whom the lot would fall. In New York there were some who felt
-a sort of spite at the black folks, as they held them to be
-the cause of the war, and there was a mob that set on them in
-the streets. It went on for three days, and some black men fell
-struck by stones from the mob. But at last it was brought to
-an end.</p>
-
-<p>The next year Grant made some good moves, and, on the whole,
-the sky grew more clear. Lin-coln said, "Peace does not seem
-so far off as it did. I hope it will come soon and come to stay,
-and come so that it will be worth all we have done for it."</p>
-
-<p>In 1864, Gen-er-al Grant was put at the head of all the troops.
-He had shown that he knew a great deal of war, and he had done
-good work. He soon made a plan of two great moves that should
-go on at the same time. One of these was to march on Rich-mond
-with one branch of the troops, while Gen-er-al Sher-man should
-take one <span class="pageno" id="p140">140</span> branch through the States of the South, from mount
-to sea.</p>
-
-		<div class="image-left" style="width: 40%;" >
-			<img src="images/47.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
-			<div class="caption">
-				<p>WIL-LIAM T. SHER-MAN.</p>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-
-<p>Gen-er-al Grant did not swerve from the course he had laid out.
-He said, "I will fight it out on this line," and he did, spite
-of all loss. He laid siege to Rich-mond, but for a time they
-held out. At sea the ships of the South at first won on all
-sides. They drove our ships out, and got off with no harm, till
-the time that the Al-a-ba-ma was sunk. One more grand fight
-with ships took place in Mo-bile Bay.</p>
-
-<p>This bay was a great place for boats to run in with food and
-stores to the foe. Our ships could not make their way there,
-for there were two forts, a ram of great strength, and shells
-that would blow them up set in the way. Far-ra-gut put false
-bows on his ships, so that they might charge the ram, and at
-last it was sunk.</p>
-
-<p>Sher-man had a hard work to do; for he must take his troops
-through the land of the foe, by their strong forts, through
-hill and dale and pass. He meant to cut off their chance to
-get food, and to break up the rail roads. He first took the
-town <span class="pageno" id="p141">141</span> of At-lan-ta, and from that point set out on the "March
-to the Sea," which has won him so much fame. He had to feed
-his troops for the most part on what he could find in the land
-he went through. He took Sa-van-nah and wrote to Lin-coln, "I
-beg to give you the gift of the town of Sa-van-nah, with all
-its guns and stores."</p>
-
-<p>Then he took up his march once more through swamp and bog, or
-up the high steep hills and rocks. The cold days had come, but
-on they went, through storms of sleet and snow, or in the face
-of floods of rain, with a foe on all sides. Such a march had
-not been known in all the wars of the past. Long will the fame
-of that March to the Sea live in our land. He had found, as
-he said, that all the men in the South had been drawn out to
-aid the troops, and that there were no more left, and the land
-was a "mere shell."</p>
-
-<p>Charles-ton gave up at the end of a long siege; but it was set
-on fire in all parts by its own folk, so that it might not be
-worth much when it fell in our hands.</p>
-
-<p>The last move was made by Grant on Rich-mond. He felt that one
-more blow would bring the war to a close. He sent out word to
-Sher-i-dan, "When day dawns push round the foe, and get to his
-rear." Two days more our troops were <span class="pageno" id="p142">142</span> in the streets of Rich-mond.
-When Lee found he could not hold his place, he sent word by
-the wires to Jef-fer-son Da-vis at Rich-mond. Da-vis was the
-man the South had made their chief, and he was in church when
-the news came to him. He read these words: "My lines are cut
-at three points. Rich-mond must be left to night."</p>
-
-<p>Da-vis left the church, and the news spread at once that the
-town was lost. There was fright on all sides, and the streets
-were soon full of men who knew not what to do. The means for
-flight were small, and a poor cart and horse would have brought
-a large sum of gold. The ships were set on fire or blown up,
-and some of the stores of the town were in a blaze. Oh, what
-a night! All sought to fly, but few had means to go.</p>
-
-<p>The next day some black troops were the first to march in the
-town. This was the real end of the war. Gen-er-al Lee did all
-he could to save his men; but they were so faint with want of
-food that they could not march, and so weak they could not hold
-their guns. So he gave up all at last to Gen-er-al Grant, and
-the whole South had to yield.</p>
-
-<p>This war had cost the land more than you could count in gold
-and lives. But it had made the slave free; and we know that
-we shall have the curse of the slave trade in our land no more.
-And it had shown <span class="pageno" id="p143">143</span> that the creed of States Rights was not the
-best one, for if we were cut up in parts we would be weak, while
-if we stay as one, we will be strong. Our true strength, then,
-is to hold fast the bond that binds all the States, North and
-South, East and West, in one.</p>
-
-<p>There was great joy, and all gave thanks at the North when the
-news that the war had come to an end was borne on the wires.
-Lin-coln had held his course in a firm, brave way. He had said
-in a speech in New York, when he was on his way to take his
-place, "When the time comes for me to speak, I shall then take
-the ground that I think is right&mdash;right for the North, for the
-South, for the East, for the West, for all our land."</p>
-
-<p>And so he had done. The war was a grief to him. He said, "We
-did not think this war would last so long. Both sides read the
-same Word of God, and both pray to Him to aid in a war on those
-who are bound to them by near ties. We hope, we pray, that this
-scourge of war may soon pass. But if God wills it should stay
-till each drop of blood drawn by the lash shall be paid with one
-drawn with the sword, it must be said, 'Shall not the Judge
-of all the world do right?'"</p>
-
-<p>Five days from the time that the news of joy came in a flash
-on the wires, Lin-coln was dead. <span class="pageno" id="p144">144</span> He had been shot while he sat
-in his box, at the play, by a man of the name of Wilkes Booth.
-This man had by some means got in the box and made the door
-fast. When he had shot Lin-coln, he sprang from the box to the
-stage, but caught his foot in one of our flags, and broke his
-leg. He had a horse at the door, and got off; but was at last
-found in a barn, where he stood at bay. They set the barn on
-fire to drive him out; but he still stood his ground, and fought
-till the last, when he fell, shot by one of our men.</p>
-
-<p>Those who stood by the bed side of Lin-coln saw that there was
-no hope. All the land was full of gloom, when the sad news came.
-As his corpse was borne in a train to his old home, the towns
-were hung with black on the whole route, and most men wore the
-badge of grief. Those who had not been warm friends of Lin-coln
-in his life, felt a shock at his death, for they knew a brave,
-true man had gone.</p>
-
-
-
-
-<h2><span class="pageno" id="p145">145</span> CHAPTER XIII.<br />
-<small>PEACE ONCE MORE.</small></h2>
-
-
-<p>At the time of Lin-coln's death, there had been a sort of plot
-to kill more of the head men of the land. Sew-ard had been shot
-in his own house, and there was a great fear in Wash-ing-ton;
-for no one knew how far this plot might reach.</p>
-
-<p>When An-drew John-son took the place at the head of the land,
-there was some fear that those who had spent so long a time
-in the war would not know how to live in time of peace. But
-they soon made their way to their old homes, and were glad to
-lay down their arms and take up the old trades once more. There
-was a vast debt, and all sorts of loans to be got. Then there
-were those who thought that the States, which were the cause
-of the war, should not have the right to come back on their
-own terms; and some thought they could come back when they would,
-and in their own way.</p>
-
-<p>But John-son brought out a Bill which gave back all their rights
-to most of those who had made the war. The States could come
-back if they would say that they would have no more slaves,
-and that <span class="pageno" id="p146">146</span> they would be true to the U-nit-ed States in all time
-to come. John-son did not act in a way to suit those who had
-cast their votes for him, and Con-gress made a move that he
-should give up his place. When they came to try him, they found
-there was one vote short. That one vote kept him in his place;
-but he did not get a new term.</p>
-
-<p>The next man who was the choice of the land was U-lys-ses S.
-Grant, whose work in the war had won him such fame. In his time
-all the States of the South came back in to the U-nion. Great
-tracts of land were made ours; the debt was made less; and there
-was a law made which said that men of all races and hues should
-have a right to vote. In his last term a grand show took place
-in Phil-a-del-phia. All the lands in the world sent things to
-be shown there, and all the trades of the world had place in
-those great halls.</p>
-
-<p>When Hayes came in there was talk that there had not been a
-fair vote for him; but in time he won his way. He was fair to
-both North and South, and his rule was mild but firm. He drew
-all troops out of the South, that those States might put their
-own laws in force, with no help from Wash-ing-ton; so that if
-their own folks had wrongs, their own courts must set the thing
-right.</p>
-
-<p>Time has shown that this course was wise. The <span class="pageno" id="p147">147</span> States at the
-South have grown in peace and good will to us since that time,
-and the white men there now seem quite glad to have the black
-men vote. Rail ways have been built so fast that it is thought
-in a few years there will be four or five of these great lines
-through the whole length and breadth of the land. Our debt has
-been paid off at such a quick rate that if we go on it will
-be gone ere long, and the tax on all things can be made less.
-We have shown, too, that we have not stood still.</p>
-
-<p>In old times each watch in use here came from the old lands,
-but now a watch is made here that might win the prize from those
-on that side of the sea. So, too, in glass, tools, knives, soap,
-combs, and all sorts of things, we have made a name. The beef
-and grain we send out bring in vast wealth.</p>
-
-<p>James A. Gar-field was our choice in 1881. A great shock was
-felt in the land, just two months from the time he came to the
-White House, when we heard he had been shot while on his way
-to take a train for the North. A man by the name of Gui-teau,
-who had some sort of strange craze, was the one who did the
-black deed.</p>
-
-<p>They bore Gar-field at once to his home in the White House,
-and for a long time he lay there in great pain. Day by day the
-news would flash on the wires that told his state, how his pulse
-beat, <span class="pageno" id="p148">148</span> how he had slept, and what hope there was for his life.
-All would seize the news and read it each day, with the wish
-that he might yet live. They took him to Long Branch in the
-hope that the sea breeze might help him; but though his life
-held out for near the space of three months, it came to an end,
-and his last breath was drawn in that sweet home by the sea,
-Sep-tem-ber 19, 1881. Great grief was felt at his death, and
-all lands strove to say a kind word. The Court of Eng-land put
-on black for him, and the Queen sent a wreath for his grave.
-Gui-teau was hung for his crime.</p>
-
-<p>Ches-ter A. Ar-thur is now our Pres-i-dent. We are at peace
-with all the world. The same flag, with the old stars and stripes,
-floats now in the South as in the North. Long may it wave, "On
-the land of the free and the home of the brave."</p>
-
-		<div class="image-center">
-			<img src="images/48.jpg" alt="An emblem with a bell and the American flag." width="20%"/>
-		</div>
-
-		</div>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's History of the United States, by Helen Pierson
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES ***
-
-***** This file should be named 54798-h.htm or 54798-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
-        http://www.gutenberg.org/5/4/7/9/54798/
-
-Produced by Corbin Hunter
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
-  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
-  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
-  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
-  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
-  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
-  are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
-  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
-  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
-  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
-  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
-  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
-  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
-  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
-  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
-  Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
-  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
-  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
-  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
-  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
-  works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
-  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
-  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
-  receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
-  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
-    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
-    Chief Executive and Director
-    gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-</body>
-</html>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
+
+	<head>
+		<title>Project Gutenberg's History of the United States: in Words of One Syllable</title>
+		<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8"/>
+		<style type="text/css">
+			.image-center {
+text-align : center;
+}
+.image-left {
+float : left;
+margin : 0.5em;
+text-indent : 0;
+}
+.image-right {
+float : right;
+margin : 0.5em;
+text-indent : 0;
+}
+.caption p {
+text-align : center;
+margin : 0.25em 0 0 0;
+text-indent : 0;
+}
+#titlepage {
+text-align : center;
+border : gray solid 1px;
+margin : 3em 0;
+}
+#obverse {
+margin : 3em 0;
+text-align : center;
+}
+#contents {
+margin : 3em 0;
+}
+#main {
+text-indent : 2em;
+}
+h1 {
+text-indent : 0;
+text-align : center;
+}
+h1 small {
+font-weight : normal;
+}
+h2 {
+text-align : center;
+font-weight : normal;
+text-indent : 0;
+}
+h2 small {
+font-weight : normal;
+}
+.tocnumber {
+padding : 1em 0;
+text-align : center;
+}
+.tocpnumber {
+text-align : right;
+}
+.tocname {
+font-variant : small-caps;
+}
+@media screen {
+body {
+width : 50%;
+margin : 0 auto;
+}
+}
+@media handheld {
+.image-left {
+float : none;
+margin : 0.5em;
+text-indent : 0;
+text-align : center;
+}
+.image-right {
+float : none;
+margin : 0.5em;
+text-indent : 0;
+text-align : center;
+}
+}
+.pageno {
+right : 1%;
+font-size : x-small;
+background-color : inherit;
+color : silver;
+text-indent : 0;
+text-align : right;
+position : absolute;
+border : silver solid thin;
+padding : 0.1em 0.2em;
+font-style : normal;
+font-variant : normal;
+font-weight : normal;
+text-decoration : none;
+}
+		</style>
+	</head>
+
+	<body>
+<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 54798 ***</div>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img id="coverpage" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="" width="70%" />
+		</div>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/1.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>PAUL REVERE.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+		<div id="titlepage">
+			<h1>HISTORY<br />
+				<small>OF THE</small><br />
+				UNITED STATES<br />
+				<small>IN WORDS OF ONE SYLLABLE</small>
+			</h1>
+
+			<p><small>BY</small></p>
+			<p><i>MRS. HELEN W. PIERSON</i></p>
+
+			<p style="font-size: 0.7em;">WITH FORTY-SEVEN ILLUSTRATIONS.</p>
+
+			<div class="image-center">
+				<img src="images/2.jpg" alt="" width="30%"/>
+				<div class="caption">
+					<p>AN ARMORED LOOK-OUT</p>
+				</div>
+			</div>
+
+			<p>NEW YORK</p>
+			<p>GEORGE ROUTLEDGE &amp; SONS</p>
+			<p>9 Lafayette Place</p>
+		</div>
+
+		<div id="obverse">
+			<p>Copyright, 1883.</p>
+			<p style="font-variant: small-caps;">By Joseph L. Blamire.</p>
+		</div>
+
+		<div id="prefatory">
+			<h2>PREFATORY.</h2>
+
+
+			<p>In this "Child's History of the United States," it has been
+			the aim to use words of only one syllable. But it will be seen
+			that, in a historical work, names must be given of famous men,
+			of great battles, and of some important measures. It is thought
+			that parents or teachers can soon familiarize young people with
+			these names, so that they will read them as readily as the rest.
+			Titles have been sometimes omitted, and some names which deserve
+			a place and have it in larger histories, are not found here.
+			All such omissions have been made from the fear of rendering
+			the task of reading the book too difficult for many, who, as
+			they grow older, can add to the list that fame has made illustrious,
+			and take wider views of the history of this land.</p>
+
+			<p style="text-align: right;">H. W. P.</p>
+		</div>
+
+		<div id="contents">
+
+			<h2>CONTENTS.</h2>
+
+			<table style="width: 100%;">
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER I.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">How this Land was Found.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p9">9</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER II.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">The New World.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p16">16</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER III.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">The Red Men.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p26">26</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER IV.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">The War that Made us Free.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p46">46</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER V.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">Three Great Fights.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p53">53</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER VI.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">First in War&mdash;First in Peace.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p61">61</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER VII.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">The Rest of the War.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p69">69</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER VIII.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">In Times of Peace.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p82">82</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER IX.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">New Men and New Laws.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p95">95</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER X.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">The Slave Trade.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p107">107</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER XI.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">A New War.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p120">120</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER XII.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">The War of North and South.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p126">126</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER XIII.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">Peace Once More.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p145">145</a></td>
+				</tr>
+			</table>
+		</div>
+
+		<div id="main">
+
+			<h1 style="text-align: center;"><span class="pageno" id="p9">9</span> History of the United States.</h1>
+
+			<h2>CHAPTER I.<br />
+			<small>HOW THIS LAND WAS FOUND.</small></h2>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/3.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IN-DI-ANS HUNTING IN THE SNOW.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>For a long time, in past years, it was not known that the world
+was round. If the men in those days had been told that a ship
+could start from a port and sail straight on for months and
+come round to <span class="pageno" id="p10">10</span> the same place, it would have made them laugh
+as at a good joke. They did not know the real shape of the earth,
+but thought it was a flat plane.</p>
+
+<p>In those days our land was the home of the In-di-ans, or red
+men, as we call them, from their dark skins. The red man does
+not live in a house, but in a sort of tent or hut. The tribes
+of red men had all this land for their own when Co-lum-bus was
+born. The great woods, the green plains, the bright streams,
+were all theirs. They made their wars in a strange and fierce
+style, and wore at their belts locks of hair, cut from the heads
+of those slain by their hands. These locks, cut from the head
+with part of the skin, they call a scalp. It was the pride of
+an In-di-an to have scalps hung at his belt. No one had taught
+him that this was wrong, and he did not have the Word of God
+to show him the right way.</p>
+
+<p>When Co-lum-bus was a mere boy he was fond of the sea and ships.
+He would go and watch the waves, and think about how ships were
+made, and the best way to sail them. He was born in Gen-oa,
+which is by the blue sea; so when he was a small boy he could
+watch the white sails come in. Such queer ships they had there,
+with strange high prows! As time went on, and he grew of age,
+he made trips in these ships, and was in sea-fights, and once
+or twice he was in a wreck. So you see he had a <span class="pageno" id="p11">11</span> chance to grow
+strong and brave for the work he had to do.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/4.jpg" alt="The Oceian and Islands between Western Europe and Eastern Asia from the Globus of Martin Behaim 1492." width="80%"/>
+		</div>
+
+<p>What he read in books taught him that the world was round, and
+not flat, as was thought in those times. So he knew that if
+he could sail west he would come to a new land. He thought of
+this a long time, and at last he grew more sure of it, but he
+could get no one else to think as he did. He spent ten years
+in this way. He was full of plans; but he could get no help
+and no gold. He was too poor to do all with no aid from his
+friends. At last he went to Spain.</p>
+
+<p>There were a King and Queen there who were kind to Co-lum-bus;
+but at first they would not give their gold to help him. They
+thought this was a wild dream. At last, with a sad heart, he
+made up his mind to turn his back on the court of Spain.</p>
+
+<p>While on his way, a man came to him from Queen Is-a-bel-la.
+She had sent him word that she would help him; "that she would
+pledge her own gems to give him aid." But she did not have to
+do this, as means were found when Co-lum-bus went back to the
+court. His heart was made glad; for they gave him a small fleet
+of three ships, and on the 3d of August, 1492, the sun rose
+on the fleet as it went forth on its way to the new land. All
+was strange to the new crew, and they had all <span class="pageno" id="p13">13</span> sorts of queer
+thoughts and fears of the sea. They had not been out of sight
+of land in all their lives; and when they saw the deep, dark
+sea on all sides, they were full of fear that they would not
+see their homes again. The trade-wind which took them west so
+fast, would keep them, they thought, from their land when they
+had the wish to go back. At last they grew so full of fear,
+they swore they would not go on, and Co-lum-bus had hard work
+to make them. But soon there were signs of land, and some land
+birds flew by the ship; and one of the crew found a branch of
+a tree on the waves, which had some fresh red fruit on it.</p>
+
+<p>Oh, how glad they were! Co-lum-bus felt so sure that he was
+near land, he gave word for the ships to lie by that night.
+No man thought of sleep. They all kept watch on deck to see
+this strange new coast for which they had borne so much.</p>
+
+<p>In the night a cry of joy was heard. Co-lum-bus had seen a light
+far off, and a shout of "Land! land!" soon came from all sides.</p>
+
+<p>When the sun rose they all saw a green strip of shore some five
+miles long. The men fell at the feet of Co-lum-bus and shed
+tears of joy. Then they sang a hymn of praise to God, who had
+kept them and brought them safe and sound to this new place.
+They got out the small boats and put men <span class="pageno" id="p14">14</span> and arms in them, with
+flags, and a band to play a march of joy, and the crews made
+their way to the shore. Co-lum-bus, in a rich dress with his
+drawn sword in his hand, sprang on the beach, and then the crew
+came next. They set up a cross, and all knelt at its foot and
+gave thanks for their safe trip. Then Co-lum-bus set up the
+flag of Cas-tile and Le-on, and took the new land for the crown
+of Spain.</p>
+
+<p>While they stood there with shouts of joy and songs, some strange
+dark shapes stole up with soft steps to their side. The crew
+thought these men must have come from a new world, as they saw
+their dark skins and the gay paint and plumes they wore. Co-lum-bus
+gave them the name of In-di-ans, for he thought the new coast
+was part of In-dia. He did not know that he had found a new
+land. These men with red skins were glad to kiss the feet of
+the Span-iards, and change their gold chains and rude rings
+for the beads and pins the crew gave to them.</p>
+
+<p>Co-lum-bus spent some time in the new land he had found, and
+then he set sail for home to take his friends and the Queen
+the great news. A wild storm came on the way home, and Co-lum-bus
+thought that all was lost, so he wrote his tale on a cake of
+wax and put the cake in a cask and threw it in the sea; so that
+if he had gone down in the <span class="pageno" id="p15">15</span> storm, all that he had found would
+not be lost to the world.</p>
+
+<p>But God took care of Co-lum-bus and his crew. They got back
+to their homes once more and had a grand time. The King and
+Queen gave them a new and fine fleet; and in time they came
+back and saw new points of land on which to build homes, and
+they found, too, South A-mer-i-ca.</p>
+
+<p>There were some in Spain who did not like Co-lum-bus, for he
+had won gold and fame, while they had none. So they told false
+tales of him; and when his friend, Queen Is-a-bel-la, died,
+he was once brought back from the land he had found in chains.
+How sad that was!&mdash;was it not? At last he had to die old and
+poor, and this land did not have his name. It had no name for
+some time; but at last an I-tal-ian, who made a few trips there,
+and wrote of what he saw, gave his name to the new world. His
+name was A-mer-i-cus Ves-pu-ci-us. That is a hard name for you
+to say, but you can all say A-mer-i-ca, and that is the name
+of our land.</p>
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p16">16</span> CHAPTER II.<br />
+<small>THE NEW WORLD.</small></h2>
+
+<p>When the news of this land of gold spread over the world, Eng-land
+and France and Spain all sent ships to see what they could find.
+They each thought they would like to have a slice. The Eng-lish
+thought they had some rights, as one of their men, named Ca-bot,
+had, in truth, been the first to touch this new shore. The next
+time he came, he made his way down the coast to what we call
+Vir-gin-ia, and set up a claim for Eng-land.</p>
+
+<p>Then the King of France sent a man to plant his flag here, and
+he gave the name of New France to part of our coast. But though
+Eng-land and France both set claim to the land, they did not
+send men here to live for a long time.</p>
+
+<p>At last Queen E-liz-a-beth gave one of the great men at court,
+called Sir Wal-ter Ral-eigh, a claim to a large tract of land
+in A-mer-i-ca. He came with two ships, and found the red skins
+kind. They brought him gifts, and he went back to tell of all
+the strange things he had seen, and some came to live on the
+new shores. But the red skins were <span class="pageno" id="p17">17</span> hard to live with, and the
+small group of white men could get no food, and were near death,
+when a brave man, named Sir Fran-cis Drake, came with a ship
+and took them off to their homes. The next band that came met
+a sad fate, for they all fell by the hand of the red men.</p>
+
+<p>There were some in Eng-land who had a great wish to see this
+new world. They thought they would like to live in a land with
+no King, and have a church where they could pray to God in their
+own way. They were called "Pil-grims," for they went from place
+to place and would sing psalms and pray, and they were full
+of joy at the thought of their new home.</p>
+
+<p>Do you know the name of the ship they came in? It is a sweet
+name, and you must keep it in your mind&mdash;The May-flow-er. They
+did not have a smooth trip, and a storm blew them on to the
+coast of Mass-a-chu-setts. It was bare and cold, but it was
+nice to see land at all. There were all sorts of fowl there,
+and they saw a whale; but when they went to shoot it the gun
+burst. They made their way to a vale where there was a spring,
+and there they took their first drink in the new land.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 15%;">
+			<img src="images/5.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IN-DI-AN FLINT-HEADED ARROW.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>There was a rock called Plym-outh Rock, and here they made their
+homes and built the first house. It was in 1620, in a cold time
+of the year, that the <span class="pageno" id="p18">18</span> May-flow-er brought her crew to Plym-outh
+Rock. There was not much food, and they had from the first a
+foe whom they could not trust or make a friend. These were a
+new race of men. They had brown skins; were tall and straight,
+with long, coarse black hair. They had no books, and got their
+food in the hunt, or caught fish in the streams. They made boats
+of birch bark&mdash;queer, long things, with a point at each end.
+They could make bows, and would pound their corn with two stones
+for their bread. They took the skins of beasts for their clothes,
+for they knew how to dress them. Each tribe had its head man,
+called a chief, and their great joy was in war. When their foes
+took them, they would not pray for their lives. They were brave
+in their own way, and would show no fear at the sight of the
+fire that was to burn their flesh.</p>
+
+<p>Their wives, the squaws, would dress the food and do all the
+hard work at home. They were the ones who dug each small patch
+of ground and put in the beans and corn. The men had a <span class="pageno" id="p19">19</span> scorn
+for work. They were made to fight, they thought. They would
+say, "The Great Chief gave the white man a plow and the red
+man a bow, and sent them in the world to gain food, each in
+his own way."</p>
+
+<p>In this new land there was not a horse, cow, sheep, cat, dog,
+or hen to be found. You would not like such a place, would you?
+What did the young people do for pets in those days? No chicks
+to feed, no puss with her soft, warm fur, for small hands to
+stroke.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/6.jpg" alt="A canoe." width="70%"/>
+		</div>
+
+<p>But the new homes were not left in peace. The red men saw that
+their doom was near. They felt that they would have to move
+on and on, to give place to these men who knew so much; who
+read books and had schools, and taught their young ones to pray.
+So they took the guns that they had bought from the white men
+and went to war with them. When they took them they would tie
+them fast to stakes, burn them to death, and all the time the
+flames were at work, these fierce red men would <span class="pageno" id="p20">20</span> dance a war
+dance of joy. They bought rum from the white men, and it made
+them like brutes.</p>
+
+<p>They knew that the white men had come to take their land, and
+that was cause for their hate. And so the white men, in their
+turn, felt no love for the red skin, and thought they did well
+to push him back more and more, and take all they could from
+him. The white men were to blame, for they first gave the vile
+rum to the red men, and that made them wild. They would burn
+down the white man's house at night, and kill his wife and babes.
+Think how sad it must be to wake up in the night and find the
+hot blaze of a fire in your face, and the wild war-whoop of
+an In-di-an in your ears. But you can lie down in your bed in
+peace, for there is no one to harm you&mdash;you live in good times.</p>
+
+<p>But those who were brave enough to come and live in this new
+land, had a hard life at first. There were no snug farms as
+now, with fields of green corn and wheat. At times the poor
+men could not get much to eat, and one wrote home: "The crumbs
+that fall from your meals would be sweet to me. When I can get
+a cup of meal and boil It with a pinch of salt, I give thanks
+as for a great feast. The In-di-ans at times bring corn and
+trade it for clothes or knives. One day they gave <span class="pageno" id="p21">21</span> me a peck
+of corn for a small dog. It would be a strange thing to see
+a piece of roast beef or veal here."</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/7.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>PIL-GRIMS ON THEIR WAY TO CHURCH.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+<p>It will not seem strange, then, that, in such hard times, death
+came to these small bands and took some away. But those who
+were left kept up brave hearts, and would not go back to their
+old homes; and though all were so poor, there was not a case
+of theft in four years. They grew to like the land, and one
+said, "A sup of New Eng-land air is worth more than a draught
+of Old Eng-land ale."</p>
+
+<p>For one of the first bands of men who came here, made their
+homes in a place to which they gave the name of New Eng-land,
+after their old home. As time went on each place grew to be
+a town, and soon had a church and a school of its own. If we
+had gone in one of those towns on the Lord's day, we would have
+seen some strange sights. As the clocks struck nine, there would
+come out a man who would beat a drum or blow a conch shell,
+or ring a bell to call all the folks to church. As we drew near
+to this church, we would have seen that it was built of logs,
+with a small flag to wave on it. There would be a fence of stakes
+round it, and a man with a gun on guard near it. Those who went
+in left all their guns in his care.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p23">23</span> If you look at this church you will see that it has no glass
+panes like ours, but small and dull and thick ones set in lead.
+It is the style now to like that old thick glass, and to use
+it once more. You might see on the front of this church, near
+the door, the heads of wolves that had been slain in the hunt
+in the past year.</p>
+
+<p>In this church the old men sat on one side, and the young men
+were not with them. They had their own place. So, too, the boys
+did not sit by the girls. Most of the boys sat on the stairs,
+and there was a man there as a sort of guard to see that they
+did not talk. He had a long rod or wand in his hand, with a
+hare's foot on one end, and a hare's tail on the other. He would
+let no one go to sleep. If he saw a girl nod, he would touch
+her on the face with the soft brush of the hare's tail; but
+if it were a boy who was caught in a nap, he got a sharp rap
+from the hare's foot. So you see in those times one could not
+make such a snug nest in the pew and take a long sleep as one
+does now; and they had to stay three or four hours in church.
+It must have been hard for small folks not to nod at times.</p>
+
+<p>When they sung, it was out of a book by the name of "The Bay
+Psalm Book," and they did not know more than ten tunes. In those
+days no one <span class="pageno" id="p24">24</span> could stay from church but for a good cause, or
+else they had to pay a fine. And if a man staid from church
+a month, he was put in the stocks, or in a cage of wood, where
+all could see him and laugh and jeer at him.</p>
+
+<p>You do not know what stocks are in these times, but if you had
+stood in a New Eng-land town then, you would have seen a strange
+thing made of wood, by the road near the church. This queer
+frame of wood would hold a man fast so that he could not move,
+and you may think a day in the stocks would be hard to bear,
+and would make one's bones ache.</p>
+
+<p>A house in such a town, in those days, was all built on the
+ground floor; so there were no stairs. It was made of earth
+or logs, and had a steep roof of thatch. The place for the fire
+was built of rough stones. It was large enough to burn logs
+four feet long, and had so much room in it that a man and his
+wife and boys and girls could sit in it and look up at the sky.</p>
+
+<p>The dress in those days was not the same as it is now. The men
+wore small clothes, which came to the knee like a small boy's
+in these times, and they had stiff ruffs round their necks and
+caps of rich stuff on their heads. The young men wore fine belts,
+and great high boots which were made with a roll at the top.
+The girls wore silk hoods in the <span class="pageno" id="p25">25</span> streets, and stiff rich gowns,
+with long waists, and lace caps on feast-days. But folks could
+not wear gay clothes if the law did not think they had means
+to spend for such fine things.</p>
+
+<p>They had some queer laws in those days. Those who had done wrong
+had to stand in the stocks, which held them by the feet and
+neck, so they could not get away, or they had to mount stools
+in church. If a man had a wife who had the name of a bad scold,
+a cleft stick was put on her tongue, or she was made to take
+a cold dip in a stream. I dare say you think those were hard
+laws, and you are glad to live in these days. But that was a
+race who had the fear of God in their hearts; their aim was
+to do just right and to rule the land in the best way.</p>
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p26">26</span> CHAPTER III.<br />
+<small>THE RED MEN AND THEIR WARS.</small></h2>
+
+<p>At first, before they had time to plant the fields, the men
+could but hunt and fish for food; but as years went by, they
+had farms, and made glass and things for trade; they wove cloth
+of wool, and some from a plant that grows in the south, of which
+you may know the name. It is white and soft.</p>
+
+<p>They had not much coin, and so they had to do the best they
+could with skins and corn, or what they could get for trade.
+The first mint to make coin was set up in Mass-a-chu-setts in
+1652. This coin had a pine tree on one side, and the name of
+the State. One side had a date and N. E. for New Eng-land. All
+this coin was known as "pine-tree coin." In time the land at
+Plym-outh Bay and those near took one name, "Mass-a-chu-setts."</p>
+
+<p>In the meanwhile the small band who had made homes in Vir-gin-ia
+had come to grief. They had been men of good birth in their
+own land, and did not know much of hard work. They had come
+in search of wealth. Great tales had been told of the gold
+here. It had been said one could pick up <span class="pageno" id="p27">27</span> great lumps of gold,
+as large as a hen's egg, in the streams. They found that all
+this was not true, and that a man had to work hard to live.
+They grew sick, and death came in their midst to make things
+more sad; so that they lost more than half of their small band.</p>
+
+<div style="position: relative; margin: 0 0 2em 0;"  class="caption">
+	<img src="images/8.jpg" style="width: 100%;" alt="" />
+	<p style="position: absolute; top: 60%; left: 60%;">BUILD-ING IN VIR-GIN-IA.</p>
+	<p style="position: absolute; top: 100%; left: 15%;">JOHN SMITH.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>One man, John Smith by name, did great things for them. He had
+been brave from his birth. He had been in wars oft, and once
+he built him <span class="pageno" id="p28">28</span> a lodge of boughs in a forest and took his books
+with him, that he might learn the art of war. Once he went to
+fight the Turks. He is said to have been sold as a slave. It
+may be all these tales are not true; but it is true he taught
+his own friends in Vir-gin-ia how to live. He got them to build
+a fort and log huts for the cold times. He made friends as far
+as he could of the In-di-ans, so that he could get boat loads
+of food from them. He said that "he who would not work might
+not eat;" so no man could be a drone in the hive. Each one must
+learn to swing the axe in the woods or to hunt and to fish.</p>
+
+
+<p>Once the In-di-ans took him and they told him that he must die.
+Their great chief Pow-ha-tan had said the word; so his head was
+laid upon a stone, and a huge war club raised to strike the
+blow. But a young girl was seen to spring to his side, throw
+her arms round his neck, and pray that he might be set free.
+She was the pet of the tribe, for she was the child of their
+chief; and so Cap-tain Smith was set free. You may be sure he
+was full of thanks to his kind young friend, and it is said
+she might have been seen on her way to James-town more than
+once, as time went on, with small stores of corn for the white
+men. And when she grew up a white man made her his wife.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-right" style="width: 20%;">
+			<img src="images/9.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>TO-BAC-CO PLANT.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p29">29</span> But at last a bad wound made Cap-tain Smith go back to Eng-land,
+and things grew worse and worse in Vir-gin-ia. Food was more
+and more scarce, and a sad time came, which was long known as
+"Starving Time." It was in 1609. At last they all made up their
+minds to go back to their old home. None shed a tear as the
+sun rose on that day; they had known bad times in the new land,
+and did not grieve to go. But as their ship made its way down
+the bay, they met Lord Del-a-ware, with a great stock of food,
+and new men to swell the ranks. So they were glad to turn back
+and try the place once more; and in the course of time they
+throve and built and spread, and that part of the land made
+a new State, which we know as Vir-gin-ia. In that State was
+first grown a weed which you have seen men smoke and chew.</p>
+
+<p>The folks in Mass-a-chu-setts went by the name of "Pu-ri-tans."
+They had left their old home that they might pray to God in
+their own way, and they thought that their own way was the right
+one. When men came in their midst who did not think <span class="pageno" id="p30">30</span> as they
+did, they were sent out of the place. There was a class called
+Quak-ers, or Friends, who were mild, and did all they could
+for peace; but they thought they had their rights as well as
+the rest, and might serve God in their own way. They did not
+believe in wars, and would not bear arms. They would not hire
+a man to preach for them; but when they met, each one spoke
+as he felt the thought come in his heart. They kept the laws,
+and did to all men as they wished them to do to them. They said
+"thee and thou" for "you," and "yea and nay" for "yes and no;"
+but this could hurt no one, and it seems strange to us that
+they were not let stay in the place. They had to fly for their
+lives, and four were put to death. In these days all men are
+free to serve God in their own way.</p>
+
+<p>And in that time there was one man to raise his voice for the
+poor Quak-ers, and all who were like them. This man was Rog-er
+Will-iams. He held that the State had no right to say what men
+should think and feel. You may be sure those who were high in
+place did not like to hear that; so he had to fly from his home
+one cold day, and for a time he hid in the woods. But the In-di-ans
+gave him a home, and one chief made him a gift of a piece of
+land, which he called "Prov-i-dence," as it was to him like
+a gift from God. And so the State of <span class="pageno" id="p31">31</span> Rhode Isl-and, where this
+town was built, was known as a place where thought was free.
+The Quak-ers were glad to find a home in that State, where they
+could dwell in peace.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/10.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IN-DI-ANS RID-ING.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>In 1675, a war, known as King Phil-ip's war, broke out in Mass-a-chu-setts.
+King Phil-ip was an In-di-an chief who saw that the white man
+would soon own all the land, and he knew that <span class="pageno" id="p32">32</span> meant death to
+his race. He made a plan to kill all the white men. The first
+blow fell on the Lord's day, as the folks were on their way
+home from church. The men flew to arms, and did not dare to
+lay them down when they were in the field at work, or at their
+homes. When they went to church they would stack them at the
+door.</p>
+
+<p>King Phil-ip and his men made their camp in a great swamp, where
+it was hard for the white men to reach them. Here they laid
+up a store of food, and had great tribes of red men. They would
+not fight in the wide fields, but would skulk in nooks, and
+rush out and hold all the land in fear, for the foe would seem
+to be on all sides. At last they were made to leave their strong
+hold, and could find no place to hide. There was a fight, and
+the In-di-ans fell thick and fast. Phil-ip ran, but one of his
+own tribe, who had a grudge, shot him dead. He had done all
+he could for his own folk, but fell by the hand of one of them
+at last.</p>
+
+<p>All this time the King of Eng-land was at the head of this land
+as well, and the men he sent were wont to rule things with a
+high hand. They would not grant what our men thought to be their
+rights. Dutch ships had come in to trade for furs with the In-di-ans.
+Some of the crews stayed here and made their homes in a place
+they called New Am-ster-dam. <span class="pageno" id="p33">33</span> It is now known by the name of
+New York. These first Dutch men bought the land from the In-di-ans,
+and it was to go to their heirs through all time.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/11.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>THE DUTCH AT NEW AM-STER-DAM.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>A band of Swedes made their home in Del-a-ware. A Quak-er by
+the name of Will-iam Penn bought a grant of land from the King.
+He thought to make a home for all his sect, who had as hard
+a time in Eng-land as they did here. He sent a band of these
+men here, and the next year he came too. He met the In-di-ans
+by a great elm tree. He was a kind and good man, and would not
+take <span class="pageno" id="p35">35</span> their land from them. He bought it and made them his friends.
+"We will live in love with Will-iam Penn and his heirs," said
+they, "as long as the sun and moon shall shine." And it is said
+that to this day a red man is loathe to shed Quak-er blood.</p>
+
+<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/12.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IN-DI-AN PIPES.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+
+<div class="image-right" style="width: 30%;">
+			<img src="images/13.jpg" alt="William Penn." width="100%"/>
+		</div>
+
+<p>In 1683, Penn bought land from the Swedes and laid out a town,
+to which he gave the name of Phil-a-del-phia. It stood in the
+midst of a wood, and the wild deer ran by the men who came to
+take a look at their new home. When Penn came, he sent out a
+call for all the men to meet in one place, and there he met
+with them, and they laid out the code or kind of laws they were
+to have. This code was known as "The Great Law." No one could
+vote that did not believe in Christ; and all might pray to God
+in their own way. So you see the Quak-ers did not wish to force
+men to believe as they did. They felt that was not right or
+just.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p36">36</span> Penn did all he could for his sect, and was mild and good to
+the red men. He said to them, "We meet on the broad path of
+good faith and good will. I will deal with you in love. We are
+one flesh and blood."</p>
+
+<p>So our land grew, and State by State was laid out, and towns
+were built, and all this time the King of Eng-land was at the
+head of the whole. There were more In-di-an wars; for the red
+men gave the new folk no peace. They would come down from the
+depths of the woods of Can-a-da on their snow shoes, and drag
+men and their wives from their beds and scalp them and set their
+homes on fire. Many a child, too, had to fly with the rest in
+the cold night, with bare feet and few clothes on, to seek a
+place to hide from this fierce foe.</p>
+
+<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/14.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IN-DI-AN SNOW SHOE.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>In 1754, a war broke out which we call the "French and In-di-an
+War." The Eng-lish had at this time a great strip of land on
+our coast which they held as their own. It was like a string
+to the <span class="pageno" id="p37">37</span> great bow of French land, which went from Que-bec to
+New Or-leans. Both French and Eng-lish laid claim to part of
+the land; and those who had the wish to live in peace could
+not but look on in fear.</p>
+
+<p>The French built three forts, and that made all feel that they
+meant to hold the land. A young man by the name of George Wash-ing-ton,
+was sent to ask that they should pull down these forts. You
+have heard of George Wash-ing-ton, I know. You have been told
+that he was "first in peace, first in war, and first in the
+hearts of all." You have, I am sure, heard the tale of the fruit
+tree that he cut, and how he could not tell a lie to save him.
+He was a boy then, and some one had made his heart glad with
+the gift of a small axe. What should a boy do with such a thing,
+if he could not cut with it? So George went round to try the
+sharp edge of his axe, and, as bad luck would have it, he came
+on a young fruit tree. It may be that the fruit was of a rare
+kind, and so when it was found that the bark of the tree had
+been cut in such a way that one could hope for no more fruit,
+the cry rang out on all sides, "Who has done this deed?"</p>
+
+<p>Our small boy was not at peace in his own mind. He did not know
+in what shape the wrath might fall on him; but he came forth
+in a brave <span class="pageno" id="p38">38</span> way and said, "I did it, Father, I can not tell a
+lie. I cut it." We are glad there has been one boy who could
+not tell a lie, and we hope there are some in our own times.</p>
+
+<p>So this George Wash-ing-ton, then a young man, was sent to the
+French man who was at the head of the forts, to say that he
+must take them down at once. He had a hard time to get there,
+for it was cold, and the streams were big with the rains. The
+snow fell and froze as it fell. His horse gave out, and he had
+to go on foot. He had one man with him, and they struck out
+in to the woods. They had to cross a stream on a rude raft,
+and they were caught in the ice. It bore them on with great
+speed, and when Wash-ing-ton threw out his pole to check the
+speed, he fell in the stream. But he knew how to swim, and so
+he got to land. When day came, it grew still more cold, and
+the stream froze in such a way that he could walk on it to the
+place where he would be.</p>
+
+<p>The men at the French forts would not say that they would give
+them up. In fact, they made boasts that they could hold them
+in spite of all, and so the war went on. The French would dart
+out and seize Eng-lish ships, and then the Eng-lish would march
+on the French, and do them all the harm they could. Wash-ing-ton
+fought on the side of the <span class="pageno" id="p39">39</span> Eng-lish in this war. Once the In-di-ans
+laid in wait for them in the wood, and as the men were on the
+march with their flags and beat of drum, they heard the fierce
+war whoop on all sides. The Brit-ish troops did not know how
+to deal with such a foe; but our men sprang down and fought
+them in their own way.</p>
+
+<p>One chief made a vow that he would kill Wash-ing-ton. Four balls
+were sent through his clothes. Twice his horse was shot. Gen-er-al
+Brad-dock, who was at the head of the Eng-lish troops, was shot
+and borne from the field to die. There was a great fright, and
+the men fled on all sides. Wash-ing-ton did what he could to
+save them from the foe, like a brave man. But the French went
+on and built more forts, and our men were at their wits' end
+to hold their own with foes on all sides.</p>
+
+<p>There were six tribes of the red men who were their friends,
+and I would tell you their names if they were not too long and
+hard.</p>
+
+<p>But you will find in the State of New York lakes and streams
+which bear the same names. We ought to bear them in mind, as
+they were of great use in those times. So it was thought best
+for all our men to meet in a town by the name of Al-ba-ny, to
+fix on a way to keep these six tribes our friends, and to join
+with them to fight the <span class="pageno" id="p40">40</span> French. Al-ba-ny was then a small town
+with few in it; but it had a stone fort. Here our men met the
+chiefs and had a talk with them. The chiefs told our clan they
+were not so wise and brave as the French, or they would build
+forts like them.</p>
+
+<p>But there was one wise man in our midst, Ben-ja-min Frank-lin.
+He had been a poor boy, so poor that when he went in to the
+great town of Phil-a-del-phia, he had but a few cents. But he
+knew how to print; and more than that he was fond of books,
+and so could learn all sorts of things. He brought with him
+a small print on which was shown a snake cut in parts. Each
+part had on it the name of one of the States. He said they must
+be made one or die, and that to be one was the way to be great.
+But our men did not see their way clear to do this yet. We know
+they made the States one in time.</p>
+
+<p>The death of Gen-er-al Brad-dock was a great blow to their hopes.
+They saw that all the red-coats, as we call the Eng-lish, were
+not brave; but could run as fast as the rest. Still they took
+some forts, with long names, from the French in this war. They
+made a move on them at Que-bec, with Gen-er-al Wolfe at the
+head of our troops.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/15.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>A DUTCH HOUSEHOLD IN NEW AM-STER-DAM, NOW NEW YORK.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>Quebec was one of the strong forts of the world. At first Gen-er-al
+Wolfe lost at all points. But he <span class="pageno" id="p42">42</span> found at last a way to go in
+boats. With no noise they made their way to land, and up a steep
+hill, and at dawn the French woke to see red-coats on all sides.
+Their Gen-er-al Mont-calm led them out of the fort to fight.
+If he had not, he might have won the day, for the fort was strong.
+But he chose to fight in the wide field, and so we won.</p>
+
+<p>At the time of the fight, Gen-er-al Wolfe, who had been struck
+by a death shot, heard shouts of joy, "They fly&mdash;they fly!"
+"Who fly!" came from his white lips. "The French." "Then praise
+God, I die at peace," he said, with his last breath.</p>
+
+<p>Gen-er-al Mont-calm, too, on the French side, had a wound, and
+was told he could not live. "I am glad of it," he said, "for
+then I shall not live to see my town yield to the foe." So you
+see they were two brave men who fell that day. In five days
+a peace was made with France; for she gave up most of the land
+to which she had laid claim.</p>
+
+<p>But there were some of the red men who did not want this peace
+with the Eng-lish. They had seen the red-coats run away from
+them, and they thought they might now strike a blow for their
+own homes and land. The French made them think they would help
+them. "The King of France has but slept for a time," they said,
+"but he will soon wake up, and then he will drive the foe from
+the homes <span class="pageno" id="p43">43</span> of the red men, and give them back their land."</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/16.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IN-DI-AN CHIEF.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>There was one brave chief, Pon-ti-ac, who heard all this with
+a glad heart. "I will live and die a French man," he said, and
+he sent men to each <span class="pageno" id="p44">44</span> town to bear a belt with red or black beads
+on it, and a knife with a red stain on it; these meant war.
+The knife was of the kind with which they were wont to scalp
+the foe, and the red stain told that deeds of blood were at
+hand. When this belt and knife were kept, Pon-ti-ac knew that
+the chiefs there would join the war. Their first move was on
+a fort at De-troit.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/17.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IRON TOM-A-HAWK.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/18.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>STONE TOM-A-HAWK.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>This was Pon-ti-ac's plan. He would go some day to the fort
+with some men and ask leave to come in and show them a war dance. <span class="pageno" id="p45">45</span>
+While some were in the dance, a few would stroll through the
+fort and see all that could be seen. Then they would go once
+more as if for a call, with arms hid in their clothes, and strike
+down the white men when they did not look for it. The first
+part of this plan went on all right; but one of the squaws,
+who was a friend to the head man of the fort, told him what
+the red men meant to do. So when Pon-ti-ac and his men went
+in the fort, each with his gun hid in his clothes, they found
+ranks of men with arms to meet them, and they were glad to get
+out with their lives.</p>
+
+<p>But Pon-ti-ac would not give up, for he made more friends, and
+laid siege to De-troit in 1763. It was a long siege for the
+red man, but it held out, though food was scarce, and the men
+in it felt that they must soon starve. Pon-ti-ac at last had
+to make peace, and met his own death at the hands of a red man,
+who was mad with drink; and so the French and In-di-an war came
+to an end.</p>
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p46">46</span> CHAPTER IV.<br />
+<small>THE WAR THAT MADE US FREE.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>For a time all were at peace; but at last a war broke out that
+took more time, and cost more men, than all the wars of the
+past. You have heard of it, it may be, by the name of the Rev-o-lu-tion.</p>
+
+<p>There are some old men who fought in that war, who are alive
+this day. You see the cause of this war came out of what our
+men thought to be their wrongs. They thought the rule of Eng-land
+too hard, and that they should have their own men to rule them.
+They would have gone on as they were, if they had thought that
+Eng-land was just to them; but she put a tax on the things they
+had to use. She had a large debt to pay, and so she thought
+it fair our men should help to pay it; and our men held that
+they ought to have a voice as to what the tax should be, and
+fix what they knew to be right.</p>
+
+<p>Do you know what a tax means? It meant, in this case, that when
+our men bought a thing, they had to pay a few cents more than
+its real price, and these few cents were to go to Eng-land.
+Of course these few cents from all sides grew to be a good <span class="pageno" id="p47">47</span> sum,
+and was quite a help. Eng-land, at this time, made a law which
+we know by the name of the "Stamp Act." This law, which gave
+to Eng-land a tax on all deeds, was one great cause of the wrath
+of our men. One man made a speech on it that was put in print,
+and the boys in the schools spoke it. In all the States men
+took the same view; so that the Stamp Act may be said to have
+lit the fire which in time made such a blaze.</p>
+
+<p>In all the States men stood up for what they thought their rights,
+and they made up their mind that they would not pay this tax
+on Eng-lish things, but would learn to make them of their own.
+Men and their wives took a vow that the fine clothes from their
+old home should not tempt them, but they would spin and weave,
+and wear what they made, though it might be poor and coarse.
+One brave dame wrote to her friends, "I hope there are none
+of us but would wrap up in the skins of sheep and goats to keep
+us warm, if we must else pay a tax which is not just on the
+goods of Eng-land."</p>
+
+<p>The wrath at the Stamp Act grew more fierce each day, and the
+men who were sent to put it in force did not dare to do so.
+One was caught and made to say that he would give the thing
+up. He was made to fling up his hat and cry as they told him,
+three times, in words which meant that they <span class="pageno" id="p48">48</span> were right and the
+King was wrong. No one was found so bold as to put the Stamp
+Act in force; and the news went to the King and set him in a
+great rage. Some of their own great men were on our side, and
+were glad we did not yield.</p>
+
+<p>At last the King gave up the Stamp Act, but said he had a right
+to tax us as he chose. There was great joy here at the news
+that the Stamp Act was to be heard from no more. The bells were
+rung, and flags were flung out on the breeze, and all who were
+held for debt were made free. For a year there was no more heard
+of a tax; but then a new act came. This tax was made on tea
+and glass, and such things, which were in use all the time.
+This woke new wrath, and troops had to come out to keep the
+peace, which our men said they would not bear. The boys from
+the schools felt the wrong, and would call the "red-coats" in
+scorn by that name; and the young men made a vow that they would
+drive them from the town.</p>
+
+<p>There were street fights each day; and the men were more and
+more set to have their rights. The folk wore the rough clothes
+which they spun and wove, and would not buy a yard of Eng-lish
+cloth. Then they sought to find some plant that they might use
+for tea, so that they would not have to buy tea and pay the
+tax on it. They must have <span class="pageno" id="p49">49</span> had some queer drinks at that time.
+When the King found they were so set in their way, he gave up
+all but the tax on tea. Then he sent three large ship loads
+of it here, in the hope that our folk would want it so much
+when they saw it, that they would be glad to pay the tax.</p>
+
+<p>But our men had made up their minds that this tea should not
+land. So when the tea ships came in, a guard was set on them
+by our men as they lay at the wharf, so that the tea should
+not be brought to shore. A large crowd of men met in a Hall
+in Bos-ton, to say what should be done with the tea; and at
+last they gave out, that if the tea were sent back where it
+came from, all would be well. But the head man, who was sent
+here to rule us by the King, would not do this, and said so.
+When this was told to the crowd, a war-whoop was heard at the
+porch, and some men in the dress of In-di-ans made a rush down
+to the wharf, and went on board of the three tea ships, and
+cast all the chests of tea in the bay. Then they went home in
+peace and did no one harm. This was the "Bos-ton Tea Par-ty,"
+and is so known at this day.</p>
+
+<p>At New York and Bos-ton they did not try to land the tea when
+they heard of this, but took it back. At one time the tea was
+set on fire. All this made our men more and more set on their
+own <span class="pageno" id="p50">50</span> way; and the King grew in a rage with them. He made some
+strong laws, sent troops to Bos-ton, and put in force a bill
+called a Port Bill, which would not let a boat go in or out
+the port, save that it brought food or wood. One of their own
+men stood up and said this was a "bill to make us slaves." And
+the wood and food had to be brought in a new route, and not
+straight in the bay. Not a stick of wood or a pound of flour
+could be brought in a row boat, or straight in from a near point;
+it must all go round to the place where the Eng-lish saw fit,
+where they could stop it and see just what was there.</p>
+
+<p>Of course this was hard for the good folk of Bos-ton, and they
+did not bear their wrongs in peace. They had gifts sent them
+by land&mdash;of grain and salt fish and sheep. From the South came
+flour and rice, and some times gold for the poor. So that the
+Port Bill made all feel to them like friends, for all towns
+took up the cause of Bos-ton as their own.</p>
+
+<p>This was just what the wise men at the court of King George
+had said would be the case. They knew it would make our folk
+more strong to drive them with hard laws to fight. And so it
+came to pass, as the two great men, Burke and Fox, had said,
+King George was set in his way, and would <span class="pageno" id="p51">51</span> not change, but did
+his best to push the laws through. The Bos-ton Port Bill was
+one of the things that made the States one. For they had but
+one mind on these harsh laws, and stood as one man for the right.
+The day when this Port Bill was first put in force, the Town
+Hall in one of the towns was hung with black, as for a death;
+the Bill was on it, and the toll of bells was heard all day.</p>
+
+<p>If we could have stood in Bos-ton in those days, we would have
+seen that there was not much work, and no ships at the wharves
+but those of Eng-land. There were guns in view, and men with
+red-coats in the streets. There were tents on the green, and
+clubs that met each night, to talk of this strange turn in things,
+and what was best to do. They did not want war, but saw no way
+to get out of it. Great men spoke of it here and there, and
+each speech was read at the clubs.</p>
+
+<p>"We must fight," grew to be the cry. But there were some, of
+course, who felt sad at all this, who thought it wrong not to
+do the will of the King in all things. They said this land would
+come to grief, for we were the ones who had the most to lose
+by war. These men had the name of "To-ries," and the rest did
+not look on them as friends, but held them as foes. Some of
+these men went back <span class="pageno" id="p52">52</span> to their old homes, and came here in the
+troops of the King to fight their old friends. Some stayed and
+came round to new views, and took part in the wars that came
+to pass in time. All knew that the ranks of the King would be
+made of men who had fought in wars, and were known to be brave;
+while on our side they would be raw men, who did not know the
+art of war. But still our men were brave, and they said, with
+strong hearts, "The strife may be long, but the end is sure.
+We will fight for our homes, for our lands, for the right. We
+will be free!"</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p53">53</span> CHAPTER V.<br />
+<small>THREE GREAT FIGHTS.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>In each town, at this time, men thought but of war, and how
+to train for it; so that in case of need each one could spring
+to arms at once. Guns were put in a safe place, and stores of
+food were bought. The Brit-ish in their turn kept watch on all,
+and more troops were brought in.</p>
+
+<p>Our men made a plan, that when it should be known that a large
+force of the Brit-ish were to move out of Bos-ton at night,
+a light should be hung out of the North Church by way of a sign.
+One night the watch by the Charles saw the light gleam high
+on the church, and they knew some move was on hand. At once
+all was stir and noise. Men rode here and there to find out
+what it meant. One went in a boat, and then took a fleet horse
+to seek out two of the wise and great men, and see what was
+best to do. The man who took this ride, and went from house
+to house with a call to those who slept, was Paul Re-vere. There
+is a song this day on that ride.</p>
+
+<p>You may be sure there was no more sleep in a <span class="pageno" id="p54">54</span> house that night.
+When he rode by&mdash;"Do not make so much noise," said one on guard.</p>
+
+<p>"Noise," said Paul Re-vere, "there will be noise ere long; the
+foe is on us!"</p>
+
+<p>All this time the Eng-lish troops had made a swift, still march.
+They thought no one had seen or known their move; but all at
+once the bells in each church rang out a wild peal. In each
+town the church bell sent a call to each home. So it was plain
+that all was known. Paul Re-vere and the scouts had done the
+work well. The Brit-ish sent back for more troops. They came,
+and they were told to hold the bridge at Con-cord. But when
+Ma-jor Pit-cairn, who was at the head of the Brit-ish, came
+to Lex-ing-ton at dawn, he found a great crowd of men with arms.</p>
+
+<p>"What do ye here?" he said, in wrath, "go to your homes! Why
+don't ye lay down your arms?" But as they made no move to go,
+his troops sent forth a fire on them, which they gave back with
+a will. Eight of our men got their death wounds that day, and
+this was the first blood shed in the war.</p>
+
+<p>The Brit-ish then gave three cheers and set out on a march to
+Con-cord. The people of that town made haste to move their stores
+of food and arms to a safe place in the woods. Their scouts
+took the North bridge, and could see that the Brit-ish were <span class="pageno" id="p55">55</span>
+in the streets of the town; that they had set the court house
+on fire, and cut down the pole, and laid waste the stores they
+found. So the men on the bridge made up their minds they would
+try to drive this foe out. There were but few of them, but they
+had strong hearts.</p>
+
+<p>One of their head men said, "I have not a man who fears to go."
+He was the first who was shot, and fell dead. Still they went
+on and made a brave fire, so that the Brit-ish set out to run.
+But they could not go back as they came; for by this time our
+men for miles round, came in on all sides. Some were in their
+shirt sleeves, they had come in such haste; but each one had
+a gun in his hand, and took his place back of a tree or stone
+wall, where he could get good aim. One of the Brit-ish wrote
+home that the men came so fast, they would seem to drop from
+the sky.</p>
+
+<p>At each step the Brit-ish troops took, a shot would come from
+some side, and a man would fall dead. At last such a fear came
+on our foe, that they broke into a run. They did not know what
+to do. They had no more shot, and could not give back the fire.
+One of them wrote, "They had to lie down for rest on the ground,
+and their tongues hung out of their mouths like dogs spent by the
+chase." All the way to Bos-ton they felt the <span class="pageno" id="p56">56</span> fire of our men,
+and they were glad to get back to their great ships, the men
+of war, and rest where they could be safe. They had lost three
+times more men than the A-mer-i-cans.</p>
+
+<p>There was a great stir in the court of the King when the news
+was brought that their troops had run from a hand full of raw
+men, who had no skill in the art of war. Poor Lord Per-cy, who
+had been at the head of the Eng-lish, came in for hard names,
+though he was a brave man. They were mad, and had to give vent
+to their wrath on some one. In A-mer-i-ca it was felt that this
+was the first blow struck; and Sam-u-el Ad-ams, when he heard
+the news at Lex-ing-ton, said, "Oh, what a grand day this is!"
+for he knew this strife would not end till all the States were
+free.</p>
+
+<p>There were some hills near Bos-ton, and our men knew that there
+was a plan to gain them, and make a place for Eng-lish troops
+on them. You see, if the foe had such high ground, they could
+have a grand chance to fire down on those in the town. So our
+men stole out by night and threw up earth works, and took all
+the troops they could get from all parts, and put them in charge
+there. In the mean while they sent their wives and young ones
+out of the town, so that none but Brit-ish troop were left there.
+They made no noise in their <span class="pageno" id="p57">57</span> march that night; no one heard them,
+and the bells in the church struck twelve ere they dug a sod.
+But they were soon at work, and could hear the guard on the
+man-of-war cry out each hour, "All's well."</p>
+
+<p>When the day came, and the sun rose, the earth works were seen
+from the ships, and at once they sent out a fire on them. So
+in Bos-ton the troops woke to see the true state of things,
+and were not slow to do their best. But our men went on with
+their work, spite of the shots. One of the foe had a glass through
+which he could see each move of our men round the works. "Will
+they fight?" said he. "To the last drop of their blood," said
+one who stood near.</p>
+
+<p>So they made up their minds to lose no time, but to make a raid
+on the works that day. It was a hot day in June. Part of our
+men stood by a rail fence, on the edge of a hill, by the name
+of Bun-ker Hill; part were back of the mounds which were but
+half made. Then the rail fence was made to screen the men back
+of it, by a lot of new mown hay, put in to fill up the gaps.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;">
+			<img src="images/19.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>JO-SEPH WAR-REN.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>The Brit-ish troops went in boats, and took their stand on the
+bank of the Charles. They had two men to our one, and were full
+of skill in the use of arms. Our men had come in from the farm
+or the <span class="pageno" id="p58">58</span> shop. They did not know what a drill meant; but their
+place was more safe back of the earth works, while the troops
+of the foe were out in full sight in the field. It is a grand
+sight; the long lines, the red coats and white pants of the
+Brit-ish; the white cross belts, the beat of drums, the play
+of fifes. The sky is clear and hot. Great white clouds sail
+on the blue. The folks crowd on the roof of each house in the
+town.</p>
+
+<p>So our men laid in wait, as the troops took up a slow march
+on them. The Eng-lish found the day hot, and they had their
+arms and food to weigh them down. But they had no doubts, and
+their march was sure. They would fire now and then, and few
+shots fell on them. On they came, <span class="pageno" id="p59">59</span> till they got ten rods from
+the earth works. Then the word rang out on our side, "Fire!"
+When the smoke was gone it was seen that the dead lay on the
+ground here and there; and those who were left had set off to
+run.</p>
+
+<div class="image-right" style="width: 30%;">
+			<img src="images/20.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>PLAN OF BUNK-ER HILL. MON-U-MENT.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>A great shout went up from the forts; a cheer came back from
+those at the rail fence. They, too, had held back their fire
+to the last, and then three fourths of those who had set out
+to chase them fell in the ranks, and the rest ran. Gen-er-al
+Put-nam was one of our great men in this fight. When the foe
+came on, he had said to his men, "Aim low; wait till you can
+see the whites of their eyes," and their aim was sure. When
+they saw the Brit-ish troops in flight, they thought they would
+give them chase; but they had no more shot, and so could not
+make good what they had won. They fell back with sad hearts,
+one by one, and lost more as they did so than they had done
+in the fight.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p60">60</span> This was the fight of Bunk-er Hill, and though the A-mer-i-cans
+did not win the day, they made plain to all men that they had
+stout hearts, and could deal a blow for their rights. In this
+fight Gener-al War-ren lost his life.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p61">61</span> CHAPTER VI.<br />
+<small>FIRST IN WAR&mdash;FIRST IN PEACE.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>The first thing George Wash-ing-ton was heard to ask when news
+came of this fight was, "Did our men stand fire?" And when he
+was told that they did, he said, "Then the rights of our land
+are safe." From this day our men took heart and were of good
+cheer. The Brit-ish lost one in four of their men in that fight;
+and on our side we did not lose half as much. In Eng-land men
+did not know what to make of so great a loss to their troops
+from so small a force as ours.</p>
+
+<p>In this land there was a call for more troops, and George Wash-ing-ton
+was put at their head. He had shown that he was a brave and
+true man. He came from Vir-gin-ia, his home, and met the rest
+'neath a great elm tree in Cam-bridge. This tree is known as
+the "Wash-ing-ton Elm" to this day. All felt a wish to see this
+brave man, who had no small fame; they came from all sides to
+greet him, and saw a man more than six feet tall, with a broad
+chest, large hands and feet, a fine face, a clear eye, and the
+air of one born to rule. He <span class="pageno" id="p62">62</span> wore a blue coat, with buff small
+clothes, and a black plume in his hat.</p>
+
+<p>Wash-ing-ton saw, in his turn, a crowd of men of all sorts and
+kinds, rude and rough in their looks, and with odd kinds of
+arms, no two of which were alike, in their hands. Some were
+in old coats, some in their shirt sleeves. No state suits or
+gold bands or fine plumes were there. And when Gen-er-al Wash-ing-ton
+went round to the camp, he found things were in a bad state.
+Some had straight lines of tents, neat and nice, but most were
+in small huts made of boards or stones or turf. The food was
+rough and scarce, and the men had not the first means for war;
+not as much as would load their guns more than a few times.</p>
+
+<p>It would not have been strange if Wash-ing-ton had felt his
+heart sink at such a sight. But he went to work in a brave way
+to do the best he could. Some store ships of food fell, by good
+luck, in the hands of our men, who had been sent out to get
+what they could; so that food was not so scarce. But still they
+had no food for their guns, and could not march on the foe.</p>
+
+<p>The Brit-ish troops still held Bos-ton; but could not get food
+and wood for fires. The small-pox, too, broke out in their midst.
+They had to pull down an old house now and then and burn it
+to <span class="pageno" id="p63">63</span> keep warm; and they sent crowds out of the town to be fed.
+They put troops in each church, and made a play house of the
+Town Hall. At times they would send out play bills to Wash-ing-ton
+and his men. They did not want them to know that things were
+so hard with them.</p>
+
+<p>Once in this hall they had a play on the times. It was meant
+to show how they were shut in by the foe, and of course to make
+fun at the same time. In one part, a man in a dress like Wash-ing-ton,
+with a great wig, and a long sword all rust, came on the stage.
+By his side was a green lad, with an old gun. This was done
+to cast a slur on our men. But just then there was a cry, "The
+Yan-kees are on Bunk-er Hill." At first this was thought to
+be a part of the play; but when Gen-er-al Howe said, in a loud
+voice, "Men, to your posts!" there was great fright. Men ran,
+their wives fell in a faint, and all felt there was no fun in
+such a scare. In a short time the Eng-lish left Bos-ton; for
+they could not be safe from the fire that came down on them
+from all the hills round.</p>
+
+<p>But they did not give up the fight. When the King and his court
+heard of Bunk-er Hill, they made up their minds they would rule
+this land, let it cost what it would. So they cut off our trade
+as far as they could, and they brought in all the men <span class="pageno" id="p64">64</span> they could
+find from all lands which would give them help. So you may be
+sure they had a great crowd to come on us and try to bend us
+to their will. But our folk kept up a stout heart in the face
+of all. They felt they had gone too far to go back.</p>
+
+<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;">
+			<img src="images/21.jpg" alt="Benjamin Franklin." width="100%"/>
+		</div>
+
+<p>There were some wise men who were known as the "Con-gress,"
+who had met in Phil-a-del-phia. They gave it as their mind that
+"These States are and of right ought to be free;" and they stuck
+to this text. The troops had to fight, and it was the part of
+Con-gress to raise the men, the pay, and the arms. It would
+seem that they had the worst part to do. To be sure, when they
+thought of the past, they might take heart. In the face of such
+a foe, it must be said, our men had done well. Doc-tor Frank-lin
+felt that way; but there were some rich men who thought it would
+be death to the States to make war. <span class="pageno" id="p65">65</span></p>
+
+<p>So Con-gress met to see if it were best that they should strike
+the blow at once that would make them free. They had more than
+one talk on this, and at first the time did not seem ripe. They
+were to break all ties with Eng-land, to pay no more tax, and
+to try to find help if they could, in their fight to be free.
+Some great men wrote out the plan, and you can still see it
+in the Hall in Phil-a-del-phia. This sheet is called the "Dec-la-ra-tion
+of In-de-pend-ence." It meant that they were bound to be free,
+and so they wrote it down. It was made Ju-ly 4th, 1776, and
+that is why you hear the noise of fire works and see signs of
+joy on each Fourth of Ju-ly since that day.<span class="pageno" id="p66">66</span></p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/22.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>JOHN HAN-COCK'S RES-I-DENCE, BOS-TON.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>When the men came to sign this Dec-la-ra-tion, the one who wrote
+his name first, said, "We must be one; we must all pull the
+same way; we must hang side by side." "Or we shall hang with
+none at our side," said Frank-lin. But no doubt there were sad
+hearts that day, though these words did raise a laugh.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 50%;" >
+			<img src="images/23.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IN-DE-PEND-ENCE HALL.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>They did not change this dec-la-ra-tion much from the way they
+wrote it first. There was one clause on the slave trade which
+the men from the South did not like; so it was struck out. There
+were twelve States&mdash;though they did not call them States in those
+days&mdash;that gave their vote for it. New York would not vote at
+all. The bell of the State House was to ring if the "Dec-la-ra-tion"
+should pass. This bell had <span class="pageno" id="p67">67</span> been put up years since, and one
+might read on it, though these are not just the words, "Let
+all the land be free." So the old man who was wont to ring this
+bell, put his boy at the door of the hall where the men met.</p>
+
+<p>When at last the Dec-la-ra-tion should pass, the man who kept
+the door was to make a sign to the boy. You may think how all
+hearts beat when this boy ran out with a cry of "Ring, ring;"
+and what a peal of joy rang out from the bell! Then the Dec-la-ra-tion
+was read to each of the troops, and there were loud cheers on
+cheers from all sides. That night the form of George the Third,
+on horse-back, which had been wrought in stone, and stood in
+one of the squares, was laid low in the dust by the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>Yet for all this brave show, the men were sad at heart. They
+knew how poor they were, and how few, and the true state of
+the troops, and all that could be brought to put them down.
+They set out to make a flag of their own; for they had all sorts
+of flags at this time. One had a pine tree on a white ground,
+and was known as the "pine tree flag." On this flag were words
+which meant, "Call to God for help."</p>
+
+<p>When Wash-ing-ton came to take the head of the troops, he had
+a new flag made with stripes of <span class="pageno" id="p68">68</span> red and white, as now; but on
+one end was a red and white cross, like that which marks the
+Brit-ish flag. This flag went with our troops in Bos-ton, when
+the Brit-ish took up their march out of that place. But, by
+vote of Con-gress, a change was made, and it was said that our
+flag must have red and white stripes, and white stars on a blue
+ground&mdash;a star and a stripe for each State. Now when they make
+a new State, they put a new star on our flag. Count them and
+see how strong we are.</p>
+
+<p>The first man to hoist the new flag was Cap-tain Paul Jones.
+He was at the head of a man-of-war, and from that ship it was
+first flung out on the breeze. This is the flag that now waves
+in town and camp, and on our ships to all the ports of the land.
+We have more stars now, but the stripes stay the same.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p69">69</span> CHAPTER VII.<br />
+<small>THE REST OF THE WAR.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>Up to this time, most of the fights had been round Bos-ton.
+But Wash-ing-ton now saw that there would be a move made on
+New York; so he sent Gen-er-al Lee to help keep the town, and
+he soon went there too. Some men came to their aid from the
+South, and Lord Howe, with a great mass of Eng-lish troops,
+were there to meet them. Lord Howe had word from King George
+first to speak of peace, but he did not know to whom he should
+speak. He wrote a note to "George Wash-ing-ton;" but our chief
+would not read it, as he said his true name, as head of the
+troops,  should be on it. So Lord Howe wrote no more. He saw
+that the  hour to fight had come.</p>
+
+<p>At first the A-mer-i-can troops came to grief, and Wash-ing-ton
+and his men had to make their way back for a time. The Brit-ish
+took heart from this, and our men were sad. They were poor,
+and had few clothes, and some had no shoes for that long, hard
+march; so that one could track their steps by the blood on the
+ground.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p70">70</span> Wash-ing-ton saw there was no time to lose, and he must strike
+a swift blow. He knew there were troops of Ger-mans at Tren-ton,
+and that they still held to the ways of their land. Do you know
+the name of that day when you have a tree with nice gifts and
+lights hung on it? It is the day when Christ was born, and which
+we keep to this time for His sake. Well, Wash-ing-ton knew these
+folk would cling to the ways of their old homes. That they would
+keep the feast and be off their guard. So on the eve of that
+day he set out to march on them with his men. A storm of sleet
+came up in the night, but they went on, and when the dawn rose,
+these brave men, who had come through the snow and ice, stood
+in ranks for the fight. Some one wrote a note, and a man ran
+all the way to Tren-ton to warn the Ger-mans. But they were
+at cards. The Gen-er-al had his cards in his hands, and it was
+his turn to play. He must look at his cards first.</p>
+
+<p>Yes, his life is at stake, but he does not know it. In the dim
+gray of the dawn our men march in on them. There is the sound
+of wheels and a shout. Co-lon-el Kall hears the drums beat,
+and the cards drop from his hands&mdash;too late! He got his death
+in that fight, and all his men were held and bound. These things
+put our troops in heart once more, and it was the wish of all
+to go on; but they had a <span class="pageno" id="p71">71</span> hard, sad time through the days of
+storm and cold at Val-ley Forge.</p>
+
+<p>If we could see that camp at Val-ley Forge, in our mind's eye,
+we would know how much those poor men had to bear in this war
+to make us free. They had lost some by death, and more were
+ill. They had so few clothes to put on when they slept, that
+some sat up all night by the fires to keep warm. At one time
+there were few who had shoes, and the sick had to lie on the
+bare ground, for want of straw. The head men had to wear old
+quilts or bed spreads round in the camp, to keep them warm,
+for want of the right kind of clothes.</p>
+
+<p>The troops were not paid; or the sort of pay they got would
+not buy them food. Food was so scarce that, at last, the pass
+word was, "No food&mdash;no man." There were men in this camp who
+had been at the court of kings; who had fed on rich food, and
+had wine to drink, and now they were like to starve.</p>
+
+<p>All this time Wash-ing-ton did his best to keep up the heart
+of his troops. He did not tell Con-gress how few and worn they
+were; and there were those who gave him blame that he did not
+do great things with these few worn out men. All this time the
+Brit-ish troops in Phil-a-del-phia had what they chose of good
+fare, and led a gay life. Some of <span class="pageno" id="p72">72</span> them, with Gen-er-al Bur-goyne
+at their head, in the mean time, had two or three fights with
+our men, but found they did not gain much. At last they were
+glad to go back. Just as they made a move to do so, our men
+had the luck to hem them in on all sides in one place and won
+the day. This was at Sar-a-to-ga. This was good news to those
+in Val-ley Forge. It brought cheer to them, and they felt brave
+to go on.</p>
+
+<p>In Eng-land men did not know what to make of our luck. It made
+a stir in France, where we had friends; and some of their young
+men came here to join our troops. We had some great French men
+with us at that time. One whose name is still held in love by
+all&mdash;the great La-fa-yette.</p>
+
+<p>At this time France made a vow to us that she would stand our
+friend, and give us aid. When this was known in Eng-land, fears
+rose on all sides; for they knew how much help France could
+give, and how strong it would make us. They sent men over to
+talk to us of peace, but it was too late. The A-mer-i-cans had
+no thought but to be free, and they would take no less than
+that. But these men still came, and thought they would see what
+bribes could do. A large sum of gold was held out to Gen-er-al
+Reed, if he would aid their cause. He said, "I am not worth
+so much; but such as I am, <span class="pageno" id="p74">74</span> the King of Eng-land has not so much
+gold as would buy me!"</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/24.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>PAUL JONES'S SEA FIGHT.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>But the aid from France was less than they thought it would
+be. Fleets were sent, but they gave small help to the cause.
+And so the war went on for three years more. At times our men
+would make a good fight, and then there would be dark days when
+the foe had things all his own way. The Eng-lish had paid some
+tribes of In-di-ans to fight on their side; and once there was
+a sad scene, where men and their wives and babes were put to
+death by these fierce wild men. This was not war, of course.
+We give it a much worse name.</p>
+
+<p>Then there were sea-fights. In one of these, the men on the
+ships fought three hours, and the ships took fire more than
+once; but at last the Brit-ish gave up. In that ship the man
+who took the lead on our side was Paul Jones.</p>
+
+<p>There is a tale told of what the brave wife of one of those men,
+to whom we give the name of Friends, did for our cause at this
+time. Gen-er-al Howe made his home in her house, a long low
+brick one, at Tren-ton. He said to her one day, "I want to have
+some friends here to night, and I would like to have the spare
+back room to meet them in."</p>
+
+<p>"It shall be as thee says," said Friend Ruth.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p75">75</span> "See that all the folks in the house are in bed at a good hour,"
+said Gen-er-al Howe.</p>
+
+<p>"I will move that they go," said Friend Ruth.</p>
+
+<p>So when the men came to see Gen-er-al Howe that night, it was
+all still in the house. Friend Ruth let them in.</p>
+
+<p>"You may go to bed and stay till I call," said Gen-er-al Howe.</p>
+
+<p>Ruth went to her room and lay down awhile; but did not take
+off her clothes. She must know what these men meant to do. At
+last she took off her shoes and went to the door of the room,
+and put her ear to the key hole. This is what she heard. Some
+one reads, "Our troops will make a move by stealth on the foe,
+and we will take them ere they know we are on them!"</p>
+
+<p>There was no more sleep for Friend Ruth that night. She lay
+in her bed till dawn; but all her aim was to think of a plan
+to help our troops, and not to let them fall in the snare. At
+last she hit on a plan to get out of the lines. She was in need
+of some flour; and to get flour, she must go to a grist mill,
+for they did not sell it at stores in those days. Gen-er-al
+Howe could not say he would not let her get flour, as he ate
+at her house; so he gave her a pass. While they ground the grist
+for her at the mill, she rode on as fast as she could, till
+she came <span class="pageno" id="p76">76</span> to one of our guards. She said some words to him in
+a low voice, and rode back, got her flour, and was home in no
+time.</p>
+
+<p>When Gen-er-al Howe came on our troops the next day, he found
+them all drawn up in rank and file in good trim to meet him.
+He thought it best not to have a fight at all; and it was a
+strange thing to him how they could have known of his move.</p>
+
+<p>Down in the South there were brave men at the head of our troops.
+One was Ma-ri-on, who led his men through the woods by paths
+that were known to few. They gave him the name of the "Swamp
+Fox," and the Brit-ish cast slurs on him, and said he would
+not come out for a fight in a bold way, but took their posts
+at night, and when they were off guard. But he gave them a proof
+of what he could do, when he and Greene fought them and won
+the day in a fair field. Greene made such a name in this fight
+that he took rank next to Wash-ing-ton from that time.</p>
+
+<p>We have to tell a sad tale now of one of our own men&mdash;a man,
+too, who had won fame in the war. He had shown that he was brave;
+but men did not like him much, for he thought more of his own
+gain than of his land, and he had the wish for a high place,
+which he did not get. His name was Ben-e-dict Ar-nold, and his
+bad act was, that he <span class="pageno" id="p77">77</span> made a plan to sell his own land to the
+Eng-lish. He wrote to the foe all he could of the moves our
+troops were to make, and their state, but he did not sign his
+own name. Once he had his camp at the head of some men at West
+Point, and he made up his mind to give this place, which was
+strong with forts, to the Brit-ish. This he would have done,
+and the whole land would have come to grief, but for a chance
+that brought the vile plan to light.</p>
+
+<p>One day a young man rides down the path by the stream. There
+is a wood of oak near. On the ground, by the trees, there are
+three young men. They have a game of cards. They have been out
+all night, and have sat down to rest.</p>
+
+<p>They hear the sound of hoofs.</p>
+
+<p>"Some one on his way to New York for trade," says one.</p>
+
+<p>His friend peers out. "No; his clothes are too good for that,"
+he says.</p>
+
+<p>All three spring to their feet, and cry, "Halt!"</p>
+
+<p>The man on the horse stops, and says, "I hope you are on our
+side."</p>
+
+<p>"Which side is that?" cry the men.</p>
+
+<p>"The side of the King."</p>
+
+<p>"All right," they say; for they wish to find out more.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank God, I am once more with friends!" he <span class="pageno" id="p78">78</span> says, as he takes
+out his gold watch. "I must get on. I am in great haste."</p>
+
+<p>"We can not let you go," say the men.</p>
+
+<p>"But I have a pass."</p>
+
+<p>"Whose?"</p>
+
+<p>"Gen-er-al Ar-nold's."</p>
+
+<p>"You must get off your horse."</p>
+
+<p>"But, I tell you, you will get in a scrape if you stop me. Read
+this pass."</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;" >
+			<img src="images/25.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>MA-JOR AN DRÉ.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>"No good. You said you were Brit-ish; we must search you."</p>
+
+<p>"I have naught."</p>
+
+<p>"We will see. Take off your coat."</p>
+
+<p>The coat is laid off, and the boots. Ah, what is this? The hand
+of Ar-nold in this; and "West Point" the date. A shout went
+up, "He is a spy!"</p>
+
+<p>He was a young Eng-lish man by the name of An-dré. He took his
+watch and purse, and said he would give them all, if they would
+let him go free. They would not, but took him to the near A-mer-i-can
+Post to try him. Of course, what Ar-nold had done all came out.
+He had known this would be the case, for as soon as the news
+was brought that An-dré was in the hands of our men, he took
+leave of his wife, gave a kiss to his boy, and sped on his <span class="pageno" id="p79">79</span> way
+to an Eng-lish ship. He got to Eng-land, and was paid a large
+sum of gold; and they gave him a fine place at the head of some
+troops; but no man would make a friend of him. The Eng-lish
+had been glad to use him, but they would not take him by the
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>You may think what a life he had. His own land had cast him
+out, but he came back to fight her at the head of the foe. But
+the new land where he had made his home had no real place for
+him. Once in the great house in Eng-land, where the wise men
+meet to talk of their laws, one rose to make a speech. But when
+he saw Ar-nold in a seat near him, he said, "I will not speak
+while that man is in the house." Long years after, when one
+of the great men of France had it in his mind to come to this
+land, he went to Ar-nold for some notes to his friends. Ar-nold
+said, "I was born in A-mer-i-ca. I spent my youth there; but
+Ah! I can call no man in A-mer-i-ca my friend."</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time An-dré, the young Eng-lish man, who had met
+Ar-nold, and got the plans which were to give us up in to the
+hands of the foe, was shown to be a spy. There was but one doom
+for a spy. He must be hung. All felt for his fate. He was young,
+and had a fine face, and the air of good birth; but his hour
+had come. Tears were <span class="pageno" id="p80">80</span> shed at his death; though he was our foe.
+All knew he was a brave man, who had not been slow to risk his
+life in the cause of his land. He thought he was right, and
+took all means to serve his own ends. For Ar-nold, who would
+have sold his own, there was but hate, and they gave him a name
+which would serve to show what his crime had been to all time&mdash;Ar-nold
+the Trai-tor!</p>
+
+<p>All this while the French had been our friends; but they had
+not met with a chance to show what they could do, till a great
+fight came which made an end of this war. This was at a place
+by the name of York-town, in Vir-gin-ia. Wash-ing-ton was there
+with his troops, and the French Gen-er-al, who had a hard name,
+which you may learn one of these days, was with him at the head
+of his men. They took the best works of the Brit-ish, and made
+such a brave stand, that Lord Corn-wal-lis thought it would
+be wise to leave by night, with all his troops. But a storm
+came, and they could not get off, so they all had to give up
+to Wash-ing-ton.</p>
+
+<p>There was a grand scene that day, in the fall of 1781, when
+Wash-ing-ton and his French friends stood in two ranks, and
+their old foes took up a slow march by them, and laid down their
+arms as they went. Great was the joy in all the land when <span class="pageno" id="p81">81</span> the
+news was known. Those who woke that night in Phil-a-del-phia,
+heard the watch cry, "Past two o'clock and Corn-wal-lis is ours!"
+When the news came to Con-gress, they sent out word for a day
+to be set, in all the States, to give thanks to God, and all
+who were held for debt, or for crime, or what cause it might
+be, were set free, that they might share the great joy.</p>
+
+<p>Well might they all be glad, for this meant the end of the war.
+It had cost them dear in gold as well as lives; but it had been
+worse for Eng-land than for them. The sums she had spent were
+vast, and one could not count the lives she had lost. Add to
+this the fact that she had lost this great land, which had once
+been all her own, and now was made free. Our land now took a
+new name. You can read it, I know, though it is not in short
+words, "The U-nit-ed States of A-mer-i-ca."</p>
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p82">82</span> CHAPTER VIII.<br />
+<small>IN TIMES OF PEACE.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>When peace came, the men who had been in camp went to their
+own homes. They were all poor, and did not know what to do.
+There was no gold in the land, but a kind of cash which was
+so bad that it took more than you could count to buy a pair
+of shoes. Gen-er-al Wash-ing-ton found his task more hard to
+keep all in good cheer, now there were no fights on hand, than
+when they were at war. There had to be a tax on some things
+to keep all right, and they did not want to pay the tax, or
+their debts at this time. Wash-ing-ton felt that things were
+at loose ends, and he must make them more strong.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 40%;" >
+			<img src="images/26.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>GEORGE WASH-ING-TON.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p83">83</span> Each State had a wish to be first; and it would seem that, with
+no foe to fight, they were on the point of war with their own
+selves. There was need of a strong hand to rule the whole land.
+So men were sent out of each State to meet in Phil-a-del-phia
+and talk of the best plan. They had a long talk, and at last
+wrote what we call the "Con-sti-tu-tion." Ten of the States
+gave it their vote at once; but three held back for a while.</p>
+
+<p>There were grand times in our land when it was known that the
+Con-sti-tu-tion was to be our guide; that we were to be in truth,
+"The U-nit-ed States of A-mer-i-ca," with one will, one aim,
+one soul as it were, while time should last.</p>
+
+<p>A great crowd came out in Phil-a-del-phia to show their joy.
+Each trade had its men there, with the tools of the trade in
+their hands. There was a grand car, made in the shape of that
+bird which we chose as the sign of our land. It was drawn by
+six steeds, and in it sat those who were to judge the folk in
+our great courts. They held a staff, and on it was our "Con-sti-tu-tion,"
+in a frame, and on the top of the staff a cap, which we might
+call the cap of the free&mdash;a kind they were fond of in France
+at that time. There were ten ships on the river, gay with flags
+and gilt, to show forth the ten States that had cast their vote
+in the right way.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p84">84</span> George Wash-ing-ton was made the first Pres-i-dent, and as he
+took his way to New York, which was then the seat of rule, he
+met joy and kind words on all the route.</p>
+
+<p>At Tren-ton, where he had fought, there was an arch thrown out
+on a bridge, where he must pass. This was hung with wreaths,
+and young girls stood with hands full of sweet buds and bloom,
+which they flung in his path, as they sung a song to greet him,
+and thank him for all he had done.</p>
+
+<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/27.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>WASH-ING-TON MADE PRES-I-DENT.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>As he drew near New York, a barge came out to meet him. It had
+a crew all in white, and was meant to show the States&mdash;a man
+for each State. Then more boats came to join them, with our
+flag <span class="pageno" id="p85">85</span> on each. Wash-ing-ton was led in great state to his new
+home. When the time came for him first to meet with the folk
+and take the oath to be true to the Con-sti-tu-tion, there was
+such a rush to the place that some one said, "One might walk
+on the heads of the crowd." When Wash-ing-ton came out where
+all could see him, and the oath was read to him, and he took
+it, a great cheer rent the air, and a cry rang out, "Long live
+George Wash-ing-ton, Pres-i-dent of the U-nit-ed States." There
+was a flag flung out from that Hall, a peal of bells rang, and
+a blast was sent out from the guns, to show the joy and the
+love with which they took him for their chief. This was on April
+30, 1789.</p>
+
+<p>War is bad for all folks; for it is hard, when it is past, for
+men to learn the arts of peace. Wash-ing-ton found the whole
+land in debt. They did not want a tax, and the red men were
+still their foes. But in a few years he made a great change.
+The In-di-ans were put down, and France and Spain and Eng-land
+were brought to deal with us as friends. It was a man by the
+name of John Jay, who wrote out the terms with Eng-land, and
+so we had peace for a time.</p>
+
+<p>Just then there was a great fight in France, not with a foe,
+but in their own midst. The men there had seen how our land
+had won the day, and they <span class="pageno" id="p86">86</span> had a mind to be free and have no
+King. They did not go at it in the same way that we did; but
+shed much blood of their own folk, and cut off the heads of
+their King and Queen, and did things which made good men sad.
+But they said they did it all to be free. There was a reign
+of fright for a time. But at last, the mob could rule no more,
+and they were glad to take a King.</p>
+
+<p>Wash-ing-ton kept up great state, for those times, in his own
+home, and when he drove out he had a state coach, cream white
+in hue, and drawn by six steeds on state days. He took but one
+horse on the Lord's day, when he rode to church. This coach
+was of the shape of a half sphere, and had wreaths, and the
+forms of small fat boys with wings, drawn on it in gay tints.
+He set days for all to come and see him in his home. Those who
+came would see Wash-ing-ton in front of the fire place, and near
+him the band of great men who gave him help with their wise words.
+He would be, seen in a coat of black, with a vest of white or
+pearl, and buff gloves. His hair was made white with a kind
+of dust they had in use in those days; and it was put in a sort
+of silk bag at the back of his head. That was a queue.</p>
+
+<p>He would have his hat in his hand, and he wore a long sword.
+He did not shake hands with <span class="pageno" id="p87">87</span> his guests, but made them a bow,
+and had some word for each. His wife, too, had times for her
+friends to come; and all must be in full dress&mdash;the dames in
+low necks and short sleeves. On the birth day of Wash-ing-ton,
+men would meet to dine in all the large towns; and those who
+made rhymes would write odes to the great man. There were some
+who did not like all this state and form and show. They thought
+it was too much like the style of kings in the old land, and
+they would have been glad to have a new mode here. They did
+not wish to see a Judge in a robe of red, or the man who was
+to preach in the church in a wig, with gown and bands. They
+were for plain dress and plain ways.</p>
+
+<p>You may see now bits of the stiff, rich silks of those days,
+or it may be a quaint old gown, rich in lace, which has been
+kept from that time. You may see in your mind the dame who wore
+it, as she waves her fan, sent from France, with the head of
+Wash-ing-ton on it. The hair of this dame would be drawn high
+on her head, and made white with the dust of which I spoke,
+and put in great puffs. The men whose trade it was to dress
+hair in those days had such a crowd of folks to fix, that they
+had to get up at four to do the work. I have heard of great
+dames who sat up all night to <span class="pageno" id="p88">88</span> keep their hair in good style
+for some ball, or the play. The men, too, thought quite as much
+of dress as their wives, and in those days they did not wear
+plain cloth suits as now. Then a man put on a wig, and a white
+stiff stock, that held up his chin; a vest of white silk, it
+may be with rose-buds on it, and all the rest of his clothes
+were rich.</p>
+
+<p>It was the mode to have a snuff box in those days; it might
+be of gold, or some dear stuff, with much work on it, and when
+one met a friend they would be as sure to stop and take a pinch
+of snuff as to lift the hat in our time.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 20%;" >
+			<img src="images/28.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>SPIN-NING WHEEL.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>They gave Balls in those days, which were quite grand, but they
+did not dance in the same way as now. They had all sorts of
+slow steps and bows. There was a kind of stiff grace in their
+style, and some would like it more now, than the rush and whirl
+of our mode of to-day. The dames were borne in a sort of chair
+through the streets to these Balls.</p>
+
+<p>All this was the way of life with the rich. The poor still wore
+the clothes they spun and wove, and they made their own lights,
+and struck fire with two flints. They had not seen a match then,
+and did not dream of gas, or of the strange new light which has
+<span class="pageno" id="p89">89</span> been found in our time. They went to bed with the chicks, and
+rose when the cock crew. The towns at the North throve the best.
+At the South towns were few, and in the far West the foot of
+man had not yet found its way.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-right" style="width: 60%;" >
+			<img src="images/29.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>COT-TON PLANT.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>Those brave men who had first come to this land, had seen here
+and there in the South a strange plant. It had a sort of bulb
+full of a fine white down, and those who had seen it in <span class="pageno" id="p90">90</span> hot
+lands knew it could be spun, and cloth made from it. It was
+not hard to make it grow; but the white fluff was so full of
+seeds that it took a whole day to get a pound free from them.
+Wise men saw in this plant a great fund of wealth for the States.
+So they set to work to find a quick way to take the seed out.</p>
+
+<p>There was a man in the East who heard of this, and set his brain
+to work. He was a young man by the name of E-li Whit-ney; and
+he had not seen the plant when he took it in his head that he
+could find a way to "gin" it; for that is the name of the work.
+He had to walk all the way to one of the towns at the South,
+to get the seed, and as he had no tools or wire, he had to make
+them. You may think that was slow work, but he had a strong
+will, and when he had made a rude "gin," he bade his friends
+come and see how it would do. All saw that it would work well;
+but some thieves broke in his house at night and stole it. So
+there was a long time that the man who made the "gin" got nought
+for it. For those who stole it made gins like it and sold them.
+These gins did the work well and fast, and so there grew up
+a great trade for us in this soft white fluff.</p>
+
+<p>It is made in cloth for you to wear, and is spread on your beds,
+and will take all sorts of <span class="pageno" id="p91">91</span> bright dyes. We sell it to all the
+world, and wealth flows in on all sides. This would not have
+been the case had not the young man, E-li Whit-ney, made the
+"gin."</p>
+
+<p>The death of one of the great men of the land came to pass at
+this time. We have told you of Ben-ja-min Frank-lin. He was
+born in Bos-ton, and he was the son of a poor man. But he knew
+how to print, and he set up a press in a room where he could
+print each morn the news of the day. He did not scorn to sell
+all sorts of wares as well, such as rags, ink, soap, and such
+things. He had read a great deal, and found out more than those
+round him knew. You have seen the sharp light play in the dark
+clouds in a storm. You know that it strikes at times; it may
+be a house or a barn or a man, and that the one who is struck
+is apt to die.</p>
+
+<p>Well, Frank-lin thought that this light could be drawn down
+from the skies, and when he heard a laugh at this, he set to
+work to prove it. He sent his son out one day in a storm, with
+a kite in his hand. As a low black cloud went by, they saw the
+fierce light tear through it; it would seem that the light ran
+down the string of the kite. Frank-lin had put a key on this
+string, and when he made his friends touch that key, they drew
+sparks from it. So they saw that he had found out <span class="pageno" id="p92">92</span> a great thing;
+and from that has come the plan of the rods that are now put
+on a house to keep it safe in a storm. This gave him fame here
+and in the rest of the world. He was sent to France and made
+strong friends for us there. He is said to have done more good
+works for his land than all the rest of the men of his time.
+So it is not strange that all felt sad when death took him from
+us.</p>
+
+<p>The French, too, met in their great hall to mourn his loss;
+and one of their chiefs said, "The sage whom two worlds claim
+as their own is dead;" and they wore crape on their arms for
+three days, for his sake.</p>
+
+<p>While Wash-ing-ton had the rule of the land, more new States
+came in. The first of these was Ver-mont. This State was full
+of green hills and strong brave men, who had cut down the trees
+and made homes there. Once New York laid claim to this land,
+but they could not drive these brave men out. They thought they
+had a right to the soil, and they sent a man, by name E-than
+Al-len, to talk with the men of New York. He was met with gibes
+and sneers, but he would not yield. He said to them in words
+from the good Book, "Our gods are gods of the hills, so they
+are more strong than yours."</p>
+
+<p>So when the men from New York came to <span class="pageno" id="p93">93</span> drive out those who had
+made homes in the midst of these hills, they found a stout foe.
+The Vermont boys would take those who came and tie them to trees
+and whip them with rods from the beech trees. To this they gave
+the name of "the beech seal;" and those from New York did not
+care to have the "beech seal" put on them more than once. They
+grew mad, of course, and they sent out bills in which they set
+forth that they would give a good price for the head of E-than
+Al-len. But in time peace was made in these two States, when
+they had fought side by side in the great war. And so Ver-mont
+was brought in and took that name, which means "Green Hills."</p>
+
+<p>The next State that came in was Ken-tuck-y. This land was next
+to Vir-gin-ia, and for a time held to be a part of that State.
+The first man who made his way through its wild woods and hills
+was Dan-iel Boone, who had won a name for the way he could go
+in to the nooks and glens and trap wild beasts for their fur.
+He took a small band of men with him, and they had no fear,
+but went far in where man had not yet trod, to hunt or fish,
+or make salt at the "Salt Licks" or springs. He built forts
+and held them with his few friends for quite a time, spite of
+the red men. But once they took him and bound him, and thought
+they could make him <span class="pageno" id="p94">94</span> one of them; so much did they like his strength
+and pluck, but he got free. When men heard of his brave deeds,
+more came to help him. The most of them were from Vir-gin-ia,
+and brought their slaves with them.</p>
+
+<p>The In-di-ans were in a rage at all this new force, and made
+the best fight they could to drive them from the soil; so that
+whole land came to be known as the "Dark Land of Blood." In
+time, peace was made, and the land grew to a State by the name
+of Ken-tuck-y.</p>
+
+<p>Wash-ing-ton held his post for two terms, or eight years, and
+he did not wish to serve more. So John Ad-ams was the choice
+of all, for the next chief of our land.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p95">95</span> CHAPTER IX.<br />
+<small>NEW MEN AND NEW LAWS.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>John Ad-ams was one of the men who gave his help to write out
+the "Dec-la-ra-tion of In-de-pend-ence," of which you have been
+told. That was, as you know, the first step to make us free.
+In it we had made known that we would make our own laws, and
+no one should rule us but those in our own land. John Ad-ams
+had gone to France at the end of the great war, and had been
+one to help make the French our friends. In his time. Wash-ing-ton
+was made the home of the Pres-i-dents.</p>
+
+<p>This town took its name from our great chief, and he was the
+one to pick out a place for the new site. This home we call
+the White House. At this time France did not seem to hold to
+the old ties that had made us friends. When our men were sent
+to her courts, she would not hear them, and there were some
+sea fights with our ships. It would seem that a new war must
+come out of this, and Wash-ing-ton had a call from his home
+to take the head of the troops. But there was no war, for Na-po-le-on,
+a young man, who had shown great tact <span class="pageno" id="p96">96</span> and strength, got things
+in his own hands in France, and we made peace through him with
+the French.</p>
+
+<p>There were some who did not like John Ad-ams, for the laws that
+he made. One of these laws gave him the right to seize and send
+out of our States those who came here from strange lands, though
+none could prove they had done wrong. So, though he was a great
+man, he did not get votes for a new term.</p>
+
+<p>And now the hour had come when Wash-ing-ton must die. All felt
+how much they were in debt to him, for the way he had led them
+in the war, and his wise rule in time of peace. He had made
+all men his friends in the end, and in the great hall at Wash-ing-ton,
+it was then said&mdash;the words live to this day, that he was "First
+in war, first in peace, and first in the hearts of all." He
+was sick a long time; and his last words were: "I die hard,
+but I do not fear to go!"</p>
+
+<p>No new States came in while Ad-ams had the rule; but the land
+grew in worth, and more homes were made here. But there was
+a great stretch of wild land still, where the bears and the
+wolves could prowl in the woods at will, and no smoke from the
+fire on a home hearth was seen in the air.</p>
+
+<p>Jef-fer-son was the third man whom the land chose to be their
+chief. He was well known as one <span class="pageno" id="p97">97</span> of the first to frame the Dec-la-ra-tion.
+At this time there was a war of France with Eng-land, and we
+had hard work to keep clear of both. For France had made a law
+that we should not help her foe; and Eng-land had done the same.
+And both sides would take our ships at sea, if they thought
+they made trade with the foe. So our ships had hard times, and
+did not know what way to steer, lest one should seize them and
+take all they had on board. More than this, Eng-land said she
+had a right to search our ships and see if we had her men on
+board of them, and to take such if found. And once or twice
+it came to pass, that they took the whole crew of a ship, so
+that there was not a man left in it to sail it.</p>
+
+<p>One day a man-of-war went to search one of our ships for men,
+they said, who had run from them. They were in sight of one
+of our forts; but when our men would not let the search be made,
+a fire was made on our ship, and they took four of the men,
+and hung one of them. This was bad for our trade, and made a
+great stir in our midst, and woke up the old wrath at Eng-land.</p>
+
+<p>So Con-gress, with a wish to give Eng-land tit for tat, as you
+would say, made a law that we should not trade with her, and
+our ships should not go out of our own ports. But this, you
+know, hurt us more <span class="pageno" id="p98">98</span> than it hurt Eng-land; and, for a time, Jef-fer-son
+came in for a share of the hard thoughts, as though it were
+all his fault. Those whose trade had been hurt by the law felt
+as if he had been to blame, and the cause of loss to them. There
+were, too, on the sea a band of sea thieves, as we might call
+them. They were men who came from a wild race, far off, who
+would seize ships when they could, and take all the crew and
+hold them for slaves, till their friends would pay a good price
+for them. It was no strange thing in those days to hear read
+out in church the names of those who were slaves to such men.
+Great sums of gold were sent to set our men free. At last we
+made some terms with these thieves of the sea, but they would
+not keep the peace.</p>
+
+<p>Then John Ad-ams sent out four ships to fight these men. We
+did not own but six war ships in those days. One of these had
+the bad luck to run on the shore in that strange land, so the
+foe took it, and the crew were made slaves. There was a brave
+young man in one of our ships, who made a plan to get back the
+lost boat, which had the same name as the town of "Phil-a-del-phia."
+He thought if we could not get her from the foe it would be
+best to burn her, so that they could not use her for their own
+ends. So he took a small boat which had <span class="pageno" id="p100">100</span> been won from the foe
+in a fight, and put some of our own men in her, and stole up
+to the side of the "Phil-a-del-phia" by night. If he was seen&mdash;it
+was thought to be a boat load of friends&mdash;but they soon went
+to work, and when they got on board, the fight was short and
+fierce. The "Phil-a-del-phia" was theirs in no time; but they
+found they could not move her, so they set her on fire, and
+set sail once more, and did not lose a man. All this won a name
+and fame for the young man, whose name was De-ca-tur, and in
+time there grew up such a fear of him in those wild States that
+they were glad to make peace and take no more slaves.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/30.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>DE-CA-TUR BURN-ING THE "PHIL-A-DEL-PHIA."</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>Jef-fer-son's mode of life was not like Wash-ing-ton's had been.
+He did not care for fine things or a state-coach, but was plain
+in all his ways. He did not go to the House in a coach and six,
+but rode on a horse which he would tie to a post while he went
+in to read his speech. In time he did not go at all, but sent
+the speech to be read by some one, and so it is done in our
+day. He had no state times for the folk to come and see him;
+but on New Year's day and the Fourth of July his doors were
+flung wide, and all might call who had the wish to do so. He
+did not let men know when his birth day came, so that no feasts
+should be kept, and odes made on it. He made the debt of the
+<span class="pageno" id="p101">101</span> land less in his time. He thought that all men had a right to
+vote, and at that time there were those who did not hold such
+views.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-right" style="width: 40%;" >
+			<img src="images/31.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>SLAVES IN FIELD OF SUGAR CANE.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>There was one great law that came to pass in Jef-fer-son's time.
+This was to keep out the slave trade. This trade tore the black
+man from his home, and sold him to those who would pay the most.
+He must leave his wife, his boys and girls, and see them no more,
+and be brought in the dark hold of a ship to a strange land,
+where he did not know their speech. Here he must work at his
+strange tasks, with no hope and no joy in his life. Jef-fer-son
+felt that the slave trade was wrong, and he had the wish to
+see it brought to an end. He thought it gave us a bad name.
+But there were those in Con-gress who did not feel in that way.
+They said if it was right to hold slaves at all, it could not
+be wrong to bring them here. So the talk grew fierce, some on
+this side and some <span class="pageno" id="p102">102</span> on that; but, in the end, the law was made.
+Spite of this law, the trade went on by stealth for years, though
+the ships of more lands than one came to the aid of the slaves
+to break up this bad trade. In the States there was no law to
+say that slaves should not be bought and sold, and so this went
+on till the last war.</p>
+
+<p>One grand thing that came to be made in the time of Jef-fer-son
+was the steam boat. There were ships with sails, and boats that
+went by oars, but none that went by steam. The first one that
+was made would go four miles an hour; but it was not on the
+same plan as those we have now. The first made like those now
+in use, was built by Rob-ert Ful-ton, in 1807. Men then had
+not much faith in it, and would laugh at it as they do at most
+new things. Ful-ton said no one spoke a kind word of it; but
+when they came to see the launch, and took note of its speed,
+those who came to mock were glad to cheer.</p>
+
+<p>The first steam boat made on his plan was the "Cler-mont," and
+went at the rate of five miles an hour, spite of wind and tide.
+As it went on its way, it sent such a great mass of sparks up
+in the air, and the noise of its wheels was so loud that when
+the crews of the ships that came in its way saw it, they would
+drop on their knees in fright, <span class="pageno" id="p103">103</span> and pray to be kept safe from
+this strange thing. But, in time, more were made, and men saw
+that there was naught to fear in these great steam boats, though
+they did seem to breathe out fire and smoke. Still, at first,
+they did not dare to cross the sea in them.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/32.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>FUL-TON'S "CLER-MONT" STEAM-ER.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>There was a great tract of land in the west, which Jef-fer-son
+bought for the U-nit-ed States from the French. Part of it is
+now known as the State of Lou-i-si-ana, and took its name from
+the French King. One of the great streams of the world runs
+through it. Do you know its name?</p>
+
+<p>Jef-fer-son sent men to find out all they could of <span class="pageno" id="p104">104</span> this land
+he had bought; what kind of tribes of red men were in it, what
+wild beasts were in the wood, and what sort of plants grew there.
+These men took with them food, fire arms, and gifts for the
+chiefs of the red men. They were gone two or three years; and
+made their camps in the woods, when the cold and storm were
+so great they could not go on. They went up the great stream
+to the falls where no white man had been, and then they went
+on and found the source of the stream. They wrote of all they
+saw, and men read it in their homes. They read of new tribes
+of red men; of herds of wild beasts, so large that one herd
+would take up a stream a mile wide. They said some of tribes
+were poor, but some had good homes and fine steeds, which they
+would sell for a few beads. They found, too, they could make
+a great trade for furs with these tribes. There was one man
+who made a post for this trade. It is said he bought furs by
+the weight, and would put his hand or foot in the scale, and
+call it a pound. You may think how much fur it would take to
+weigh them down.</p>
+
+<p>The next chief of our land was James Mad-i-son. When he came
+in, he found that men were once more in a state of wrath with
+Eng-land. You see they felt it hard that our ships should have
+to let Eng-land stop them and search them as she <span class="pageno" id="p105">105</span> chose. So at
+last it came to war, and at first we did not win at all. The
+red men took part with our foe; and one chief, by name of Te-cum-seh,
+made a plan to join all the tribes of In-di-ans in war on the
+whites. He took part in all the fights, and made a brave stand,
+but he fell at last.</p>
+
+<p>Though we did not win much on land, we had good luck on the
+sea. We took one of Eng-land's ships; but then they in turn
+took one of ours, and a brave man, who fought with his crew
+at the head of it, fell, shot with his death wound. "Don't give
+up the ship!" was his cry with his last breath.</p>
+
+<p>These words, "Don't give up the ship," were put on a flag, which
+was held in a great fight that took place at that time. There
+were nine ships on our side, and six on the side of the foe.</p>
+
+<p>This flag was put on our flag ship, and a brave man fought for
+it. His name was Per-ry. The flag ship was lost; but Per-ry
+flew to a small boat with his flag, and got to the next ship.
+He fought so well that he won the day, and the Brit-ish lost
+all their six ships. Such a thing had not been known till that
+time. When the Brit-ish gave up, Per-ry wrote, "We have met
+the foe, and they are ours!"</p>
+
+<p>There was war for three years; and in the last year the Brit-ish
+took some of our towns on the <span class="pageno" id="p106">106</span> coast south, and set fire to the
+State Hall and Pres-i-dent's house at Wash-ing-ton. They made
+a raid on New Or-leans, but we had a man there who built up
+miles of bales for a sort of breast works, and fought back of
+them with our troops, so they did not get that town; and this
+was the last fight of the war.</p>
+
+<p>Peace was made, and both sides were glad to sign it. From this
+time the Eng-lish laid claim to no right of search in our ships.
+This was known for a time as the "Late War," but since then we
+have had more wars, so it would not do to call it by that name
+now. But from that day we have had peace with Eng-land, and
+may it long last.</p>
+
+<p>Now came a time of peace when the land grew, and men went west
+and made homes, and built flour mills, and cut down trees, so
+that in a short time a wild place would change in to a town;
+and you would see a church spire point up to the sky, and a
+school with its crowd of young ones at their tasks.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p107">107</span> CHAPTER X.<br />
+<small>THE SLAVE TRADE.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>Mad-i-son had two terms of rule, and then Mon-roe was the next
+choice of the land. He had fought in the great war, and had
+a high place in the States. He had shown that he was a brave
+man, and was the one sent to France when our land bought Lou-i-si-ana.</p>
+
+<p>When he was made Pres-i-dent, he made a tour of all the posts
+north and east, to see what strength they would have in case
+of war. He wore a blue coat that was home-spun, and was plain
+in all his dress. He won the hearts of all by his frank ways.
+He met all men as friends, and had no pride and pomp to keep
+them far off; he was as one of them. He thought more of the
+good of his land than his own. One said of him, "If we could
+turn his soul in side out, not a spot could be found on it."
+When he came to die, he was poor in purse but rich in a good
+name.</p>
+
+<p>The red men were not at peace in his time, and there was one
+more cause of strife, and that was the slaves. Since the first
+ship load of slaves had been <span class="pageno" id="p108">108</span> brought in, the trade had grown
+more and more at the South. The men at the North had grown to
+like this trade less and less. It had been thought at first
+it would soon die out, but they saw this would not be the case.
+At last there was a strife each time that a State, that held
+slaves, would want to come in. The free States would cry out
+that it was wrong to have more slave States.</p>
+
+<p>Those at the South said that when a free State was brought in,
+there ought to be a slave State too, or else the North would
+grow too strong, and have things all their own way. And so there
+was a fight when the time came for the State of Mis-sou-ri to
+come in. I do not mean that they went to war with shot and shell.
+This was a war of words. The North said that it was wrong to
+buy and sell men, and to break up homes; that it was bad for
+the men who held slaves, and for those in bonds, and that the
+first men of the land had the wish to get rid of it. The South
+said that if the great men of the land had the wish to get rid
+of it, they still kept their own slaves; that it was the best
+state for the black men; that they could learn more than in
+their own wild land; that white men could not work out of doors
+in the hot time, and so the crops could not be grown if the
+black man was made free.</p>
+
+<p>At last Con-gress let Mis-sou-ri come in as a <span class="pageno" id="p109">109</span> slave State, but
+made a law that a line should be drawn in the land. North of
+this line there could be no slaves. South of it men could keep
+slaves or not, just as they chose; men look on this now as a
+weak move. At that time the slaves were few, and the trade not
+great, so it might have been put down with more ease. But with
+time it grew so strong that it took long years and a great war
+to crush it out. Five new States came in while Mon-roe was at
+the head of the land.</p>
+
+<p>John Quin-cy Ad-ams came next. He was the son of the Pres-i-dent
+of the same name, and had been nine years old when he heard
+the Dec-la-ra-tion read from the State House in Bos-ton. Since
+then the land had grown to a vast size, and was at peace. Much
+was done in his time to make our land thrive and grow. The red
+men were made to move west, and their lands were bought.</p>
+
+<p>In his time, the first rail road was built. It was but three
+miles long, and it was a horse that drew the car and not steam.
+The first use of steam came in more late from Eng-land. The
+first steam car did not make much speed; but it was thought
+to be a great thing. Still there were those who said it would
+not be worth much; that it could not draw its own weight, but
+that its wheels would spin round and round on the rail. Some
+thought that if it were <span class="pageno" id="p110">110</span> made to go, it would be bad for the
+farms; would scare off the cows and sheep, and the smoke would
+make the sheep's wool black. But their fears were laid at rest
+in time by the sight of these cars as they ran on in peace,
+and brought none of these ills to pass.</p>
+
+<div class="image-right" style="width: 50%;" >
+			<img src="images/33.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>FIRST STEAM EN-GINE.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>In the same year the land had to mourn the death of two great
+men. Strange to say, they went on the same day, and that was
+the Fourth of July. Both these men had put their names on the
+great Dec-la-ra-tion, and they had grown to be strong friends.
+Jef-fer-son heard the fire of a gun, just as he went. His last
+words were, "Is this the Fourth?"</p>
+
+<p>Ad-ams, who lay near to death, saw the sun set and heard the
+shouts from those who kept the day in his town. He sent them
+word to hold fast the rights that day had brought them; and
+the old <span class="pageno" id="p111">111</span> man could hear the cheer that they gave at his words.</p>
+
+<p>At this time there was a great talk of a sort of tax to be put
+on all goods brought here from far lands. This we call a tar-iff,
+and we hear a great deal of it in this day. There are those
+who think a high tax should be put on all goods made out of
+our own land, so as to keep them out and give those made here
+a chance. There are some who think that all trade should be
+free; and that ships should sail here with what they choose
+and land it, with no one to see what it is, and put a tax on
+it.</p>
+
+<p>Ad-ams, in his time, was for a high tax, and for this cause
+he did not have but one term as our chief. Those who did not
+want the tax had the most votes, and they chose An-drew Jack-son
+for the next man. He had been well known in the war, and had
+built up those breast works in New Or-leans of which we have
+told you, from which our men beat the Brit-ish.</p>
+
+<p>While he was chief, there were some in the South who felt that
+the North had more than its share of the wealth of the land.
+You see there were more great mills and more goods made in the
+North, and the tax on strange goods was too much help to those
+at home. At least this was so thought by the South, and they
+had a plan to cut loose and <span class="pageno" id="p112">112</span> set up a new band of States. They
+had drills of their young men, and got arms, and had made choice
+of a man to lead them. His name was John C. Cal-houn, and he
+was to be their first chief. But Jack-son said that "if a State
+could go out of the band of States when it chose, we would come
+to naught;" and he sent troops and ships of war to the South,
+and put a stop to all the stir in a short time.</p>
+
+<p>Tribes of the red men had gone out to the far West, but there
+were those who would not move. There was a tribe in Flor-i-da
+who fought for a long time in the swamps of that land. Some
+slaves who had run away from their homes were with them. One
+of the chiefs of the red men had a slave for a wife, and when
+she went with him to one of our forts, she was held and kept
+as a slave, and the chief was put in chains. When he got free,
+he made a vow to pay up the white man for all he had borne,
+and for the loss of his wife. So he led the red men in this
+war. His name was Os-ce-o-la. He was caught at last, and kept
+in one of our forts till he died. But the war went on for years,
+at a great cost of life, till few of that tribe were left in
+the land. And this war cost three times as much as had been
+paid for the whole of the State of Flor-i-da.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p113">113</span> This war had so much to do with slaves, that all the talk on
+the slave trade came up once more. There was a man of that class
+of which we have told you&mdash;one of the Friends, or Quak-ers,
+who put in print his views, that some plan should be made by
+which all slaves should be freed in time.</p>
+
+<p>Then a young man, by name of Gar-ri-son, wrote that the best
+way was to set all free at once. This made a great stir, and
+some said he should be brought to court and made to take back
+his words. But he said, "I will speak out what I feel. I will
+not go back an inch, and I will be heard." And just at this
+time, to make things worse, and stir up great fear in the land,
+a slave in Vir-gin-ia, got a mob of black men, and they went
+from house to house and put all to death who came in their way.</p>
+
+<p>Gar-ri-son did not like war, and he would not have blood shed;
+but there were those who laid all the fault of this at his door.
+They said he taught the slave he had a right to be free, and
+so this black man rose and took his rights. The slave who had
+done so much harm was at last caught, and put in jail and then
+hung.</p>
+
+<p>Jack-son thought it would be well for Con-gress to pass a bill,
+that no thing on the slave trade should go through the mails;
+but that bill did not pass. Some were made friends to Jack-son
+by this <span class="pageno" id="p114">114</span> strong course, when the South had a plan to break up
+our States, and leave the North; but, of course, there were
+those who did not like him for the same cause. He had both strong
+friends and foes; but made so good a rule, that he put the land
+out of debt, and had a sum left to share with the States. Much
+new land was bought in his time.</p>
+
+<p>Jack-son was a great man. He had come from poor folks, and as
+a boy he was more fond of sports than of books. His life had
+its ups and downs. Once he was in the hands of the foe, and
+told he must clean some boots for them. It was too much for
+a free born A-mer-i-can to clean Brit-ish boots. It made his
+blood boil, and he said with scorn that he would not do such
+work. He was not mild or meek, you know, but had a strong will
+of his own. And he kept his word spite of blows, and was sent
+to jail. There the poor boy had small pox. He knew not where
+to turn when he got out of jail, for he was poor, and had no
+one left to help him. He had more than one fight in his time,
+and scars that he did not gain in war. He was brave through
+and through, and won fame where he went. He was in his old home
+when he drew his last breath in peace.</p>
+
+<p>When Mar-tin Van Bu-ren came in, the talk on the slave trade
+grew worse. A slave child by <span class="pageno" id="p115">115</span> the name of Med, who had been brought
+to Bos-ton by a man, was said to be free by the Court of that
+State, as she had trod on free soil. But at the same time some
+of the dames who met to take the slaves' part, were set on by
+a mob, and Gar-ri-son, who stood up to make them a speech, was
+bound with ropes. Then this fierce mob set to work to drag him
+through the streets; but some friends got hold of him, and had
+to lodge him in jail to save his life. Two schools for the blacks
+were set on fire; and one man in the West, who was a great friend
+of the slave, met his death at the hands of a mob.</p>
+
+<p>Just at this time there was a plan to bring in Tex-as as a slave
+State, and this shook the land from North to South. Long pleas
+with the names of a great mass of folks were sent to Con-gress,
+to beg them not to let Tex-as come in as a slave State. John
+Quin-cy Ad-ams, it is said, spoke an hour a day for twelve days,
+on the side of those who would make Tex-as a free State. They
+put off the strife at that time, and did not bring Tex-as in
+at all. Con-gress made a rule, that no bills that spoke of slaves
+should be brought in, and this was in force for ten years.</p>
+
+<p>In Van Bu-ren's time there was a great crash in trade, and hard
+times in the land. He did not make the hard times, still he
+had but one term for <span class="pageno" id="p116">116</span> that cause. Men felt a hope that a new
+man might bring in a new state of things. They chose Har-ri-son,
+who had fought in a brave way in the wars with the red men.</p>
+
+<p>He came from the far West, where his home had once been in a
+log house. So he had the name of the Log Cabin man, and the
+poor men in the land all felt proud that one of their own kind
+was their chief; one who had made his way out of the ranks.
+There was a print of that log cabin on all sorts of things,
+and toys were made in that form, and songs were made on it,
+and sung when men met.</p>
+
+<p>The new Pres-i-dent did not live but one month, and so for the
+rest of the four years, John Ty-ler took the rule; but he did
+not please those who had cast their votes for him. He would
+not let their bills pass: one of which was to form a States
+Bank, on which the Whigs had all set their hearts. The State
+of Tex-as was brought in at this time.</p>
+
+<p>You have all seen the wires which stretch from pole to pole
+in the streets of our great towns, and in lone roads by field
+and wood. You know what they are for, and how by means of them
+you can send word to a friend in time of need, or hear from
+those you love in a flash. It may be a death that is told, or
+some news of joy that they can not wait to send by the slow
+way of the post.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-right" style="width: 40%;" >
+			<img src="images/34.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>SAM-UEL F. B. MORSE.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p117">117</span> Well, when James K. Polk was thought of as a
+good man to make chief of the land, the news was
+the first that had been sent on these wires. The
+first lines built were made here,
+and went from Bal-ti-more to
+Wash-ing-ton. Morse was the
+name of the man who found out
+how to send news on wires in
+this way.</p>
+
+<p>At this time there were two great men of whom you should hear,
+for their names are on the list of fame, which has stood the
+test of time. One was Hen-ry Clay. He was born in the West,
+and was poor, but he made his way from the small log school
+house, where he went to learn his first task, to rank with the
+great men of our land. He could win men to be his friends, when
+they had made up their minds to hate him. He had a strong will,
+and kept true to his own aims. He spoke with such grace and
+force that he could sway men's minds and thrill their hearts.
+He has said, "I owe all I have won in life to one fact, that
+when I was a boy, and for some years, as I grew up, I would
+learn and speak what I read in books. More than one off hand
+speech did I make in a corn field or in the woods, or in a <span class="pageno" id="p118">118</span> barn,
+with but an ox or horse to hear me. It is to this I owe much
+that has gone to shape and mould my course in life."</p>
+
+<p>One man, who was not his friend, said at his death, "If I were
+to write on the stone that marks his place of rest, I would
+place there these words: 'Here lies one who led men by his own
+force for long years; but did not swerve from the truth, or
+call in lies to help him.'"</p>
+
+<p>One more great man died on the same day as Clay. His name was
+Web-ster. He was a great states man. He went to school but a
+few weeks in all his life. He was then so shy that he could
+not pluck up heart to speak a piece in the school. He did not
+think that in time to come his words would stir the land. He
+says, "I was brave in my own room, and would learn the piece
+and speak it there; but when the day came, and I would see all
+eyes turn to me, and they would call out my name, I could not
+rise from my seat."</p>
+
+<p>In all things but this he stood well at school, and he had a
+great wish to learn. But he knew they were all poor at home,
+and he felt that he must go to work and help them, fond as he
+was of his books. When he heard that he was to go on; that he
+should have a chance to make his dream true, he was full of
+joy. "I see yet," he said, "the <span class="pageno" id="p119">119</span> great hill up which we went
+that day in the snow. When I heard the news, I could not speak
+for joy. There were such a crowd of young ones in our home,
+I did not see how they could spare the funds. A warm glow ran
+through me; I had to weep."</p>
+
+<p>When he was through school, he at once rose to a high place.
+He was at the head of all who spoke in the House. He was grand
+and great, but he had a sense of fun in him. Once some one came
+to him with one of those books where the names of friends or
+great men are kept, with the wish that he would write his name
+by the side of John Ad-ams. He wrote:</p>
+
+<p>"If by his name I write my own,<br />
+'Twill take me where I am not known;<br />
+And the cold words will meet my ear,<br />
+Why, friend, and how did you come here?"</p>
+
+<p>When his death was known, there was grief in the length and
+breadth of the land. No death since that of Wash-ing-ton was
+made such a theme for speech.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p120">120</span> CHAPTER XI.<br />
+<small>A NEW WAR.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>In the time of James K. Polk, a war rose in which our States
+were not of one mind. Our folk in Tex-as laid claim to a large
+tract of land which those in Mex-i-co said was theirs. The States
+at the North did not wish to go in to this war; but those at
+the South did. This was in 1846. Gen-er-al Tay-lor went with
+his troops at once in to the land of the foe, and built a fort
+on a stream there. He gave it the name of Fort Brown. On his
+way he met the troops of the foe drawn up in the road. They
+had three to one of his small band; but he had the good luck
+to rout them, with loss of but nine men on our side.</p>
+
+<p>Then he took up his march on their great town, which had the
+name of Mon-te-rey. This town had high hills and deep gulfs
+round it, and strong forts. Its streets were full of men with
+arms. Gen-er-al Tay-lor made a grand move on the town. To get
+out of the fire that would seem to pour on them from the roofs,
+the troops went in and dug their way through stone walls from
+house to house, or <span class="pageno" id="p122">122</span> they would pass from roof to roof. Ere they
+came to the grand place of the town, it was in their hands,
+the foe gave up the fight.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/35.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>CAP-TURE OF MON-TE-REY.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>At this time San-ta An-na, who was chief of the Mex-i-can troops,
+heard that most of our men had been drawn off to help Gen-er-al
+Scott; so he thought it would be a good time to crush us. They
+laid in wait with all their best troops, and the fight went
+on from the rise of the sun till dark. It grew hard to hold
+our ground, and the day would have been lost but for the guns
+of Cap-tain Bragg, who came to our help. He made a dash up to
+a few yards from the foe, and let fire. Their ranks were seen
+to shake. "Some more grape. Cap-tain Bragg," said Gen-er-al
+Tay-lor. One more round, and then a third came, and the Mex-i-cans
+broke and fled. In the night San-ta An-na drew all his troops
+off.</p>
+
+<p>Gen-er-al Scott, at the head of our troops, made a march through
+the land of Mex-i-co, and took all that came in his way. He drew
+siege lines round the town of Ve-ra Cruz, and sent bombs in
+to it, and in four days the town, with its strong hold, gave
+up the fight. A week from that time our troops took up their
+march for the chief town. At one pass in the hills, the foe
+had a strong hold. Gen-er-al Scott had a road cut round the
+base of those hills and through the woods; and then he was in
+a place to <span class="pageno" id="p123">123</span> pour out fire on the rear of the foe, while more
+troops took him in front. The foe fled in such haste that San-ta
+An-na, who was lame, left his leg of wood on the ground, and
+got off on his wheel mule.</p>
+
+<p>The town of Mex-i-co is in the midst of a grand plain, with
+green fields and cloud capt mounts round it. The foe had made
+a strong stand here, with forts and men. Our men made a move
+in the night. It was so dark they had to feel their way; but
+they took their stand on a height from which they could storm
+the strong points of the foe. At last they took some of the
+guns, and the roads were laid bare to the gates of the town.</p>
+
+<p>There was some talk of a peace then, but Gen-er-al Scott found
+that it was not in good faith. The foe did it to gain time,
+to make things strong once more. So the next day, he took up
+his march on the great town of Mex-i-co. A strong fort, on a
+high rock by the town, was made ours; each out work fell one
+by one, and at last our troops took the great Ci-ty of Mex-i-co,
+and the next morn our flag with its stripes and stars was seen
+to float in the light from those grand old piles, which had
+been the home of more than one prince of Mex-i-co. So the war
+came to an end in just two years.</p>
+
+<p>Till this time, Cal-i-for-nia had been known as a <span class="pageno" id="p124">124</span> far off land,
+to which men went by sea, round Cape Horn, to buy hides and
+fur. But in 1848, came news to the East-ern States that there
+were gold mines in that place. It was said that a Swiss had
+found, as he dug in the sand, a bright sort of dust, and it
+was thought to be gold. All at once, on this news, there was
+a great rush from all parts of the land to the gold mines of
+Cal-i-for-nia, and there was a great sum won the first year.
+In two years the town of San Fran-cis-co had grown to quite
+a large place. The name of Cal-i-for-nia is said to have been
+found in an old book in Spain, and means an isle full of gold.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/36.jpg" alt="" width="80%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>SAN FRAN-CIS-CO IN 1849.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>Three more States were brought in while Polk <span class="pageno" id="p125">125</span> was our chief,
+and two of them were free States. It was shown that those who
+came to us from the old world, chose the free States for their
+homes, and those at the South felt sure that the North would
+grow too fast if they did not gain more ground. There was a
+great piece of land which both North and South laid claim to,
+and there were high words on both sides. At last a band of men
+by the name of Free Soil men, took a stand that slaves should
+be kept out of all new land which the U-nit-ed States might
+gain in all time to come.</p>
+
+<p>The next man who was the choice of the land was Tay-lor, the
+one who led part of our troops in the war with Mex-i-co. He
+was put in by the Whigs. The Free Soil men did not vote for
+him. He did not live but one year, and then Fill-more took his
+place.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p126">126</span> CHAPTER XII.<br />
+<small>THE WAR OF NORTH AND SOUTH.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>Once more the talk on free States and slave States was heard
+on all sides, and Hen-ry Clay had made more than one great speech
+to try and keep the peace. Cal-i-for-nia came in as a free State;
+but a bill went in force which made it a crime to help or keep
+a slave who had run off from his home. A man could go in to
+a free State and take back his slave by force, and no court
+or Judge in the land could stop him. In fact, they were bound
+to help him. This was thought harsh and wrong by most of the
+men at the North; but it was made a law. This law made more
+stir than aught else had done till this time. Men would help
+the slaves, spite of the law; and in some States they made laws
+of their own, that no one could claim a slave if he did not
+bring the case in to court, that they might see if he had a
+just claim.</p>
+
+<p>When Pierce was made Pres-i-dent, the strife still went on;
+and this was made worse by a wish on the part of those who held
+slaves to bring them North of the line, in to a great tract
+of land&mdash;so <span class="pageno" id="p127">127</span> large that two States could be made out of it&mdash;Kan-sas
+and Ne-bras-ka.</p>
+
+<p>The South said all they would ask, would be that those who had
+their homes on the soil should say how they would like things
+to be, and put it to vote. Con-gress did at last pass a bill
+to give them their own choice, to be free or slave States. But
+this did not bring peace; for they had fights when they went
+to vote. At last they were all at war, and would burn a town
+or sack a house, or steal the cows and goods of those they thought
+foes. The whole land was a scene of blood, but in the end Kan-sas
+was brought in as a free State.</p>
+
+<p>In the time of Pierce a great tract of land was bought from
+Mexico. It is now known as New Mex-i-co. In his time, too, trade
+with Japan was first made free to our ships.</p>
+
+<p>When Bu-chan-an came to take the place of chief in our land,
+the talk on the slaves was by no means at rest. In the great
+Court of our land, the "Dred Scott" case was brought up in the
+first year of his rule, and it was said that those who held
+slaves had the right to take them with them where they chose,
+through all the free States. Then came John Brown's raid, which
+was like a fire brand in all the slave States.</p>
+
+<p>John Brown was a man who had fought on the <span class="pageno" id="p128">128</span> side of the Free
+Soil men in Kan-sas, and now all was at peace there. He had
+a plan to go in to the slave States and free the slaves. He
+had been in Vir-gin-ia when he was a boy, and knew there were
+strong holds in the hills, where he thought the slaves could
+make a stand and fight till they were free. He got a small band
+of men and went to a place by the name of Har-per's Fer-ry,
+and took the town. Those who had their homes there fled in fright;
+so he took the great place where arms were made for our troops.
+He thought he would give these arms to the black men, whom he
+had no doubt would flock to his side. He had a small force,
+but fear made all think it was a great one. The news of the
+raid went like a flash on the wires to all parts of the States,
+and men were sent to fight him and take him. His small force
+were brave, and did not give up till death or wounds made them
+do so.</p>
+
+<p>It is said by those who held him as their foe, that John Brown
+was cool and firm in the face of death. With one son dead by
+his side, and one shot through, he felt the pulse of the son
+so near to death with one hand, but held fast to his gun, and
+spoke words of cheer to his men. He fell at last with six wounds,
+but did not die of them. He was brought in to Court, and they
+set to work to try him. The head man of Vir-gin-ia, by the name
+of <span class="pageno" id="p129">129</span> Wise, said, "Those who think John Brown is a mad man, do
+not know him. He is a man of clear head and a brave heart. I
+would trust him to be a man of truth."</p>
+
+		<div class="image-right" style="width: 40%;" >
+			<img src="images/37.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>A-BRA-HAM LIN-COLN.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>But he was led out to be hung. On his way there, his last act
+was to kiss a slave child. Six of his friends were hung on the
+same spot. Some few of the band got off to the free States.
+All this made the talk of North and South on the slave trade
+more and more fierce; and when a new man was to be made Pres-i-dent,
+those who went for free soil, that is, no slaves, chose their
+own man, and he got the most votes. These Free Soil men had
+grown to be a large throng, and they had a new name. The man
+they chose was A-bra-ham Lin-coln. He was a man who would have
+been glad to have kept the peace; but the South would not have
+it so. They were in a rage, <span class="pageno" id="p130">130</span> and said they would go out of the
+band of States. They thought a State had the right to go out
+if it chose to do so. This was "States Rights" to their mind.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 20%;" >
+			<img src="images/38.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>BAN-NER OF SOUTH CAR-O-LI-NA.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>"States Rights" had long been held as the creed of the South;
+so there were six States that put it to vote, and said they
+would go out of the U-nion. South Car-o-li-na was the one to
+lead the way. They said they would make a new band of States,
+where it would be right to hold slaves; and they took one of
+our forts.</p>
+
+<p>Troops were sent in a boat, by name, "The Star of the West,"
+but they were met by a fire from the fort. Then they took their
+stand on the shore by Fort Sum-ter, which was held by a few
+men. For two days the fire went on, and at last the brave man
+who held the fort had to give <span class="pageno" id="p131">131</span> it up. His men were worn out,
+the place was on fire, and they had no more food for their guns.
+So they went out with the beat of drums and their flags flung
+out on the air.</p>
+
+<p>The sound of the first gun at Fort Sum-ter was a shock to all
+the land. Most of those at the North, who had not felt the slave
+trade to be wrong, now took sides with those who had been its
+foes from the first. All the States at the South took one side,
+but the slaves were for those who had the wish to make them
+free.</p>
+
+<p>In the first of this storm the end came of Bu-chan-an's term.
+Three States came in at this time. Or-e-gon, Min-ne-so-ta, and
+Kan-sas. The last two bear the name the red men gave two streams
+that flow through them. The name Or-e-gon is said to mean "wild
+rice."</p>
+
+<p>Up to the time of the first gun fired at Fort Sum-ter, men had
+felt that the South could be brought back. Few at the North
+thought there would be war; but at the South it had been thought
+of for a long time. The young men had met for drill, and arms
+had been hid where they could be found. Lin-coln found but a
+small band of troops, but he sent out a call for more. As these
+men were on their march through the streets of Bal-ti-more,
+the mob threw stones at them, and three of them fell <span class="pageno" id="p132">132</span> dead. Then
+the troops let fire on the mob, and nine men fell. This made
+a great stir at the North, for they thought it went to show
+the hate in the hearts of the men at the South.</p>
+
+<p>The next time the troops were sent, they did not march through
+Bal-ti-more. They found the rails torn up by the way, and had
+to mend them as they went on. Once when they saw a car that
+was a wreck by the way side, some one was heard to ask if one
+could be found in the ranks who could mend it. "I can," said
+a man who stood by it, "for I built it."</p>
+
+<p>So you see the troops were made up of men from all trades, who
+had left their work to fight for their land. In the course of
+time, troops went in peace through the streets of Bal-ti-more.</p>
+
+<p>Men came in to the ranks on all sides when they heard the call;
+but they found that arms were scarce, most had been sent South.
+So the North had to buy or make these in as short a time as
+they could. There had to be clothes made, too, for the troops,
+and food found for stores, and carts to draw it, and drugs for
+the sick. All must be done at once, and all in such a way that
+there must be no waste or want. Lin-coln at this time made a
+law that no ships should go in or out of the ports of the South.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/39.jpg" alt="" width="60%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>OFF TO THE WAR.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>The war soon made a stand in both East and <span class="pageno" id="p133">133</span> West Vir-gin-ia.
+In the west of this State there were men who did not wish to
+fight on the side of the South; but they had to do so or leave
+the State. There was a move made to march on Rich-mond; <span class="pageno" id="p134">134</span> but
+the troops had to go back, and lost the day at the fight of
+Bull Run. It was a sad rout for the troops of the North, as
+they made haste back to Wash-ing-ton, with a fear that the foe
+might come and take that place.</p>
+
+<p>At the end of this year Gen-er-al Scott gave up his place at
+the head of all the troops to Gen-er-al Mc-Clel-lan.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;" >
+			<img src="images/40.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>GEN-ER-AL ROB-ERT E. LEE.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>When this war broke out, we had but four ships in a good state
+to take part in it. Yet we were in need of a force that could
+block up the ports of the South. Eng-land and France gave help
+to the South, for they let them fit out ships in their ports,
+and all through the war the South was kept up by the hope of
+aid from these lands.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-right" style="width: 50%;" >
+			<img src="images/41.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>PICK-ETS ON DU-TY.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>A great fight took place at An-tie-tam, where the troops of
+Gen-er-al Mc-Clel-lan met those of Lee. This was one of the
+worst fights of the war, and there was great loss of life on
+both sides. The North won the day, and Lee drew off his troops.
+It was thought by some that a move in the right way would have
+cut short this flight, and they said Mc-Clel-lan ought to have
+made such <span class="pageno" id="p135">135</span> a move. So Gen-er-al Burn-side took his place at the
+head of the troops, and he took the town of Fred-er-icks-burg.
+In the mean time there was a ship fight, in which the South
+for a time did good work. She had a ship which she had made
+strong with iron plates and hard wood, and a bow of steel. This
+ship set sail in the bay to fight the whole U-nion fleet. The
+ships of wood could make no stand. In vain did they pour out
+fire and balls. It was said the balls would strike and glance
+off, and <span class="pageno" id="p136">136</span> did no more harm than peas from a pop gun. At nine
+that night two of our ships had gone down in fire and smoke,
+and one was run on the ground.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/42.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>MER-RI-MACK AND MON-I-TOR.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;" >
+			<img src="images/43.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>U-LYS-SES S. GRANT.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>All at once a small queer thing came in sight. Some one said
+it was like a cheese box on a raft. This was the Mon-i-tor.
+When dawn came it bore down on the Mer-ri-mac and sent out a
+fire. The ram gave the fire back. For two hours the fire was
+kept up; till at last the Mon-i-tor sent a shel through the
+port hole of the foe. This fell right in the midst of her crew.
+So those in the Mer-ri-mac thought it would be wise to get out
+of the way of more such shells, and it left the coast clear.
+There was great joy felt at the North when the news came that
+they had won this fight; for all had felt that if this ship,
+with its hard sides and bow of steel, had been left free to
+sail in to New York bay, all the ships of wood in our port would
+have gone down in her path. From the time of this fight, a great
+change has been made in the way they have built ships.</p>
+
+<p>Gen-er-al Grant fought in this war, and led our troops to win
+the day in more than one <span class="pageno" id="p137">137</span> fight. One of the great moves of the
+war was made on New Or-leans by Far-ra-gut in ships, and Gen-er-al
+But-ler with a land force.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/44.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>FAR-RA-GUT'S SHIPS.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>This town had two strong forts, and there was a long chain with
+earth works at each end. There were fire rafts full of stuff
+that they could set on fire, and gun boats, and one of the kind
+we know as a ram.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-right" style="width: 30%;" >
+			<img src="images/45.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>LOOK OUT.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>Far-ra-gut sent fire in to the forts in vain. His boats took
+fire from the rafts, and he had to put out each as it went by.
+At last, he thought he would try and run by the forts with his
+fleet, and he did so. The forts, the steam boats, and the ram,
+kept up a hot fire, but in the midst of shot and ball, he made
+<span class="pageno" id="p138">138</span> his way up the stream. The next day at dawn, he was in New Or-leans,
+and in a day more the fleets and forts were in his hands, and
+Gen-er-al But-ler, with a land force, came in to the town.</p>
+
+<p>In this year, 1862, Lin-coln sent out a bill that said "the
+slaves should be free then, and for all time."</p>
+
+<p>And it was then thought that it would be a good thing for the
+black man to help in this war that had made him free. So there
+came to be black troops made up of the free slaves. By this
+time the cost of the war had grown great, and the U-nion side
+felt that it was time to bring things to a close.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 50%;" >
+			<img src="images/46.jpg" alt="AR-MY HUTS." width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>AR-MY HUTS.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>The South took heart and came with their troops in to a free
+State; and a great fight took place near a town by the name
+of Get-tys-burg. There was great loss on both sides. But Lee
+had to fly with his men, and this fight put an end to the hopes
+of the South. At the time of the last shot in fight, Gen-er-al
+Grant, far off in Vicks-burg, brought the foe to terms. Vicks-burg
+was a <span class="pageno" id="p139">139</span> place on high bluffs, and it had guns on all sides to
+stop our ships on their way up the stream. It stood a long siege
+of more than a month, but at last it fell.</p>
+
+<p>But as time went on, it grew more and more hard to get men for
+the war. There had to be a draft, and the folks did not like
+that. In a draft, one has to draw a lot, and no one knew on
+whom the lot would fall. In New York there were some who felt
+a sort of spite at the black folks, as they held them to be
+the cause of the war, and there was a mob that set on them in
+the streets. It went on for three days, and some black men fell
+struck by stones from the mob. But at last it was brought to
+an end.</p>
+
+<p>The next year Grant made some good moves, and, on the whole,
+the sky grew more clear. Lin-coln said, "Peace does not seem
+so far off as it did. I hope it will come soon and come to stay,
+and come so that it will be worth all we have done for it."</p>
+
+<p>In 1864, Gen-er-al Grant was put at the head of all the troops.
+He had shown that he knew a great deal of war, and he had done
+good work. He soon made a plan of two great moves that should
+go on at the same time. One of these was to march on Rich-mond
+with one branch of the troops, while Gen-er-al Sher-man should
+take one <span class="pageno" id="p140">140</span> branch through the States of the South, from mount
+to sea.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 40%;" >
+			<img src="images/47.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>WIL-LIAM T. SHER-MAN.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>Gen-er-al Grant did not swerve from the course he had laid out.
+He said, "I will fight it out on this line," and he did, spite
+of all loss. He laid siege to Rich-mond, but for a time they
+held out. At sea the ships of the South at first won on all
+sides. They drove our ships out, and got off with no harm, till
+the time that the Al-a-ba-ma was sunk. One more grand fight
+with ships took place in Mo-bile Bay.</p>
+
+<p>This bay was a great place for boats to run in with food and
+stores to the foe. Our ships could not make their way there,
+for there were two forts, a ram of great strength, and shells
+that would blow them up set in the way. Far-ra-gut put false
+bows on his ships, so that they might charge the ram, and at
+last it was sunk.</p>
+
+<p>Sher-man had a hard work to do; for he must take his troops
+through the land of the foe, by their strong forts, through
+hill and dale and pass. He meant to cut off their chance to
+get food, and to break up the rail roads. He first took the
+town <span class="pageno" id="p141">141</span> of At-lan-ta, and from that point set out on the "March
+to the Sea," which has won him so much fame. He had to feed
+his troops for the most part on what he could find in the land
+he went through. He took Sa-van-nah and wrote to Lin-coln, "I
+beg to give you the gift of the town of Sa-van-nah, with all
+its guns and stores."</p>
+
+<p>Then he took up his march once more through swamp and bog, or
+up the high steep hills and rocks. The cold days had come, but
+on they went, through storms of sleet and snow, or in the face
+of floods of rain, with a foe on all sides. Such a march had
+not been known in all the wars of the past. Long will the fame
+of that March to the Sea live in our land. He had found, as
+he said, that all the men in the South had been drawn out to
+aid the troops, and that there were no more left, and the land
+was a "mere shell."</p>
+
+<p>Charles-ton gave up at the end of a long siege; but it was set
+on fire in all parts by its own folk, so that it might not be
+worth much when it fell in our hands.</p>
+
+<p>The last move was made by Grant on Rich-mond. He felt that one
+more blow would bring the war to a close. He sent out word to
+Sher-i-dan, "When day dawns push round the foe, and get to his
+rear." Two days more our troops were <span class="pageno" id="p142">142</span> in the streets of Rich-mond.
+When Lee found he could not hold his place, he sent word by
+the wires to Jef-fer-son Da-vis at Rich-mond. Da-vis was the
+man the South had made their chief, and he was in church when
+the news came to him. He read these words: "My lines are cut
+at three points. Rich-mond must be left to night."</p>
+
+<p>Da-vis left the church, and the news spread at once that the
+town was lost. There was fright on all sides, and the streets
+were soon full of men who knew not what to do. The means for
+flight were small, and a poor cart and horse would have brought
+a large sum of gold. The ships were set on fire or blown up,
+and some of the stores of the town were in a blaze. Oh, what
+a night! All sought to fly, but few had means to go.</p>
+
+<p>The next day some black troops were the first to march in the
+town. This was the real end of the war. Gen-er-al Lee did all
+he could to save his men; but they were so faint with want of
+food that they could not march, and so weak they could not hold
+their guns. So he gave up all at last to Gen-er-al Grant, and
+the whole South had to yield.</p>
+
+<p>This war had cost the land more than you could count in gold
+and lives. But it had made the slave free; and we know that
+we shall have the curse of the slave trade in our land no more.
+And it had shown <span class="pageno" id="p143">143</span> that the creed of States Rights was not the
+best one, for if we were cut up in parts we would be weak, while
+if we stay as one, we will be strong. Our true strength, then,
+is to hold fast the bond that binds all the States, North and
+South, East and West, in one.</p>
+
+<p>There was great joy, and all gave thanks at the North when the
+news that the war had come to an end was borne on the wires.
+Lin-coln had held his course in a firm, brave way. He had said
+in a speech in New York, when he was on his way to take his
+place, "When the time comes for me to speak, I shall then take
+the ground that I think is right&mdash;right for the North, for the
+South, for the East, for the West, for all our land."</p>
+
+<p>And so he had done. The war was a grief to him. He said, "We
+did not think this war would last so long. Both sides read the
+same Word of God, and both pray to Him to aid in a war on those
+who are bound to them by near ties. We hope, we pray, that this
+scourge of war may soon pass. But if God wills it should stay
+till each drop of blood drawn by the lash shall be paid with one
+drawn with the sword, it must be said, 'Shall not the Judge
+of all the world do right?'"</p>
+
+<p>Five days from the time that the news of joy came in a flash
+on the wires, Lin-coln was dead. <span class="pageno" id="p144">144</span> He had been shot while he sat
+in his box, at the play, by a man of the name of Wilkes Booth.
+This man had by some means got in the box and made the door
+fast. When he had shot Lin-coln, he sprang from the box to the
+stage, but caught his foot in one of our flags, and broke his
+leg. He had a horse at the door, and got off; but was at last
+found in a barn, where he stood at bay. They set the barn on
+fire to drive him out; but he still stood his ground, and fought
+till the last, when he fell, shot by one of our men.</p>
+
+<p>Those who stood by the bed side of Lin-coln saw that there was
+no hope. All the land was full of gloom, when the sad news came.
+As his corpse was borne in a train to his old home, the towns
+were hung with black on the whole route, and most men wore the
+badge of grief. Those who had not been warm friends of Lin-coln
+in his life, felt a shock at his death, for they knew a brave,
+true man had gone.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p145">145</span> CHAPTER XIII.<br />
+<small>PEACE ONCE MORE.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>At the time of Lin-coln's death, there had been a sort of plot
+to kill more of the head men of the land. Sew-ard had been shot
+in his own house, and there was a great fear in Wash-ing-ton;
+for no one knew how far this plot might reach.</p>
+
+<p>When An-drew John-son took the place at the head of the land,
+there was some fear that those who had spent so long a time
+in the war would not know how to live in time of peace. But
+they soon made their way to their old homes, and were glad to
+lay down their arms and take up the old trades once more. There
+was a vast debt, and all sorts of loans to be got. Then there
+were those who thought that the States, which were the cause
+of the war, should not have the right to come back on their
+own terms; and some thought they could come back when they would,
+and in their own way.</p>
+
+<p>But John-son brought out a Bill which gave back all their rights
+to most of those who had made the war. The States could come
+back if they would say that they would have no more slaves,
+and that <span class="pageno" id="p146">146</span> they would be true to the U-nit-ed States in all time
+to come. John-son did not act in a way to suit those who had
+cast their votes for him, and Con-gress made a move that he
+should give up his place. When they came to try him, they found
+there was one vote short. That one vote kept him in his place;
+but he did not get a new term.</p>
+
+<p>The next man who was the choice of the land was U-lys-ses S.
+Grant, whose work in the war had won him such fame. In his time
+all the States of the South came back in to the U-nion. Great
+tracts of land were made ours; the debt was made less; and there
+was a law made which said that men of all races and hues should
+have a right to vote. In his last term a grand show took place
+in Phil-a-del-phia. All the lands in the world sent things to
+be shown there, and all the trades of the world had place in
+those great halls.</p>
+
+<p>When Hayes came in there was talk that there had not been a
+fair vote for him; but in time he won his way. He was fair to
+both North and South, and his rule was mild but firm. He drew
+all troops out of the South, that those States might put their
+own laws in force, with no help from Wash-ing-ton; so that if
+their own folks had wrongs, their own courts must set the thing
+right.</p>
+
+<p>Time has shown that this course was wise. The <span class="pageno" id="p147">147</span> States at the
+South have grown in peace and good will to us since that time,
+and the white men there now seem quite glad to have the black
+men vote. Rail ways have been built so fast that it is thought
+in a few years there will be four or five of these great lines
+through the whole length and breadth of the land. Our debt has
+been paid off at such a quick rate that if we go on it will
+be gone ere long, and the tax on all things can be made less.
+We have shown, too, that we have not stood still.</p>
+
+<p>In old times each watch in use here came from the old lands,
+but now a watch is made here that might win the prize from those
+on that side of the sea. So, too, in glass, tools, knives, soap,
+combs, and all sorts of things, we have made a name. The beef
+and grain we send out bring in vast wealth.</p>
+
+<p>James A. Gar-field was our choice in 1881. A great shock was
+felt in the land, just two months from the time he came to the
+White House, when we heard he had been shot while on his way
+to take a train for the North. A man by the name of Gui-teau,
+who had some sort of strange craze, was the one who did the
+black deed.</p>
+
+<p>They bore Gar-field at once to his home in the White House,
+and for a long time he lay there in great pain. Day by day the
+news would flash on the wires that told his state, how his pulse
+beat, <span class="pageno" id="p148">148</span> how he had slept, and what hope there was for his life.
+All would seize the news and read it each day, with the wish
+that he might yet live. They took him to Long Branch in the
+hope that the sea breeze might help him; but though his life
+held out for near the space of three months, it came to an end,
+and his last breath was drawn in that sweet home by the sea,
+Sep-tem-ber 19, 1881. Great grief was felt at his death, and
+all lands strove to say a kind word. The Court of Eng-land put
+on black for him, and the Queen sent a wreath for his grave.
+Gui-teau was hung for his crime.</p>
+
+<p>Ches-ter A. Ar-thur is now our Pres-i-dent. We are at peace
+with all the world. The same flag, with the old stars and stripes,
+floats now in the South as in the North. Long may it wave, "On
+the land of the free and the home of the brave."</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/48.jpg" alt="An emblem with a bell and the American flag." width="20%"/>
+		</div>
+
+		</div>
+
+<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 54798 ***</div>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/old/54798-0.txt b/old/54798-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af15395
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3379 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of History of the United States, by Helen Pierson
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
+other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
+the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
+www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
+to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
+
+Title: History of the United States
+       in Words of One Syllable
+
+Author: Helen Pierson
+
+Release Date: May 27, 2017 [EBook #54798]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Corbin Hunter
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: PAUL REVERE.]
+
+HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES
+IN WORDS OF ONE SYLLABLE
+
+BY MRS. HELEN W. PIERSON
+
+WITH FORTY-SEVEN ILLUSTRATIONS.
+
+[Illustration: AN ARMORED LOOK-OUT]
+
+NEW YORK
+GEORGE ROUTLEDGE & SONS
+9 Lafayette Place
+
+
+
+
+Copyright, 1883.
+By Joseph L. Blamire.
+
+
+
+
+PREFATORY.
+
+
+In this "Child's History of the United States," it has been
+the aim to use words of only one syllable. But it will be seen
+that, in a historical work, names must be given of famous men,
+of great battles, and of some important measures. It is thought
+that parents or teachers can soon familiarize young people with
+these names, so that they will read them as readily as the rest.
+Titles have been sometimes omitted, and some names which deserve
+a place and have it in larger histories, are not found here.
+All such omissions have been made from the fear of rendering
+the task of reading the book too difficult for many, who, as
+they grow older, can add to the list that fame has made illustrious,
+and take wider views of the history of this land.
+
+H. W. P.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+How this Land was Found.
+
+CHAPTER II.
+The New World.
+
+CHAPTER III.
+The Red Men.
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+The War that Made us Free.
+
+CHAPTER V.
+Three Great Fights.
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+First in War--First in Peace.
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+The Rest of the War.
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+In Times of Peace.
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+New Men and New Laws.
+
+CHAPTER X.
+The Slave Trade.
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+A New War.
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+The War of North and South.
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+Peace Once More.
+
+
+
+
+
+History of the United States.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+HOW THIS LAND WAS FOUND.
+
+
+[Illustration: IN-DI-ANS HUNTING IN THE SNOW.]
+
+For a long time, in past years, it was not known that the world
+was round. If the men in those days had been told that a ship
+could start from a port and sail straight on for months and
+come round to the same place, it would have made them laugh
+as at a good joke. They did not know the real shape of the earth,
+but thought it was a flat plane.
+
+In those days our land was the home of the In-di-ans, or red
+men, as we call them, from their dark skins. The red man does
+not live in a house, but in a sort of tent or hut. The tribes
+of red men had all this land for their own when Co-lum-bus was
+born. The great woods, the green plains, the bright streams,
+were all theirs. They made their wars in a strange and fierce
+style, and wore at their belts locks of hair, cut from the heads
+of those slain by their hands. These locks, cut from the head
+with part of the skin, they call a scalp. It was the pride of
+an In-di-an to have scalps hung at his belt. No one had taught
+him that this was wrong, and he did not have the Word of God
+to show him the right way.
+
+When Co-lum-bus was a mere boy he was fond of the sea and ships.
+He would go and watch the waves, and think about how ships were
+made, and the best way to sail them. He was born in Gen-oa,
+which is by the blue sea; so when he was a small boy he could
+watch the white sails come in. Such queer ships they had there,
+with strange high prows! As time went on, and he grew of age,
+he made trips in these ships, and was in sea-fights, and once
+or twice he was in a wreck. So you see he had a chance to grow
+strong and brave for the work he had to do.
+
+[Illustration: The Oceian and Islands between Western Europe
+and Eastern Asia from the Globus of Martin Behaim 1492.]
+
+What he read in books taught him that the world was round, and
+not flat, as was thought in those times. So he knew that if
+he could sail west he would come to a new land. He thought of
+this a long time, and at last he grew more sure of it, but he
+could get no one else to think as he did. He spent ten years
+in this way. He was full of plans; but he could get no help
+and no gold. He was too poor to do all with no aid from his
+friends. At last he went to Spain.
+
+There were a King and Queen there who were kind to Co-lum-bus;
+but at first they would not give their gold to help him. They
+thought this was a wild dream. At last, with a sad heart, he
+made up his mind to turn his back on the court of Spain.
+
+While on his way, a man came to him from Queen Is-a-bel-la.
+She had sent him word that she would help him; "that she would
+pledge her own gems to give him aid." But she did not have to
+do this, as means were found when Co-lum-bus went back to the
+court. His heart was made glad; for they gave him a small fleet
+of three ships, and on the 3d of August, 1492, the sun rose
+on the fleet as it went forth on its way to the new land. All
+was strange to the new crew, and they had all sorts of queer
+thoughts and fears of the sea. They had not been out of sight
+of land in all their lives; and when they saw the deep, dark
+sea on all sides, they were full of fear that they would not
+see their homes again. The trade-wind which took them west so
+fast, would keep them, they thought, from their land when they
+had the wish to go back. At last they grew so full of fear,
+they swore they would not go on, and Co-lum-bus had hard work
+to make them. But soon there were signs of land, and some land
+birds flew by the ship; and one of the crew found a branch of
+a tree on the waves, which had some fresh red fruit on it.
+
+Oh, how glad they were! Co-lum-bus felt so sure that he was
+near land, he gave word for the ships to lie by that night.
+No man thought of sleep. They all kept watch on deck to see
+this strange new coast for which they had borne so much.
+
+In the night a cry of joy was heard. Co-lum-bus had seen a light
+far off, and a shout of "Land! land!" soon came from all sides.
+
+When the sun rose they all saw a green strip of shore some five
+miles long. The men fell at the feet of Co-lum-bus and shed
+tears of joy. Then they sang a hymn of praise to God, who had
+kept them and brought them safe and sound to this new place.
+They got out the small boats and put men and arms in them, with
+flags, and a band to play a march of joy, and the crews made
+their way to the shore. Co-lum-bus, in a rich dress with his
+drawn sword in his hand, sprang on the beach, and then the crew
+came next. They set up a cross, and all knelt at its foot and
+gave thanks for their safe trip. Then Co-lum-bus set up the
+flag of Cas-tile and Le-on, and took the new land for the crown
+of Spain.
+
+While they stood there with shouts of joy and songs, some strange
+dark shapes stole up with soft steps to their side. The crew
+thought these men must have come from a new world, as they saw
+their dark skins and the gay paint and plumes they wore. Co-lum-bus
+gave them the name of In-di-ans, for he thought the new coast
+was part of In-dia. He did not know that he had found a new
+land. These men with red skins were glad to kiss the feet of
+the Span-iards, and change their gold chains and rude rings
+for the beads and pins the crew gave to them.
+
+Co-lum-bus spent some time in the new land he had found, and
+then he set sail for home to take his friends and the Queen
+the great news. A wild storm came on the way home, and Co-lum-bus
+thought that all was lost, so he wrote his tale on a cake of
+wax and put the cake in a cask and threw it in the sea; so that
+if he had gone down in the storm, all that he had found would
+not be lost to the world.
+
+But God took care of Co-lum-bus and his crew. They got back
+to their homes once more and had a grand time. The King and
+Queen gave them a new and fine fleet; and in time they came
+back and saw new points of land on which to build homes, and
+they found, too, South A-mer-i-ca.
+
+There were some in Spain who did not like Co-lum-bus, for he
+had won gold and fame, while they had none. So they told false
+tales of him; and when his friend, Queen Is-a-bel-la, died,
+he was once brought back from the land he had found in chains.
+How sad that was!--was it not? At last he had to die old and
+poor, and this land did not have his name. It had no name for
+some time; but at last an I-tal-ian, who made a few trips there,
+and wrote of what he saw, gave his name to the new world. His
+name was A-mer-i-cus Ves-pu-ci-us. That is a hard name for you
+to say, but you can all say A-mer-i-ca, and that is the name
+of our land.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE NEW WORLD.
+
+When the news of this land of gold spread over the world, Eng-land
+and France and Spain all sent ships to see what they could find.
+They each thought they would like to have a slice. The Eng-lish
+thought they had some rights, as one of their men, named Ca-bot,
+had, in truth, been the first to touch this new shore. The next
+time he came, he made his way down the coast to what we call
+Vir-gin-ia, and set up a claim for Eng-land.
+
+Then the King of France sent a man to plant his flag here, and
+he gave the name of New France to part of our coast. But though
+Eng-land and France both set claim to the land, they did not
+send men here to live for a long time.
+
+At last Queen E-liz-a-beth gave one of the great men at court,
+called Sir Wal-ter Ral-eigh, a claim to a large tract of land
+in A-mer-i-ca. He came with two ships, and found the red skins
+kind. They brought him gifts, and he went back to tell of all
+the strange things he had seen, and some came to live on the
+new shores. But the red skins were hard to live with, and the
+small group of white men could get no food, and were near death,
+when a brave man, named Sir Fran-cis Drake, came with a ship
+and took them off to their homes. The next band that came met
+a sad fate, for they all fell by the hand of the red men.
+
+There were some in Eng-land who had a great wish to see this
+new world. They thought they would like to live in a land with
+no King, and have a church where they could pray to God in their
+own way. They were called "Pil-grims," for they went from place
+to place and would sing psalms and pray, and they were full
+of joy at the thought of their new home.
+
+Do you know the name of the ship they came in? It is a sweet
+name, and you must keep it in your mind--The May-flow-er. They
+did not have a smooth trip, and a storm blew them on to the
+coast of Mass-a-chu-setts. It was bare and cold, but it was
+nice to see land at all. There were all sorts of fowl there,
+and they saw a whale; but when they went to shoot it the gun
+burst. They made their way to a vale where there was a spring,
+and there they took their first drink in the new land.
+
+[Illustration: IN-DI-AN FLINT-HEADED ARROW.]
+
+There was a rock called Plym-outh Rock, and here they made their
+homes and built the first house. It was in 1620, in a cold time
+of the year, that the May-flow-er brought her crew to Plym-outh
+Rock. There was not much food, and they had from the first a
+foe whom they could not trust or make a friend. These were a
+new race of men. They had brown skins; were tall and straight,
+with long, coarse black hair. They had no books, and got their
+food in the hunt, or caught fish in the streams. They made boats
+of birch bark--queer, long things, with a point at each end.
+They could make bows, and would pound their corn with two stones
+for their bread. They took the skins of beasts for their clothes,
+for they knew how to dress them. Each tribe had its head man,
+called a chief, and their great joy was in war. When their foes
+took them, they would not pray for their lives. They were brave
+in their own way, and would show no fear at the sight of the
+fire that was to burn their flesh.
+
+Their wives, the squaws, would dress the food and do all the
+hard work at home. They were the ones who dug each small patch
+of ground and put in the beans and corn. The men had a scorn
+for work. They were made to fight, they thought. They would
+say, "The Great Chief gave the white man a plow and the red
+man a bow, and sent them in the world to gain food, each in
+his own way."
+
+In this new land there was not a horse, cow, sheep, cat, dog,
+or hen to be found. You would not like such a place, would you?
+What did the young people do for pets in those days? No chicks
+to feed, no puss with her soft, warm fur, for small hands to
+stroke.
+
+[Illustration: A canoe.]
+
+But the new homes were not left in peace. The red men saw that
+their doom was near. They felt that they would have to move
+on and on, to give place to these men who knew so much; who
+read books and had schools, and taught their young ones to pray.
+So they took the guns that they had bought from the white men
+and went to war with them. When they took them they would tie
+them fast to stakes, burn them to death, and all the time the
+flames were at work, these fierce red men would dance a war
+dance of joy. They bought rum from the white men, and it made
+them like brutes.
+
+They knew that the white men had come to take their land, and
+that was cause for their hate. And so the white men, in their
+turn, felt no love for the red skin, and thought they did well
+to push him back more and more, and take all they could from
+him. The white men were to blame, for they first gave the vile
+rum to the red men, and that made them wild. They would burn
+down the white man's house at night, and kill his wife and babes.
+Think how sad it must be to wake up in the night and find the
+hot blaze of a fire in your face, and the wild war-whoop of
+an In-di-an in your ears. But you can lie down in your bed in
+peace, for there is no one to harm you--you live in good times.
+
+But those who were brave enough to come and live in this new
+land, had a hard life at first. There were no snug farms as
+now, with fields of green corn and wheat. At times the poor
+men could not get much to eat, and one wrote home: "The crumbs
+that fall from your meals would be sweet to me. When I can get
+a cup of meal and boil It with a pinch of salt, I give thanks
+as for a great feast. The In-di-ans at times bring corn and
+trade it for clothes or knives. One day they gave me a peck
+of corn for a small dog. It would be a strange thing to see
+a piece of roast beef or veal here."
+
+[Illustration: PIL-GRIMS ON THEIR WAY TO CHURCH.]
+
+It will not seem strange, then, that, in such hard times, death
+came to these small bands and took some away. But those who
+were left kept up brave hearts, and would not go back to their
+old homes; and though all were so poor, there was not a case
+of theft in four years. They grew to like the land, and one
+said, "A sup of New Eng-land air is worth more than a draught
+of Old Eng-land ale."
+
+For one of the first bands of men who came here, made their
+homes in a place to which they gave the name of New Eng-land,
+after their old home. As time went on each place grew to be
+a town, and soon had a church and a school of its own. If we
+had gone in one of those towns on the Lord's day, we would have
+seen some strange sights. As the clocks struck nine, there would
+come out a man who would beat a drum or blow a conch shell,
+or ring a bell to call all the folks to church. As we drew near
+to this church, we would have seen that it was built of logs,
+with a small flag to wave on it. There would be a fence of stakes
+round it, and a man with a gun on guard near it. Those who went
+in left all their guns in his care.
+
+If you look at this church you will see that it has no glass
+panes like ours, but small and dull and thick ones set in lead.
+It is the style now to like that old thick glass, and to use
+it once more. You might see on the front of this church, near
+the door, the heads of wolves that had been slain in the hunt
+in the past year.
+
+In this church the old men sat on one side, and the young men
+were not with them. They had their own place. So, too, the boys
+did not sit by the girls. Most of the boys sat on the stairs,
+and there was a man there as a sort of guard to see that they
+did not talk. He had a long rod or wand in his hand, with a
+hare's foot on one end, and a hare's tail on the other. He would
+let no one go to sleep. If he saw a girl nod, he would touch
+her on the face with the soft brush of the hare's tail; but
+if it were a boy who was caught in a nap, he got a sharp rap
+from the hare's foot. So you see in those times one could not
+make such a snug nest in the pew and take a long sleep as one
+does now; and they had to stay three or four hours in church.
+It must have been hard for small folks not to nod at times.
+
+When they sung, it was out of a book by the name of "The Bay
+Psalm Book," and they did not know more than ten tunes. In those
+days no one could stay from church but for a good cause, or
+else they had to pay a fine. And if a man staid from church
+a month, he was put in the stocks, or in a cage of wood, where
+all could see him and laugh and jeer at him.
+
+You do not know what stocks are in these times, but if you had
+stood in a New Eng-land town then, you would have seen a strange
+thing made of wood, by the road near the church. This queer
+frame of wood would hold a man fast so that he could not move,
+and you may think a day in the stocks would be hard to bear,
+and would make one's bones ache.
+
+A house in such a town, in those days, was all built on the
+ground floor; so there were no stairs. It was made of earth
+or logs, and had a steep roof of thatch. The place for the fire
+was built of rough stones. It was large enough to burn logs
+four feet long, and had so much room in it that a man and his
+wife and boys and girls could sit in it and look up at the sky.
+
+The dress in those days was not the same as it is now. The men
+wore small clothes, which came to the knee like a small boy's
+in these times, and they had stiff ruffs round their necks and
+caps of rich stuff on their heads. The young men wore fine belts,
+and great high boots which were made with a roll at the top.
+The girls wore silk hoods in the streets, and stiff rich gowns,
+with long waists, and lace caps on feast-days. But folks could
+not wear gay clothes if the law did not think they had means
+to spend for such fine things.
+
+They had some queer laws in those days. Those who had done wrong
+had to stand in the stocks, which held them by the feet and
+neck, so they could not get away, or they had to mount stools
+in church. If a man had a wife who had the name of a bad scold,
+a cleft stick was put on her tongue, or she was made to take
+a cold dip in a stream. I dare say you think those were hard
+laws, and you are glad to live in these days. But that was a
+race who had the fear of God in their hearts; their aim was
+to do just right and to rule the land in the best way.
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+THE RED MEN AND THEIR WARS.
+
+At first, before they had time to plant the fields, the men
+could but hunt and fish for food; but as years went by, they
+had farms, and made glass and things for trade; they wove cloth
+of wool, and some from a plant that grows in the south, of which
+you may know the name. It is white and soft.
+
+They had not much coin, and so they had to do the best they
+could with skins and corn, or what they could get for trade.
+The first mint to make coin was set up in Mass-a-chu-setts in
+1652. This coin had a pine tree on one side, and the name of
+the State. One side had a date and N. E. for New Eng-land. All
+this coin was known as "pine-tree coin." In time the land at
+Plym-outh Bay and those near took one name, "Mass-a-chu-setts."
+
+In the meanwhile the small band who had made homes in Vir-gin-ia
+had come to grief. They had been men of good birth in their
+own land, and did not know much of hard work. They had come
+in search of wealth. Great tales had been told of the gold
+here. It had been said one could pick up great lumps of gold,
+as large as a hen's egg, in the streams. They found that all
+this was not true, and that a man had to work hard to live.
+They grew sick, and death came in their midst to make things
+more sad; so that they lost more than half of their small band.
+
+[Illustration: BUILD-ING IN VIR-GIN-IA.]
+
+[Illustration: JOHN SMITH.]
+
+One man, John Smith by name, did great things for them. He had
+been brave from his birth. He had been in wars oft, and once
+he built him a lodge of boughs in a forest and took his books
+with him, that he might learn the art of war. Once he went to
+fight the Turks. He is said to have been sold as a slave. It
+may be all these tales are not true; but it is true he taught
+his own friends in Vir-gin-ia how to live. He got them to build
+a fort and log huts for the cold times. He made friends as far
+as he could of the In-di-ans, so that he could get boat loads
+of food from them. He said that "he who would not work might
+not eat;" so no man could be a drone in the hive. Each one must
+learn to swing the axe in the woods or to hunt and to fish.
+
+Once the In-di-ans took him and they told him that he must die.
+Their great chief Pow-ha-tan had said the word; so his head was
+laid upon a stone, and a huge war club raised to strike the
+blow. But a young girl was seen to spring to his side, throw
+her arms round his neck, and pray that he might be set free.
+She was the pet of the tribe, for she was the child of their
+chief; and so Cap-tain Smith was set free. You may be sure he
+was full of thanks to his kind young friend, and it is said
+she might have been seen on her way to James-town more than
+once, as time went on, with small stores of corn for the white
+men. And when she grew up a white man made her his wife.
+
+[Illustration: TO-BAC-CO PLANT.]
+
+But at last a bad wound made Cap-tain Smith go back to Eng-land,
+and things grew worse and worse in Vir-gin-ia. Food was more
+and more scarce, and a sad time came, which was long known as
+"Starving Time." It was in 1609. At last they all made up their
+minds to go back to their old home. None shed a tear as the
+sun rose on that day; they had known bad times in the new land,
+and did not grieve to go. But as their ship made its way down
+the bay, they met Lord Del-a-ware, with a great stock of food,
+and new men to swell the ranks. So they were glad to turn back
+and try the place once more; and in the course of time they
+throve and built and spread, and that part of the land made
+a new State, which we know as Vir-gin-ia. In that State was
+first grown a weed which you have seen men smoke and chew.
+
+The folks in Mass-a-chu-setts went by the name of "Pu-ri-tans."
+They had left their old home that they might pray to God in
+their own way, and they thought that their own way was the right
+one. When men came in their midst who did not think as they
+did, they were sent out of the place. There was a class called
+Quak-ers, or Friends, who were mild, and did all they could
+for peace; but they thought they had their rights as well as
+the rest, and might serve God in their own way. They did not
+believe in wars, and would not bear arms. They would not hire
+a man to preach for them; but when they met, each one spoke
+as he felt the thought come in his heart. They kept the laws,
+and did to all men as they wished them to do to them. They said
+"thee and thou" for "you," and "yea and nay" for "yes and no;"
+but this could hurt no one, and it seems strange to us that
+they were not let stay in the place. They had to fly for their
+lives, and four were put to death. In these days all men are
+free to serve God in their own way.
+
+And in that time there was one man to raise his voice for the
+poor Quak-ers, and all who were like them. This man was Rog-er
+Will-iams. He held that the State had no right to say what men
+should think and feel. You may be sure those who were high in
+place did not like to hear that; so he had to fly from his home
+one cold day, and for a time he hid in the woods. But the In-di-ans
+gave him a home, and one chief made him a gift of a piece of
+land, which he called "Prov-i-dence," as it was to him like
+a gift from God. And so the State of Rhode Isl-and, where this
+town was built, was known as a place where thought was free.
+The Quak-ers were glad to find a home in that State, where they
+could dwell in peace.
+
+[Illustration: IN-DI-ANS RID-ING.]
+
+In 1675, a war, known as King Phil-ip's war, broke out in Mass-a-chu-setts.
+King Phil-ip was an In-di-an chief who saw that the white man
+would soon own all the land, and he knew that meant death to
+his race. He made a plan to kill all the white men. The first
+blow fell on the Lord's day, as the folks were on their way
+home from church. The men flew to arms, and did not dare to
+lay them down when they were in the field at work, or at their
+homes. When they went to church they would stack them at the
+door.
+
+King Phil-ip and his men made their camp in a great swamp, where
+it was hard for the white men to reach them. Here they laid
+up a store of food, and had great tribes of red men. They would
+not fight in the wide fields, but would skulk in nooks, and
+rush out and hold all the land in fear, for the foe would seem
+to be on all sides. At last they were made to leave their strong
+hold, and could find no place to hide. There was a fight, and
+the In-di-ans fell thick and fast. Phil-ip ran, but one of his
+own tribe, who had a grudge, shot him dead. He had done all
+he could for his own folk, but fell by the hand of one of them
+at last.
+
+All this time the King of Eng-land was at the head of this land
+as well, and the men he sent were wont to rule things with a
+high hand. They would not grant what our men thought to be their
+rights. Dutch ships had come in to trade for furs with the In-di-ans.
+Some of the crews stayed here and made their homes in a place
+they called New Am-ster-dam. It is now known by the name of
+New York. These first Dutch men bought the land from the In-di-ans,
+and it was to go to their heirs through all time.
+
+[Illustration: THE DUTCH AT NEW AM-STER-DAM.]
+
+A band of Swedes made their home in Del-a-ware. A Quak-er by
+the name of Will-iam Penn bought a grant of land from the King.
+He thought to make a home for all his sect, who had as hard
+a time in Eng-land as they did here. He sent a band of these
+men here, and the next year he came too. He met the In-di-ans
+by a great elm tree. He was a kind and good man, and would not
+take their land from them. He bought it and made them his friends.
+"We will live in love with Will-iam Penn and his heirs," said
+they, "as long as the sun and moon shall shine." And it is said
+that to this day a red man is loathe to shed Quak-er blood.
+
+[Illustration: IN-DI-AN PIPES.]
+
+[Illustration: William Penn.]
+
+In 1683, Penn bought land from the Swedes and laid out a town,
+to which he gave the name of Phil-a-del-phia. It stood in the
+midst of a wood, and the wild deer ran by the men who came to
+take a look at their new home. When Penn came, he sent out a
+call for all the men to meet in one place, and there he met
+with them, and they laid out the code or kind of laws they were
+to have. This code was known as "The Great Law." No one could
+vote that did not believe in Christ; and all might pray to God
+in their own way. So you see the Quak-ers did not wish to force
+men to believe as they did. They felt that was not right or
+just.
+
+Penn did all he could for his sect, and was mild and good to
+the red men. He said to them, "We meet on the broad path of
+good faith and good will. I will deal with you in love. We are
+one flesh and blood."
+
+So our land grew, and State by State was laid out, and towns
+were built, and all this time the King of Eng-land was at the
+head of the whole. There were more In-di-an wars; for the red
+men gave the new folk no peace. They would come down from the
+depths of the woods of Can-a-da on their snow shoes, and drag
+men and their wives from their beds and scalp them and set their
+homes on fire. Many a child, too, had to fly with the rest in
+the cold night, with bare feet and few clothes on, to seek a
+place to hide from this fierce foe.
+
+[Illustration: IN-DI-AN SNOW SHOE.]
+
+In 1754, a war broke out which we call the "French and In-di-an
+War." The Eng-lish had at this time a great strip of land on
+our coast which they held as their own. It was like a string
+to the great bow of French land, which went from Que-bec to
+New Or-leans. Both French and Eng-lish laid claim to part of
+the land; and those who had the wish to live in peace could
+not but look on in fear.
+
+The French built three forts, and that made all feel that they
+meant to hold the land. A young man by the name of George Wash-ing-ton,
+was sent to ask that they should pull down these forts. You
+have heard of George Wash-ing-ton, I know. You have been told
+that he was "first in peace, first in war, and first in the
+hearts of all." You have, I am sure, heard the tale of the fruit
+tree that he cut, and how he could not tell a lie to save him.
+He was a boy then, and some one had made his heart glad with
+the gift of a small axe. What should a boy do with such a thing,
+if he could not cut with it? So George went round to try the
+sharp edge of his axe, and, as bad luck would have it, he came
+on a young fruit tree. It may be that the fruit was of a rare
+kind, and so when it was found that the bark of the tree had
+been cut in such a way that one could hope for no more fruit,
+the cry rang out on all sides, "Who has done this deed?"
+
+Our small boy was not at peace in his own mind. He did not know
+in what shape the wrath might fall on him; but he came forth
+in a brave way and said, "I did it, Father, I can not tell a
+lie. I cut it." We are glad there has been one boy who could
+not tell a lie, and we hope there are some in our own times.
+
+So this George Wash-ing-ton, then a young man, was sent to the
+French man who was at the head of the forts, to say that he
+must take them down at once. He had a hard time to get there,
+for it was cold, and the streams were big with the rains. The
+snow fell and froze as it fell. His horse gave out, and he had
+to go on foot. He had one man with him, and they struck out
+in to the woods. They had to cross a stream on a rude raft,
+and they were caught in the ice. It bore them on with great
+speed, and when Wash-ing-ton threw out his pole to check the
+speed, he fell in the stream. But he knew how to swim, and so
+he got to land. When day came, it grew still more cold, and
+the stream froze in such a way that he could walk on it to the
+place where he would be.
+
+The men at the French forts would not say that they would give
+them up. In fact, they made boasts that they could hold them
+in spite of all, and so the war went on. The French would dart
+out and seize Eng-lish ships, and then the Eng-lish would march
+on the French, and do them all the harm they could. Wash-ing-ton
+fought on the side of the Eng-lish in this war. Once the In-di-ans
+laid in wait for them in the wood, and as the men were on the
+march with their flags and beat of drum, they heard the fierce
+war whoop on all sides. The Brit-ish troops did not know how
+to deal with such a foe; but our men sprang down and fought
+them in their own way.
+
+One chief made a vow that he would kill Wash-ing-ton. Four balls
+were sent through his clothes. Twice his horse was shot. Gen-er-al
+Brad-dock, who was at the head of the Eng-lish troops, was shot
+and borne from the field to die. There was a great fright, and
+the men fled on all sides. Wash-ing-ton did what he could to
+save them from the foe, like a brave man. But the French went
+on and built more forts, and our men were at their wits' end
+to hold their own with foes on all sides.
+
+There were six tribes of the red men who were their friends,
+and I would tell you their names if they were not too long and
+hard.
+
+But you will find in the State of New York lakes and streams
+which bear the same names. We ought to bear them in mind, as
+they were of great use in those times. So it was thought best
+for all our men to meet in a town by the name of Al-ba-ny, to
+fix on a way to keep these six tribes our friends, and to join
+with them to fight the French. Al-ba-ny was then a small town
+with few in it; but it had a stone fort. Here our men met the
+chiefs and had a talk with them. The chiefs told our clan they
+were not so wise and brave as the French, or they would build
+forts like them.
+
+But there was one wise man in our midst, Ben-ja-min Frank-lin.
+He had been a poor boy, so poor that when he went in to the
+great town of Phil-a-del-phia, he had but a few cents. But he
+knew how to print; and more than that he was fond of books,
+and so could learn all sorts of things. He brought with him
+a small print on which was shown a snake cut in parts. Each
+part had on it the name of one of the States. He said they must
+be made one or die, and that to be one was the way to be great.
+But our men did not see their way clear to do this yet. We know
+they made the States one in time.
+
+The death of Gen-er-al Brad-dock was a great blow to their hopes.
+They saw that all the red-coats, as we call the Eng-lish, were
+not brave; but could run as fast as the rest. Still they took
+some forts, with long names, from the French in this war. They
+made a move on them at Que-bec, with Gen-er-al Wolfe at the
+head of our troops.
+
+[Illustration: A DUTCH HOUSEHOLD IN NEW AM-STER-DAM, NOW NEW
+YORK.]
+
+Quebec was one of the strong forts of the world. At first Gen-er-al
+Wolfe lost at all points. But he found at last a way to go in
+boats. With no noise they made their way to land, and up a steep
+hill, and at dawn the French woke to see red-coats on all sides.
+Their Gen-er-al Mont-calm led them out of the fort to fight.
+If he had not, he might have won the day, for the fort was strong.
+But he chose to fight in the wide field, and so we won.
+
+At the time of the fight, Gen-er-al Wolfe, who had been struck
+by a death shot, heard shouts of joy, "They fly--they fly!"
+"Who fly!" came from his white lips. "The French." "Then praise
+God, I die at peace," he said, with his last breath.
+
+Gen-er-al Mont-calm, too, on the French side, had a wound, and
+was told he could not live. "I am glad of it," he said, "for
+then I shall not live to see my town yield to the foe." So you
+see they were two brave men who fell that day. In five days
+a peace was made with France; for she gave up most of the land
+to which she had laid claim.
+
+But there were some of the red men who did not want this peace
+with the Eng-lish. They had seen the red-coats run away from
+them, and they thought they might now strike a blow for their
+own homes and land. The French made them think they would help
+them. "The King of France has but slept for a time," they said,
+"but he will soon wake up, and then he will drive the foe from
+the homes of the red men, and give them back their land."
+
+[Illustration: IN-DI-AN CHIEF.]
+
+There was one brave chief, Pon-ti-ac, who heard all this with
+a glad heart. "I will live and die a French man," he said, and
+he sent men to each town to bear a belt with red or black beads
+on it, and a knife with a red stain on it; these meant war.
+The knife was of the kind with which they were wont to scalp
+the foe, and the red stain told that deeds of blood were at
+hand. When this belt and knife were kept, Pon-ti-ac knew that
+the chiefs there would join the war. Their first move was on
+a fort at De-troit.
+
+[Illustration: IRON TOM-A-HAWK.]
+
+[Illustration: STONE TOM-A-HAWK.]
+
+This was Pon-ti-ac's plan. He would go some day to the fort
+with some men and ask leave to come in and show them a war dance.
+While some were in the dance, a few would stroll through the
+fort and see all that could be seen. Then they would go once
+more as if for a call, with arms hid in their clothes, and strike
+down the white men when they did not look for it. The first
+part of this plan went on all right; but one of the squaws,
+who was a friend to the head man of the fort, told him what
+the red men meant to do. So when Pon-ti-ac and his men went
+in the fort, each with his gun hid in his clothes, they found
+ranks of men with arms to meet them, and they were glad to get
+out with their lives.
+
+But Pon-ti-ac would not give up, for he made more friends, and
+laid siege to De-troit in 1763. It was a long siege for the
+red man, but it held out, though food was scarce, and the men
+in it felt that they must soon starve. Pon-ti-ac at last had
+to make peace, and met his own death at the hands of a red man,
+who was mad with drink; and so the French and In-di-an war came
+to an end.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+THE WAR THAT MADE US FREE.
+
+
+For a time all were at peace; but at last a war broke out that
+took more time, and cost more men, than all the wars of the
+past. You have heard of it, it may be, by the name of the Rev-o-lu-tion.
+
+There are some old men who fought in that war, who are alive
+this day. You see the cause of this war came out of what our
+men thought to be their wrongs. They thought the rule of Eng-land
+too hard, and that they should have their own men to rule them.
+They would have gone on as they were, if they had thought that
+Eng-land was just to them; but she put a tax on the things they
+had to use. She had a large debt to pay, and so she thought
+it fair our men should help to pay it; and our men held that
+they ought to have a voice as to what the tax should be, and
+fix what they knew to be right.
+
+Do you know what a tax means? It meant, in this case, that when
+our men bought a thing, they had to pay a few cents more than
+its real price, and these few cents were to go to Eng-land.
+Of course these few cents from all sides grew to be a good sum,
+and was quite a help. Eng-land, at this time, made a law which
+we know by the name of the "Stamp Act." This law, which gave
+to Eng-land a tax on all deeds, was one great cause of the wrath
+of our men. One man made a speech on it that was put in print,
+and the boys in the schools spoke it. In all the States men
+took the same view; so that the Stamp Act may be said to have
+lit the fire which in time made such a blaze.
+
+In all the States men stood up for what they thought their rights,
+and they made up their mind that they would not pay this tax
+on Eng-lish things, but would learn to make them of their own.
+Men and their wives took a vow that the fine clothes from their
+old home should not tempt them, but they would spin and weave,
+and wear what they made, though it might be poor and coarse.
+One brave dame wrote to her friends, "I hope there are none
+of us but would wrap up in the skins of sheep and goats to keep
+us warm, if we must else pay a tax which is not just on the
+goods of Eng-land."
+
+The wrath at the Stamp Act grew more fierce each day, and the
+men who were sent to put it in force did not dare to do so.
+One was caught and made to say that he would give the thing
+up. He was made to fling up his hat and cry as they told him,
+three times, in words which meant that they were right and the
+King was wrong. No one was found so bold as to put the Stamp
+Act in force; and the news went to the King and set him in a
+great rage. Some of their own great men were on our side, and
+were glad we did not yield.
+
+At last the King gave up the Stamp Act, but said he had a right
+to tax us as he chose. There was great joy here at the news
+that the Stamp Act was to be heard from no more. The bells were
+rung, and flags were flung out on the breeze, and all who were
+held for debt were made free. For a year there was no more heard
+of a tax; but then a new act came. This tax was made on tea
+and glass, and such things, which were in use all the time.
+This woke new wrath, and troops had to come out to keep the
+peace, which our men said they would not bear. The boys from
+the schools felt the wrong, and would call the "red-coats" in
+scorn by that name; and the young men made a vow that they would
+drive them from the town.
+
+There were street fights each day; and the men were more and
+more set to have their rights. The folk wore the rough clothes
+which they spun and wove, and would not buy a yard of Eng-lish
+cloth. Then they sought to find some plant that they might use
+for tea, so that they would not have to buy tea and pay the
+tax on it. They must have had some queer drinks at that time.
+When the King found they were so set in their way, he gave up
+all but the tax on tea. Then he sent three large ship loads
+of it here, in the hope that our folk would want it so much
+when they saw it, that they would be glad to pay the tax.
+
+But our men had made up their minds that this tea should not
+land. So when the tea ships came in, a guard was set on them
+by our men as they lay at the wharf, so that the tea should
+not be brought to shore. A large crowd of men met in a Hall
+in Bos-ton, to say what should be done with the tea; and at
+last they gave out, that if the tea were sent back where it
+came from, all would be well. But the head man, who was sent
+here to rule us by the King, would not do this, and said so.
+When this was told to the crowd, a war-whoop was heard at the
+porch, and some men in the dress of In-di-ans made a rush down
+to the wharf, and went on board of the three tea ships, and
+cast all the chests of tea in the bay. Then they went home in
+peace and did no one harm. This was the "Bos-ton Tea Par-ty,"
+and is so known at this day.
+
+At New York and Bos-ton they did not try to land the tea when
+they heard of this, but took it back. At one time the tea was
+set on fire. All this made our men more and more set on their
+own way; and the King grew in a rage with them. He made some
+strong laws, sent troops to Bos-ton, and put in force a bill
+called a Port Bill, which would not let a boat go in or out
+the port, save that it brought food or wood. One of their own
+men stood up and said this was a "bill to make us slaves." And
+the wood and food had to be brought in a new route, and not
+straight in the bay. Not a stick of wood or a pound of flour
+could be brought in a row boat, or straight in from a near point;
+it must all go round to the place where the Eng-lish saw fit,
+where they could stop it and see just what was there.
+
+Of course this was hard for the good folk of Bos-ton, and they
+did not bear their wrongs in peace. They had gifts sent them
+by land--of grain and salt fish and sheep. From the South came
+flour and rice, and some times gold for the poor. So that the
+Port Bill made all feel to them like friends, for all towns
+took up the cause of Bos-ton as their own.
+
+This was just what the wise men at the court of King George
+had said would be the case. They knew it would make our folk
+more strong to drive them with hard laws to fight. And so it
+came to pass, as the two great men, Burke and Fox, had said,
+King George was set in his way, and would not change, but did
+his best to push the laws through. The Bos-ton Port Bill was
+one of the things that made the States one. For they had but
+one mind on these harsh laws, and stood as one man for the right.
+The day when this Port Bill was first put in force, the Town
+Hall in one of the towns was hung with black, as for a death;
+the Bill was on it, and the toll of bells was heard all day.
+
+If we could have stood in Bos-ton in those days, we would have
+seen that there was not much work, and no ships at the wharves
+but those of Eng-land. There were guns in view, and men with
+red-coats in the streets. There were tents on the green, and
+clubs that met each night, to talk of this strange turn in things,
+and what was best to do. They did not want war, but saw no way
+to get out of it. Great men spoke of it here and there, and
+each speech was read at the clubs.
+
+"We must fight," grew to be the cry. But there were some, of
+course, who felt sad at all this, who thought it wrong not to
+do the will of the King in all things. They said this land would
+come to grief, for we were the ones who had the most to lose
+by war. These men had the name of "To-ries," and the rest did
+not look on them as friends, but held them as foes. Some of
+these men went back to their old homes, and came here in the
+troops of the King to fight their old friends. Some stayed and
+came round to new views, and took part in the wars that came
+to pass in time. All knew that the ranks of the King would be
+made of men who had fought in wars, and were known to be brave;
+while on our side they would be raw men, who did not know the
+art of war. But still our men were brave, and they said, with
+strong hearts, "The strife may be long, but the end is sure.
+We will fight for our homes, for our lands, for the right. We
+will be free!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+THREE GREAT FIGHTS.
+
+
+In each town, at this time, men thought but of war, and how
+to train for it; so that in case of need each one could spring
+to arms at once. Guns were put in a safe place, and stores of
+food were bought. The Brit-ish in their turn kept watch on all,
+and more troops were brought in.
+
+Our men made a plan, that when it should be known that a large
+force of the Brit-ish were to move out of Bos-ton at night,
+a light should be hung out of the North Church by way of a sign.
+One night the watch by the Charles saw the light gleam high
+on the church, and they knew some move was on hand. At once
+all was stir and noise. Men rode here and there to find out
+what it meant. One went in a boat, and then took a fleet horse
+to seek out two of the wise and great men, and see what was
+best to do. The man who took this ride, and went from house
+to house with a call to those who slept, was Paul Re-vere. There
+is a song this day on that ride.
+
+You may be sure there was no more sleep in a house that night.
+When he rode by--"Do not make so much noise," said one on guard.
+
+"Noise," said Paul Re-vere, "there will be noise ere long; the
+foe is on us!"
+
+All this time the Eng-lish troops had made a swift, still march.
+They thought no one had seen or known their move; but all at
+once the bells in each church rang out a wild peal. In each
+town the church bell sent a call to each home. So it was plain
+that all was known. Paul Re-vere and the scouts had done the
+work well. The Brit-ish sent back for more troops. They came,
+and they were told to hold the bridge at Con-cord. But when
+Ma-jor Pit-cairn, who was at the head of the Brit-ish, came
+to Lex-ing-ton at dawn, he found a great crowd of men with arms.
+
+"What do ye here?" he said, in wrath, "go to your homes! Why
+don't ye lay down your arms?" But as they made no move to go,
+his troops sent forth a fire on them, which they gave back with
+a will. Eight of our men got their death wounds that day, and
+this was the first blood shed in the war.
+
+The Brit-ish then gave three cheers and set out on a march to
+Con-cord. The people of that town made haste to move their stores
+of food and arms to a safe place in the woods. Their scouts
+took the North bridge, and could see that the Brit-ish were
+in the streets of the town; that they had set the court house
+on fire, and cut down the pole, and laid waste the stores they
+found. So the men on the bridge made up their minds they would
+try to drive this foe out. There were but few of them, but they
+had strong hearts.
+
+One of their head men said, "I have not a man who fears to go."
+He was the first who was shot, and fell dead. Still they went
+on and made a brave fire, so that the Brit-ish set out to run.
+But they could not go back as they came; for by this time our
+men for miles round, came in on all sides. Some were in their
+shirt sleeves, they had come in such haste; but each one had
+a gun in his hand, and took his place back of a tree or stone
+wall, where he could get good aim. One of the Brit-ish wrote
+home that the men came so fast, they would seem to drop from
+the sky.
+
+At each step the Brit-ish troops took, a shot would come from
+some side, and a man would fall dead. At last such a fear came
+on our foe, that they broke into a run. They did not know what
+to do. They had no more shot, and could not give back the fire.
+One of them wrote, "They had to lie down for rest on the ground,
+and their tongues hung out of their mouths like dogs spent by the
+chase." All the way to Bos-ton they felt the fire of our men,
+and they were glad to get back to their great ships, the men
+of war, and rest where they could be safe. They had lost three
+times more men than the A-mer-i-cans.
+
+There was a great stir in the court of the King when the news
+was brought that their troops had run from a hand full of raw
+men, who had no skill in the art of war. Poor Lord Per-cy, who
+had been at the head of the Eng-lish, came in for hard names,
+though he was a brave man. They were mad, and had to give vent
+to their wrath on some one. In A-mer-i-ca it was felt that this
+was the first blow struck; and Sam-u-el Ad-ams, when he heard
+the news at Lex-ing-ton, said, "Oh, what a grand day this is!"
+for he knew this strife would not end till all the States were
+free.
+
+There were some hills near Bos-ton, and our men knew that there
+was a plan to gain them, and make a place for Eng-lish troops
+on them. You see, if the foe had such high ground, they could
+have a grand chance to fire down on those in the town. So our
+men stole out by night and threw up earth works, and took all
+the troops they could get from all parts, and put them in charge
+there. In the mean while they sent their wives and young ones
+out of the town, so that none but Brit-ish troop were left there.
+They made no noise in their march that night; no one heard them,
+and the bells in the church struck twelve ere they dug a sod.
+But they were soon at work, and could hear the guard on the
+man-of-war cry out each hour, "All's well."
+
+When the day came, and the sun rose, the earth works were seen
+from the ships, and at once they sent out a fire on them. So
+in Bos-ton the troops woke to see the true state of things,
+and were not slow to do their best. But our men went on with
+their work, spite of the shots. One of the foe had a glass through
+which he could see each move of our men round the works. "Will
+they fight?" said he. "To the last drop of their blood," said
+one who stood near.
+
+So they made up their minds to lose no time, but to make a raid
+on the works that day. It was a hot day in June. Part of our
+men stood by a rail fence, on the edge of a hill, by the name
+of Bun-ker Hill; part were back of the mounds which were but
+half made. Then the rail fence was made to screen the men back
+of it, by a lot of new mown hay, put in to fill up the gaps.
+
+[Illustration: JO-SEPH WAR-REN.]
+
+The Brit-ish troops went in boats, and took their stand on the
+bank of the Charles. They had two men to our one, and were full
+of skill in the use of arms. Our men had come in from the farm
+or the shop. They did not know what a drill meant; but their
+place was more safe back of the earth works, while the troops
+of the foe were out in full sight in the field. It is a grand
+sight; the long lines, the red coats and white pants of the
+Brit-ish; the white cross belts, the beat of drums, the play
+of fifes. The sky is clear and hot. Great white clouds sail
+on the blue. The folks crowd on the roof of each house in the
+town.
+
+So our men laid in wait, as the troops took up a slow march
+on them. The Eng-lish found the day hot, and they had their
+arms and food to weigh them down. But they had no doubts, and
+their march was sure. They would fire now and then, and few
+shots fell on them. On they came, till they got ten rods from
+the earth works. Then the word rang out on our side, "Fire!"
+When the smoke was gone it was seen that the dead lay on the
+ground here and there; and those who were left had set off to
+run.
+
+[Illustration: PLAN OF BUNK-ER HILL. MON-U-MENT.]
+
+A great shout went up from the forts; a cheer came back from
+those at the rail fence. They, too, had held back their fire
+to the last, and then three fourths of those who had set out
+to chase them fell in the ranks, and the rest ran. Gen-er-al
+Put-nam was one of our great men in this fight. When the foe
+came on, he had said to his men, "Aim low; wait till you can
+see the whites of their eyes," and their aim was sure. When
+they saw the Brit-ish troops in flight, they thought they would
+give them chase; but they had no more shot, and so could not
+make good what they had won. They fell back with sad hearts,
+one by one, and lost more as they did so than they had done
+in the fight.
+
+This was the fight of Bunk-er Hill, and though the A-mer-i-cans
+did not win the day, they made plain to all men that they had
+stout hearts, and could deal a blow for their rights. In this
+fight Gener-al War-ren lost his life.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+FIRST IN WAR--FIRST IN PEACE.
+
+
+The first thing George Wash-ing-ton was heard to ask when news
+came of this fight was, "Did our men stand fire?" And when he
+was told that they did, he said, "Then the rights of our land
+are safe." From this day our men took heart and were of good
+cheer. The Brit-ish lost one in four of their men in that fight;
+and on our side we did not lose half as much. In Eng-land men
+did not know what to make of so great a loss to their troops
+from so small a force as ours.
+
+In this land there was a call for more troops, and George Wash-ing-ton
+was put at their head. He had shown that he was a brave and
+true man. He came from Vir-gin-ia, his home, and met the rest
+'neath a great elm tree in Cam-bridge. This tree is known as
+the "Wash-ing-ton Elm" to this day. All felt a wish to see this
+brave man, who had no small fame; they came from all sides to
+greet him, and saw a man more than six feet tall, with a broad
+chest, large hands and feet, a fine face, a clear eye, and the
+air of one born to rule. He wore a blue coat, with buff small
+clothes, and a black plume in his hat.
+
+Wash-ing-ton saw, in his turn, a crowd of men of all sorts and
+kinds, rude and rough in their looks, and with odd kinds of
+arms, no two of which were alike, in their hands. Some were
+in old coats, some in their shirt sleeves. No state suits or
+gold bands or fine plumes were there. And when Gen-er-al Wash-ing-ton
+went round to the camp, he found things were in a bad state.
+Some had straight lines of tents, neat and nice, but most were
+in small huts made of boards or stones or turf. The food was
+rough and scarce, and the men had not the first means for war;
+not as much as would load their guns more than a few times.
+
+It would not have been strange if Wash-ing-ton had felt his
+heart sink at such a sight. But he went to work in a brave way
+to do the best he could. Some store ships of food fell, by good
+luck, in the hands of our men, who had been sent out to get
+what they could; so that food was not so scarce. But still they
+had no food for their guns, and could not march on the foe.
+
+The Brit-ish troops still held Bos-ton; but could not get food
+and wood for fires. The small-pox, too, broke out in their midst.
+They had to pull down an old house now and then and burn it
+to keep warm; and they sent crowds out of the town to be fed.
+They put troops in each church, and made a play house of the
+Town Hall. At times they would send out play bills to Wash-ing-ton
+and his men. They did not want them to know that things were
+so hard with them.
+
+Once in this hall they had a play on the times. It was meant
+to show how they were shut in by the foe, and of course to make
+fun at the same time. In one part, a man in a dress like Wash-ing-ton,
+with a great wig, and a long sword all rust, came on the stage.
+By his side was a green lad, with an old gun. This was done
+to cast a slur on our men. But just then there was a cry, "The
+Yan-kees are on Bunk-er Hill." At first this was thought to
+be a part of the play; but when Gen-er-al Howe said, in a loud
+voice, "Men, to your posts!" there was great fright. Men ran,
+their wives fell in a faint, and all felt there was no fun in
+such a scare. In a short time the Eng-lish left Bos-ton; for
+they could not be safe from the fire that came down on them
+from all the hills round.
+
+But they did not give up the fight. When the King and his court
+heard of Bunk-er Hill, they made up their minds they would rule
+this land, let it cost what it would. So they cut off our trade
+as far as they could, and they brought in all the men they could
+find from all lands which would give them help. So you may be
+sure they had a great crowd to come on us and try to bend us
+to their will. But our folk kept up a stout heart in the face
+of all. They felt they had gone too far to go back.
+
+[Illustration: Benjamin Franklin.]
+
+There were some wise men who were known as the "Con-gress,"
+who had met in Phil-a-del-phia. They gave it as their mind that
+"These States are and of right ought to be free;" and they stuck
+to this text. The troops had to fight, and it was the part of
+Con-gress to raise the men, the pay, and the arms. It would
+seem that they had the worst part to do. To be sure, when they
+thought of the past, they might take heart. In the face of such
+a foe, it must be said, our men had done well. Doc-tor Frank-lin
+felt that way; but there were some rich men who thought it would
+be death to the States to make war.
+
+So Con-gress met to see if it were best that they should strike
+the blow at once that would make them free. They had more than
+one talk on this, and at first the time did not seem ripe. They
+were to break all ties with Eng-land, to pay no more tax, and
+to try to find help if they could, in their fight to be free.
+Some great men wrote out the plan, and you can still see it
+in the Hall in Phil-a-del-phia. This sheet is called the "Dec-la-ra-tion
+of In-de-pend-ence." It meant that they were bound to be free,
+and so they wrote it down. It was made Ju-ly 4th, 1776, and
+that is why you hear the noise of fire works and see signs of
+joy on each Fourth of Ju-ly since that day.
+
+[Illustration: JOHN HAN-COCK'S RES-I-DENCE, BOS-TON.]
+
+When the men came to sign this Dec-la-ra-tion, the one who wrote
+his name first, said, "We must be one; we must all pull the
+same way; we must hang side by side." "Or we shall hang with
+none at our side," said Frank-lin. But no doubt there were sad
+hearts that day, though these words did raise a laugh.
+
+[Illustration: IN-DE-PEND-ENCE HALL.]
+
+They did not change this dec-la-ra-tion much from the way they
+wrote it first. There was one clause on the slave trade which
+the men from the South did not like; so it was struck out. There
+were twelve States--though they did not call them States in those
+days--that gave their vote for it. New York would not vote at
+all. The bell of the State House was to ring if the "Dec-la-ra-tion"
+should pass. This bell had been put up years since, and one
+might read on it, though these are not just the words, "Let
+all the land be free." So the old man who was wont to ring this
+bell, put his boy at the door of the hall where the men met.
+
+When at last the Dec-la-ra-tion should pass, the man who kept
+the door was to make a sign to the boy. You may think how all
+hearts beat when this boy ran out with a cry of "Ring, ring;"
+and what a peal of joy rang out from the bell! Then the Dec-la-ra-tion
+was read to each of the troops, and there were loud cheers on
+cheers from all sides. That night the form of George the Third,
+on horse-back, which had been wrought in stone, and stood in
+one of the squares, was laid low in the dust by the crowd.
+
+Yet for all this brave show, the men were sad at heart. They
+knew how poor they were, and how few, and the true state of
+the troops, and all that could be brought to put them down.
+They set out to make a flag of their own; for they had all sorts
+of flags at this time. One had a pine tree on a white ground,
+and was known as the "pine tree flag." On this flag were words
+which meant, "Call to God for help."
+
+When Wash-ing-ton came to take the head of the troops, he had
+a new flag made with stripes of red and white, as now; but on
+one end was a red and white cross, like that which marks the
+Brit-ish flag. This flag went with our troops in Bos-ton, when
+the Brit-ish took up their march out of that place. But, by
+vote of Con-gress, a change was made, and it was said that our
+flag must have red and white stripes, and white stars on a blue
+ground--a star and a stripe for each State. Now when they make
+a new State, they put a new star on our flag. Count them and
+see how strong we are.
+
+The first man to hoist the new flag was Cap-tain Paul Jones.
+He was at the head of a man-of-war, and from that ship it was
+first flung out on the breeze. This is the flag that now waves
+in town and camp, and on our ships to all the ports of the land.
+We have more stars now, but the stripes stay the same.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+THE REST OF THE WAR.
+
+
+Up to this time, most of the fights had been round Bos-ton.
+But Wash-ing-ton now saw that there would be a move made on
+New York; so he sent Gen-er-al Lee to help keep the town, and
+he soon went there too. Some men came to their aid from the
+South, and Lord Howe, with a great mass of Eng-lish troops,
+were there to meet them. Lord Howe had word from King George
+first to speak of peace, but he did not know to whom he should
+speak. He wrote a note to "George Wash-ing-ton;" but our chief
+would not read it, as he said his true name, as head of the
+troops,  should be on it. So Lord Howe wrote no more. He saw
+that the  hour to fight had come.
+
+At first the A-mer-i-can troops came to grief, and Wash-ing-ton
+and his men had to make their way back for a time. The Brit-ish
+took heart from this, and our men were sad. They were poor,
+and had few clothes, and some had no shoes for that long, hard
+march; so that one could track their steps by the blood on the
+ground.
+
+Wash-ing-ton saw there was no time to lose, and he must strike
+a swift blow. He knew there were troops of Ger-mans at Tren-ton,
+and that they still held to the ways of their land. Do you know
+the name of that day when you have a tree with nice gifts and
+lights hung on it? It is the day when Christ was born, and which
+we keep to this time for His sake. Well, Wash-ing-ton knew these
+folk would cling to the ways of their old homes. That they would
+keep the feast and be off their guard. So on the eve of that
+day he set out to march on them with his men. A storm of sleet
+came up in the night, but they went on, and when the dawn rose,
+these brave men, who had come through the snow and ice, stood
+in ranks for the fight. Some one wrote a note, and a man ran
+all the way to Tren-ton to warn the Ger-mans. But they were
+at cards. The Gen-er-al had his cards in his hands, and it was
+his turn to play. He must look at his cards first.
+
+Yes, his life is at stake, but he does not know it. In the dim
+gray of the dawn our men march in on them. There is the sound
+of wheels and a shout. Co-lon-el Kall hears the drums beat,
+and the cards drop from his hands--too late! He got his death
+in that fight, and all his men were held and bound. These things
+put our troops in heart once more, and it was the wish of all
+to go on; but they had a hard, sad time through the days of
+storm and cold at Val-ley Forge.
+
+If we could see that camp at Val-ley Forge, in our mind's eye,
+we would know how much those poor men had to bear in this war
+to make us free. They had lost some by death, and more were
+ill. They had so few clothes to put on when they slept, that
+some sat up all night by the fires to keep warm. At one time
+there were few who had shoes, and the sick had to lie on the
+bare ground, for want of straw. The head men had to wear old
+quilts or bed spreads round in the camp, to keep them warm,
+for want of the right kind of clothes.
+
+The troops were not paid; or the sort of pay they got would
+not buy them food. Food was so scarce that, at last, the pass
+word was, "No food--no man." There were men in this camp who
+had been at the court of kings; who had fed on rich food, and
+had wine to drink, and now they were like to starve.
+
+All this time Wash-ing-ton did his best to keep up the heart
+of his troops. He did not tell Con-gress how few and worn they
+were; and there were those who gave him blame that he did not
+do great things with these few worn out men. All this time the
+Brit-ish troops in Phil-a-del-phia had what they chose of good
+fare, and led a gay life. Some of them, with Gen-er-al Bur-goyne
+at their head, in the mean time, had two or three fights with
+our men, but found they did not gain much. At last they were
+glad to go back. Just as they made a move to do so, our men
+had the luck to hem them in on all sides in one place and won
+the day. This was at Sar-a-to-ga. This was good news to those
+in Val-ley Forge. It brought cheer to them, and they felt brave
+to go on.
+
+In Eng-land men did not know what to make of our luck. It made
+a stir in France, where we had friends; and some of their young
+men came here to join our troops. We had some great French men
+with us at that time. One whose name is still held in love by
+all--the great La-fa-yette.
+
+At this time France made a vow to us that she would stand our
+friend, and give us aid. When this was known in Eng-land, fears
+rose on all sides; for they knew how much help France could
+give, and how strong it would make us. They sent men over to
+talk to us of peace, but it was too late. The A-mer-i-cans had
+no thought but to be free, and they would take no less than
+that. But these men still came, and thought they would see what
+bribes could do. A large sum of gold was held out to Gen-er-al
+Reed, if he would aid their cause. He said, "I am not worth
+so much; but such as I am, the King of Eng-land has not so much
+gold as would buy me!"
+
+[Illustration: PAUL JONES'S SEA FIGHT.]
+
+But the aid from France was less than they thought it would
+be. Fleets were sent, but they gave small help to the cause.
+And so the war went on for three years more. At times our men
+would make a good fight, and then there would be dark days when
+the foe had things all his own way. The Eng-lish had paid some
+tribes of In-di-ans to fight on their side; and once there was
+a sad scene, where men and their wives and babes were put to
+death by these fierce wild men. This was not war, of course.
+We give it a much worse name.
+
+Then there were sea-fights. In one of these, the men on the
+ships fought three hours, and the ships took fire more than
+once; but at last the Brit-ish gave up. In that ship the man
+who took the lead on our side was Paul Jones.
+
+There is a tale told of what the brave wife of one of those men,
+to whom we give the name of Friends, did for our cause at this
+time. Gen-er-al Howe made his home in her house, a long low
+brick one, at Tren-ton. He said to her one day, "I want to have
+some friends here to night, and I would like to have the spare
+back room to meet them in."
+
+"It shall be as thee says," said Friend Ruth.
+
+"See that all the folks in the house are in bed at a good hour,"
+said Gen-er-al Howe.
+
+"I will move that they go," said Friend Ruth.
+
+So when the men came to see Gen-er-al Howe that night, it was
+all still in the house. Friend Ruth let them in.
+
+"You may go to bed and stay till I call," said Gen-er-al Howe.
+
+Ruth went to her room and lay down awhile; but did not take
+off her clothes. She must know what these men meant to do. At
+last she took off her shoes and went to the door of the room,
+and put her ear to the key hole. This is what she heard. Some
+one reads, "Our troops will make a move by stealth on the foe,
+and we will take them ere they know we are on them!"
+
+There was no more sleep for Friend Ruth that night. She lay
+in her bed till dawn; but all her aim was to think of a plan
+to help our troops, and not to let them fall in the snare. At
+last she hit on a plan to get out of the lines. She was in need
+of some flour; and to get flour, she must go to a grist mill,
+for they did not sell it at stores in those days. Gen-er-al
+Howe could not say he would not let her get flour, as he ate
+at her house; so he gave her a pass. While they ground the grist
+for her at the mill, she rode on as fast as she could, till
+she came to one of our guards. She said some words to him in
+a low voice, and rode back, got her flour, and was home in no
+time.
+
+When Gen-er-al Howe came on our troops the next day, he found
+them all drawn up in rank and file in good trim to meet him.
+He thought it best not to have a fight at all; and it was a
+strange thing to him how they could have known of his move.
+
+Down in the South there were brave men at the head of our troops.
+One was Ma-ri-on, who led his men through the woods by paths
+that were known to few. They gave him the name of the "Swamp
+Fox," and the Brit-ish cast slurs on him, and said he would
+not come out for a fight in a bold way, but took their posts
+at night, and when they were off guard. But he gave them a proof
+of what he could do, when he and Greene fought them and won
+the day in a fair field. Greene made such a name in this fight
+that he took rank next to Wash-ing-ton from that time.
+
+We have to tell a sad tale now of one of our own men--a man,
+too, who had won fame in the war. He had shown that he was brave;
+but men did not like him much, for he thought more of his own
+gain than of his land, and he had the wish for a high place,
+which he did not get. His name was Ben-e-dict Ar-nold, and his
+bad act was, that he made a plan to sell his own land to the
+Eng-lish. He wrote to the foe all he could of the moves our
+troops were to make, and their state, but he did not sign his
+own name. Once he had his camp at the head of some men at West
+Point, and he made up his mind to give this place, which was
+strong with forts, to the Brit-ish. This he would have done,
+and the whole land would have come to grief, but for a chance
+that brought the vile plan to light.
+
+One day a young man rides down the path by the stream. There
+is a wood of oak near. On the ground, by the trees, there are
+three young men. They have a game of cards. They have been out
+all night, and have sat down to rest.
+
+They hear the sound of hoofs.
+
+"Some one on his way to New York for trade," says one.
+
+His friend peers out. "No; his clothes are too good for that,"
+he says.
+
+All three spring to their feet, and cry, "Halt!"
+
+The man on the horse stops, and says, "I hope you are on our
+side."
+
+"Which side is that?" cry the men.
+
+"The side of the King."
+
+"All right," they say; for they wish to find out more.
+
+"Thank God, I am once more with friends!" he says, as he takes
+out his gold watch. "I must get on. I am in great haste."
+
+"We can not let you go," say the men.
+
+"But I have a pass."
+
+"Whose?"
+
+"Gen-er-al Ar-nold's."
+
+"You must get off your horse."
+
+"But, I tell you, you will get in a scrape if you stop me. Read
+this pass."
+
+[Illustration: MA-JOR AN DRÉ.]
+
+"No good. You said you were Brit-ish; we must search you."
+
+"I have naught."
+
+"We will see. Take off your coat."
+
+The coat is laid off, and the boots. Ah, what is this? The hand
+of Ar-nold in this; and "West Point" the date. A shout went
+up, "He is a spy!"
+
+He was a young Eng-lish man by the name of An-dré. He took his
+watch and purse, and said he would give them all, if they would
+let him go free. They would not, but took him to the near A-mer-i-can
+Post to try him. Of course, what Ar-nold had done all came out.
+He had known this would be the case, for as soon as the news
+was brought that An-dré was in the hands of our men, he took
+leave of his wife, gave a kiss to his boy, and sped on his way
+to an Eng-lish ship. He got to Eng-land, and was paid a large
+sum of gold; and they gave him a fine place at the head of some
+troops; but no man would make a friend of him. The Eng-lish
+had been glad to use him, but they would not take him by the
+hand.
+
+You may think what a life he had. His own land had cast him
+out, but he came back to fight her at the head of the foe. But
+the new land where he had made his home had no real place for
+him. Once in the great house in Eng-land, where the wise men
+meet to talk of their laws, one rose to make a speech. But when
+he saw Ar-nold in a seat near him, he said, "I will not speak
+while that man is in the house." Long years after, when one
+of the great men of France had it in his mind to come to this
+land, he went to Ar-nold for some notes to his friends. Ar-nold
+said, "I was born in A-mer-i-ca. I spent my youth there; but
+Ah! I can call no man in A-mer-i-ca my friend."
+
+In the mean time An-dré, the young Eng-lish man, who had met
+Ar-nold, and got the plans which were to give us up in to the
+hands of the foe, was shown to be a spy. There was but one doom
+for a spy. He must be hung. All felt for his fate. He was young,
+and had a fine face, and the air of good birth; but his hour
+had come. Tears were shed at his death; though he was our foe.
+All knew he was a brave man, who had not been slow to risk his
+life in the cause of his land. He thought he was right, and
+took all means to serve his own ends. For Ar-nold, who would
+have sold his own, there was but hate, and they gave him a name
+which would serve to show what his crime had been to all time--Ar-nold
+the Trai-tor!
+
+All this while the French had been our friends; but they had
+not met with a chance to show what they could do, till a great
+fight came which made an end of this war. This was at a place
+by the name of York-town, in Vir-gin-ia. Wash-ing-ton was there
+with his troops, and the French Gen-er-al, who had a hard name,
+which you may learn one of these days, was with him at the head
+of his men. They took the best works of the Brit-ish, and made
+such a brave stand, that Lord Corn-wal-lis thought it would
+be wise to leave by night, with all his troops. But a storm
+came, and they could not get off, so they all had to give up
+to Wash-ing-ton.
+
+There was a grand scene that day, in the fall of 1781, when
+Wash-ing-ton and his French friends stood in two ranks, and
+their old foes took up a slow march by them, and laid down their
+arms as they went. Great was the joy in all the land when the
+news was known. Those who woke that night in Phil-a-del-phia,
+heard the watch cry, "Past two o'clock and Corn-wal-lis is ours!"
+When the news came to Con-gress, they sent out word for a day
+to be set, in all the States, to give thanks to God, and all
+who were held for debt, or for crime, or what cause it might
+be, were set free, that they might share the great joy.
+
+Well might they all be glad, for this meant the end of the war.
+It had cost them dear in gold as well as lives; but it had been
+worse for Eng-land than for them. The sums she had spent were
+vast, and one could not count the lives she had lost. Add to
+this the fact that she had lost this great land, which had once
+been all her own, and now was made free. Our land now took a
+new name. You can read it, I know, though it is not in short
+words, "The U-nit-ed States of A-mer-i-ca."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+IN TIMES OF PEACE.
+
+
+When peace came, the men who had been in camp went to their
+own homes. They were all poor, and did not know what to do.
+There was no gold in the land, but a kind of cash which was
+so bad that it took more than you could count to buy a pair
+of shoes. Gen-er-al Wash-ing-ton found his task more hard to
+keep all in good cheer, now there were no fights on hand, than
+when they were at war. There had to be a tax on some things
+to keep all right, and they did not want to pay the tax, or
+their debts at this time. Wash-ing-ton felt that things were
+at loose ends, and he must make them more strong.
+
+[Illustration: GEORGE WASH-ING-TON.]
+
+Each State had a wish to be first; and it would seem that, with
+no foe to fight, they were on the point of war with their own
+selves. There was need of a strong hand to rule the whole land.
+So men were sent out of each State to meet in Phil-a-del-phia
+and talk of the best plan. They had a long talk, and at last
+wrote what we call the "Con-sti-tu-tion." Ten of the States
+gave it their vote at once; but three held back for a while.
+
+There were grand times in our land when it was known that the
+Con-sti-tu-tion was to be our guide; that we were to be in truth,
+"The U-nit-ed States of A-mer-i-ca," with one will, one aim,
+one soul as it were, while time should last.
+
+A great crowd came out in Phil-a-del-phia to show their joy.
+Each trade had its men there, with the tools of the trade in
+their hands. There was a grand car, made in the shape of that
+bird which we chose as the sign of our land. It was drawn by
+six steeds, and in it sat those who were to judge the folk in
+our great courts. They held a staff, and on it was our "Con-sti-tu-tion,"
+in a frame, and on the top of the staff a cap, which we might
+call the cap of the free--a kind they were fond of in France
+at that time. There were ten ships on the river, gay with flags
+and gilt, to show forth the ten States that had cast their vote
+in the right way.
+
+George Wash-ing-ton was made the first Pres-i-dent, and as he
+took his way to New York, which was then the seat of rule, he
+met joy and kind words on all the route.
+
+At Tren-ton, where he had fought, there was an arch thrown out
+on a bridge, where he must pass. This was hung with wreaths,
+and young girls stood with hands full of sweet buds and bloom,
+which they flung in his path, as they sung a song to greet him,
+and thank him for all he had done.
+
+[Illustration: WASH-ING-TON MADE PRES-I-DENT.]
+
+As he drew near New York, a barge came out to meet him. It had
+a crew all in white, and was meant to show the States--a man
+for each State. Then more boats came to join them, with our
+flag on each. Wash-ing-ton was led in great state to his new
+home. When the time came for him first to meet with the folk
+and take the oath to be true to the Con-sti-tu-tion, there was
+such a rush to the place that some one said, "One might walk
+on the heads of the crowd." When Wash-ing-ton came out where
+all could see him, and the oath was read to him, and he took
+it, a great cheer rent the air, and a cry rang out, "Long live
+George Wash-ing-ton, Pres-i-dent of the U-nit-ed States." There
+was a flag flung out from that Hall, a peal of bells rang, and
+a blast was sent out from the guns, to show the joy and the
+love with which they took him for their chief. This was on April
+30, 1789.
+
+War is bad for all folks; for it is hard, when it is past, for
+men to learn the arts of peace. Wash-ing-ton found the whole
+land in debt. They did not want a tax, and the red men were
+still their foes. But in a few years he made a great change.
+The In-di-ans were put down, and France and Spain and Eng-land
+were brought to deal with us as friends. It was a man by the
+name of John Jay, who wrote out the terms with Eng-land, and
+so we had peace for a time.
+
+Just then there was a great fight in France, not with a foe,
+but in their own midst. The men there had seen how our land
+had won the day, and they had a mind to be free and have no
+King. They did not go at it in the same way that we did; but
+shed much blood of their own folk, and cut off the heads of
+their King and Queen, and did things which made good men sad.
+But they said they did it all to be free. There was a reign
+of fright for a time. But at last, the mob could rule no more,
+and they were glad to take a King.
+
+Wash-ing-ton kept up great state, for those times, in his own
+home, and when he drove out he had a state coach, cream white
+in hue, and drawn by six steeds on state days. He took but one
+horse on the Lord's day, when he rode to church. This coach
+was of the shape of a half sphere, and had wreaths, and the
+forms of small fat boys with wings, drawn on it in gay tints.
+He set days for all to come and see him in his home. Those who
+came would see Wash-ing-ton in front of the fire place, and near
+him the band of great men who gave him help with their wise words.
+He would be, seen in a coat of black, with a vest of white or
+pearl, and buff gloves. His hair was made white with a kind
+of dust they had in use in those days; and it was put in a sort
+of silk bag at the back of his head. That was a queue.
+
+He would have his hat in his hand, and he wore a long sword.
+He did not shake hands with his guests, but made them a bow,
+and had some word for each. His wife, too, had times for her
+friends to come; and all must be in full dress--the dames in
+low necks and short sleeves. On the birth day of Wash-ing-ton,
+men would meet to dine in all the large towns; and those who
+made rhymes would write odes to the great man. There were some
+who did not like all this state and form and show. They thought
+it was too much like the style of kings in the old land, and
+they would have been glad to have a new mode here. They did
+not wish to see a Judge in a robe of red, or the man who was
+to preach in the church in a wig, with gown and bands. They
+were for plain dress and plain ways.
+
+You may see now bits of the stiff, rich silks of those days,
+or it may be a quaint old gown, rich in lace, which has been
+kept from that time. You may see in your mind the dame who wore
+it, as she waves her fan, sent from France, with the head of
+Wash-ing-ton on it. The hair of this dame would be drawn high
+on her head, and made white with the dust of which I spoke,
+and put in great puffs. The men whose trade it was to dress
+hair in those days had such a crowd of folks to fix, that they
+had to get up at four to do the work. I have heard of great
+dames who sat up all night to keep their hair in good style
+for some ball, or the play. The men, too, thought quite as much
+of dress as their wives, and in those days they did not wear
+plain cloth suits as now. Then a man put on a wig, and a white
+stiff stock, that held up his chin; a vest of white silk, it
+may be with rose-buds on it, and all the rest of his clothes
+were rich.
+
+It was the mode to have a snuff box in those days; it might
+be of gold, or some dear stuff, with much work on it, and when
+one met a friend they would be as sure to stop and take a pinch
+of snuff as to lift the hat in our time.
+
+[Illustration: SPIN-NING WHEEL.]
+
+They gave Balls in those days, which were quite grand, but they
+did not dance in the same way as now. They had all sorts of
+slow steps and bows. There was a kind of stiff grace in their
+style, and some would like it more now, than the rush and whirl
+of our mode of to-day. The dames were borne in a sort of chair
+through the streets to these Balls.
+
+All this was the way of life with the rich. The poor still wore
+the clothes they spun and wove, and they made their own lights,
+and struck fire with two flints. They had not seen a match then,
+and did not dream of gas, or of the strange new light which has
+been found in our time. They went to bed with the chicks, and
+rose when the cock crew. The towns at the North throve the best.
+At the South towns were few, and in the far West the foot of
+man had not yet found its way.
+
+[Illustration: COT-TON PLANT.]
+
+Those brave men who had first come to this land, had seen here
+and there in the South a strange plant. It had a sort of bulb
+full of a fine white down, and those who had seen it in hot
+lands knew it could be spun, and cloth made from it. It was
+not hard to make it grow; but the white fluff was so full of
+seeds that it took a whole day to get a pound free from them.
+Wise men saw in this plant a great fund of wealth for the States.
+So they set to work to find a quick way to take the seed out.
+
+There was a man in the East who heard of this, and set his brain
+to work. He was a young man by the name of E-li Whit-ney; and
+he had not seen the plant when he took it in his head that he
+could find a way to "gin" it; for that is the name of the work.
+He had to walk all the way to one of the towns at the South,
+to get the seed, and as he had no tools or wire, he had to make
+them. You may think that was slow work, but he had a strong
+will, and when he had made a rude "gin," he bade his friends
+come and see how it would do. All saw that it would work well;
+but some thieves broke in his house at night and stole it. So
+there was a long time that the man who made the "gin" got nought
+for it. For those who stole it made gins like it and sold them.
+These gins did the work well and fast, and so there grew up
+a great trade for us in this soft white fluff.
+
+It is made in cloth for you to wear, and is spread on your beds,
+and will take all sorts of bright dyes. We sell it to all the
+world, and wealth flows in on all sides. This would not have
+been the case had not the young man, E-li Whit-ney, made the
+"gin."
+
+The death of one of the great men of the land came to pass at
+this time. We have told you of Ben-ja-min Frank-lin. He was
+born in Bos-ton, and he was the son of a poor man. But he knew
+how to print, and he set up a press in a room where he could
+print each morn the news of the day. He did not scorn to sell
+all sorts of wares as well, such as rags, ink, soap, and such
+things. He had read a great deal, and found out more than those
+round him knew. You have seen the sharp light play in the dark
+clouds in a storm. You know that it strikes at times; it may
+be a house or a barn or a man, and that the one who is struck
+is apt to die.
+
+Well, Frank-lin thought that this light could be drawn down
+from the skies, and when he heard a laugh at this, he set to
+work to prove it. He sent his son out one day in a storm, with
+a kite in his hand. As a low black cloud went by, they saw the
+fierce light tear through it; it would seem that the light ran
+down the string of the kite. Frank-lin had put a key on this
+string, and when he made his friends touch that key, they drew
+sparks from it. So they saw that he had found out a great thing;
+and from that has come the plan of the rods that are now put
+on a house to keep it safe in a storm. This gave him fame here
+and in the rest of the world. He was sent to France and made
+strong friends for us there. He is said to have done more good
+works for his land than all the rest of the men of his time.
+So it is not strange that all felt sad when death took him from
+us.
+
+The French, too, met in their great hall to mourn his loss;
+and one of their chiefs said, "The sage whom two worlds claim
+as their own is dead;" and they wore crape on their arms for
+three days, for his sake.
+
+While Wash-ing-ton had the rule of the land, more new States
+came in. The first of these was Ver-mont. This State was full
+of green hills and strong brave men, who had cut down the trees
+and made homes there. Once New York laid claim to this land,
+but they could not drive these brave men out. They thought they
+had a right to the soil, and they sent a man, by name E-than
+Al-len, to talk with the men of New York. He was met with gibes
+and sneers, but he would not yield. He said to them in words
+from the good Book, "Our gods are gods of the hills, so they
+are more strong than yours."
+
+So when the men from New York came to drive out those who had
+made homes in the midst of these hills, they found a stout foe.
+The Vermont boys would take those who came and tie them to trees
+and whip them with rods from the beech trees. To this they gave
+the name of "the beech seal;" and those from New York did not
+care to have the "beech seal" put on them more than once. They
+grew mad, of course, and they sent out bills in which they set
+forth that they would give a good price for the head of E-than
+Al-len. But in time peace was made in these two States, when
+they had fought side by side in the great war. And so Ver-mont
+was brought in and took that name, which means "Green Hills."
+
+The next State that came in was Ken-tuck-y. This land was next
+to Vir-gin-ia, and for a time held to be a part of that State.
+The first man who made his way through its wild woods and hills
+was Dan-iel Boone, who had won a name for the way he could go
+in to the nooks and glens and trap wild beasts for their fur.
+He took a small band of men with him, and they had no fear,
+but went far in where man had not yet trod, to hunt or fish,
+or make salt at the "Salt Licks" or springs. He built forts
+and held them with his few friends for quite a time, spite of
+the red men. But once they took him and bound him, and thought
+they could make him one of them; so much did they like his strength
+and pluck, but he got free. When men heard of his brave deeds,
+more came to help him. The most of them were from Vir-gin-ia,
+and brought their slaves with them.
+
+The In-di-ans were in a rage at all this new force, and made
+the best fight they could to drive them from the soil; so that
+whole land came to be known as the "Dark Land of Blood." In
+time, peace was made, and the land grew to a State by the name
+of Ken-tuck-y.
+
+Wash-ing-ton held his post for two terms, or eight years, and
+he did not wish to serve more. So John Ad-ams was the choice
+of all, for the next chief of our land.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+NEW MEN AND NEW LAWS.
+
+
+John Ad-ams was one of the men who gave his help to write out
+the "Dec-la-ra-tion of In-de-pend-ence," of which you have been
+told. That was, as you know, the first step to make us free.
+In it we had made known that we would make our own laws, and
+no one should rule us but those in our own land. John Ad-ams
+had gone to France at the end of the great war, and had been
+one to help make the French our friends. In his time. Wash-ing-ton
+was made the home of the Pres-i-dents.
+
+This town took its name from our great chief, and he was the
+one to pick out a place for the new site. This home we call
+the White House. At this time France did not seem to hold to
+the old ties that had made us friends. When our men were sent
+to her courts, she would not hear them, and there were some
+sea fights with our ships. It would seem that a new war must
+come out of this, and Wash-ing-ton had a call from his home
+to take the head of the troops. But there was no war, for Na-po-le-on,
+a young man, who had shown great tact and strength, got things
+in his own hands in France, and we made peace through him with
+the French.
+
+There were some who did not like John Ad-ams, for the laws that
+he made. One of these laws gave him the right to seize and send
+out of our States those who came here from strange lands, though
+none could prove they had done wrong. So, though he was a great
+man, he did not get votes for a new term.
+
+And now the hour had come when Wash-ing-ton must die. All felt
+how much they were in debt to him, for the way he had led them
+in the war, and his wise rule in time of peace. He had made
+all men his friends in the end, and in the great hall at Wash-ing-ton,
+it was then said--the words live to this day, that he was "First
+in war, first in peace, and first in the hearts of all." He
+was sick a long time; and his last words were: "I die hard,
+but I do not fear to go!"
+
+No new States came in while Ad-ams had the rule; but the land
+grew in worth, and more homes were made here. But there was
+a great stretch of wild land still, where the bears and the
+wolves could prowl in the woods at will, and no smoke from the
+fire on a home hearth was seen in the air.
+
+Jef-fer-son was the third man whom the land chose to be their
+chief. He was well known as one of the first to frame the Dec-la-ra-tion.
+At this time there was a war of France with Eng-land, and we
+had hard work to keep clear of both. For France had made a law
+that we should not help her foe; and Eng-land had done the same.
+And both sides would take our ships at sea, if they thought
+they made trade with the foe. So our ships had hard times, and
+did not know what way to steer, lest one should seize them and
+take all they had on board. More than this, Eng-land said she
+had a right to search our ships and see if we had her men on
+board of them, and to take such if found. And once or twice
+it came to pass, that they took the whole crew of a ship, so
+that there was not a man left in it to sail it.
+
+One day a man-of-war went to search one of our ships for men,
+they said, who had run from them. They were in sight of one
+of our forts; but when our men would not let the search be made,
+a fire was made on our ship, and they took four of the men,
+and hung one of them. This was bad for our trade, and made a
+great stir in our midst, and woke up the old wrath at Eng-land.
+
+So Con-gress, with a wish to give Eng-land tit for tat, as you
+would say, made a law that we should not trade with her, and
+our ships should not go out of our own ports. But this, you
+know, hurt us more than it hurt Eng-land; and, for a time, Jef-fer-son
+came in for a share of the hard thoughts, as though it were
+all his fault. Those whose trade had been hurt by the law felt
+as if he had been to blame, and the cause of loss to them. There
+were, too, on the sea a band of sea thieves, as we might call
+them. They were men who came from a wild race, far off, who
+would seize ships when they could, and take all the crew and
+hold them for slaves, till their friends would pay a good price
+for them. It was no strange thing in those days to hear read
+out in church the names of those who were slaves to such men.
+Great sums of gold were sent to set our men free. At last we
+made some terms with these thieves of the sea, but they would
+not keep the peace.
+
+Then John Ad-ams sent out four ships to fight these men. We
+did not own but six war ships in those days. One of these had
+the bad luck to run on the shore in that strange land, so the
+foe took it, and the crew were made slaves. There was a brave
+young man in one of our ships, who made a plan to get back the
+lost boat, which had the same name as the town of "Phil-a-del-phia."
+He thought if we could not get her from the foe it would be
+best to burn her, so that they could not use her for their own
+ends. So he took a small boat which had been won from the foe
+in a fight, and put some of our own men in her, and stole up
+to the side of the "Phil-a-del-phia" by night. If he was seen--it
+was thought to be a boat load of friends--but they soon went
+to work, and when they got on board, the fight was short and
+fierce. The "Phil-a-del-phia" was theirs in no time; but they
+found they could not move her, so they set her on fire, and
+set sail once more, and did not lose a man. All this won a name
+and fame for the young man, whose name was De-ca-tur, and in
+time there grew up such a fear of him in those wild States that
+they were glad to make peace and take no more slaves.
+
+[Illustration: DE-CA-TUR BURN-ING THE "PHIL-A-DEL-PHIA."]
+
+Jef-fer-son's mode of life was not like Wash-ing-ton's had been.
+He did not care for fine things or a state-coach, but was plain
+in all his ways. He did not go to the House in a coach and six,
+but rode on a horse which he would tie to a post while he went
+in to read his speech. In time he did not go at all, but sent
+the speech to be read by some one, and so it is done in our
+day. He had no state times for the folk to come and see him;
+but on New Year's day and the Fourth of July his doors were
+flung wide, and all might call who had the wish to do so. He
+did not let men know when his birth day came, so that no feasts
+should be kept, and odes made on it. He made the debt of the
+land less in his time. He thought that all men had a right to
+vote, and at that time there were those who did not hold such
+views.
+
+[Illustration: SLAVES IN FIELD OF SUGAR CANE.]
+
+There was one great law that came to pass in Jef-fer-son's time.
+This was to keep out the slave trade. This trade tore the black
+man from his home, and sold him to those who would pay the most.
+He must leave his wife, his boys and girls, and see them no more,
+and be brought in the dark hold of a ship to a strange land,
+where he did not know their speech. Here he must work at his
+strange tasks, with no hope and no joy in his life. Jef-fer-son
+felt that the slave trade was wrong, and he had the wish to
+see it brought to an end. He thought it gave us a bad name.
+But there were those in Con-gress who did not feel in that way.
+They said if it was right to hold slaves at all, it could not
+be wrong to bring them here. So the talk grew fierce, some on
+this side and some on that; but, in the end, the law was made.
+Spite of this law, the trade went on by stealth for years, though
+the ships of more lands than one came to the aid of the slaves
+to break up this bad trade. In the States there was no law to
+say that slaves should not be bought and sold, and so this went
+on till the last war.
+
+One grand thing that came to be made in the time of Jef-fer-son
+was the steam boat. There were ships with sails, and boats that
+went by oars, but none that went by steam. The first one that
+was made would go four miles an hour; but it was not on the
+same plan as those we have now. The first made like those now
+in use, was built by Rob-ert Ful-ton, in 1807. Men then had
+not much faith in it, and would laugh at it as they do at most
+new things. Ful-ton said no one spoke a kind word of it; but
+when they came to see the launch, and took note of its speed,
+those who came to mock were glad to cheer.
+
+The first steam boat made on his plan was the "Cler-mont," and
+went at the rate of five miles an hour, spite of wind and tide.
+As it went on its way, it sent such a great mass of sparks up
+in the air, and the noise of its wheels was so loud that when
+the crews of the ships that came in its way saw it, they would
+drop on their knees in fright, and pray to be kept safe from
+this strange thing. But, in time, more were made, and men saw
+that there was naught to fear in these great steam boats, though
+they did seem to breathe out fire and smoke. Still, at first,
+they did not dare to cross the sea in them.
+
+[Illustration: FUL-TON'S "CLER-MONT" STEAM-ER.]
+
+There was a great tract of land in the west, which Jef-fer-son
+bought for the U-nit-ed States from the French. Part of it is
+now known as the State of Lou-i-si-ana, and took its name from
+the French King. One of the great streams of the world runs
+through it. Do you know its name?
+
+Jef-fer-son sent men to find out all they could of this land
+he had bought; what kind of tribes of red men were in it, what
+wild beasts were in the wood, and what sort of plants grew there.
+These men took with them food, fire arms, and gifts for the
+chiefs of the red men. They were gone two or three years; and
+made their camps in the woods, when the cold and storm were
+so great they could not go on. They went up the great stream
+to the falls where no white man had been, and then they went
+on and found the source of the stream. They wrote of all they
+saw, and men read it in their homes. They read of new tribes
+of red men; of herds of wild beasts, so large that one herd
+would take up a stream a mile wide. They said some of tribes
+were poor, but some had good homes and fine steeds, which they
+would sell for a few beads. They found, too, they could make
+a great trade for furs with these tribes. There was one man
+who made a post for this trade. It is said he bought furs by
+the weight, and would put his hand or foot in the scale, and
+call it a pound. You may think how much fur it would take to
+weigh them down.
+
+The next chief of our land was James Mad-i-son. When he came
+in, he found that men were once more in a state of wrath with
+Eng-land. You see they felt it hard that our ships should have
+to let Eng-land stop them and search them as she chose. So at
+last it came to war, and at first we did not win at all. The
+red men took part with our foe; and one chief, by name of Te-cum-seh,
+made a plan to join all the tribes of In-di-ans in war on the
+whites. He took part in all the fights, and made a brave stand,
+but he fell at last.
+
+Though we did not win much on land, we had good luck on the
+sea. We took one of Eng-land's ships; but then they in turn
+took one of ours, and a brave man, who fought with his crew
+at the head of it, fell, shot with his death wound. "Don't give
+up the ship!" was his cry with his last breath.
+
+These words, "Don't give up the ship," were put on a flag, which
+was held in a great fight that took place at that time. There
+were nine ships on our side, and six on the side of the foe.
+
+This flag was put on our flag ship, and a brave man fought for
+it. His name was Per-ry. The flag ship was lost; but Per-ry
+flew to a small boat with his flag, and got to the next ship.
+He fought so well that he won the day, and the Brit-ish lost
+all their six ships. Such a thing had not been known till that
+time. When the Brit-ish gave up, Per-ry wrote, "We have met
+the foe, and they are ours!"
+
+There was war for three years; and in the last year the Brit-ish
+took some of our towns on the coast south, and set fire to the
+State Hall and Pres-i-dent's house at Wash-ing-ton. They made
+a raid on New Or-leans, but we had a man there who built up
+miles of bales for a sort of breast works, and fought back of
+them with our troops, so they did not get that town; and this
+was the last fight of the war.
+
+Peace was made, and both sides were glad to sign it. From this
+time the Eng-lish laid claim to no right of search in our ships.
+This was known for a time as the "Late War," but since then we
+have had more wars, so it would not do to call it by that name
+now. But from that day we have had peace with Eng-land, and
+may it long last.
+
+Now came a time of peace when the land grew, and men went west
+and made homes, and built flour mills, and cut down trees, so
+that in a short time a wild place would change in to a town;
+and you would see a church spire point up to the sky, and a
+school with its crowd of young ones at their tasks.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+THE SLAVE TRADE.
+
+
+Mad-i-son had two terms of rule, and then Mon-roe was the next
+choice of the land. He had fought in the great war, and had
+a high place in the States. He had shown that he was a brave
+man, and was the one sent to France when our land bought Lou-i-si-ana.
+
+When he was made Pres-i-dent, he made a tour of all the posts
+north and east, to see what strength they would have in case
+of war. He wore a blue coat that was home-spun, and was plain
+in all his dress. He won the hearts of all by his frank ways.
+He met all men as friends, and had no pride and pomp to keep
+them far off; he was as one of them. He thought more of the
+good of his land than his own. One said of him, "If we could
+turn his soul in side out, not a spot could be found on it."
+When he came to die, he was poor in purse but rich in a good
+name.
+
+The red men were not at peace in his time, and there was one
+more cause of strife, and that was the slaves. Since the first
+ship load of slaves had been brought in, the trade had grown
+more and more at the South. The men at the North had grown to
+like this trade less and less. It had been thought at first
+it would soon die out, but they saw this would not be the case.
+At last there was a strife each time that a State, that held
+slaves, would want to come in. The free States would cry out
+that it was wrong to have more slave States.
+
+Those at the South said that when a free State was brought in,
+there ought to be a slave State too, or else the North would
+grow too strong, and have things all their own way. And so there
+was a fight when the time came for the State of Mis-sou-ri to
+come in. I do not mean that they went to war with shot and shell.
+This was a war of words. The North said that it was wrong to
+buy and sell men, and to break up homes; that it was bad for
+the men who held slaves, and for those in bonds, and that the
+first men of the land had the wish to get rid of it. The South
+said that if the great men of the land had the wish to get rid
+of it, they still kept their own slaves; that it was the best
+state for the black men; that they could learn more than in
+their own wild land; that white men could not work out of doors
+in the hot time, and so the crops could not be grown if the
+black man was made free.
+
+At last Con-gress let Mis-sou-ri come in as a slave State, but
+made a law that a line should be drawn in the land. North of
+this line there could be no slaves. South of it men could keep
+slaves or not, just as they chose; men look on this now as a
+weak move. At that time the slaves were few, and the trade not
+great, so it might have been put down with more ease. But with
+time it grew so strong that it took long years and a great war
+to crush it out. Five new States came in while Mon-roe was at
+the head of the land.
+
+John Quin-cy Ad-ams came next. He was the son of the Pres-i-dent
+of the same name, and had been nine years old when he heard
+the Dec-la-ra-tion read from the State House in Bos-ton. Since
+then the land had grown to a vast size, and was at peace. Much
+was done in his time to make our land thrive and grow. The red
+men were made to move west, and their lands were bought.
+
+In his time, the first rail road was built. It was but three
+miles long, and it was a horse that drew the car and not steam.
+The first use of steam came in more late from Eng-land. The
+first steam car did not make much speed; but it was thought
+to be a great thing. Still there were those who said it would
+not be worth much; that it could not draw its own weight, but
+that its wheels would spin round and round on the rail. Some
+thought that if it were made to go, it would be bad for the
+farms; would scare off the cows and sheep, and the smoke would
+make the sheep's wool black. But their fears were laid at rest
+in time by the sight of these cars as they ran on in peace,
+and brought none of these ills to pass.
+
+[Illustration: FIRST STEAM EN-GINE.]
+
+In the same year the land had to mourn the death of two great
+men. Strange to say, they went on the same day, and that was
+the Fourth of July. Both these men had put their names on the
+great Dec-la-ra-tion, and they had grown to be strong friends.
+Jef-fer-son heard the fire of a gun, just as he went. His last
+words were, "Is this the Fourth?"
+
+Ad-ams, who lay near to death, saw the sun set and heard the
+shouts from those who kept the day in his town. He sent them
+word to hold fast the rights that day had brought them; and
+the old man could hear the cheer that they gave at his words.
+
+At this time there was a great talk of a sort of tax to be put
+on all goods brought here from far lands. This we call a tar-iff,
+and we hear a great deal of it in this day. There are those
+who think a high tax should be put on all goods made out of
+our own land, so as to keep them out and give those made here
+a chance. There are some who think that all trade should be
+free; and that ships should sail here with what they choose
+and land it, with no one to see what it is, and put a tax on
+it.
+
+Ad-ams, in his time, was for a high tax, and for this cause
+he did not have but one term as our chief. Those who did not
+want the tax had the most votes, and they chose An-drew Jack-son
+for the next man. He had been well known in the war, and had
+built up those breast works in New Or-leans of which we have
+told you, from which our men beat the Brit-ish.
+
+While he was chief, there were some in the South who felt that
+the North had more than its share of the wealth of the land.
+You see there were more great mills and more goods made in the
+North, and the tax on strange goods was too much help to those
+at home. At least this was so thought by the South, and they
+had a plan to cut loose and set up a new band of States. They
+had drills of their young men, and got arms, and had made choice
+of a man to lead them. His name was John C. Cal-houn, and he
+was to be their first chief. But Jack-son said that "if a State
+could go out of the band of States when it chose, we would come
+to naught;" and he sent troops and ships of war to the South,
+and put a stop to all the stir in a short time.
+
+Tribes of the red men had gone out to the far West, but there
+were those who would not move. There was a tribe in Flor-i-da
+who fought for a long time in the swamps of that land. Some
+slaves who had run away from their homes were with them. One
+of the chiefs of the red men had a slave for a wife, and when
+she went with him to one of our forts, she was held and kept
+as a slave, and the chief was put in chains. When he got free,
+he made a vow to pay up the white man for all he had borne,
+and for the loss of his wife. So he led the red men in this
+war. His name was Os-ce-o-la. He was caught at last, and kept
+in one of our forts till he died. But the war went on for years,
+at a great cost of life, till few of that tribe were left in
+the land. And this war cost three times as much as had been
+paid for the whole of the State of Flor-i-da.
+
+This war had so much to do with slaves, that all the talk on
+the slave trade came up once more. There was a man of that class
+of which we have told you--one of the Friends, or Quak-ers,
+who put in print his views, that some plan should be made by
+which all slaves should be freed in time.
+
+Then a young man, by name of Gar-ri-son, wrote that the best
+way was to set all free at once. This made a great stir, and
+some said he should be brought to court and made to take back
+his words. But he said, "I will speak out what I feel. I will
+not go back an inch, and I will be heard." And just at this
+time, to make things worse, and stir up great fear in the land,
+a slave in Vir-gin-ia, got a mob of black men, and they went
+from house to house and put all to death who came in their way.
+
+Gar-ri-son did not like war, and he would not have blood shed;
+but there were those who laid all the fault of this at his door.
+They said he taught the slave he had a right to be free, and
+so this black man rose and took his rights. The slave who had
+done so much harm was at last caught, and put in jail and then
+hung.
+
+Jack-son thought it would be well for Con-gress to pass a bill,
+that no thing on the slave trade should go through the mails;
+but that bill did not pass. Some were made friends to Jack-son
+by this strong course, when the South had a plan to break up
+our States, and leave the North; but, of course, there were
+those who did not like him for the same cause. He had both strong
+friends and foes; but made so good a rule, that he put the land
+out of debt, and had a sum left to share with the States. Much
+new land was bought in his time.
+
+Jack-son was a great man. He had come from poor folks, and as
+a boy he was more fond of sports than of books. His life had
+its ups and downs. Once he was in the hands of the foe, and
+told he must clean some boots for them. It was too much for
+a free born A-mer-i-can to clean Brit-ish boots. It made his
+blood boil, and he said with scorn that he would not do such
+work. He was not mild or meek, you know, but had a strong will
+of his own. And he kept his word spite of blows, and was sent
+to jail. There the poor boy had small pox. He knew not where
+to turn when he got out of jail, for he was poor, and had no
+one left to help him. He had more than one fight in his time,
+and scars that he did not gain in war. He was brave through
+and through, and won fame where he went. He was in his old home
+when he drew his last breath in peace.
+
+When Mar-tin Van Bu-ren came in, the talk on the slave trade
+grew worse. A slave child by the name of Med, who had been brought
+to Bos-ton by a man, was said to be free by the Court of that
+State, as she had trod on free soil. But at the same time some
+of the dames who met to take the slaves' part, were set on by
+a mob, and Gar-ri-son, who stood up to make them a speech, was
+bound with ropes. Then this fierce mob set to work to drag him
+through the streets; but some friends got hold of him, and had
+to lodge him in jail to save his life. Two schools for the blacks
+were set on fire; and one man in the West, who was a great friend
+of the slave, met his death at the hands of a mob.
+
+Just at this time there was a plan to bring in Tex-as as a slave
+State, and this shook the land from North to South. Long pleas
+with the names of a great mass of folks were sent to Con-gress,
+to beg them not to let Tex-as come in as a slave State. John
+Quin-cy Ad-ams, it is said, spoke an hour a day for twelve days,
+on the side of those who would make Tex-as a free State. They
+put off the strife at that time, and did not bring Tex-as in
+at all. Con-gress made a rule, that no bills that spoke of slaves
+should be brought in, and this was in force for ten years.
+
+In Van Bu-ren's time there was a great crash in trade, and hard
+times in the land. He did not make the hard times, still he
+had but one term for that cause. Men felt a hope that a new
+man might bring in a new state of things. They chose Har-ri-son,
+who had fought in a brave way in the wars with the red men.
+
+He came from the far West, where his home had once been in a
+log house. So he had the name of the Log Cabin man, and the
+poor men in the land all felt proud that one of their own kind
+was their chief; one who had made his way out of the ranks.
+There was a print of that log cabin on all sorts of things,
+and toys were made in that form, and songs were made on it,
+and sung when men met.
+
+The new Pres-i-dent did not live but one month, and so for the
+rest of the four years, John Ty-ler took the rule; but he did
+not please those who had cast their votes for him. He would
+not let their bills pass: one of which was to form a States
+Bank, on which the Whigs had all set their hearts. The State
+of Tex-as was brought in at this time.
+
+You have all seen the wires which stretch from pole to pole
+in the streets of our great towns, and in lone roads by field
+and wood. You know what they are for, and how by means of them
+you can send word to a friend in time of need, or hear from
+those you love in a flash. It may be a death that is told, or
+some news of joy that they can not wait to send by the slow
+way of the post.
+
+[Illustration: SAM-UEL F. B. MORSE.]
+
+Well, when James K. Polk was thought of as a good man to make
+chief of the land, the news was the first that had been sent
+on these wires. The first lines built were made here, and went
+from Bal-ti-more to Wash-ing-ton. Morse was the name of the
+man who found out how to send news on wires in this way.
+
+At this time there were two great men of whom you should hear,
+for their names are on the list of fame, which has stood the
+test of time. One was Hen-ry Clay. He was born in the West,
+and was poor, but he made his way from the small log school
+house, where he went to learn his first task, to rank with the
+great men of our land. He could win men to be his friends, when
+they had made up their minds to hate him. He had a strong will,
+and kept true to his own aims. He spoke with such grace and
+force that he could sway men's minds and thrill their hearts.
+He has said, "I owe all I have won in life to one fact, that
+when I was a boy, and for some years, as I grew up, I would
+learn and speak what I read in books. More than one off hand
+speech did I make in a corn field or in the woods, or in a barn,
+with but an ox or horse to hear me. It is to this I owe much
+that has gone to shape and mould my course in life."
+
+One man, who was not his friend, said at his death, "If I were
+to write on the stone that marks his place of rest, I would
+place there these words: 'Here lies one who led men by his own
+force for long years; but did not swerve from the truth, or
+call in lies to help him.'"
+
+One more great man died on the same day as Clay. His name was
+Web-ster. He was a great states man. He went to school but a
+few weeks in all his life. He was then so shy that he could
+not pluck up heart to speak a piece in the school. He did not
+think that in time to come his words would stir the land. He
+says, "I was brave in my own room, and would learn the piece
+and speak it there; but when the day came, and I would see all
+eyes turn to me, and they would call out my name, I could not
+rise from my seat."
+
+In all things but this he stood well at school, and he had a
+great wish to learn. But he knew they were all poor at home,
+and he felt that he must go to work and help them, fond as he
+was of his books. When he heard that he was to go on; that he
+should have a chance to make his dream true, he was full of
+joy. "I see yet," he said, "the great hill up which we went
+that day in the snow. When I heard the news, I could not speak
+for joy. There were such a crowd of young ones in our home,
+I did not see how they could spare the funds. A warm glow ran
+through me; I had to weep."
+
+When he was through school, he at once rose to a high place.
+He was at the head of all who spoke in the House. He was grand
+and great, but he had a sense of fun in him. Once some one came
+to him with one of those books where the names of friends or
+great men are kept, with the wish that he would write his name
+by the side of John Ad-ams. He wrote:
+
+"If by his name I write my own,
+'Twill take me where I am not known;
+And the cold words will meet my ear,
+Why, friend, and how did you come here?"
+
+When his death was known, there was grief in the length and
+breadth of the land. No death since that of Wash-ing-ton was
+made such a theme for speech.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+A NEW WAR.
+
+
+In the time of James K. Polk, a war rose in which our States
+were not of one mind. Our folk in Tex-as laid claim to a large
+tract of land which those in Mex-i-co said was theirs. The States
+at the North did not wish to go in to this war; but those at
+the South did. This was in 1846. Gen-er-al Tay-lor went with
+his troops at once in to the land of the foe, and built a fort
+on a stream there. He gave it the name of Fort Brown. On his
+way he met the troops of the foe drawn up in the road. They
+had three to one of his small band; but he had the good luck
+to rout them, with loss of but nine men on our side.
+
+Then he took up his march on their great town, which had the
+name of Mon-te-rey. This town had high hills and deep gulfs
+round it, and strong forts. Its streets were full of men with
+arms. Gen-er-al Tay-lor made a grand move on the town. To get
+out of the fire that would seem to pour on them from the roofs,
+the troops went in and dug their way through stone walls from
+house to house, or they would pass from roof to roof. Ere they
+came to the grand place of the town, it was in their hands,
+the foe gave up the fight.
+
+[Illustration: CAP-TURE OF MON-TE-REY.]
+
+At this time San-ta An-na, who was chief of the Mex-i-can troops,
+heard that most of our men had been drawn off to help Gen-er-al
+Scott; so he thought it would be a good time to crush us. They
+laid in wait with all their best troops, and the fight went
+on from the rise of the sun till dark. It grew hard to hold
+our ground, and the day would have been lost but for the guns
+of Cap-tain Bragg, who came to our help. He made a dash up to
+a few yards from the foe, and let fire. Their ranks were seen
+to shake. "Some more grape. Cap-tain Bragg," said Gen-er-al
+Tay-lor. One more round, and then a third came, and the Mex-i-cans
+broke and fled. In the night San-ta An-na drew all his troops
+off.
+
+Gen-er-al Scott, at the head of our troops, made a march through
+the land of Mex-i-co, and took all that came in his way. He drew
+siege lines round the town of Ve-ra Cruz, and sent bombs in
+to it, and in four days the town, with its strong hold, gave
+up the fight. A week from that time our troops took up their
+march for the chief town. At one pass in the hills, the foe
+had a strong hold. Gen-er-al Scott had a road cut round the
+base of those hills and through the woods; and then he was in
+a place to pour out fire on the rear of the foe, while more
+troops took him in front. The foe fled in such haste that San-ta
+An-na, who was lame, left his leg of wood on the ground, and
+got off on his wheel mule.
+
+The town of Mex-i-co is in the midst of a grand plain, with
+green fields and cloud capt mounts round it. The foe had made
+a strong stand here, with forts and men. Our men made a move
+in the night. It was so dark they had to feel their way; but
+they took their stand on a height from which they could storm
+the strong points of the foe. At last they took some of the
+guns, and the roads were laid bare to the gates of the town.
+
+There was some talk of a peace then, but Gen-er-al Scott found
+that it was not in good faith. The foe did it to gain time,
+to make things strong once more. So the next day, he took up
+his march on the great town of Mex-i-co. A strong fort, on a
+high rock by the town, was made ours; each out work fell one
+by one, and at last our troops took the great Ci-ty of Mex-i-co,
+and the next morn our flag with its stripes and stars was seen
+to float in the light from those grand old piles, which had
+been the home of more than one prince of Mex-i-co. So the war
+came to an end in just two years.
+
+Till this time, Cal-i-for-nia had been known as a far off land,
+to which men went by sea, round Cape Horn, to buy hides and
+fur. But in 1848, came news to the East-ern States that there
+were gold mines in that place. It was said that a Swiss had
+found, as he dug in the sand, a bright sort of dust, and it
+was thought to be gold. All at once, on this news, there was
+a great rush from all parts of the land to the gold mines of
+Cal-i-for-nia, and there was a great sum won the first year.
+In two years the town of San Fran-cis-co had grown to quite
+a large place. The name of Cal-i-for-nia is said to have been
+found in an old book in Spain, and means an isle full of gold.
+
+[Illustration: SAN FRAN-CIS-CO IN 1849.]
+
+Three more States were brought in while Polk was our chief,
+and two of them were free States. It was shown that those who
+came to us from the old world, chose the free States for their
+homes, and those at the South felt sure that the North would
+grow too fast if they did not gain more ground. There was a
+great piece of land which both North and South laid claim to,
+and there were high words on both sides. At last a band of men
+by the name of Free Soil men, took a stand that slaves should
+be kept out of all new land which the U-nit-ed States might
+gain in all time to come.
+
+The next man who was the choice of the land was Tay-lor, the
+one who led part of our troops in the war with Mex-i-co. He
+was put in by the Whigs. The Free Soil men did not vote for
+him. He did not live but one year, and then Fill-more took his
+place.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+THE WAR OF NORTH AND SOUTH.
+
+
+Once more the talk on free States and slave States was heard
+on all sides, and Hen-ry Clay had made more than one great speech
+to try and keep the peace. Cal-i-for-nia came in as a free State;
+but a bill went in force which made it a crime to help or keep
+a slave who had run off from his home. A man could go in to
+a free State and take back his slave by force, and no court
+or Judge in the land could stop him. In fact, they were bound
+to help him. This was thought harsh and wrong by most of the
+men at the North; but it was made a law. This law made more
+stir than aught else had done till this time. Men would help
+the slaves, spite of the law; and in some States they made laws
+of their own, that no one could claim a slave if he did not
+bring the case in to court, that they might see if he had a
+just claim.
+
+When Pierce was made Pres-i-dent, the strife still went on;
+and this was made worse by a wish on the part of those who held
+slaves to bring them North of the line, in to a great tract
+of land--so large that two States could be made out of it--Kan-sas
+and Ne-bras-ka.
+
+The South said all they would ask, would be that those who had
+their homes on the soil should say how they would like things
+to be, and put it to vote. Con-gress did at last pass a bill
+to give them their own choice, to be free or slave States. But
+this did not bring peace; for they had fights when they went
+to vote. At last they were all at war, and would burn a town
+or sack a house, or steal the cows and goods of those they thought
+foes. The whole land was a scene of blood, but in the end Kan-sas
+was brought in as a free State.
+
+In the time of Pierce a great tract of land was bought from
+Mexico. It is now known as New Mex-i-co. In his time, too, trade
+with Japan was first made free to our ships.
+
+When Bu-chan-an came to take the place of chief in our land,
+the talk on the slaves was by no means at rest. In the great
+Court of our land, the "Dred Scott" case was brought up in the
+first year of his rule, and it was said that those who held
+slaves had the right to take them with them where they chose,
+through all the free States. Then came John Brown's raid, which
+was like a fire brand in all the slave States.
+
+John Brown was a man who had fought on the side of the Free
+Soil men in Kan-sas, and now all was at peace there. He had
+a plan to go in to the slave States and free the slaves. He
+had been in Vir-gin-ia when he was a boy, and knew there were
+strong holds in the hills, where he thought the slaves could
+make a stand and fight till they were free. He got a small band
+of men and went to a place by the name of Har-per's Fer-ry,
+and took the town. Those who had their homes there fled in fright;
+so he took the great place where arms were made for our troops.
+He thought he would give these arms to the black men, whom he
+had no doubt would flock to his side. He had a small force,
+but fear made all think it was a great one. The news of the
+raid went like a flash on the wires to all parts of the States,
+and men were sent to fight him and take him. His small force
+were brave, and did not give up till death or wounds made them
+do so.
+
+It is said by those who held him as their foe, that John Brown
+was cool and firm in the face of death. With one son dead by
+his side, and one shot through, he felt the pulse of the son
+so near to death with one hand, but held fast to his gun, and
+spoke words of cheer to his men. He fell at last with six wounds,
+but did not die of them. He was brought in to Court, and they
+set to work to try him. The head man of Vir-gin-ia, by the name
+of Wise, said, "Those who think John Brown is a mad man, do
+not know him. He is a man of clear head and a brave heart. I
+would trust him to be a man of truth."
+
+[Illustration: A-BRA-HAM LIN-COLN.]
+
+But he was led out to be hung. On his way there, his last act
+was to kiss a slave child. Six of his friends were hung on the
+same spot. Some few of the band got off to the free States.
+All this made the talk of North and South on the slave trade
+more and more fierce; and when a new man was to be made Pres-i-dent,
+those who went for free soil, that is, no slaves, chose their
+own man, and he got the most votes. These Free Soil men had
+grown to be a large throng, and they had a new name. The man
+they chose was A-bra-ham Lin-coln. He was a man who would have
+been glad to have kept the peace; but the South would not have
+it so. They were in a rage, and said they would go out of the
+band of States. They thought a State had the right to go out
+if it chose to do so. This was "States Rights" to their mind.
+
+[Illustration: BAN-NER OF SOUTH CAR-O-LI-NA.]
+
+"States Rights" had long been held as the creed of the South;
+so there were six States that put it to vote, and said they
+would go out of the U-nion. South Car-o-li-na was the one to
+lead the way. They said they would make a new band of States,
+where it would be right to hold slaves; and they took one of
+our forts.
+
+Troops were sent in a boat, by name, "The Star of the West,"
+but they were met by a fire from the fort. Then they took their
+stand on the shore by Fort Sum-ter, which was held by a few
+men. For two days the fire went on, and at last the brave man
+who held the fort had to give it up. His men were worn out,
+the place was on fire, and they had no more food for their guns.
+So they went out with the beat of drums and their flags flung
+out on the air.
+
+The sound of the first gun at Fort Sum-ter was a shock to all
+the land. Most of those at the North, who had not felt the slave
+trade to be wrong, now took sides with those who had been its
+foes from the first. All the States at the South took one side,
+but the slaves were for those who had the wish to make them
+free.
+
+In the first of this storm the end came of Bu-chan-an's term.
+Three States came in at this time. Or-e-gon, Min-ne-so-ta, and
+Kan-sas. The last two bear the name the red men gave two streams
+that flow through them. The name Or-e-gon is said to mean "wild
+rice."
+
+Up to the time of the first gun fired at Fort Sum-ter, men had
+felt that the South could be brought back. Few at the North
+thought there would be war; but at the South it had been thought
+of for a long time. The young men had met for drill, and arms
+had been hid where they could be found. Lin-coln found but a
+small band of troops, but he sent out a call for more. As these
+men were on their march through the streets of Bal-ti-more,
+the mob threw stones at them, and three of them fell dead. Then
+the troops let fire on the mob, and nine men fell. This made
+a great stir at the North, for they thought it went to show
+the hate in the hearts of the men at the South.
+
+The next time the troops were sent, they did not march through
+Bal-ti-more. They found the rails torn up by the way, and had
+to mend them as they went on. Once when they saw a car that
+was a wreck by the way side, some one was heard to ask if one
+could be found in the ranks who could mend it. "I can," said
+a man who stood by it, "for I built it."
+
+So you see the troops were made up of men from all trades, who
+had left their work to fight for their land. In the course of
+time, troops went in peace through the streets of Bal-ti-more.
+
+Men came in to the ranks on all sides when they heard the call;
+but they found that arms were scarce, most had been sent South.
+So the North had to buy or make these in as short a time as
+they could. There had to be clothes made, too, for the troops,
+and food found for stores, and carts to draw it, and drugs for
+the sick. All must be done at once, and all in such a way that
+there must be no waste or want. Lin-coln at this time made a
+law that no ships should go in or out of the ports of the South.
+
+[Illustration: OFF TO THE WAR.]
+
+The war soon made a stand in both East and West Vir-gin-ia.
+In the west of this State there were men who did not wish to
+fight on the side of the South; but they had to do so or leave
+the State. There was a move made to march on Rich-mond; but
+the troops had to go back, and lost the day at the fight of
+Bull Run. It was a sad rout for the troops of the North, as
+they made haste back to Wash-ing-ton, with a fear that the foe
+might come and take that place.
+
+At the end of this year Gen-er-al Scott gave up his place at
+the head of all the troops to Gen-er-al Mc-Clel-lan.
+
+[Illustration: GEN-ER-AL ROB-ERT E. LEE.]
+
+When this war broke out, we had but four ships in a good state
+to take part in it. Yet we were in need of a force that could
+block up the ports of the South. Eng-land and France gave help
+to the South, for they let them fit out ships in their ports,
+and all through the war the South was kept up by the hope of
+aid from these lands.
+
+[Illustration: PICK-ETS ON DU-TY.]
+
+A great fight took place at An-tie-tam, where the troops of
+Gen-er-al Mc-Clel-lan met those of Lee. This was one of the
+worst fights of the war, and there was great loss of life on
+both sides. The North won the day, and Lee drew off his troops.
+It was thought by some that a move in the right way would have
+cut short this flight, and they said Mc-Clel-lan ought to have
+made such a move. So Gen-er-al Burn-side took his place at the
+head of the troops, and he took the town of Fred-er-icks-burg.
+In the mean time there was a ship fight, in which the South
+for a time did good work. She had a ship which she had made
+strong with iron plates and hard wood, and a bow of steel. This
+ship set sail in the bay to fight the whole U-nion fleet. The
+ships of wood could make no stand. In vain did they pour out
+fire and balls. It was said the balls would strike and glance
+off, and did no more harm than peas from a pop gun. At nine
+that night two of our ships had gone down in fire and smoke,
+and one was run on the ground.
+
+[Illustration: MER-RI-MACK AND MON-I-TOR.]
+
+[Illustration: U-LYS-SES S. GRANT.]
+
+All at once a small queer thing came in sight. Some one said
+it was like a cheese box on a raft. This was the Mon-i-tor.
+When dawn came it bore down on the Mer-ri-mac and sent out a
+fire. The ram gave the fire back. For two hours the fire was
+kept up; till at last the Mon-i-tor sent a shel through the
+port hole of the foe. This fell right in the midst of her crew.
+So those in the Mer-ri-mac thought it would be wise to get out
+of the way of more such shells, and it left the coast clear.
+There was great joy felt at the North when the news came that
+they had won this fight; for all had felt that if this ship,
+with its hard sides and bow of steel, had been left free to
+sail in to New York bay, all the ships of wood in our port would
+have gone down in her path. From the time of this fight, a great
+change has been made in the way they have built ships.
+
+Gen-er-al Grant fought in this war, and led our troops to win
+the day in more than one fight. One of the great moves of the
+war was made on New Or-leans by Far-ra-gut in ships, and Gen-er-al
+But-ler with a land force.
+
+[Illustration: FAR-RA-GUT'S SHIPS.]
+
+This town had two strong forts, and there was a long chain with
+earth works at each end. There were fire rafts full of stuff
+that they could set on fire, and gun boats, and one of the kind
+we know as a ram.
+
+[Illustration: LOOK OUT.]
+
+Far-ra-gut sent fire in to the forts in vain. His boats took
+fire from the rafts, and he had to put out each as it went by.
+At last, he thought he would try and run by the forts with his
+fleet, and he did so. The forts, the steam boats, and the ram,
+kept up a hot fire, but in the midst of shot and ball, he made
+his way up the stream. The next day at dawn, he was in New Or-leans,
+and in a day more the fleets and forts were in his hands, and
+Gen-er-al But-ler, with a land force, came in to the town.
+
+In this year, 1862, Lin-coln sent out a bill that said "the
+slaves should be free then, and for all time."
+
+And it was then thought that it would be a good thing for the
+black man to help in this war that had made him free. So there
+came to be black troops made up of the free slaves. By this
+time the cost of the war had grown great, and the U-nion side
+felt that it was time to bring things to a close.
+
+[Illustration: AR-MY HUTS.]
+
+The South took heart and came with their troops in to a free
+State; and a great fight took place near a town by the name
+of Get-tys-burg. There was great loss on both sides. But Lee
+had to fly with his men, and this fight put an end to the hopes
+of the South. At the time of the last shot in fight, Gen-er-al
+Grant, far off in Vicks-burg, brought the foe to terms. Vicks-burg
+was a place on high bluffs, and it had guns on all sides to
+stop our ships on their way up the stream. It stood a long siege
+of more than a month, but at last it fell.
+
+But as time went on, it grew more and more hard to get men for
+the war. There had to be a draft, and the folks did not like
+that. In a draft, one has to draw a lot, and no one knew on
+whom the lot would fall. In New York there were some who felt
+a sort of spite at the black folks, as they held them to be
+the cause of the war, and there was a mob that set on them in
+the streets. It went on for three days, and some black men fell
+struck by stones from the mob. But at last it was brought to
+an end.
+
+The next year Grant made some good moves, and, on the whole,
+the sky grew more clear. Lin-coln said, "Peace does not seem
+so far off as it did. I hope it will come soon and come to stay,
+and come so that it will be worth all we have done for it."
+
+In 1864, Gen-er-al Grant was put at the head of all the troops.
+He had shown that he knew a great deal of war, and he had done
+good work. He soon made a plan of two great moves that should
+go on at the same time. One of these was to march on Rich-mond
+with one branch of the troops, while Gen-er-al Sher-man should
+take one branch through the States of the South, from mount
+to sea.
+
+[Illustration: WIL-LIAM T. SHER-MAN.]
+
+Gen-er-al Grant did not swerve from the course he had laid out.
+He said, "I will fight it out on this line," and he did, spite
+of all loss. He laid siege to Rich-mond, but for a time they
+held out. At sea the ships of the South at first won on all
+sides. They drove our ships out, and got off with no harm, till
+the time that the Al-a-ba-ma was sunk. One more grand fight
+with ships took place in Mo-bile Bay.
+
+This bay was a great place for boats to run in with food and
+stores to the foe. Our ships could not make their way there,
+for there were two forts, a ram of great strength, and shells
+that would blow them up set in the way. Far-ra-gut put false
+bows on his ships, so that they might charge the ram, and at
+last it was sunk.
+
+Sher-man had a hard work to do; for he must take his troops
+through the land of the foe, by their strong forts, through
+hill and dale and pass. He meant to cut off their chance to
+get food, and to break up the rail roads. He first took the
+town of At-lan-ta, and from that point set out on the "March
+to the Sea," which has won him so much fame. He had to feed
+his troops for the most part on what he could find in the land
+he went through. He took Sa-van-nah and wrote to Lin-coln, "I
+beg to give you the gift of the town of Sa-van-nah, with all
+its guns and stores."
+
+Then he took up his march once more through swamp and bog, or
+up the high steep hills and rocks. The cold days had come, but
+on they went, through storms of sleet and snow, or in the face
+of floods of rain, with a foe on all sides. Such a march had
+not been known in all the wars of the past. Long will the fame
+of that March to the Sea live in our land. He had found, as
+he said, that all the men in the South had been drawn out to
+aid the troops, and that there were no more left, and the land
+was a "mere shell."
+
+Charles-ton gave up at the end of a long siege; but it was set
+on fire in all parts by its own folk, so that it might not be
+worth much when it fell in our hands.
+
+The last move was made by Grant on Rich-mond. He felt that one
+more blow would bring the war to a close. He sent out word to
+Sher-i-dan, "When day dawns push round the foe, and get to his
+rear." Two days more our troops were in the streets of Rich-mond.
+When Lee found he could not hold his place, he sent word by
+the wires to Jef-fer-son Da-vis at Rich-mond. Da-vis was the
+man the South had made their chief, and he was in church when
+the news came to him. He read these words: "My lines are cut
+at three points. Rich-mond must be left to night."
+
+Da-vis left the church, and the news spread at once that the
+town was lost. There was fright on all sides, and the streets
+were soon full of men who knew not what to do. The means for
+flight were small, and a poor cart and horse would have brought
+a large sum of gold. The ships were set on fire or blown up,
+and some of the stores of the town were in a blaze. Oh, what
+a night! All sought to fly, but few had means to go.
+
+The next day some black troops were the first to march in the
+town. This was the real end of the war. Gen-er-al Lee did all
+he could to save his men; but they were so faint with want of
+food that they could not march, and so weak they could not hold
+their guns. So he gave up all at last to Gen-er-al Grant, and
+the whole South had to yield.
+
+This war had cost the land more than you could count in gold
+and lives. But it had made the slave free; and we know that
+we shall have the curse of the slave trade in our land no more.
+And it had shown that the creed of States Rights was not the
+best one, for if we were cut up in parts we would be weak, while
+if we stay as one, we will be strong. Our true strength, then,
+is to hold fast the bond that binds all the States, North and
+South, East and West, in one.
+
+There was great joy, and all gave thanks at the North when the
+news that the war had come to an end was borne on the wires.
+Lin-coln had held his course in a firm, brave way. He had said
+in a speech in New York, when he was on his way to take his
+place, "When the time comes for me to speak, I shall then take
+the ground that I think is right--right for the North, for the
+South, for the East, for the West, for all our land."
+
+And so he had done. The war was a grief to him. He said, "We
+did not think this war would last so long. Both sides read the
+same Word of God, and both pray to Him to aid in a war on those
+who are bound to them by near ties. We hope, we pray, that this
+scourge of war may soon pass. But if God wills it should stay
+till each drop of blood drawn by the lash shall be paid with one
+drawn with the sword, it must be said, 'Shall not the Judge
+of all the world do right?'"
+
+Five days from the time that the news of joy came in a flash
+on the wires, Lin-coln was dead. He had been shot while he sat
+in his box, at the play, by a man of the name of Wilkes Booth.
+This man had by some means got in the box and made the door
+fast. When he had shot Lin-coln, he sprang from the box to the
+stage, but caught his foot in one of our flags, and broke his
+leg. He had a horse at the door, and got off; but was at last
+found in a barn, where he stood at bay. They set the barn on
+fire to drive him out; but he still stood his ground, and fought
+till the last, when he fell, shot by one of our men.
+
+Those who stood by the bed side of Lin-coln saw that there was
+no hope. All the land was full of gloom, when the sad news came.
+As his corpse was borne in a train to his old home, the towns
+were hung with black on the whole route, and most men wore the
+badge of grief. Those who had not been warm friends of Lin-coln
+in his life, felt a shock at his death, for they knew a brave,
+true man had gone.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+PEACE ONCE MORE.
+
+
+At the time of Lin-coln's death, there had been a sort of plot
+to kill more of the head men of the land. Sew-ard had been shot
+in his own house, and there was a great fear in Wash-ing-ton;
+for no one knew how far this plot might reach.
+
+When An-drew John-son took the place at the head of the land,
+there was some fear that those who had spent so long a time
+in the war would not know how to live in time of peace. But
+they soon made their way to their old homes, and were glad to
+lay down their arms and take up the old trades once more. There
+was a vast debt, and all sorts of loans to be got. Then there
+were those who thought that the States, which were the cause
+of the war, should not have the right to come back on their
+own terms; and some thought they could come back when they would,
+and in their own way.
+
+But John-son brought out a Bill which gave back all their rights
+to most of those who had made the war. The States could come
+back if they would say that they would have no more slaves,
+and that they would be true to the U-nit-ed States in all time
+to come. John-son did not act in a way to suit those who had
+cast their votes for him, and Con-gress made a move that he
+should give up his place. When they came to try him, they found
+there was one vote short. That one vote kept him in his place;
+but he did not get a new term.
+
+The next man who was the choice of the land was U-lys-ses S.
+Grant, whose work in the war had won him such fame. In his time
+all the States of the South came back in to the U-nion. Great
+tracts of land were made ours; the debt was made less; and there
+was a law made which said that men of all races and hues should
+have a right to vote. In his last term a grand show took place
+in Phil-a-del-phia. All the lands in the world sent things to
+be shown there, and all the trades of the world had place in
+those great halls.
+
+When Hayes came in there was talk that there had not been a
+fair vote for him; but in time he won his way. He was fair to
+both North and South, and his rule was mild but firm. He drew
+all troops out of the South, that those States might put their
+own laws in force, with no help from Wash-ing-ton; so that if
+their own folks had wrongs, their own courts must set the thing
+right.
+
+Time has shown that this course was wise. The States at the
+South have grown in peace and good will to us since that time,
+and the white men there now seem quite glad to have the black
+men vote. Rail ways have been built so fast that it is thought
+in a few years there will be four or five of these great lines
+through the whole length and breadth of the land. Our debt has
+been paid off at such a quick rate that if we go on it will
+be gone ere long, and the tax on all things can be made less.
+We have shown, too, that we have not stood still.
+
+In old times each watch in use here came from the old lands,
+but now a watch is made here that might win the prize from those
+on that side of the sea. So, too, in glass, tools, knives, soap,
+combs, and all sorts of things, we have made a name. The beef
+and grain we send out bring in vast wealth.
+
+James A. Gar-field was our choice in 1881. A great shock was
+felt in the land, just two months from the time he came to the
+White House, when we heard he had been shot while on his way
+to take a train for the North. A man by the name of Gui-teau,
+who had some sort of strange craze, was the one who did the
+black deed.
+
+They bore Gar-field at once to his home in the White House,
+and for a long time he lay there in great pain. Day by day the
+news would flash on the wires that told his state, how his pulse
+beat, how he had slept, and what hope there was for his life.
+All would seize the news and read it each day, with the wish
+that he might yet live. They took him to Long Branch in the
+hope that the sea breeze might help him; but though his life
+held out for near the space of three months, it came to an end,
+and his last breath was drawn in that sweet home by the sea,
+Sep-tem-ber 19, 1881. Great grief was felt at his death, and
+all lands strove to say a kind word. The Court of Eng-land put
+on black for him, and the Queen sent a wreath for his grave.
+Gui-teau was hung for his crime.
+
+Ches-ter A. Ar-thur is now our Pres-i-dent. We are at peace
+with all the world. The same flag, with the old stars and stripes,
+floats now in the South as in the North. Long may it wave, "On
+the land of the free and the home of the brave."
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's History of the United States, by Helen Pierson
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES ***
+
+***** This file should be named 54798-0.txt or 54798-0.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/5/4/7/9/54798/
+
+Produced by Corbin Hunter
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
+specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
+eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
+for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
+performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
+away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
+not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
+trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+START: FULL LICENSE
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
+person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
+1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
+Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country outside the United States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
+on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
+  are located before using this ebook.
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
+other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
+Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+provided that
+
+* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
+  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+  Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
+  works.
+
+* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+  receipt of the work.
+
+* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
+Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
+www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
+mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
+volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
+locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
+Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
+date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
+official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+
+    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+    Chief Executive and Director
+    gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
+facility: www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/54798-0.zip b/old/54798-0.zip
index 86f7073..86f7073 100644
--- a/54798-0.zip
+++ b/old/54798-0.zip
diff --git a/54798-h.zip b/old/54798-h.zip
index 3e49ea6..3e49ea6 100644
--- a/54798-h.zip
+++ b/old/54798-h.zip
diff --git a/old/54798-h/54798-h.htm b/old/54798-h/54798-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..045678c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/54798-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,3768 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
+
+	<head>
+		<title>Project Gutenberg's History of the United States: in Words of One Syllable</title>
+		<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"/>
+		<style type="text/css">
+			.image-center {
+text-align : center;
+}
+.image-left {
+float : left;
+margin : 0.5em;
+text-indent : 0;
+}
+.image-right {
+float : right;
+margin : 0.5em;
+text-indent : 0;
+}
+.caption p {
+text-align : center;
+margin : 0.25em 0 0 0;
+text-indent : 0;
+}
+#titlepage {
+text-align : center;
+border : gray solid 1px;
+margin : 3em 0;
+}
+#obverse {
+margin : 3em 0;
+text-align : center;
+}
+#contents {
+margin : 3em 0;
+}
+#main {
+text-indent : 2em;
+}
+h1 {
+text-indent : 0;
+text-align : center;
+}
+h1 small {
+font-weight : normal;
+}
+h2 {
+text-align : center;
+font-weight : normal;
+text-indent : 0;
+}
+h2 small {
+font-weight : normal;
+}
+.tocnumber {
+padding : 1em 0;
+text-align : center;
+}
+.tocpnumber {
+text-align : right;
+}
+.tocname {
+font-variant : small-caps;
+}
+@media screen {
+body {
+width : 50%;
+margin : 0 auto;
+}
+}
+@media handheld {
+.image-left {
+float : none;
+margin : 0.5em;
+text-indent : 0;
+text-align : center;
+}
+.image-right {
+float : none;
+margin : 0.5em;
+text-indent : 0;
+text-align : center;
+}
+}
+.pageno {
+right : 1%;
+font-size : x-small;
+background-color : inherit;
+color : silver;
+text-indent : 0;
+text-align : right;
+position : absolute;
+border : silver solid thin;
+padding : 0.1em 0.2em;
+font-style : normal;
+font-variant : normal;
+font-weight : normal;
+text-decoration : none;
+}
+		</style>
+	</head>
+
+	<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of History of the United States, by Helen Pierson
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
+other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
+the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
+www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
+to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
+
+Title: History of the United States
+       in Words of One Syllable
+
+Author: Helen Pierson
+
+Release Date: May 27, 2017 [EBook #54798]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Corbin Hunter
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img id="coverpage" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="" width="70%" />
+		</div>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/1.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>PAUL REVERE.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+		<div id="titlepage">
+			<h1>HISTORY<br />
+				<small>OF THE</small><br />
+				UNITED STATES<br />
+				<small>IN WORDS OF ONE SYLLABLE</small>
+			</h1>
+
+			<p><small>BY</small></p>
+			<p><i>MRS. HELEN W. PIERSON</i></p>
+
+			<p style="font-size: 0.7em;">WITH FORTY-SEVEN ILLUSTRATIONS.</p>
+
+			<div class="image-center">
+				<img src="images/2.jpg" alt="" width="30%"/>
+				<div class="caption">
+					<p>AN ARMORED LOOK-OUT</p>
+				</div>
+			</div>
+
+			<p>NEW YORK</p>
+			<p>GEORGE ROUTLEDGE &amp; SONS</p>
+			<p>9 Lafayette Place</p>
+		</div>
+
+		<div id="obverse">
+			<p>Copyright, 1883.</p>
+			<p style="font-variant: small-caps;">By Joseph L. Blamire.</p>
+		</div>
+
+		<div id="prefatory">
+			<h2>PREFATORY.</h2>
+
+
+			<p>In this "Child's History of the United States," it has been
+			the aim to use words of only one syllable. But it will be seen
+			that, in a historical work, names must be given of famous men,
+			of great battles, and of some important measures. It is thought
+			that parents or teachers can soon familiarize young people with
+			these names, so that they will read them as readily as the rest.
+			Titles have been sometimes omitted, and some names which deserve
+			a place and have it in larger histories, are not found here.
+			All such omissions have been made from the fear of rendering
+			the task of reading the book too difficult for many, who, as
+			they grow older, can add to the list that fame has made illustrious,
+			and take wider views of the history of this land.</p>
+
+			<p style="text-align: right;">H. W. P.</p>
+		</div>
+
+		<div id="contents">
+
+			<h2>CONTENTS.</h2>
+
+			<table style="width: 100%;">
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER I.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">How this Land was Found.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p9">9</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER II.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">The New World.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p16">16</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER III.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">The Red Men.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p26">26</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER IV.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">The War that Made us Free.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p46">46</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER V.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">Three Great Fights.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p53">53</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER VI.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">First in War&mdash;First in Peace.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p61">61</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER VII.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">The Rest of the War.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p69">69</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER VIII.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">In Times of Peace.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p82">82</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER IX.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">New Men and New Laws.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p95">95</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER X.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">The Slave Trade.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p107">107</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER XI.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">A New War.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p120">120</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER XII.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">The War of North and South.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p126">126</a></td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td colspan="2" class="tocnumber">CHAPTER XIII.</td>
+				</tr>
+				<tr>
+					<td class="tocname">Peace Once More.</td>
+					<td class="tocpnumber"><a href="#p145">145</a></td>
+				</tr>
+			</table>
+		</div>
+
+		<div id="main">
+
+			<h1 style="text-align: center;"><span class="pageno" id="p9">9</span> History of the United States.</h1>
+
+			<h2>CHAPTER I.<br />
+			<small>HOW THIS LAND WAS FOUND.</small></h2>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/3.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IN-DI-ANS HUNTING IN THE SNOW.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>For a long time, in past years, it was not known that the world
+was round. If the men in those days had been told that a ship
+could start from a port and sail straight on for months and
+come round to <span class="pageno" id="p10">10</span> the same place, it would have made them laugh
+as at a good joke. They did not know the real shape of the earth,
+but thought it was a flat plane.</p>
+
+<p>In those days our land was the home of the In-di-ans, or red
+men, as we call them, from their dark skins. The red man does
+not live in a house, but in a sort of tent or hut. The tribes
+of red men had all this land for their own when Co-lum-bus was
+born. The great woods, the green plains, the bright streams,
+were all theirs. They made their wars in a strange and fierce
+style, and wore at their belts locks of hair, cut from the heads
+of those slain by their hands. These locks, cut from the head
+with part of the skin, they call a scalp. It was the pride of
+an In-di-an to have scalps hung at his belt. No one had taught
+him that this was wrong, and he did not have the Word of God
+to show him the right way.</p>
+
+<p>When Co-lum-bus was a mere boy he was fond of the sea and ships.
+He would go and watch the waves, and think about how ships were
+made, and the best way to sail them. He was born in Gen-oa,
+which is by the blue sea; so when he was a small boy he could
+watch the white sails come in. Such queer ships they had there,
+with strange high prows! As time went on, and he grew of age,
+he made trips in these ships, and was in sea-fights, and once
+or twice he was in a wreck. So you see he had a <span class="pageno" id="p11">11</span> chance to grow
+strong and brave for the work he had to do.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/4.jpg" alt="The Oceian and Islands between Western Europe and Eastern Asia from the Globus of Martin Behaim 1492." width="80%"/>
+		</div>
+
+<p>What he read in books taught him that the world was round, and
+not flat, as was thought in those times. So he knew that if
+he could sail west he would come to a new land. He thought of
+this a long time, and at last he grew more sure of it, but he
+could get no one else to think as he did. He spent ten years
+in this way. He was full of plans; but he could get no help
+and no gold. He was too poor to do all with no aid from his
+friends. At last he went to Spain.</p>
+
+<p>There were a King and Queen there who were kind to Co-lum-bus;
+but at first they would not give their gold to help him. They
+thought this was a wild dream. At last, with a sad heart, he
+made up his mind to turn his back on the court of Spain.</p>
+
+<p>While on his way, a man came to him from Queen Is-a-bel-la.
+She had sent him word that she would help him; "that she would
+pledge her own gems to give him aid." But she did not have to
+do this, as means were found when Co-lum-bus went back to the
+court. His heart was made glad; for they gave him a small fleet
+of three ships, and on the 3d of August, 1492, the sun rose
+on the fleet as it went forth on its way to the new land. All
+was strange to the new crew, and they had all <span class="pageno" id="p13">13</span> sorts of queer
+thoughts and fears of the sea. They had not been out of sight
+of land in all their lives; and when they saw the deep, dark
+sea on all sides, they were full of fear that they would not
+see their homes again. The trade-wind which took them west so
+fast, would keep them, they thought, from their land when they
+had the wish to go back. At last they grew so full of fear,
+they swore they would not go on, and Co-lum-bus had hard work
+to make them. But soon there were signs of land, and some land
+birds flew by the ship; and one of the crew found a branch of
+a tree on the waves, which had some fresh red fruit on it.</p>
+
+<p>Oh, how glad they were! Co-lum-bus felt so sure that he was
+near land, he gave word for the ships to lie by that night.
+No man thought of sleep. They all kept watch on deck to see
+this strange new coast for which they had borne so much.</p>
+
+<p>In the night a cry of joy was heard. Co-lum-bus had seen a light
+far off, and a shout of "Land! land!" soon came from all sides.</p>
+
+<p>When the sun rose they all saw a green strip of shore some five
+miles long. The men fell at the feet of Co-lum-bus and shed
+tears of joy. Then they sang a hymn of praise to God, who had
+kept them and brought them safe and sound to this new place.
+They got out the small boats and put men <span class="pageno" id="p14">14</span> and arms in them, with
+flags, and a band to play a march of joy, and the crews made
+their way to the shore. Co-lum-bus, in a rich dress with his
+drawn sword in his hand, sprang on the beach, and then the crew
+came next. They set up a cross, and all knelt at its foot and
+gave thanks for their safe trip. Then Co-lum-bus set up the
+flag of Cas-tile and Le-on, and took the new land for the crown
+of Spain.</p>
+
+<p>While they stood there with shouts of joy and songs, some strange
+dark shapes stole up with soft steps to their side. The crew
+thought these men must have come from a new world, as they saw
+their dark skins and the gay paint and plumes they wore. Co-lum-bus
+gave them the name of In-di-ans, for he thought the new coast
+was part of In-dia. He did not know that he had found a new
+land. These men with red skins were glad to kiss the feet of
+the Span-iards, and change their gold chains and rude rings
+for the beads and pins the crew gave to them.</p>
+
+<p>Co-lum-bus spent some time in the new land he had found, and
+then he set sail for home to take his friends and the Queen
+the great news. A wild storm came on the way home, and Co-lum-bus
+thought that all was lost, so he wrote his tale on a cake of
+wax and put the cake in a cask and threw it in the sea; so that
+if he had gone down in the <span class="pageno" id="p15">15</span> storm, all that he had found would
+not be lost to the world.</p>
+
+<p>But God took care of Co-lum-bus and his crew. They got back
+to their homes once more and had a grand time. The King and
+Queen gave them a new and fine fleet; and in time they came
+back and saw new points of land on which to build homes, and
+they found, too, South A-mer-i-ca.</p>
+
+<p>There were some in Spain who did not like Co-lum-bus, for he
+had won gold and fame, while they had none. So they told false
+tales of him; and when his friend, Queen Is-a-bel-la, died,
+he was once brought back from the land he had found in chains.
+How sad that was!&mdash;was it not? At last he had to die old and
+poor, and this land did not have his name. It had no name for
+some time; but at last an I-tal-ian, who made a few trips there,
+and wrote of what he saw, gave his name to the new world. His
+name was A-mer-i-cus Ves-pu-ci-us. That is a hard name for you
+to say, but you can all say A-mer-i-ca, and that is the name
+of our land.</p>
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p16">16</span> CHAPTER II.<br />
+<small>THE NEW WORLD.</small></h2>
+
+<p>When the news of this land of gold spread over the world, Eng-land
+and France and Spain all sent ships to see what they could find.
+They each thought they would like to have a slice. The Eng-lish
+thought they had some rights, as one of their men, named Ca-bot,
+had, in truth, been the first to touch this new shore. The next
+time he came, he made his way down the coast to what we call
+Vir-gin-ia, and set up a claim for Eng-land.</p>
+
+<p>Then the King of France sent a man to plant his flag here, and
+he gave the name of New France to part of our coast. But though
+Eng-land and France both set claim to the land, they did not
+send men here to live for a long time.</p>
+
+<p>At last Queen E-liz-a-beth gave one of the great men at court,
+called Sir Wal-ter Ral-eigh, a claim to a large tract of land
+in A-mer-i-ca. He came with two ships, and found the red skins
+kind. They brought him gifts, and he went back to tell of all
+the strange things he had seen, and some came to live on the
+new shores. But the red skins were <span class="pageno" id="p17">17</span> hard to live with, and the
+small group of white men could get no food, and were near death,
+when a brave man, named Sir Fran-cis Drake, came with a ship
+and took them off to their homes. The next band that came met
+a sad fate, for they all fell by the hand of the red men.</p>
+
+<p>There were some in Eng-land who had a great wish to see this
+new world. They thought they would like to live in a land with
+no King, and have a church where they could pray to God in their
+own way. They were called "Pil-grims," for they went from place
+to place and would sing psalms and pray, and they were full
+of joy at the thought of their new home.</p>
+
+<p>Do you know the name of the ship they came in? It is a sweet
+name, and you must keep it in your mind&mdash;The May-flow-er. They
+did not have a smooth trip, and a storm blew them on to the
+coast of Mass-a-chu-setts. It was bare and cold, but it was
+nice to see land at all. There were all sorts of fowl there,
+and they saw a whale; but when they went to shoot it the gun
+burst. They made their way to a vale where there was a spring,
+and there they took their first drink in the new land.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 15%;">
+			<img src="images/5.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IN-DI-AN FLINT-HEADED ARROW.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>There was a rock called Plym-outh Rock, and here they made their
+homes and built the first house. It was in 1620, in a cold time
+of the year, that the <span class="pageno" id="p18">18</span> May-flow-er brought her crew to Plym-outh
+Rock. There was not much food, and they had from the first a
+foe whom they could not trust or make a friend. These were a
+new race of men. They had brown skins; were tall and straight,
+with long, coarse black hair. They had no books, and got their
+food in the hunt, or caught fish in the streams. They made boats
+of birch bark&mdash;queer, long things, with a point at each end.
+They could make bows, and would pound their corn with two stones
+for their bread. They took the skins of beasts for their clothes,
+for they knew how to dress them. Each tribe had its head man,
+called a chief, and their great joy was in war. When their foes
+took them, they would not pray for their lives. They were brave
+in their own way, and would show no fear at the sight of the
+fire that was to burn their flesh.</p>
+
+<p>Their wives, the squaws, would dress the food and do all the
+hard work at home. They were the ones who dug each small patch
+of ground and put in the beans and corn. The men had a <span class="pageno" id="p19">19</span> scorn
+for work. They were made to fight, they thought. They would
+say, "The Great Chief gave the white man a plow and the red
+man a bow, and sent them in the world to gain food, each in
+his own way."</p>
+
+<p>In this new land there was not a horse, cow, sheep, cat, dog,
+or hen to be found. You would not like such a place, would you?
+What did the young people do for pets in those days? No chicks
+to feed, no puss with her soft, warm fur, for small hands to
+stroke.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/6.jpg" alt="A canoe." width="70%"/>
+		</div>
+
+<p>But the new homes were not left in peace. The red men saw that
+their doom was near. They felt that they would have to move
+on and on, to give place to these men who knew so much; who
+read books and had schools, and taught their young ones to pray.
+So they took the guns that they had bought from the white men
+and went to war with them. When they took them they would tie
+them fast to stakes, burn them to death, and all the time the
+flames were at work, these fierce red men would <span class="pageno" id="p20">20</span> dance a war
+dance of joy. They bought rum from the white men, and it made
+them like brutes.</p>
+
+<p>They knew that the white men had come to take their land, and
+that was cause for their hate. And so the white men, in their
+turn, felt no love for the red skin, and thought they did well
+to push him back more and more, and take all they could from
+him. The white men were to blame, for they first gave the vile
+rum to the red men, and that made them wild. They would burn
+down the white man's house at night, and kill his wife and babes.
+Think how sad it must be to wake up in the night and find the
+hot blaze of a fire in your face, and the wild war-whoop of
+an In-di-an in your ears. But you can lie down in your bed in
+peace, for there is no one to harm you&mdash;you live in good times.</p>
+
+<p>But those who were brave enough to come and live in this new
+land, had a hard life at first. There were no snug farms as
+now, with fields of green corn and wheat. At times the poor
+men could not get much to eat, and one wrote home: "The crumbs
+that fall from your meals would be sweet to me. When I can get
+a cup of meal and boil It with a pinch of salt, I give thanks
+as for a great feast. The In-di-ans at times bring corn and
+trade it for clothes or knives. One day they gave <span class="pageno" id="p21">21</span> me a peck
+of corn for a small dog. It would be a strange thing to see
+a piece of roast beef or veal here."</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/7.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>PIL-GRIMS ON THEIR WAY TO CHURCH.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+<p>It will not seem strange, then, that, in such hard times, death
+came to these small bands and took some away. But those who
+were left kept up brave hearts, and would not go back to their
+old homes; and though all were so poor, there was not a case
+of theft in four years. They grew to like the land, and one
+said, "A sup of New Eng-land air is worth more than a draught
+of Old Eng-land ale."</p>
+
+<p>For one of the first bands of men who came here, made their
+homes in a place to which they gave the name of New Eng-land,
+after their old home. As time went on each place grew to be
+a town, and soon had a church and a school of its own. If we
+had gone in one of those towns on the Lord's day, we would have
+seen some strange sights. As the clocks struck nine, there would
+come out a man who would beat a drum or blow a conch shell,
+or ring a bell to call all the folks to church. As we drew near
+to this church, we would have seen that it was built of logs,
+with a small flag to wave on it. There would be a fence of stakes
+round it, and a man with a gun on guard near it. Those who went
+in left all their guns in his care.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p23">23</span> If you look at this church you will see that it has no glass
+panes like ours, but small and dull and thick ones set in lead.
+It is the style now to like that old thick glass, and to use
+it once more. You might see on the front of this church, near
+the door, the heads of wolves that had been slain in the hunt
+in the past year.</p>
+
+<p>In this church the old men sat on one side, and the young men
+were not with them. They had their own place. So, too, the boys
+did not sit by the girls. Most of the boys sat on the stairs,
+and there was a man there as a sort of guard to see that they
+did not talk. He had a long rod or wand in his hand, with a
+hare's foot on one end, and a hare's tail on the other. He would
+let no one go to sleep. If he saw a girl nod, he would touch
+her on the face with the soft brush of the hare's tail; but
+if it were a boy who was caught in a nap, he got a sharp rap
+from the hare's foot. So you see in those times one could not
+make such a snug nest in the pew and take a long sleep as one
+does now; and they had to stay three or four hours in church.
+It must have been hard for small folks not to nod at times.</p>
+
+<p>When they sung, it was out of a book by the name of "The Bay
+Psalm Book," and they did not know more than ten tunes. In those
+days no one <span class="pageno" id="p24">24</span> could stay from church but for a good cause, or
+else they had to pay a fine. And if a man staid from church
+a month, he was put in the stocks, or in a cage of wood, where
+all could see him and laugh and jeer at him.</p>
+
+<p>You do not know what stocks are in these times, but if you had
+stood in a New Eng-land town then, you would have seen a strange
+thing made of wood, by the road near the church. This queer
+frame of wood would hold a man fast so that he could not move,
+and you may think a day in the stocks would be hard to bear,
+and would make one's bones ache.</p>
+
+<p>A house in such a town, in those days, was all built on the
+ground floor; so there were no stairs. It was made of earth
+or logs, and had a steep roof of thatch. The place for the fire
+was built of rough stones. It was large enough to burn logs
+four feet long, and had so much room in it that a man and his
+wife and boys and girls could sit in it and look up at the sky.</p>
+
+<p>The dress in those days was not the same as it is now. The men
+wore small clothes, which came to the knee like a small boy's
+in these times, and they had stiff ruffs round their necks and
+caps of rich stuff on their heads. The young men wore fine belts,
+and great high boots which were made with a roll at the top.
+The girls wore silk hoods in the <span class="pageno" id="p25">25</span> streets, and stiff rich gowns,
+with long waists, and lace caps on feast-days. But folks could
+not wear gay clothes if the law did not think they had means
+to spend for such fine things.</p>
+
+<p>They had some queer laws in those days. Those who had done wrong
+had to stand in the stocks, which held them by the feet and
+neck, so they could not get away, or they had to mount stools
+in church. If a man had a wife who had the name of a bad scold,
+a cleft stick was put on her tongue, or she was made to take
+a cold dip in a stream. I dare say you think those were hard
+laws, and you are glad to live in these days. But that was a
+race who had the fear of God in their hearts; their aim was
+to do just right and to rule the land in the best way.</p>
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p26">26</span> CHAPTER III.<br />
+<small>THE RED MEN AND THEIR WARS.</small></h2>
+
+<p>At first, before they had time to plant the fields, the men
+could but hunt and fish for food; but as years went by, they
+had farms, and made glass and things for trade; they wove cloth
+of wool, and some from a plant that grows in the south, of which
+you may know the name. It is white and soft.</p>
+
+<p>They had not much coin, and so they had to do the best they
+could with skins and corn, or what they could get for trade.
+The first mint to make coin was set up in Mass-a-chu-setts in
+1652. This coin had a pine tree on one side, and the name of
+the State. One side had a date and N. E. for New Eng-land. All
+this coin was known as "pine-tree coin." In time the land at
+Plym-outh Bay and those near took one name, "Mass-a-chu-setts."</p>
+
+<p>In the meanwhile the small band who had made homes in Vir-gin-ia
+had come to grief. They had been men of good birth in their
+own land, and did not know much of hard work. They had come
+in search of wealth. Great tales had been told of the gold
+here. It had been said one could pick up <span class="pageno" id="p27">27</span> great lumps of gold,
+as large as a hen's egg, in the streams. They found that all
+this was not true, and that a man had to work hard to live.
+They grew sick, and death came in their midst to make things
+more sad; so that they lost more than half of their small band.</p>
+
+<div style="position: relative; margin: 0 0 2em 0;"  class="caption">
+	<img src="images/8.jpg" style="width: 100%;" alt="" />
+	<p style="position: absolute; top: 60%; left: 60%;">BUILD-ING IN VIR-GIN-IA.</p>
+	<p style="position: absolute; top: 100%; left: 15%;">JOHN SMITH.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>One man, John Smith by name, did great things for them. He had
+been brave from his birth. He had been in wars oft, and once
+he built him <span class="pageno" id="p28">28</span> a lodge of boughs in a forest and took his books
+with him, that he might learn the art of war. Once he went to
+fight the Turks. He is said to have been sold as a slave. It
+may be all these tales are not true; but it is true he taught
+his own friends in Vir-gin-ia how to live. He got them to build
+a fort and log huts for the cold times. He made friends as far
+as he could of the In-di-ans, so that he could get boat loads
+of food from them. He said that "he who would not work might
+not eat;" so no man could be a drone in the hive. Each one must
+learn to swing the axe in the woods or to hunt and to fish.</p>
+
+
+<p>Once the In-di-ans took him and they told him that he must die.
+Their great chief Pow-ha-tan had said the word; so his head was
+laid upon a stone, and a huge war club raised to strike the
+blow. But a young girl was seen to spring to his side, throw
+her arms round his neck, and pray that he might be set free.
+She was the pet of the tribe, for she was the child of their
+chief; and so Cap-tain Smith was set free. You may be sure he
+was full of thanks to his kind young friend, and it is said
+she might have been seen on her way to James-town more than
+once, as time went on, with small stores of corn for the white
+men. And when she grew up a white man made her his wife.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-right" style="width: 20%;">
+			<img src="images/9.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>TO-BAC-CO PLANT.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p29">29</span> But at last a bad wound made Cap-tain Smith go back to Eng-land,
+and things grew worse and worse in Vir-gin-ia. Food was more
+and more scarce, and a sad time came, which was long known as
+"Starving Time." It was in 1609. At last they all made up their
+minds to go back to their old home. None shed a tear as the
+sun rose on that day; they had known bad times in the new land,
+and did not grieve to go. But as their ship made its way down
+the bay, they met Lord Del-a-ware, with a great stock of food,
+and new men to swell the ranks. So they were glad to turn back
+and try the place once more; and in the course of time they
+throve and built and spread, and that part of the land made
+a new State, which we know as Vir-gin-ia. In that State was
+first grown a weed which you have seen men smoke and chew.</p>
+
+<p>The folks in Mass-a-chu-setts went by the name of "Pu-ri-tans."
+They had left their old home that they might pray to God in
+their own way, and they thought that their own way was the right
+one. When men came in their midst who did not think <span class="pageno" id="p30">30</span> as they
+did, they were sent out of the place. There was a class called
+Quak-ers, or Friends, who were mild, and did all they could
+for peace; but they thought they had their rights as well as
+the rest, and might serve God in their own way. They did not
+believe in wars, and would not bear arms. They would not hire
+a man to preach for them; but when they met, each one spoke
+as he felt the thought come in his heart. They kept the laws,
+and did to all men as they wished them to do to them. They said
+"thee and thou" for "you," and "yea and nay" for "yes and no;"
+but this could hurt no one, and it seems strange to us that
+they were not let stay in the place. They had to fly for their
+lives, and four were put to death. In these days all men are
+free to serve God in their own way.</p>
+
+<p>And in that time there was one man to raise his voice for the
+poor Quak-ers, and all who were like them. This man was Rog-er
+Will-iams. He held that the State had no right to say what men
+should think and feel. You may be sure those who were high in
+place did not like to hear that; so he had to fly from his home
+one cold day, and for a time he hid in the woods. But the In-di-ans
+gave him a home, and one chief made him a gift of a piece of
+land, which he called "Prov-i-dence," as it was to him like
+a gift from God. And so the State of <span class="pageno" id="p31">31</span> Rhode Isl-and, where this
+town was built, was known as a place where thought was free.
+The Quak-ers were glad to find a home in that State, where they
+could dwell in peace.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/10.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IN-DI-ANS RID-ING.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>In 1675, a war, known as King Phil-ip's war, broke out in Mass-a-chu-setts.
+King Phil-ip was an In-di-an chief who saw that the white man
+would soon own all the land, and he knew that <span class="pageno" id="p32">32</span> meant death to
+his race. He made a plan to kill all the white men. The first
+blow fell on the Lord's day, as the folks were on their way
+home from church. The men flew to arms, and did not dare to
+lay them down when they were in the field at work, or at their
+homes. When they went to church they would stack them at the
+door.</p>
+
+<p>King Phil-ip and his men made their camp in a great swamp, where
+it was hard for the white men to reach them. Here they laid
+up a store of food, and had great tribes of red men. They would
+not fight in the wide fields, but would skulk in nooks, and
+rush out and hold all the land in fear, for the foe would seem
+to be on all sides. At last they were made to leave their strong
+hold, and could find no place to hide. There was a fight, and
+the In-di-ans fell thick and fast. Phil-ip ran, but one of his
+own tribe, who had a grudge, shot him dead. He had done all
+he could for his own folk, but fell by the hand of one of them
+at last.</p>
+
+<p>All this time the King of Eng-land was at the head of this land
+as well, and the men he sent were wont to rule things with a
+high hand. They would not grant what our men thought to be their
+rights. Dutch ships had come in to trade for furs with the In-di-ans.
+Some of the crews stayed here and made their homes in a place
+they called New Am-ster-dam. <span class="pageno" id="p33">33</span> It is now known by the name of
+New York. These first Dutch men bought the land from the In-di-ans,
+and it was to go to their heirs through all time.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/11.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>THE DUTCH AT NEW AM-STER-DAM.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>A band of Swedes made their home in Del-a-ware. A Quak-er by
+the name of Will-iam Penn bought a grant of land from the King.
+He thought to make a home for all his sect, who had as hard
+a time in Eng-land as they did here. He sent a band of these
+men here, and the next year he came too. He met the In-di-ans
+by a great elm tree. He was a kind and good man, and would not
+take <span class="pageno" id="p35">35</span> their land from them. He bought it and made them his friends.
+"We will live in love with Will-iam Penn and his heirs," said
+they, "as long as the sun and moon shall shine." And it is said
+that to this day a red man is loathe to shed Quak-er blood.</p>
+
+<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/12.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IN-DI-AN PIPES.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+
+<div class="image-right" style="width: 30%;">
+			<img src="images/13.jpg" alt="William Penn." width="100%"/>
+		</div>
+
+<p>In 1683, Penn bought land from the Swedes and laid out a town,
+to which he gave the name of Phil-a-del-phia. It stood in the
+midst of a wood, and the wild deer ran by the men who came to
+take a look at their new home. When Penn came, he sent out a
+call for all the men to meet in one place, and there he met
+with them, and they laid out the code or kind of laws they were
+to have. This code was known as "The Great Law." No one could
+vote that did not believe in Christ; and all might pray to God
+in their own way. So you see the Quak-ers did not wish to force
+men to believe as they did. They felt that was not right or
+just.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p36">36</span> Penn did all he could for his sect, and was mild and good to
+the red men. He said to them, "We meet on the broad path of
+good faith and good will. I will deal with you in love. We are
+one flesh and blood."</p>
+
+<p>So our land grew, and State by State was laid out, and towns
+were built, and all this time the King of Eng-land was at the
+head of the whole. There were more In-di-an wars; for the red
+men gave the new folk no peace. They would come down from the
+depths of the woods of Can-a-da on their snow shoes, and drag
+men and their wives from their beds and scalp them and set their
+homes on fire. Many a child, too, had to fly with the rest in
+the cold night, with bare feet and few clothes on, to seek a
+place to hide from this fierce foe.</p>
+
+<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/14.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IN-DI-AN SNOW SHOE.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>In 1754, a war broke out which we call the "French and In-di-an
+War." The Eng-lish had at this time a great strip of land on
+our coast which they held as their own. It was like a string
+to the <span class="pageno" id="p37">37</span> great bow of French land, which went from Que-bec to
+New Or-leans. Both French and Eng-lish laid claim to part of
+the land; and those who had the wish to live in peace could
+not but look on in fear.</p>
+
+<p>The French built three forts, and that made all feel that they
+meant to hold the land. A young man by the name of George Wash-ing-ton,
+was sent to ask that they should pull down these forts. You
+have heard of George Wash-ing-ton, I know. You have been told
+that he was "first in peace, first in war, and first in the
+hearts of all." You have, I am sure, heard the tale of the fruit
+tree that he cut, and how he could not tell a lie to save him.
+He was a boy then, and some one had made his heart glad with
+the gift of a small axe. What should a boy do with such a thing,
+if he could not cut with it? So George went round to try the
+sharp edge of his axe, and, as bad luck would have it, he came
+on a young fruit tree. It may be that the fruit was of a rare
+kind, and so when it was found that the bark of the tree had
+been cut in such a way that one could hope for no more fruit,
+the cry rang out on all sides, "Who has done this deed?"</p>
+
+<p>Our small boy was not at peace in his own mind. He did not know
+in what shape the wrath might fall on him; but he came forth
+in a brave <span class="pageno" id="p38">38</span> way and said, "I did it, Father, I can not tell a
+lie. I cut it." We are glad there has been one boy who could
+not tell a lie, and we hope there are some in our own times.</p>
+
+<p>So this George Wash-ing-ton, then a young man, was sent to the
+French man who was at the head of the forts, to say that he
+must take them down at once. He had a hard time to get there,
+for it was cold, and the streams were big with the rains. The
+snow fell and froze as it fell. His horse gave out, and he had
+to go on foot. He had one man with him, and they struck out
+in to the woods. They had to cross a stream on a rude raft,
+and they were caught in the ice. It bore them on with great
+speed, and when Wash-ing-ton threw out his pole to check the
+speed, he fell in the stream. But he knew how to swim, and so
+he got to land. When day came, it grew still more cold, and
+the stream froze in such a way that he could walk on it to the
+place where he would be.</p>
+
+<p>The men at the French forts would not say that they would give
+them up. In fact, they made boasts that they could hold them
+in spite of all, and so the war went on. The French would dart
+out and seize Eng-lish ships, and then the Eng-lish would march
+on the French, and do them all the harm they could. Wash-ing-ton
+fought on the side of the <span class="pageno" id="p39">39</span> Eng-lish in this war. Once the In-di-ans
+laid in wait for them in the wood, and as the men were on the
+march with their flags and beat of drum, they heard the fierce
+war whoop on all sides. The Brit-ish troops did not know how
+to deal with such a foe; but our men sprang down and fought
+them in their own way.</p>
+
+<p>One chief made a vow that he would kill Wash-ing-ton. Four balls
+were sent through his clothes. Twice his horse was shot. Gen-er-al
+Brad-dock, who was at the head of the Eng-lish troops, was shot
+and borne from the field to die. There was a great fright, and
+the men fled on all sides. Wash-ing-ton did what he could to
+save them from the foe, like a brave man. But the French went
+on and built more forts, and our men were at their wits' end
+to hold their own with foes on all sides.</p>
+
+<p>There were six tribes of the red men who were their friends,
+and I would tell you their names if they were not too long and
+hard.</p>
+
+<p>But you will find in the State of New York lakes and streams
+which bear the same names. We ought to bear them in mind, as
+they were of great use in those times. So it was thought best
+for all our men to meet in a town by the name of Al-ba-ny, to
+fix on a way to keep these six tribes our friends, and to join
+with them to fight the <span class="pageno" id="p40">40</span> French. Al-ba-ny was then a small town
+with few in it; but it had a stone fort. Here our men met the
+chiefs and had a talk with them. The chiefs told our clan they
+were not so wise and brave as the French, or they would build
+forts like them.</p>
+
+<p>But there was one wise man in our midst, Ben-ja-min Frank-lin.
+He had been a poor boy, so poor that when he went in to the
+great town of Phil-a-del-phia, he had but a few cents. But he
+knew how to print; and more than that he was fond of books,
+and so could learn all sorts of things. He brought with him
+a small print on which was shown a snake cut in parts. Each
+part had on it the name of one of the States. He said they must
+be made one or die, and that to be one was the way to be great.
+But our men did not see their way clear to do this yet. We know
+they made the States one in time.</p>
+
+<p>The death of Gen-er-al Brad-dock was a great blow to their hopes.
+They saw that all the red-coats, as we call the Eng-lish, were
+not brave; but could run as fast as the rest. Still they took
+some forts, with long names, from the French in this war. They
+made a move on them at Que-bec, with Gen-er-al Wolfe at the
+head of our troops.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/15.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>A DUTCH HOUSEHOLD IN NEW AM-STER-DAM, NOW NEW YORK.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>Quebec was one of the strong forts of the world. At first Gen-er-al
+Wolfe lost at all points. But he <span class="pageno" id="p42">42</span> found at last a way to go in
+boats. With no noise they made their way to land, and up a steep
+hill, and at dawn the French woke to see red-coats on all sides.
+Their Gen-er-al Mont-calm led them out of the fort to fight.
+If he had not, he might have won the day, for the fort was strong.
+But he chose to fight in the wide field, and so we won.</p>
+
+<p>At the time of the fight, Gen-er-al Wolfe, who had been struck
+by a death shot, heard shouts of joy, "They fly&mdash;they fly!"
+"Who fly!" came from his white lips. "The French." "Then praise
+God, I die at peace," he said, with his last breath.</p>
+
+<p>Gen-er-al Mont-calm, too, on the French side, had a wound, and
+was told he could not live. "I am glad of it," he said, "for
+then I shall not live to see my town yield to the foe." So you
+see they were two brave men who fell that day. In five days
+a peace was made with France; for she gave up most of the land
+to which she had laid claim.</p>
+
+<p>But there were some of the red men who did not want this peace
+with the Eng-lish. They had seen the red-coats run away from
+them, and they thought they might now strike a blow for their
+own homes and land. The French made them think they would help
+them. "The King of France has but slept for a time," they said,
+"but he will soon wake up, and then he will drive the foe from
+the homes <span class="pageno" id="p43">43</span> of the red men, and give them back their land."</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/16.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IN-DI-AN CHIEF.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>There was one brave chief, Pon-ti-ac, who heard all this with
+a glad heart. "I will live and die a French man," he said, and
+he sent men to each <span class="pageno" id="p44">44</span> town to bear a belt with red or black beads
+on it, and a knife with a red stain on it; these meant war.
+The knife was of the kind with which they were wont to scalp
+the foe, and the red stain told that deeds of blood were at
+hand. When this belt and knife were kept, Pon-ti-ac knew that
+the chiefs there would join the war. Their first move was on
+a fort at De-troit.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/17.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IRON TOM-A-HAWK.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/18.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>STONE TOM-A-HAWK.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>This was Pon-ti-ac's plan. He would go some day to the fort
+with some men and ask leave to come in and show them a war dance. <span class="pageno" id="p45">45</span>
+While some were in the dance, a few would stroll through the
+fort and see all that could be seen. Then they would go once
+more as if for a call, with arms hid in their clothes, and strike
+down the white men when they did not look for it. The first
+part of this plan went on all right; but one of the squaws,
+who was a friend to the head man of the fort, told him what
+the red men meant to do. So when Pon-ti-ac and his men went
+in the fort, each with his gun hid in his clothes, they found
+ranks of men with arms to meet them, and they were glad to get
+out with their lives.</p>
+
+<p>But Pon-ti-ac would not give up, for he made more friends, and
+laid siege to De-troit in 1763. It was a long siege for the
+red man, but it held out, though food was scarce, and the men
+in it felt that they must soon starve. Pon-ti-ac at last had
+to make peace, and met his own death at the hands of a red man,
+who was mad with drink; and so the French and In-di-an war came
+to an end.</p>
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p46">46</span> CHAPTER IV.<br />
+<small>THE WAR THAT MADE US FREE.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>For a time all were at peace; but at last a war broke out that
+took more time, and cost more men, than all the wars of the
+past. You have heard of it, it may be, by the name of the Rev-o-lu-tion.</p>
+
+<p>There are some old men who fought in that war, who are alive
+this day. You see the cause of this war came out of what our
+men thought to be their wrongs. They thought the rule of Eng-land
+too hard, and that they should have their own men to rule them.
+They would have gone on as they were, if they had thought that
+Eng-land was just to them; but she put a tax on the things they
+had to use. She had a large debt to pay, and so she thought
+it fair our men should help to pay it; and our men held that
+they ought to have a voice as to what the tax should be, and
+fix what they knew to be right.</p>
+
+<p>Do you know what a tax means? It meant, in this case, that when
+our men bought a thing, they had to pay a few cents more than
+its real price, and these few cents were to go to Eng-land.
+Of course these few cents from all sides grew to be a good <span class="pageno" id="p47">47</span> sum,
+and was quite a help. Eng-land, at this time, made a law which
+we know by the name of the "Stamp Act." This law, which gave
+to Eng-land a tax on all deeds, was one great cause of the wrath
+of our men. One man made a speech on it that was put in print,
+and the boys in the schools spoke it. In all the States men
+took the same view; so that the Stamp Act may be said to have
+lit the fire which in time made such a blaze.</p>
+
+<p>In all the States men stood up for what they thought their rights,
+and they made up their mind that they would not pay this tax
+on Eng-lish things, but would learn to make them of their own.
+Men and their wives took a vow that the fine clothes from their
+old home should not tempt them, but they would spin and weave,
+and wear what they made, though it might be poor and coarse.
+One brave dame wrote to her friends, "I hope there are none
+of us but would wrap up in the skins of sheep and goats to keep
+us warm, if we must else pay a tax which is not just on the
+goods of Eng-land."</p>
+
+<p>The wrath at the Stamp Act grew more fierce each day, and the
+men who were sent to put it in force did not dare to do so.
+One was caught and made to say that he would give the thing
+up. He was made to fling up his hat and cry as they told him,
+three times, in words which meant that they <span class="pageno" id="p48">48</span> were right and the
+King was wrong. No one was found so bold as to put the Stamp
+Act in force; and the news went to the King and set him in a
+great rage. Some of their own great men were on our side, and
+were glad we did not yield.</p>
+
+<p>At last the King gave up the Stamp Act, but said he had a right
+to tax us as he chose. There was great joy here at the news
+that the Stamp Act was to be heard from no more. The bells were
+rung, and flags were flung out on the breeze, and all who were
+held for debt were made free. For a year there was no more heard
+of a tax; but then a new act came. This tax was made on tea
+and glass, and such things, which were in use all the time.
+This woke new wrath, and troops had to come out to keep the
+peace, which our men said they would not bear. The boys from
+the schools felt the wrong, and would call the "red-coats" in
+scorn by that name; and the young men made a vow that they would
+drive them from the town.</p>
+
+<p>There were street fights each day; and the men were more and
+more set to have their rights. The folk wore the rough clothes
+which they spun and wove, and would not buy a yard of Eng-lish
+cloth. Then they sought to find some plant that they might use
+for tea, so that they would not have to buy tea and pay the
+tax on it. They must have <span class="pageno" id="p49">49</span> had some queer drinks at that time.
+When the King found they were so set in their way, he gave up
+all but the tax on tea. Then he sent three large ship loads
+of it here, in the hope that our folk would want it so much
+when they saw it, that they would be glad to pay the tax.</p>
+
+<p>But our men had made up their minds that this tea should not
+land. So when the tea ships came in, a guard was set on them
+by our men as they lay at the wharf, so that the tea should
+not be brought to shore. A large crowd of men met in a Hall
+in Bos-ton, to say what should be done with the tea; and at
+last they gave out, that if the tea were sent back where it
+came from, all would be well. But the head man, who was sent
+here to rule us by the King, would not do this, and said so.
+When this was told to the crowd, a war-whoop was heard at the
+porch, and some men in the dress of In-di-ans made a rush down
+to the wharf, and went on board of the three tea ships, and
+cast all the chests of tea in the bay. Then they went home in
+peace and did no one harm. This was the "Bos-ton Tea Par-ty,"
+and is so known at this day.</p>
+
+<p>At New York and Bos-ton they did not try to land the tea when
+they heard of this, but took it back. At one time the tea was
+set on fire. All this made our men more and more set on their
+own <span class="pageno" id="p50">50</span> way; and the King grew in a rage with them. He made some
+strong laws, sent troops to Bos-ton, and put in force a bill
+called a Port Bill, which would not let a boat go in or out
+the port, save that it brought food or wood. One of their own
+men stood up and said this was a "bill to make us slaves." And
+the wood and food had to be brought in a new route, and not
+straight in the bay. Not a stick of wood or a pound of flour
+could be brought in a row boat, or straight in from a near point;
+it must all go round to the place where the Eng-lish saw fit,
+where they could stop it and see just what was there.</p>
+
+<p>Of course this was hard for the good folk of Bos-ton, and they
+did not bear their wrongs in peace. They had gifts sent them
+by land&mdash;of grain and salt fish and sheep. From the South came
+flour and rice, and some times gold for the poor. So that the
+Port Bill made all feel to them like friends, for all towns
+took up the cause of Bos-ton as their own.</p>
+
+<p>This was just what the wise men at the court of King George
+had said would be the case. They knew it would make our folk
+more strong to drive them with hard laws to fight. And so it
+came to pass, as the two great men, Burke and Fox, had said,
+King George was set in his way, and would <span class="pageno" id="p51">51</span> not change, but did
+his best to push the laws through. The Bos-ton Port Bill was
+one of the things that made the States one. For they had but
+one mind on these harsh laws, and stood as one man for the right.
+The day when this Port Bill was first put in force, the Town
+Hall in one of the towns was hung with black, as for a death;
+the Bill was on it, and the toll of bells was heard all day.</p>
+
+<p>If we could have stood in Bos-ton in those days, we would have
+seen that there was not much work, and no ships at the wharves
+but those of Eng-land. There were guns in view, and men with
+red-coats in the streets. There were tents on the green, and
+clubs that met each night, to talk of this strange turn in things,
+and what was best to do. They did not want war, but saw no way
+to get out of it. Great men spoke of it here and there, and
+each speech was read at the clubs.</p>
+
+<p>"We must fight," grew to be the cry. But there were some, of
+course, who felt sad at all this, who thought it wrong not to
+do the will of the King in all things. They said this land would
+come to grief, for we were the ones who had the most to lose
+by war. These men had the name of "To-ries," and the rest did
+not look on them as friends, but held them as foes. Some of
+these men went back <span class="pageno" id="p52">52</span> to their old homes, and came here in the
+troops of the King to fight their old friends. Some stayed and
+came round to new views, and took part in the wars that came
+to pass in time. All knew that the ranks of the King would be
+made of men who had fought in wars, and were known to be brave;
+while on our side they would be raw men, who did not know the
+art of war. But still our men were brave, and they said, with
+strong hearts, "The strife may be long, but the end is sure.
+We will fight for our homes, for our lands, for the right. We
+will be free!"</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p53">53</span> CHAPTER V.<br />
+<small>THREE GREAT FIGHTS.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>In each town, at this time, men thought but of war, and how
+to train for it; so that in case of need each one could spring
+to arms at once. Guns were put in a safe place, and stores of
+food were bought. The Brit-ish in their turn kept watch on all,
+and more troops were brought in.</p>
+
+<p>Our men made a plan, that when it should be known that a large
+force of the Brit-ish were to move out of Bos-ton at night,
+a light should be hung out of the North Church by way of a sign.
+One night the watch by the Charles saw the light gleam high
+on the church, and they knew some move was on hand. At once
+all was stir and noise. Men rode here and there to find out
+what it meant. One went in a boat, and then took a fleet horse
+to seek out two of the wise and great men, and see what was
+best to do. The man who took this ride, and went from house
+to house with a call to those who slept, was Paul Re-vere. There
+is a song this day on that ride.</p>
+
+<p>You may be sure there was no more sleep in a <span class="pageno" id="p54">54</span> house that night.
+When he rode by&mdash;"Do not make so much noise," said one on guard.</p>
+
+<p>"Noise," said Paul Re-vere, "there will be noise ere long; the
+foe is on us!"</p>
+
+<p>All this time the Eng-lish troops had made a swift, still march.
+They thought no one had seen or known their move; but all at
+once the bells in each church rang out a wild peal. In each
+town the church bell sent a call to each home. So it was plain
+that all was known. Paul Re-vere and the scouts had done the
+work well. The Brit-ish sent back for more troops. They came,
+and they were told to hold the bridge at Con-cord. But when
+Ma-jor Pit-cairn, who was at the head of the Brit-ish, came
+to Lex-ing-ton at dawn, he found a great crowd of men with arms.</p>
+
+<p>"What do ye here?" he said, in wrath, "go to your homes! Why
+don't ye lay down your arms?" But as they made no move to go,
+his troops sent forth a fire on them, which they gave back with
+a will. Eight of our men got their death wounds that day, and
+this was the first blood shed in the war.</p>
+
+<p>The Brit-ish then gave three cheers and set out on a march to
+Con-cord. The people of that town made haste to move their stores
+of food and arms to a safe place in the woods. Their scouts
+took the North bridge, and could see that the Brit-ish were <span class="pageno" id="p55">55</span>
+in the streets of the town; that they had set the court house
+on fire, and cut down the pole, and laid waste the stores they
+found. So the men on the bridge made up their minds they would
+try to drive this foe out. There were but few of them, but they
+had strong hearts.</p>
+
+<p>One of their head men said, "I have not a man who fears to go."
+He was the first who was shot, and fell dead. Still they went
+on and made a brave fire, so that the Brit-ish set out to run.
+But they could not go back as they came; for by this time our
+men for miles round, came in on all sides. Some were in their
+shirt sleeves, they had come in such haste; but each one had
+a gun in his hand, and took his place back of a tree or stone
+wall, where he could get good aim. One of the Brit-ish wrote
+home that the men came so fast, they would seem to drop from
+the sky.</p>
+
+<p>At each step the Brit-ish troops took, a shot would come from
+some side, and a man would fall dead. At last such a fear came
+on our foe, that they broke into a run. They did not know what
+to do. They had no more shot, and could not give back the fire.
+One of them wrote, "They had to lie down for rest on the ground,
+and their tongues hung out of their mouths like dogs spent by the
+chase." All the way to Bos-ton they felt the <span class="pageno" id="p56">56</span> fire of our men,
+and they were glad to get back to their great ships, the men
+of war, and rest where they could be safe. They had lost three
+times more men than the A-mer-i-cans.</p>
+
+<p>There was a great stir in the court of the King when the news
+was brought that their troops had run from a hand full of raw
+men, who had no skill in the art of war. Poor Lord Per-cy, who
+had been at the head of the Eng-lish, came in for hard names,
+though he was a brave man. They were mad, and had to give vent
+to their wrath on some one. In A-mer-i-ca it was felt that this
+was the first blow struck; and Sam-u-el Ad-ams, when he heard
+the news at Lex-ing-ton, said, "Oh, what a grand day this is!"
+for he knew this strife would not end till all the States were
+free.</p>
+
+<p>There were some hills near Bos-ton, and our men knew that there
+was a plan to gain them, and make a place for Eng-lish troops
+on them. You see, if the foe had such high ground, they could
+have a grand chance to fire down on those in the town. So our
+men stole out by night and threw up earth works, and took all
+the troops they could get from all parts, and put them in charge
+there. In the mean while they sent their wives and young ones
+out of the town, so that none but Brit-ish troop were left there.
+They made no noise in their <span class="pageno" id="p57">57</span> march that night; no one heard them,
+and the bells in the church struck twelve ere they dug a sod.
+But they were soon at work, and could hear the guard on the
+man-of-war cry out each hour, "All's well."</p>
+
+<p>When the day came, and the sun rose, the earth works were seen
+from the ships, and at once they sent out a fire on them. So
+in Bos-ton the troops woke to see the true state of things,
+and were not slow to do their best. But our men went on with
+their work, spite of the shots. One of the foe had a glass through
+which he could see each move of our men round the works. "Will
+they fight?" said he. "To the last drop of their blood," said
+one who stood near.</p>
+
+<p>So they made up their minds to lose no time, but to make a raid
+on the works that day. It was a hot day in June. Part of our
+men stood by a rail fence, on the edge of a hill, by the name
+of Bun-ker Hill; part were back of the mounds which were but
+half made. Then the rail fence was made to screen the men back
+of it, by a lot of new mown hay, put in to fill up the gaps.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;">
+			<img src="images/19.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>JO-SEPH WAR-REN.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>The Brit-ish troops went in boats, and took their stand on the
+bank of the Charles. They had two men to our one, and were full
+of skill in the use of arms. Our men had come in from the farm
+or the <span class="pageno" id="p58">58</span> shop. They did not know what a drill meant; but their
+place was more safe back of the earth works, while the troops
+of the foe were out in full sight in the field. It is a grand
+sight; the long lines, the red coats and white pants of the
+Brit-ish; the white cross belts, the beat of drums, the play
+of fifes. The sky is clear and hot. Great white clouds sail
+on the blue. The folks crowd on the roof of each house in the
+town.</p>
+
+<p>So our men laid in wait, as the troops took up a slow march
+on them. The Eng-lish found the day hot, and they had their
+arms and food to weigh them down. But they had no doubts, and
+their march was sure. They would fire now and then, and few
+shots fell on them. On they came, <span class="pageno" id="p59">59</span> till they got ten rods from
+the earth works. Then the word rang out on our side, "Fire!"
+When the smoke was gone it was seen that the dead lay on the
+ground here and there; and those who were left had set off to
+run.</p>
+
+<div class="image-right" style="width: 30%;">
+			<img src="images/20.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>PLAN OF BUNK-ER HILL. MON-U-MENT.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>A great shout went up from the forts; a cheer came back from
+those at the rail fence. They, too, had held back their fire
+to the last, and then three fourths of those who had set out
+to chase them fell in the ranks, and the rest ran. Gen-er-al
+Put-nam was one of our great men in this fight. When the foe
+came on, he had said to his men, "Aim low; wait till you can
+see the whites of their eyes," and their aim was sure. When
+they saw the Brit-ish troops in flight, they thought they would
+give them chase; but they had no more shot, and so could not
+make good what they had won. They fell back with sad hearts,
+one by one, and lost more as they did so than they had done
+in the fight.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p60">60</span> This was the fight of Bunk-er Hill, and though the A-mer-i-cans
+did not win the day, they made plain to all men that they had
+stout hearts, and could deal a blow for their rights. In this
+fight Gener-al War-ren lost his life.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p61">61</span> CHAPTER VI.<br />
+<small>FIRST IN WAR&mdash;FIRST IN PEACE.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>The first thing George Wash-ing-ton was heard to ask when news
+came of this fight was, "Did our men stand fire?" And when he
+was told that they did, he said, "Then the rights of our land
+are safe." From this day our men took heart and were of good
+cheer. The Brit-ish lost one in four of their men in that fight;
+and on our side we did not lose half as much. In Eng-land men
+did not know what to make of so great a loss to their troops
+from so small a force as ours.</p>
+
+<p>In this land there was a call for more troops, and George Wash-ing-ton
+was put at their head. He had shown that he was a brave and
+true man. He came from Vir-gin-ia, his home, and met the rest
+'neath a great elm tree in Cam-bridge. This tree is known as
+the "Wash-ing-ton Elm" to this day. All felt a wish to see this
+brave man, who had no small fame; they came from all sides to
+greet him, and saw a man more than six feet tall, with a broad
+chest, large hands and feet, a fine face, a clear eye, and the
+air of one born to rule. He <span class="pageno" id="p62">62</span> wore a blue coat, with buff small
+clothes, and a black plume in his hat.</p>
+
+<p>Wash-ing-ton saw, in his turn, a crowd of men of all sorts and
+kinds, rude and rough in their looks, and with odd kinds of
+arms, no two of which were alike, in their hands. Some were
+in old coats, some in their shirt sleeves. No state suits or
+gold bands or fine plumes were there. And when Gen-er-al Wash-ing-ton
+went round to the camp, he found things were in a bad state.
+Some had straight lines of tents, neat and nice, but most were
+in small huts made of boards or stones or turf. The food was
+rough and scarce, and the men had not the first means for war;
+not as much as would load their guns more than a few times.</p>
+
+<p>It would not have been strange if Wash-ing-ton had felt his
+heart sink at such a sight. But he went to work in a brave way
+to do the best he could. Some store ships of food fell, by good
+luck, in the hands of our men, who had been sent out to get
+what they could; so that food was not so scarce. But still they
+had no food for their guns, and could not march on the foe.</p>
+
+<p>The Brit-ish troops still held Bos-ton; but could not get food
+and wood for fires. The small-pox, too, broke out in their midst.
+They had to pull down an old house now and then and burn it
+to <span class="pageno" id="p63">63</span> keep warm; and they sent crowds out of the town to be fed.
+They put troops in each church, and made a play house of the
+Town Hall. At times they would send out play bills to Wash-ing-ton
+and his men. They did not want them to know that things were
+so hard with them.</p>
+
+<p>Once in this hall they had a play on the times. It was meant
+to show how they were shut in by the foe, and of course to make
+fun at the same time. In one part, a man in a dress like Wash-ing-ton,
+with a great wig, and a long sword all rust, came on the stage.
+By his side was a green lad, with an old gun. This was done
+to cast a slur on our men. But just then there was a cry, "The
+Yan-kees are on Bunk-er Hill." At first this was thought to
+be a part of the play; but when Gen-er-al Howe said, in a loud
+voice, "Men, to your posts!" there was great fright. Men ran,
+their wives fell in a faint, and all felt there was no fun in
+such a scare. In a short time the Eng-lish left Bos-ton; for
+they could not be safe from the fire that came down on them
+from all the hills round.</p>
+
+<p>But they did not give up the fight. When the King and his court
+heard of Bunk-er Hill, they made up their minds they would rule
+this land, let it cost what it would. So they cut off our trade
+as far as they could, and they brought in all the men <span class="pageno" id="p64">64</span> they could
+find from all lands which would give them help. So you may be
+sure they had a great crowd to come on us and try to bend us
+to their will. But our folk kept up a stout heart in the face
+of all. They felt they had gone too far to go back.</p>
+
+<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;">
+			<img src="images/21.jpg" alt="Benjamin Franklin." width="100%"/>
+		</div>
+
+<p>There were some wise men who were known as the "Con-gress,"
+who had met in Phil-a-del-phia. They gave it as their mind that
+"These States are and of right ought to be free;" and they stuck
+to this text. The troops had to fight, and it was the part of
+Con-gress to raise the men, the pay, and the arms. It would
+seem that they had the worst part to do. To be sure, when they
+thought of the past, they might take heart. In the face of such
+a foe, it must be said, our men had done well. Doc-tor Frank-lin
+felt that way; but there were some rich men who thought it would
+be death to the States to make war. <span class="pageno" id="p65">65</span></p>
+
+<p>So Con-gress met to see if it were best that they should strike
+the blow at once that would make them free. They had more than
+one talk on this, and at first the time did not seem ripe. They
+were to break all ties with Eng-land, to pay no more tax, and
+to try to find help if they could, in their fight to be free.
+Some great men wrote out the plan, and you can still see it
+in the Hall in Phil-a-del-phia. This sheet is called the "Dec-la-ra-tion
+of In-de-pend-ence." It meant that they were bound to be free,
+and so they wrote it down. It was made Ju-ly 4th, 1776, and
+that is why you hear the noise of fire works and see signs of
+joy on each Fourth of Ju-ly since that day.<span class="pageno" id="p66">66</span></p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/22.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>JOHN HAN-COCK'S RES-I-DENCE, BOS-TON.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>When the men came to sign this Dec-la-ra-tion, the one who wrote
+his name first, said, "We must be one; we must all pull the
+same way; we must hang side by side." "Or we shall hang with
+none at our side," said Frank-lin. But no doubt there were sad
+hearts that day, though these words did raise a laugh.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 50%;" >
+			<img src="images/23.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>IN-DE-PEND-ENCE HALL.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>They did not change this dec-la-ra-tion much from the way they
+wrote it first. There was one clause on the slave trade which
+the men from the South did not like; so it was struck out. There
+were twelve States&mdash;though they did not call them States in those
+days&mdash;that gave their vote for it. New York would not vote at
+all. The bell of the State House was to ring if the "Dec-la-ra-tion"
+should pass. This bell had <span class="pageno" id="p67">67</span> been put up years since, and one
+might read on it, though these are not just the words, "Let
+all the land be free." So the old man who was wont to ring this
+bell, put his boy at the door of the hall where the men met.</p>
+
+<p>When at last the Dec-la-ra-tion should pass, the man who kept
+the door was to make a sign to the boy. You may think how all
+hearts beat when this boy ran out with a cry of "Ring, ring;"
+and what a peal of joy rang out from the bell! Then the Dec-la-ra-tion
+was read to each of the troops, and there were loud cheers on
+cheers from all sides. That night the form of George the Third,
+on horse-back, which had been wrought in stone, and stood in
+one of the squares, was laid low in the dust by the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>Yet for all this brave show, the men were sad at heart. They
+knew how poor they were, and how few, and the true state of
+the troops, and all that could be brought to put them down.
+They set out to make a flag of their own; for they had all sorts
+of flags at this time. One had a pine tree on a white ground,
+and was known as the "pine tree flag." On this flag were words
+which meant, "Call to God for help."</p>
+
+<p>When Wash-ing-ton came to take the head of the troops, he had
+a new flag made with stripes of <span class="pageno" id="p68">68</span> red and white, as now; but on
+one end was a red and white cross, like that which marks the
+Brit-ish flag. This flag went with our troops in Bos-ton, when
+the Brit-ish took up their march out of that place. But, by
+vote of Con-gress, a change was made, and it was said that our
+flag must have red and white stripes, and white stars on a blue
+ground&mdash;a star and a stripe for each State. Now when they make
+a new State, they put a new star on our flag. Count them and
+see how strong we are.</p>
+
+<p>The first man to hoist the new flag was Cap-tain Paul Jones.
+He was at the head of a man-of-war, and from that ship it was
+first flung out on the breeze. This is the flag that now waves
+in town and camp, and on our ships to all the ports of the land.
+We have more stars now, but the stripes stay the same.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p69">69</span> CHAPTER VII.<br />
+<small>THE REST OF THE WAR.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>Up to this time, most of the fights had been round Bos-ton.
+But Wash-ing-ton now saw that there would be a move made on
+New York; so he sent Gen-er-al Lee to help keep the town, and
+he soon went there too. Some men came to their aid from the
+South, and Lord Howe, with a great mass of Eng-lish troops,
+were there to meet them. Lord Howe had word from King George
+first to speak of peace, but he did not know to whom he should
+speak. He wrote a note to "George Wash-ing-ton;" but our chief
+would not read it, as he said his true name, as head of the
+troops,  should be on it. So Lord Howe wrote no more. He saw
+that the  hour to fight had come.</p>
+
+<p>At first the A-mer-i-can troops came to grief, and Wash-ing-ton
+and his men had to make their way back for a time. The Brit-ish
+took heart from this, and our men were sad. They were poor,
+and had few clothes, and some had no shoes for that long, hard
+march; so that one could track their steps by the blood on the
+ground.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p70">70</span> Wash-ing-ton saw there was no time to lose, and he must strike
+a swift blow. He knew there were troops of Ger-mans at Tren-ton,
+and that they still held to the ways of their land. Do you know
+the name of that day when you have a tree with nice gifts and
+lights hung on it? It is the day when Christ was born, and which
+we keep to this time for His sake. Well, Wash-ing-ton knew these
+folk would cling to the ways of their old homes. That they would
+keep the feast and be off their guard. So on the eve of that
+day he set out to march on them with his men. A storm of sleet
+came up in the night, but they went on, and when the dawn rose,
+these brave men, who had come through the snow and ice, stood
+in ranks for the fight. Some one wrote a note, and a man ran
+all the way to Tren-ton to warn the Ger-mans. But they were
+at cards. The Gen-er-al had his cards in his hands, and it was
+his turn to play. He must look at his cards first.</p>
+
+<p>Yes, his life is at stake, but he does not know it. In the dim
+gray of the dawn our men march in on them. There is the sound
+of wheels and a shout. Co-lon-el Kall hears the drums beat,
+and the cards drop from his hands&mdash;too late! He got his death
+in that fight, and all his men were held and bound. These things
+put our troops in heart once more, and it was the wish of all
+to go on; but they had a <span class="pageno" id="p71">71</span> hard, sad time through the days of
+storm and cold at Val-ley Forge.</p>
+
+<p>If we could see that camp at Val-ley Forge, in our mind's eye,
+we would know how much those poor men had to bear in this war
+to make us free. They had lost some by death, and more were
+ill. They had so few clothes to put on when they slept, that
+some sat up all night by the fires to keep warm. At one time
+there were few who had shoes, and the sick had to lie on the
+bare ground, for want of straw. The head men had to wear old
+quilts or bed spreads round in the camp, to keep them warm,
+for want of the right kind of clothes.</p>
+
+<p>The troops were not paid; or the sort of pay they got would
+not buy them food. Food was so scarce that, at last, the pass
+word was, "No food&mdash;no man." There were men in this camp who
+had been at the court of kings; who had fed on rich food, and
+had wine to drink, and now they were like to starve.</p>
+
+<p>All this time Wash-ing-ton did his best to keep up the heart
+of his troops. He did not tell Con-gress how few and worn they
+were; and there were those who gave him blame that he did not
+do great things with these few worn out men. All this time the
+Brit-ish troops in Phil-a-del-phia had what they chose of good
+fare, and led a gay life. Some of <span class="pageno" id="p72">72</span> them, with Gen-er-al Bur-goyne
+at their head, in the mean time, had two or three fights with
+our men, but found they did not gain much. At last they were
+glad to go back. Just as they made a move to do so, our men
+had the luck to hem them in on all sides in one place and won
+the day. This was at Sar-a-to-ga. This was good news to those
+in Val-ley Forge. It brought cheer to them, and they felt brave
+to go on.</p>
+
+<p>In Eng-land men did not know what to make of our luck. It made
+a stir in France, where we had friends; and some of their young
+men came here to join our troops. We had some great French men
+with us at that time. One whose name is still held in love by
+all&mdash;the great La-fa-yette.</p>
+
+<p>At this time France made a vow to us that she would stand our
+friend, and give us aid. When this was known in Eng-land, fears
+rose on all sides; for they knew how much help France could
+give, and how strong it would make us. They sent men over to
+talk to us of peace, but it was too late. The A-mer-i-cans had
+no thought but to be free, and they would take no less than
+that. But these men still came, and thought they would see what
+bribes could do. A large sum of gold was held out to Gen-er-al
+Reed, if he would aid their cause. He said, "I am not worth
+so much; but such as I am, <span class="pageno" id="p74">74</span> the King of Eng-land has not so much
+gold as would buy me!"</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/24.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>PAUL JONES'S SEA FIGHT.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>But the aid from France was less than they thought it would
+be. Fleets were sent, but they gave small help to the cause.
+And so the war went on for three years more. At times our men
+would make a good fight, and then there would be dark days when
+the foe had things all his own way. The Eng-lish had paid some
+tribes of In-di-ans to fight on their side; and once there was
+a sad scene, where men and their wives and babes were put to
+death by these fierce wild men. This was not war, of course.
+We give it a much worse name.</p>
+
+<p>Then there were sea-fights. In one of these, the men on the
+ships fought three hours, and the ships took fire more than
+once; but at last the Brit-ish gave up. In that ship the man
+who took the lead on our side was Paul Jones.</p>
+
+<p>There is a tale told of what the brave wife of one of those men,
+to whom we give the name of Friends, did for our cause at this
+time. Gen-er-al Howe made his home in her house, a long low
+brick one, at Tren-ton. He said to her one day, "I want to have
+some friends here to night, and I would like to have the spare
+back room to meet them in."</p>
+
+<p>"It shall be as thee says," said Friend Ruth.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p75">75</span> "See that all the folks in the house are in bed at a good hour,"
+said Gen-er-al Howe.</p>
+
+<p>"I will move that they go," said Friend Ruth.</p>
+
+<p>So when the men came to see Gen-er-al Howe that night, it was
+all still in the house. Friend Ruth let them in.</p>
+
+<p>"You may go to bed and stay till I call," said Gen-er-al Howe.</p>
+
+<p>Ruth went to her room and lay down awhile; but did not take
+off her clothes. She must know what these men meant to do. At
+last she took off her shoes and went to the door of the room,
+and put her ear to the key hole. This is what she heard. Some
+one reads, "Our troops will make a move by stealth on the foe,
+and we will take them ere they know we are on them!"</p>
+
+<p>There was no more sleep for Friend Ruth that night. She lay
+in her bed till dawn; but all her aim was to think of a plan
+to help our troops, and not to let them fall in the snare. At
+last she hit on a plan to get out of the lines. She was in need
+of some flour; and to get flour, she must go to a grist mill,
+for they did not sell it at stores in those days. Gen-er-al
+Howe could not say he would not let her get flour, as he ate
+at her house; so he gave her a pass. While they ground the grist
+for her at the mill, she rode on as fast as she could, till
+she came <span class="pageno" id="p76">76</span> to one of our guards. She said some words to him in
+a low voice, and rode back, got her flour, and was home in no
+time.</p>
+
+<p>When Gen-er-al Howe came on our troops the next day, he found
+them all drawn up in rank and file in good trim to meet him.
+He thought it best not to have a fight at all; and it was a
+strange thing to him how they could have known of his move.</p>
+
+<p>Down in the South there were brave men at the head of our troops.
+One was Ma-ri-on, who led his men through the woods by paths
+that were known to few. They gave him the name of the "Swamp
+Fox," and the Brit-ish cast slurs on him, and said he would
+not come out for a fight in a bold way, but took their posts
+at night, and when they were off guard. But he gave them a proof
+of what he could do, when he and Greene fought them and won
+the day in a fair field. Greene made such a name in this fight
+that he took rank next to Wash-ing-ton from that time.</p>
+
+<p>We have to tell a sad tale now of one of our own men&mdash;a man,
+too, who had won fame in the war. He had shown that he was brave;
+but men did not like him much, for he thought more of his own
+gain than of his land, and he had the wish for a high place,
+which he did not get. His name was Ben-e-dict Ar-nold, and his
+bad act was, that he <span class="pageno" id="p77">77</span> made a plan to sell his own land to the
+Eng-lish. He wrote to the foe all he could of the moves our
+troops were to make, and their state, but he did not sign his
+own name. Once he had his camp at the head of some men at West
+Point, and he made up his mind to give this place, which was
+strong with forts, to the Brit-ish. This he would have done,
+and the whole land would have come to grief, but for a chance
+that brought the vile plan to light.</p>
+
+<p>One day a young man rides down the path by the stream. There
+is a wood of oak near. On the ground, by the trees, there are
+three young men. They have a game of cards. They have been out
+all night, and have sat down to rest.</p>
+
+<p>They hear the sound of hoofs.</p>
+
+<p>"Some one on his way to New York for trade," says one.</p>
+
+<p>His friend peers out. "No; his clothes are too good for that,"
+he says.</p>
+
+<p>All three spring to their feet, and cry, "Halt!"</p>
+
+<p>The man on the horse stops, and says, "I hope you are on our
+side."</p>
+
+<p>"Which side is that?" cry the men.</p>
+
+<p>"The side of the King."</p>
+
+<p>"All right," they say; for they wish to find out more.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank God, I am once more with friends!" he <span class="pageno" id="p78">78</span> says, as he takes
+out his gold watch. "I must get on. I am in great haste."</p>
+
+<p>"We can not let you go," say the men.</p>
+
+<p>"But I have a pass."</p>
+
+<p>"Whose?"</p>
+
+<p>"Gen-er-al Ar-nold's."</p>
+
+<p>"You must get off your horse."</p>
+
+<p>"But, I tell you, you will get in a scrape if you stop me. Read
+this pass."</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;" >
+			<img src="images/25.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>MA-JOR AN DRÉ.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>"No good. You said you were Brit-ish; we must search you."</p>
+
+<p>"I have naught."</p>
+
+<p>"We will see. Take off your coat."</p>
+
+<p>The coat is laid off, and the boots. Ah, what is this? The hand
+of Ar-nold in this; and "West Point" the date. A shout went
+up, "He is a spy!"</p>
+
+<p>He was a young Eng-lish man by the name of An-dré. He took his
+watch and purse, and said he would give them all, if they would
+let him go free. They would not, but took him to the near A-mer-i-can
+Post to try him. Of course, what Ar-nold had done all came out.
+He had known this would be the case, for as soon as the news
+was brought that An-dré was in the hands of our men, he took
+leave of his wife, gave a kiss to his boy, and sped on his <span class="pageno" id="p79">79</span> way
+to an Eng-lish ship. He got to Eng-land, and was paid a large
+sum of gold; and they gave him a fine place at the head of some
+troops; but no man would make a friend of him. The Eng-lish
+had been glad to use him, but they would not take him by the
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>You may think what a life he had. His own land had cast him
+out, but he came back to fight her at the head of the foe. But
+the new land where he had made his home had no real place for
+him. Once in the great house in Eng-land, where the wise men
+meet to talk of their laws, one rose to make a speech. But when
+he saw Ar-nold in a seat near him, he said, "I will not speak
+while that man is in the house." Long years after, when one
+of the great men of France had it in his mind to come to this
+land, he went to Ar-nold for some notes to his friends. Ar-nold
+said, "I was born in A-mer-i-ca. I spent my youth there; but
+Ah! I can call no man in A-mer-i-ca my friend."</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time An-dré, the young Eng-lish man, who had met
+Ar-nold, and got the plans which were to give us up in to the
+hands of the foe, was shown to be a spy. There was but one doom
+for a spy. He must be hung. All felt for his fate. He was young,
+and had a fine face, and the air of good birth; but his hour
+had come. Tears were <span class="pageno" id="p80">80</span> shed at his death; though he was our foe.
+All knew he was a brave man, who had not been slow to risk his
+life in the cause of his land. He thought he was right, and
+took all means to serve his own ends. For Ar-nold, who would
+have sold his own, there was but hate, and they gave him a name
+which would serve to show what his crime had been to all time&mdash;Ar-nold
+the Trai-tor!</p>
+
+<p>All this while the French had been our friends; but they had
+not met with a chance to show what they could do, till a great
+fight came which made an end of this war. This was at a place
+by the name of York-town, in Vir-gin-ia. Wash-ing-ton was there
+with his troops, and the French Gen-er-al, who had a hard name,
+which you may learn one of these days, was with him at the head
+of his men. They took the best works of the Brit-ish, and made
+such a brave stand, that Lord Corn-wal-lis thought it would
+be wise to leave by night, with all his troops. But a storm
+came, and they could not get off, so they all had to give up
+to Wash-ing-ton.</p>
+
+<p>There was a grand scene that day, in the fall of 1781, when
+Wash-ing-ton and his French friends stood in two ranks, and
+their old foes took up a slow march by them, and laid down their
+arms as they went. Great was the joy in all the land when <span class="pageno" id="p81">81</span> the
+news was known. Those who woke that night in Phil-a-del-phia,
+heard the watch cry, "Past two o'clock and Corn-wal-lis is ours!"
+When the news came to Con-gress, they sent out word for a day
+to be set, in all the States, to give thanks to God, and all
+who were held for debt, or for crime, or what cause it might
+be, were set free, that they might share the great joy.</p>
+
+<p>Well might they all be glad, for this meant the end of the war.
+It had cost them dear in gold as well as lives; but it had been
+worse for Eng-land than for them. The sums she had spent were
+vast, and one could not count the lives she had lost. Add to
+this the fact that she had lost this great land, which had once
+been all her own, and now was made free. Our land now took a
+new name. You can read it, I know, though it is not in short
+words, "The U-nit-ed States of A-mer-i-ca."</p>
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p82">82</span> CHAPTER VIII.<br />
+<small>IN TIMES OF PEACE.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>When peace came, the men who had been in camp went to their
+own homes. They were all poor, and did not know what to do.
+There was no gold in the land, but a kind of cash which was
+so bad that it took more than you could count to buy a pair
+of shoes. Gen-er-al Wash-ing-ton found his task more hard to
+keep all in good cheer, now there were no fights on hand, than
+when they were at war. There had to be a tax on some things
+to keep all right, and they did not want to pay the tax, or
+their debts at this time. Wash-ing-ton felt that things were
+at loose ends, and he must make them more strong.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 40%;" >
+			<img src="images/26.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>GEORGE WASH-ING-TON.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p83">83</span> Each State had a wish to be first; and it would seem that, with
+no foe to fight, they were on the point of war with their own
+selves. There was need of a strong hand to rule the whole land.
+So men were sent out of each State to meet in Phil-a-del-phia
+and talk of the best plan. They had a long talk, and at last
+wrote what we call the "Con-sti-tu-tion." Ten of the States
+gave it their vote at once; but three held back for a while.</p>
+
+<p>There were grand times in our land when it was known that the
+Con-sti-tu-tion was to be our guide; that we were to be in truth,
+"The U-nit-ed States of A-mer-i-ca," with one will, one aim,
+one soul as it were, while time should last.</p>
+
+<p>A great crowd came out in Phil-a-del-phia to show their joy.
+Each trade had its men there, with the tools of the trade in
+their hands. There was a grand car, made in the shape of that
+bird which we chose as the sign of our land. It was drawn by
+six steeds, and in it sat those who were to judge the folk in
+our great courts. They held a staff, and on it was our "Con-sti-tu-tion,"
+in a frame, and on the top of the staff a cap, which we might
+call the cap of the free&mdash;a kind they were fond of in France
+at that time. There were ten ships on the river, gay with flags
+and gilt, to show forth the ten States that had cast their vote
+in the right way.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p84">84</span> George Wash-ing-ton was made the first Pres-i-dent, and as he
+took his way to New York, which was then the seat of rule, he
+met joy and kind words on all the route.</p>
+
+<p>At Tren-ton, where he had fought, there was an arch thrown out
+on a bridge, where he must pass. This was hung with wreaths,
+and young girls stood with hands full of sweet buds and bloom,
+which they flung in his path, as they sung a song to greet him,
+and thank him for all he had done.</p>
+
+<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/27.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>WASH-ING-TON MADE PRES-I-DENT.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>As he drew near New York, a barge came out to meet him. It had
+a crew all in white, and was meant to show the States&mdash;a man
+for each State. Then more boats came to join them, with our
+flag <span class="pageno" id="p85">85</span> on each. Wash-ing-ton was led in great state to his new
+home. When the time came for him first to meet with the folk
+and take the oath to be true to the Con-sti-tu-tion, there was
+such a rush to the place that some one said, "One might walk
+on the heads of the crowd." When Wash-ing-ton came out where
+all could see him, and the oath was read to him, and he took
+it, a great cheer rent the air, and a cry rang out, "Long live
+George Wash-ing-ton, Pres-i-dent of the U-nit-ed States." There
+was a flag flung out from that Hall, a peal of bells rang, and
+a blast was sent out from the guns, to show the joy and the
+love with which they took him for their chief. This was on April
+30, 1789.</p>
+
+<p>War is bad for all folks; for it is hard, when it is past, for
+men to learn the arts of peace. Wash-ing-ton found the whole
+land in debt. They did not want a tax, and the red men were
+still their foes. But in a few years he made a great change.
+The In-di-ans were put down, and France and Spain and Eng-land
+were brought to deal with us as friends. It was a man by the
+name of John Jay, who wrote out the terms with Eng-land, and
+so we had peace for a time.</p>
+
+<p>Just then there was a great fight in France, not with a foe,
+but in their own midst. The men there had seen how our land
+had won the day, and they <span class="pageno" id="p86">86</span> had a mind to be free and have no
+King. They did not go at it in the same way that we did; but
+shed much blood of their own folk, and cut off the heads of
+their King and Queen, and did things which made good men sad.
+But they said they did it all to be free. There was a reign
+of fright for a time. But at last, the mob could rule no more,
+and they were glad to take a King.</p>
+
+<p>Wash-ing-ton kept up great state, for those times, in his own
+home, and when he drove out he had a state coach, cream white
+in hue, and drawn by six steeds on state days. He took but one
+horse on the Lord's day, when he rode to church. This coach
+was of the shape of a half sphere, and had wreaths, and the
+forms of small fat boys with wings, drawn on it in gay tints.
+He set days for all to come and see him in his home. Those who
+came would see Wash-ing-ton in front of the fire place, and near
+him the band of great men who gave him help with their wise words.
+He would be, seen in a coat of black, with a vest of white or
+pearl, and buff gloves. His hair was made white with a kind
+of dust they had in use in those days; and it was put in a sort
+of silk bag at the back of his head. That was a queue.</p>
+
+<p>He would have his hat in his hand, and he wore a long sword.
+He did not shake hands with <span class="pageno" id="p87">87</span> his guests, but made them a bow,
+and had some word for each. His wife, too, had times for her
+friends to come; and all must be in full dress&mdash;the dames in
+low necks and short sleeves. On the birth day of Wash-ing-ton,
+men would meet to dine in all the large towns; and those who
+made rhymes would write odes to the great man. There were some
+who did not like all this state and form and show. They thought
+it was too much like the style of kings in the old land, and
+they would have been glad to have a new mode here. They did
+not wish to see a Judge in a robe of red, or the man who was
+to preach in the church in a wig, with gown and bands. They
+were for plain dress and plain ways.</p>
+
+<p>You may see now bits of the stiff, rich silks of those days,
+or it may be a quaint old gown, rich in lace, which has been
+kept from that time. You may see in your mind the dame who wore
+it, as she waves her fan, sent from France, with the head of
+Wash-ing-ton on it. The hair of this dame would be drawn high
+on her head, and made white with the dust of which I spoke,
+and put in great puffs. The men whose trade it was to dress
+hair in those days had such a crowd of folks to fix, that they
+had to get up at four to do the work. I have heard of great
+dames who sat up all night to <span class="pageno" id="p88">88</span> keep their hair in good style
+for some ball, or the play. The men, too, thought quite as much
+of dress as their wives, and in those days they did not wear
+plain cloth suits as now. Then a man put on a wig, and a white
+stiff stock, that held up his chin; a vest of white silk, it
+may be with rose-buds on it, and all the rest of his clothes
+were rich.</p>
+
+<p>It was the mode to have a snuff box in those days; it might
+be of gold, or some dear stuff, with much work on it, and when
+one met a friend they would be as sure to stop and take a pinch
+of snuff as to lift the hat in our time.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 20%;" >
+			<img src="images/28.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>SPIN-NING WHEEL.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>They gave Balls in those days, which were quite grand, but they
+did not dance in the same way as now. They had all sorts of
+slow steps and bows. There was a kind of stiff grace in their
+style, and some would like it more now, than the rush and whirl
+of our mode of to-day. The dames were borne in a sort of chair
+through the streets to these Balls.</p>
+
+<p>All this was the way of life with the rich. The poor still wore
+the clothes they spun and wove, and they made their own lights,
+and struck fire with two flints. They had not seen a match then,
+and did not dream of gas, or of the strange new light which has
+<span class="pageno" id="p89">89</span> been found in our time. They went to bed with the chicks, and
+rose when the cock crew. The towns at the North throve the best.
+At the South towns were few, and in the far West the foot of
+man had not yet found its way.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-right" style="width: 60%;" >
+			<img src="images/29.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>COT-TON PLANT.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>Those brave men who had first come to this land, had seen here
+and there in the South a strange plant. It had a sort of bulb
+full of a fine white down, and those who had seen it in <span class="pageno" id="p90">90</span> hot
+lands knew it could be spun, and cloth made from it. It was
+not hard to make it grow; but the white fluff was so full of
+seeds that it took a whole day to get a pound free from them.
+Wise men saw in this plant a great fund of wealth for the States.
+So they set to work to find a quick way to take the seed out.</p>
+
+<p>There was a man in the East who heard of this, and set his brain
+to work. He was a young man by the name of E-li Whit-ney; and
+he had not seen the plant when he took it in his head that he
+could find a way to "gin" it; for that is the name of the work.
+He had to walk all the way to one of the towns at the South,
+to get the seed, and as he had no tools or wire, he had to make
+them. You may think that was slow work, but he had a strong
+will, and when he had made a rude "gin," he bade his friends
+come and see how it would do. All saw that it would work well;
+but some thieves broke in his house at night and stole it. So
+there was a long time that the man who made the "gin" got nought
+for it. For those who stole it made gins like it and sold them.
+These gins did the work well and fast, and so there grew up
+a great trade for us in this soft white fluff.</p>
+
+<p>It is made in cloth for you to wear, and is spread on your beds,
+and will take all sorts of <span class="pageno" id="p91">91</span> bright dyes. We sell it to all the
+world, and wealth flows in on all sides. This would not have
+been the case had not the young man, E-li Whit-ney, made the
+"gin."</p>
+
+<p>The death of one of the great men of the land came to pass at
+this time. We have told you of Ben-ja-min Frank-lin. He was
+born in Bos-ton, and he was the son of a poor man. But he knew
+how to print, and he set up a press in a room where he could
+print each morn the news of the day. He did not scorn to sell
+all sorts of wares as well, such as rags, ink, soap, and such
+things. He had read a great deal, and found out more than those
+round him knew. You have seen the sharp light play in the dark
+clouds in a storm. You know that it strikes at times; it may
+be a house or a barn or a man, and that the one who is struck
+is apt to die.</p>
+
+<p>Well, Frank-lin thought that this light could be drawn down
+from the skies, and when he heard a laugh at this, he set to
+work to prove it. He sent his son out one day in a storm, with
+a kite in his hand. As a low black cloud went by, they saw the
+fierce light tear through it; it would seem that the light ran
+down the string of the kite. Frank-lin had put a key on this
+string, and when he made his friends touch that key, they drew
+sparks from it. So they saw that he had found out <span class="pageno" id="p92">92</span> a great thing;
+and from that has come the plan of the rods that are now put
+on a house to keep it safe in a storm. This gave him fame here
+and in the rest of the world. He was sent to France and made
+strong friends for us there. He is said to have done more good
+works for his land than all the rest of the men of his time.
+So it is not strange that all felt sad when death took him from
+us.</p>
+
+<p>The French, too, met in their great hall to mourn his loss;
+and one of their chiefs said, "The sage whom two worlds claim
+as their own is dead;" and they wore crape on their arms for
+three days, for his sake.</p>
+
+<p>While Wash-ing-ton had the rule of the land, more new States
+came in. The first of these was Ver-mont. This State was full
+of green hills and strong brave men, who had cut down the trees
+and made homes there. Once New York laid claim to this land,
+but they could not drive these brave men out. They thought they
+had a right to the soil, and they sent a man, by name E-than
+Al-len, to talk with the men of New York. He was met with gibes
+and sneers, but he would not yield. He said to them in words
+from the good Book, "Our gods are gods of the hills, so they
+are more strong than yours."</p>
+
+<p>So when the men from New York came to <span class="pageno" id="p93">93</span> drive out those who had
+made homes in the midst of these hills, they found a stout foe.
+The Vermont boys would take those who came and tie them to trees
+and whip them with rods from the beech trees. To this they gave
+the name of "the beech seal;" and those from New York did not
+care to have the "beech seal" put on them more than once. They
+grew mad, of course, and they sent out bills in which they set
+forth that they would give a good price for the head of E-than
+Al-len. But in time peace was made in these two States, when
+they had fought side by side in the great war. And so Ver-mont
+was brought in and took that name, which means "Green Hills."</p>
+
+<p>The next State that came in was Ken-tuck-y. This land was next
+to Vir-gin-ia, and for a time held to be a part of that State.
+The first man who made his way through its wild woods and hills
+was Dan-iel Boone, who had won a name for the way he could go
+in to the nooks and glens and trap wild beasts for their fur.
+He took a small band of men with him, and they had no fear,
+but went far in where man had not yet trod, to hunt or fish,
+or make salt at the "Salt Licks" or springs. He built forts
+and held them with his few friends for quite a time, spite of
+the red men. But once they took him and bound him, and thought
+they could make him <span class="pageno" id="p94">94</span> one of them; so much did they like his strength
+and pluck, but he got free. When men heard of his brave deeds,
+more came to help him. The most of them were from Vir-gin-ia,
+and brought their slaves with them.</p>
+
+<p>The In-di-ans were in a rage at all this new force, and made
+the best fight they could to drive them from the soil; so that
+whole land came to be known as the "Dark Land of Blood." In
+time, peace was made, and the land grew to a State by the name
+of Ken-tuck-y.</p>
+
+<p>Wash-ing-ton held his post for two terms, or eight years, and
+he did not wish to serve more. So John Ad-ams was the choice
+of all, for the next chief of our land.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p95">95</span> CHAPTER IX.<br />
+<small>NEW MEN AND NEW LAWS.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>John Ad-ams was one of the men who gave his help to write out
+the "Dec-la-ra-tion of In-de-pend-ence," of which you have been
+told. That was, as you know, the first step to make us free.
+In it we had made known that we would make our own laws, and
+no one should rule us but those in our own land. John Ad-ams
+had gone to France at the end of the great war, and had been
+one to help make the French our friends. In his time. Wash-ing-ton
+was made the home of the Pres-i-dents.</p>
+
+<p>This town took its name from our great chief, and he was the
+one to pick out a place for the new site. This home we call
+the White House. At this time France did not seem to hold to
+the old ties that had made us friends. When our men were sent
+to her courts, she would not hear them, and there were some
+sea fights with our ships. It would seem that a new war must
+come out of this, and Wash-ing-ton had a call from his home
+to take the head of the troops. But there was no war, for Na-po-le-on,
+a young man, who had shown great tact <span class="pageno" id="p96">96</span> and strength, got things
+in his own hands in France, and we made peace through him with
+the French.</p>
+
+<p>There were some who did not like John Ad-ams, for the laws that
+he made. One of these laws gave him the right to seize and send
+out of our States those who came here from strange lands, though
+none could prove they had done wrong. So, though he was a great
+man, he did not get votes for a new term.</p>
+
+<p>And now the hour had come when Wash-ing-ton must die. All felt
+how much they were in debt to him, for the way he had led them
+in the war, and his wise rule in time of peace. He had made
+all men his friends in the end, and in the great hall at Wash-ing-ton,
+it was then said&mdash;the words live to this day, that he was "First
+in war, first in peace, and first in the hearts of all." He
+was sick a long time; and his last words were: "I die hard,
+but I do not fear to go!"</p>
+
+<p>No new States came in while Ad-ams had the rule; but the land
+grew in worth, and more homes were made here. But there was
+a great stretch of wild land still, where the bears and the
+wolves could prowl in the woods at will, and no smoke from the
+fire on a home hearth was seen in the air.</p>
+
+<p>Jef-fer-son was the third man whom the land chose to be their
+chief. He was well known as one <span class="pageno" id="p97">97</span> of the first to frame the Dec-la-ra-tion.
+At this time there was a war of France with Eng-land, and we
+had hard work to keep clear of both. For France had made a law
+that we should not help her foe; and Eng-land had done the same.
+And both sides would take our ships at sea, if they thought
+they made trade with the foe. So our ships had hard times, and
+did not know what way to steer, lest one should seize them and
+take all they had on board. More than this, Eng-land said she
+had a right to search our ships and see if we had her men on
+board of them, and to take such if found. And once or twice
+it came to pass, that they took the whole crew of a ship, so
+that there was not a man left in it to sail it.</p>
+
+<p>One day a man-of-war went to search one of our ships for men,
+they said, who had run from them. They were in sight of one
+of our forts; but when our men would not let the search be made,
+a fire was made on our ship, and they took four of the men,
+and hung one of them. This was bad for our trade, and made a
+great stir in our midst, and woke up the old wrath at Eng-land.</p>
+
+<p>So Con-gress, with a wish to give Eng-land tit for tat, as you
+would say, made a law that we should not trade with her, and
+our ships should not go out of our own ports. But this, you
+know, hurt us more <span class="pageno" id="p98">98</span> than it hurt Eng-land; and, for a time, Jef-fer-son
+came in for a share of the hard thoughts, as though it were
+all his fault. Those whose trade had been hurt by the law felt
+as if he had been to blame, and the cause of loss to them. There
+were, too, on the sea a band of sea thieves, as we might call
+them. They were men who came from a wild race, far off, who
+would seize ships when they could, and take all the crew and
+hold them for slaves, till their friends would pay a good price
+for them. It was no strange thing in those days to hear read
+out in church the names of those who were slaves to such men.
+Great sums of gold were sent to set our men free. At last we
+made some terms with these thieves of the sea, but they would
+not keep the peace.</p>
+
+<p>Then John Ad-ams sent out four ships to fight these men. We
+did not own but six war ships in those days. One of these had
+the bad luck to run on the shore in that strange land, so the
+foe took it, and the crew were made slaves. There was a brave
+young man in one of our ships, who made a plan to get back the
+lost boat, which had the same name as the town of "Phil-a-del-phia."
+He thought if we could not get her from the foe it would be
+best to burn her, so that they could not use her for their own
+ends. So he took a small boat which had <span class="pageno" id="p100">100</span> been won from the foe
+in a fight, and put some of our own men in her, and stole up
+to the side of the "Phil-a-del-phia" by night. If he was seen&mdash;it
+was thought to be a boat load of friends&mdash;but they soon went
+to work, and when they got on board, the fight was short and
+fierce. The "Phil-a-del-phia" was theirs in no time; but they
+found they could not move her, so they set her on fire, and
+set sail once more, and did not lose a man. All this won a name
+and fame for the young man, whose name was De-ca-tur, and in
+time there grew up such a fear of him in those wild States that
+they were glad to make peace and take no more slaves.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/30.jpg" alt="" width="90%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>DE-CA-TUR BURN-ING THE "PHIL-A-DEL-PHIA."</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>Jef-fer-son's mode of life was not like Wash-ing-ton's had been.
+He did not care for fine things or a state-coach, but was plain
+in all his ways. He did not go to the House in a coach and six,
+but rode on a horse which he would tie to a post while he went
+in to read his speech. In time he did not go at all, but sent
+the speech to be read by some one, and so it is done in our
+day. He had no state times for the folk to come and see him;
+but on New Year's day and the Fourth of July his doors were
+flung wide, and all might call who had the wish to do so. He
+did not let men know when his birth day came, so that no feasts
+should be kept, and odes made on it. He made the debt of the
+<span class="pageno" id="p101">101</span> land less in his time. He thought that all men had a right to
+vote, and at that time there were those who did not hold such
+views.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-right" style="width: 40%;" >
+			<img src="images/31.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>SLAVES IN FIELD OF SUGAR CANE.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>There was one great law that came to pass in Jef-fer-son's time.
+This was to keep out the slave trade. This trade tore the black
+man from his home, and sold him to those who would pay the most.
+He must leave his wife, his boys and girls, and see them no more,
+and be brought in the dark hold of a ship to a strange land,
+where he did not know their speech. Here he must work at his
+strange tasks, with no hope and no joy in his life. Jef-fer-son
+felt that the slave trade was wrong, and he had the wish to
+see it brought to an end. He thought it gave us a bad name.
+But there were those in Con-gress who did not feel in that way.
+They said if it was right to hold slaves at all, it could not
+be wrong to bring them here. So the talk grew fierce, some on
+this side and some <span class="pageno" id="p102">102</span> on that; but, in the end, the law was made.
+Spite of this law, the trade went on by stealth for years, though
+the ships of more lands than one came to the aid of the slaves
+to break up this bad trade. In the States there was no law to
+say that slaves should not be bought and sold, and so this went
+on till the last war.</p>
+
+<p>One grand thing that came to be made in the time of Jef-fer-son
+was the steam boat. There were ships with sails, and boats that
+went by oars, but none that went by steam. The first one that
+was made would go four miles an hour; but it was not on the
+same plan as those we have now. The first made like those now
+in use, was built by Rob-ert Ful-ton, in 1807. Men then had
+not much faith in it, and would laugh at it as they do at most
+new things. Ful-ton said no one spoke a kind word of it; but
+when they came to see the launch, and took note of its speed,
+those who came to mock were glad to cheer.</p>
+
+<p>The first steam boat made on his plan was the "Cler-mont," and
+went at the rate of five miles an hour, spite of wind and tide.
+As it went on its way, it sent such a great mass of sparks up
+in the air, and the noise of its wheels was so loud that when
+the crews of the ships that came in its way saw it, they would
+drop on their knees in fright, <span class="pageno" id="p103">103</span> and pray to be kept safe from
+this strange thing. But, in time, more were made, and men saw
+that there was naught to fear in these great steam boats, though
+they did seem to breathe out fire and smoke. Still, at first,
+they did not dare to cross the sea in them.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/32.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>FUL-TON'S "CLER-MONT" STEAM-ER.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>There was a great tract of land in the west, which Jef-fer-son
+bought for the U-nit-ed States from the French. Part of it is
+now known as the State of Lou-i-si-ana, and took its name from
+the French King. One of the great streams of the world runs
+through it. Do you know its name?</p>
+
+<p>Jef-fer-son sent men to find out all they could of <span class="pageno" id="p104">104</span> this land
+he had bought; what kind of tribes of red men were in it, what
+wild beasts were in the wood, and what sort of plants grew there.
+These men took with them food, fire arms, and gifts for the
+chiefs of the red men. They were gone two or three years; and
+made their camps in the woods, when the cold and storm were
+so great they could not go on. They went up the great stream
+to the falls where no white man had been, and then they went
+on and found the source of the stream. They wrote of all they
+saw, and men read it in their homes. They read of new tribes
+of red men; of herds of wild beasts, so large that one herd
+would take up a stream a mile wide. They said some of tribes
+were poor, but some had good homes and fine steeds, which they
+would sell for a few beads. They found, too, they could make
+a great trade for furs with these tribes. There was one man
+who made a post for this trade. It is said he bought furs by
+the weight, and would put his hand or foot in the scale, and
+call it a pound. You may think how much fur it would take to
+weigh them down.</p>
+
+<p>The next chief of our land was James Mad-i-son. When he came
+in, he found that men were once more in a state of wrath with
+Eng-land. You see they felt it hard that our ships should have
+to let Eng-land stop them and search them as she <span class="pageno" id="p105">105</span> chose. So at
+last it came to war, and at first we did not win at all. The
+red men took part with our foe; and one chief, by name of Te-cum-seh,
+made a plan to join all the tribes of In-di-ans in war on the
+whites. He took part in all the fights, and made a brave stand,
+but he fell at last.</p>
+
+<p>Though we did not win much on land, we had good luck on the
+sea. We took one of Eng-land's ships; but then they in turn
+took one of ours, and a brave man, who fought with his crew
+at the head of it, fell, shot with his death wound. "Don't give
+up the ship!" was his cry with his last breath.</p>
+
+<p>These words, "Don't give up the ship," were put on a flag, which
+was held in a great fight that took place at that time. There
+were nine ships on our side, and six on the side of the foe.</p>
+
+<p>This flag was put on our flag ship, and a brave man fought for
+it. His name was Per-ry. The flag ship was lost; but Per-ry
+flew to a small boat with his flag, and got to the next ship.
+He fought so well that he won the day, and the Brit-ish lost
+all their six ships. Such a thing had not been known till that
+time. When the Brit-ish gave up, Per-ry wrote, "We have met
+the foe, and they are ours!"</p>
+
+<p>There was war for three years; and in the last year the Brit-ish
+took some of our towns on the <span class="pageno" id="p106">106</span> coast south, and set fire to the
+State Hall and Pres-i-dent's house at Wash-ing-ton. They made
+a raid on New Or-leans, but we had a man there who built up
+miles of bales for a sort of breast works, and fought back of
+them with our troops, so they did not get that town; and this
+was the last fight of the war.</p>
+
+<p>Peace was made, and both sides were glad to sign it. From this
+time the Eng-lish laid claim to no right of search in our ships.
+This was known for a time as the "Late War," but since then we
+have had more wars, so it would not do to call it by that name
+now. But from that day we have had peace with Eng-land, and
+may it long last.</p>
+
+<p>Now came a time of peace when the land grew, and men went west
+and made homes, and built flour mills, and cut down trees, so
+that in a short time a wild place would change in to a town;
+and you would see a church spire point up to the sky, and a
+school with its crowd of young ones at their tasks.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p107">107</span> CHAPTER X.<br />
+<small>THE SLAVE TRADE.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>Mad-i-son had two terms of rule, and then Mon-roe was the next
+choice of the land. He had fought in the great war, and had
+a high place in the States. He had shown that he was a brave
+man, and was the one sent to France when our land bought Lou-i-si-ana.</p>
+
+<p>When he was made Pres-i-dent, he made a tour of all the posts
+north and east, to see what strength they would have in case
+of war. He wore a blue coat that was home-spun, and was plain
+in all his dress. He won the hearts of all by his frank ways.
+He met all men as friends, and had no pride and pomp to keep
+them far off; he was as one of them. He thought more of the
+good of his land than his own. One said of him, "If we could
+turn his soul in side out, not a spot could be found on it."
+When he came to die, he was poor in purse but rich in a good
+name.</p>
+
+<p>The red men were not at peace in his time, and there was one
+more cause of strife, and that was the slaves. Since the first
+ship load of slaves had been <span class="pageno" id="p108">108</span> brought in, the trade had grown
+more and more at the South. The men at the North had grown to
+like this trade less and less. It had been thought at first
+it would soon die out, but they saw this would not be the case.
+At last there was a strife each time that a State, that held
+slaves, would want to come in. The free States would cry out
+that it was wrong to have more slave States.</p>
+
+<p>Those at the South said that when a free State was brought in,
+there ought to be a slave State too, or else the North would
+grow too strong, and have things all their own way. And so there
+was a fight when the time came for the State of Mis-sou-ri to
+come in. I do not mean that they went to war with shot and shell.
+This was a war of words. The North said that it was wrong to
+buy and sell men, and to break up homes; that it was bad for
+the men who held slaves, and for those in bonds, and that the
+first men of the land had the wish to get rid of it. The South
+said that if the great men of the land had the wish to get rid
+of it, they still kept their own slaves; that it was the best
+state for the black men; that they could learn more than in
+their own wild land; that white men could not work out of doors
+in the hot time, and so the crops could not be grown if the
+black man was made free.</p>
+
+<p>At last Con-gress let Mis-sou-ri come in as a <span class="pageno" id="p109">109</span> slave State, but
+made a law that a line should be drawn in the land. North of
+this line there could be no slaves. South of it men could keep
+slaves or not, just as they chose; men look on this now as a
+weak move. At that time the slaves were few, and the trade not
+great, so it might have been put down with more ease. But with
+time it grew so strong that it took long years and a great war
+to crush it out. Five new States came in while Mon-roe was at
+the head of the land.</p>
+
+<p>John Quin-cy Ad-ams came next. He was the son of the Pres-i-dent
+of the same name, and had been nine years old when he heard
+the Dec-la-ra-tion read from the State House in Bos-ton. Since
+then the land had grown to a vast size, and was at peace. Much
+was done in his time to make our land thrive and grow. The red
+men were made to move west, and their lands were bought.</p>
+
+<p>In his time, the first rail road was built. It was but three
+miles long, and it was a horse that drew the car and not steam.
+The first use of steam came in more late from Eng-land. The
+first steam car did not make much speed; but it was thought
+to be a great thing. Still there were those who said it would
+not be worth much; that it could not draw its own weight, but
+that its wheels would spin round and round on the rail. Some
+thought that if it were <span class="pageno" id="p110">110</span> made to go, it would be bad for the
+farms; would scare off the cows and sheep, and the smoke would
+make the sheep's wool black. But their fears were laid at rest
+in time by the sight of these cars as they ran on in peace,
+and brought none of these ills to pass.</p>
+
+<div class="image-right" style="width: 50%;" >
+			<img src="images/33.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>FIRST STEAM EN-GINE.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>In the same year the land had to mourn the death of two great
+men. Strange to say, they went on the same day, and that was
+the Fourth of July. Both these men had put their names on the
+great Dec-la-ra-tion, and they had grown to be strong friends.
+Jef-fer-son heard the fire of a gun, just as he went. His last
+words were, "Is this the Fourth?"</p>
+
+<p>Ad-ams, who lay near to death, saw the sun set and heard the
+shouts from those who kept the day in his town. He sent them
+word to hold fast the rights that day had brought them; and
+the old <span class="pageno" id="p111">111</span> man could hear the cheer that they gave at his words.</p>
+
+<p>At this time there was a great talk of a sort of tax to be put
+on all goods brought here from far lands. This we call a tar-iff,
+and we hear a great deal of it in this day. There are those
+who think a high tax should be put on all goods made out of
+our own land, so as to keep them out and give those made here
+a chance. There are some who think that all trade should be
+free; and that ships should sail here with what they choose
+and land it, with no one to see what it is, and put a tax on
+it.</p>
+
+<p>Ad-ams, in his time, was for a high tax, and for this cause
+he did not have but one term as our chief. Those who did not
+want the tax had the most votes, and they chose An-drew Jack-son
+for the next man. He had been well known in the war, and had
+built up those breast works in New Or-leans of which we have
+told you, from which our men beat the Brit-ish.</p>
+
+<p>While he was chief, there were some in the South who felt that
+the North had more than its share of the wealth of the land.
+You see there were more great mills and more goods made in the
+North, and the tax on strange goods was too much help to those
+at home. At least this was so thought by the South, and they
+had a plan to cut loose and <span class="pageno" id="p112">112</span> set up a new band of States. They
+had drills of their young men, and got arms, and had made choice
+of a man to lead them. His name was John C. Cal-houn, and he
+was to be their first chief. But Jack-son said that "if a State
+could go out of the band of States when it chose, we would come
+to naught;" and he sent troops and ships of war to the South,
+and put a stop to all the stir in a short time.</p>
+
+<p>Tribes of the red men had gone out to the far West, but there
+were those who would not move. There was a tribe in Flor-i-da
+who fought for a long time in the swamps of that land. Some
+slaves who had run away from their homes were with them. One
+of the chiefs of the red men had a slave for a wife, and when
+she went with him to one of our forts, she was held and kept
+as a slave, and the chief was put in chains. When he got free,
+he made a vow to pay up the white man for all he had borne,
+and for the loss of his wife. So he led the red men in this
+war. His name was Os-ce-o-la. He was caught at last, and kept
+in one of our forts till he died. But the war went on for years,
+at a great cost of life, till few of that tribe were left in
+the land. And this war cost three times as much as had been
+paid for the whole of the State of Flor-i-da.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p113">113</span> This war had so much to do with slaves, that all the talk on
+the slave trade came up once more. There was a man of that class
+of which we have told you&mdash;one of the Friends, or Quak-ers,
+who put in print his views, that some plan should be made by
+which all slaves should be freed in time.</p>
+
+<p>Then a young man, by name of Gar-ri-son, wrote that the best
+way was to set all free at once. This made a great stir, and
+some said he should be brought to court and made to take back
+his words. But he said, "I will speak out what I feel. I will
+not go back an inch, and I will be heard." And just at this
+time, to make things worse, and stir up great fear in the land,
+a slave in Vir-gin-ia, got a mob of black men, and they went
+from house to house and put all to death who came in their way.</p>
+
+<p>Gar-ri-son did not like war, and he would not have blood shed;
+but there were those who laid all the fault of this at his door.
+They said he taught the slave he had a right to be free, and
+so this black man rose and took his rights. The slave who had
+done so much harm was at last caught, and put in jail and then
+hung.</p>
+
+<p>Jack-son thought it would be well for Con-gress to pass a bill,
+that no thing on the slave trade should go through the mails;
+but that bill did not pass. Some were made friends to Jack-son
+by this <span class="pageno" id="p114">114</span> strong course, when the South had a plan to break up
+our States, and leave the North; but, of course, there were
+those who did not like him for the same cause. He had both strong
+friends and foes; but made so good a rule, that he put the land
+out of debt, and had a sum left to share with the States. Much
+new land was bought in his time.</p>
+
+<p>Jack-son was a great man. He had come from poor folks, and as
+a boy he was more fond of sports than of books. His life had
+its ups and downs. Once he was in the hands of the foe, and
+told he must clean some boots for them. It was too much for
+a free born A-mer-i-can to clean Brit-ish boots. It made his
+blood boil, and he said with scorn that he would not do such
+work. He was not mild or meek, you know, but had a strong will
+of his own. And he kept his word spite of blows, and was sent
+to jail. There the poor boy had small pox. He knew not where
+to turn when he got out of jail, for he was poor, and had no
+one left to help him. He had more than one fight in his time,
+and scars that he did not gain in war. He was brave through
+and through, and won fame where he went. He was in his old home
+when he drew his last breath in peace.</p>
+
+<p>When Mar-tin Van Bu-ren came in, the talk on the slave trade
+grew worse. A slave child by <span class="pageno" id="p115">115</span> the name of Med, who had been brought
+to Bos-ton by a man, was said to be free by the Court of that
+State, as she had trod on free soil. But at the same time some
+of the dames who met to take the slaves' part, were set on by
+a mob, and Gar-ri-son, who stood up to make them a speech, was
+bound with ropes. Then this fierce mob set to work to drag him
+through the streets; but some friends got hold of him, and had
+to lodge him in jail to save his life. Two schools for the blacks
+were set on fire; and one man in the West, who was a great friend
+of the slave, met his death at the hands of a mob.</p>
+
+<p>Just at this time there was a plan to bring in Tex-as as a slave
+State, and this shook the land from North to South. Long pleas
+with the names of a great mass of folks were sent to Con-gress,
+to beg them not to let Tex-as come in as a slave State. John
+Quin-cy Ad-ams, it is said, spoke an hour a day for twelve days,
+on the side of those who would make Tex-as a free State. They
+put off the strife at that time, and did not bring Tex-as in
+at all. Con-gress made a rule, that no bills that spoke of slaves
+should be brought in, and this was in force for ten years.</p>
+
+<p>In Van Bu-ren's time there was a great crash in trade, and hard
+times in the land. He did not make the hard times, still he
+had but one term for <span class="pageno" id="p116">116</span> that cause. Men felt a hope that a new
+man might bring in a new state of things. They chose Har-ri-son,
+who had fought in a brave way in the wars with the red men.</p>
+
+<p>He came from the far West, where his home had once been in a
+log house. So he had the name of the Log Cabin man, and the
+poor men in the land all felt proud that one of their own kind
+was their chief; one who had made his way out of the ranks.
+There was a print of that log cabin on all sorts of things,
+and toys were made in that form, and songs were made on it,
+and sung when men met.</p>
+
+<p>The new Pres-i-dent did not live but one month, and so for the
+rest of the four years, John Ty-ler took the rule; but he did
+not please those who had cast their votes for him. He would
+not let their bills pass: one of which was to form a States
+Bank, on which the Whigs had all set their hearts. The State
+of Tex-as was brought in at this time.</p>
+
+<p>You have all seen the wires which stretch from pole to pole
+in the streets of our great towns, and in lone roads by field
+and wood. You know what they are for, and how by means of them
+you can send word to a friend in time of need, or hear from
+those you love in a flash. It may be a death that is told, or
+some news of joy that they can not wait to send by the slow
+way of the post.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-right" style="width: 40%;" >
+			<img src="images/34.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>SAM-UEL F. B. MORSE.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p><span class="pageno" id="p117">117</span> Well, when James K. Polk was thought of as a
+good man to make chief of the land, the news was
+the first that had been sent on these wires. The
+first lines built were made here,
+and went from Bal-ti-more to
+Wash-ing-ton. Morse was the
+name of the man who found out
+how to send news on wires in
+this way.</p>
+
+<p>At this time there were two great men of whom you should hear,
+for their names are on the list of fame, which has stood the
+test of time. One was Hen-ry Clay. He was born in the West,
+and was poor, but he made his way from the small log school
+house, where he went to learn his first task, to rank with the
+great men of our land. He could win men to be his friends, when
+they had made up their minds to hate him. He had a strong will,
+and kept true to his own aims. He spoke with such grace and
+force that he could sway men's minds and thrill their hearts.
+He has said, "I owe all I have won in life to one fact, that
+when I was a boy, and for some years, as I grew up, I would
+learn and speak what I read in books. More than one off hand
+speech did I make in a corn field or in the woods, or in a <span class="pageno" id="p118">118</span> barn,
+with but an ox or horse to hear me. It is to this I owe much
+that has gone to shape and mould my course in life."</p>
+
+<p>One man, who was not his friend, said at his death, "If I were
+to write on the stone that marks his place of rest, I would
+place there these words: 'Here lies one who led men by his own
+force for long years; but did not swerve from the truth, or
+call in lies to help him.'"</p>
+
+<p>One more great man died on the same day as Clay. His name was
+Web-ster. He was a great states man. He went to school but a
+few weeks in all his life. He was then so shy that he could
+not pluck up heart to speak a piece in the school. He did not
+think that in time to come his words would stir the land. He
+says, "I was brave in my own room, and would learn the piece
+and speak it there; but when the day came, and I would see all
+eyes turn to me, and they would call out my name, I could not
+rise from my seat."</p>
+
+<p>In all things but this he stood well at school, and he had a
+great wish to learn. But he knew they were all poor at home,
+and he felt that he must go to work and help them, fond as he
+was of his books. When he heard that he was to go on; that he
+should have a chance to make his dream true, he was full of
+joy. "I see yet," he said, "the <span class="pageno" id="p119">119</span> great hill up which we went
+that day in the snow. When I heard the news, I could not speak
+for joy. There were such a crowd of young ones in our home,
+I did not see how they could spare the funds. A warm glow ran
+through me; I had to weep."</p>
+
+<p>When he was through school, he at once rose to a high place.
+He was at the head of all who spoke in the House. He was grand
+and great, but he had a sense of fun in him. Once some one came
+to him with one of those books where the names of friends or
+great men are kept, with the wish that he would write his name
+by the side of John Ad-ams. He wrote:</p>
+
+<p>"If by his name I write my own,<br />
+'Twill take me where I am not known;<br />
+And the cold words will meet my ear,<br />
+Why, friend, and how did you come here?"</p>
+
+<p>When his death was known, there was grief in the length and
+breadth of the land. No death since that of Wash-ing-ton was
+made such a theme for speech.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p120">120</span> CHAPTER XI.<br />
+<small>A NEW WAR.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>In the time of James K. Polk, a war rose in which our States
+were not of one mind. Our folk in Tex-as laid claim to a large
+tract of land which those in Mex-i-co said was theirs. The States
+at the North did not wish to go in to this war; but those at
+the South did. This was in 1846. Gen-er-al Tay-lor went with
+his troops at once in to the land of the foe, and built a fort
+on a stream there. He gave it the name of Fort Brown. On his
+way he met the troops of the foe drawn up in the road. They
+had three to one of his small band; but he had the good luck
+to rout them, with loss of but nine men on our side.</p>
+
+<p>Then he took up his march on their great town, which had the
+name of Mon-te-rey. This town had high hills and deep gulfs
+round it, and strong forts. Its streets were full of men with
+arms. Gen-er-al Tay-lor made a grand move on the town. To get
+out of the fire that would seem to pour on them from the roofs,
+the troops went in and dug their way through stone walls from
+house to house, or <span class="pageno" id="p122">122</span> they would pass from roof to roof. Ere they
+came to the grand place of the town, it was in their hands,
+the foe gave up the fight.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/35.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>CAP-TURE OF MON-TE-REY.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>At this time San-ta An-na, who was chief of the Mex-i-can troops,
+heard that most of our men had been drawn off to help Gen-er-al
+Scott; so he thought it would be a good time to crush us. They
+laid in wait with all their best troops, and the fight went
+on from the rise of the sun till dark. It grew hard to hold
+our ground, and the day would have been lost but for the guns
+of Cap-tain Bragg, who came to our help. He made a dash up to
+a few yards from the foe, and let fire. Their ranks were seen
+to shake. "Some more grape. Cap-tain Bragg," said Gen-er-al
+Tay-lor. One more round, and then a third came, and the Mex-i-cans
+broke and fled. In the night San-ta An-na drew all his troops
+off.</p>
+
+<p>Gen-er-al Scott, at the head of our troops, made a march through
+the land of Mex-i-co, and took all that came in his way. He drew
+siege lines round the town of Ve-ra Cruz, and sent bombs in
+to it, and in four days the town, with its strong hold, gave
+up the fight. A week from that time our troops took up their
+march for the chief town. At one pass in the hills, the foe
+had a strong hold. Gen-er-al Scott had a road cut round the
+base of those hills and through the woods; and then he was in
+a place to <span class="pageno" id="p123">123</span> pour out fire on the rear of the foe, while more
+troops took him in front. The foe fled in such haste that San-ta
+An-na, who was lame, left his leg of wood on the ground, and
+got off on his wheel mule.</p>
+
+<p>The town of Mex-i-co is in the midst of a grand plain, with
+green fields and cloud capt mounts round it. The foe had made
+a strong stand here, with forts and men. Our men made a move
+in the night. It was so dark they had to feel their way; but
+they took their stand on a height from which they could storm
+the strong points of the foe. At last they took some of the
+guns, and the roads were laid bare to the gates of the town.</p>
+
+<p>There was some talk of a peace then, but Gen-er-al Scott found
+that it was not in good faith. The foe did it to gain time,
+to make things strong once more. So the next day, he took up
+his march on the great town of Mex-i-co. A strong fort, on a
+high rock by the town, was made ours; each out work fell one
+by one, and at last our troops took the great Ci-ty of Mex-i-co,
+and the next morn our flag with its stripes and stars was seen
+to float in the light from those grand old piles, which had
+been the home of more than one prince of Mex-i-co. So the war
+came to an end in just two years.</p>
+
+<p>Till this time, Cal-i-for-nia had been known as a <span class="pageno" id="p124">124</span> far off land,
+to which men went by sea, round Cape Horn, to buy hides and
+fur. But in 1848, came news to the East-ern States that there
+were gold mines in that place. It was said that a Swiss had
+found, as he dug in the sand, a bright sort of dust, and it
+was thought to be gold. All at once, on this news, there was
+a great rush from all parts of the land to the gold mines of
+Cal-i-for-nia, and there was a great sum won the first year.
+In two years the town of San Fran-cis-co had grown to quite
+a large place. The name of Cal-i-for-nia is said to have been
+found in an old book in Spain, and means an isle full of gold.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/36.jpg" alt="" width="80%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>SAN FRAN-CIS-CO IN 1849.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>Three more States were brought in while Polk <span class="pageno" id="p125">125</span> was our chief,
+and two of them were free States. It was shown that those who
+came to us from the old world, chose the free States for their
+homes, and those at the South felt sure that the North would
+grow too fast if they did not gain more ground. There was a
+great piece of land which both North and South laid claim to,
+and there were high words on both sides. At last a band of men
+by the name of Free Soil men, took a stand that slaves should
+be kept out of all new land which the U-nit-ed States might
+gain in all time to come.</p>
+
+<p>The next man who was the choice of the land was Tay-lor, the
+one who led part of our troops in the war with Mex-i-co. He
+was put in by the Whigs. The Free Soil men did not vote for
+him. He did not live but one year, and then Fill-more took his
+place.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p126">126</span> CHAPTER XII.<br />
+<small>THE WAR OF NORTH AND SOUTH.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>Once more the talk on free States and slave States was heard
+on all sides, and Hen-ry Clay had made more than one great speech
+to try and keep the peace. Cal-i-for-nia came in as a free State;
+but a bill went in force which made it a crime to help or keep
+a slave who had run off from his home. A man could go in to
+a free State and take back his slave by force, and no court
+or Judge in the land could stop him. In fact, they were bound
+to help him. This was thought harsh and wrong by most of the
+men at the North; but it was made a law. This law made more
+stir than aught else had done till this time. Men would help
+the slaves, spite of the law; and in some States they made laws
+of their own, that no one could claim a slave if he did not
+bring the case in to court, that they might see if he had a
+just claim.</p>
+
+<p>When Pierce was made Pres-i-dent, the strife still went on;
+and this was made worse by a wish on the part of those who held
+slaves to bring them North of the line, in to a great tract
+of land&mdash;so <span class="pageno" id="p127">127</span> large that two States could be made out of it&mdash;Kan-sas
+and Ne-bras-ka.</p>
+
+<p>The South said all they would ask, would be that those who had
+their homes on the soil should say how they would like things
+to be, and put it to vote. Con-gress did at last pass a bill
+to give them their own choice, to be free or slave States. But
+this did not bring peace; for they had fights when they went
+to vote. At last they were all at war, and would burn a town
+or sack a house, or steal the cows and goods of those they thought
+foes. The whole land was a scene of blood, but in the end Kan-sas
+was brought in as a free State.</p>
+
+<p>In the time of Pierce a great tract of land was bought from
+Mexico. It is now known as New Mex-i-co. In his time, too, trade
+with Japan was first made free to our ships.</p>
+
+<p>When Bu-chan-an came to take the place of chief in our land,
+the talk on the slaves was by no means at rest. In the great
+Court of our land, the "Dred Scott" case was brought up in the
+first year of his rule, and it was said that those who held
+slaves had the right to take them with them where they chose,
+through all the free States. Then came John Brown's raid, which
+was like a fire brand in all the slave States.</p>
+
+<p>John Brown was a man who had fought on the <span class="pageno" id="p128">128</span> side of the Free
+Soil men in Kan-sas, and now all was at peace there. He had
+a plan to go in to the slave States and free the slaves. He
+had been in Vir-gin-ia when he was a boy, and knew there were
+strong holds in the hills, where he thought the slaves could
+make a stand and fight till they were free. He got a small band
+of men and went to a place by the name of Har-per's Fer-ry,
+and took the town. Those who had their homes there fled in fright;
+so he took the great place where arms were made for our troops.
+He thought he would give these arms to the black men, whom he
+had no doubt would flock to his side. He had a small force,
+but fear made all think it was a great one. The news of the
+raid went like a flash on the wires to all parts of the States,
+and men were sent to fight him and take him. His small force
+were brave, and did not give up till death or wounds made them
+do so.</p>
+
+<p>It is said by those who held him as their foe, that John Brown
+was cool and firm in the face of death. With one son dead by
+his side, and one shot through, he felt the pulse of the son
+so near to death with one hand, but held fast to his gun, and
+spoke words of cheer to his men. He fell at last with six wounds,
+but did not die of them. He was brought in to Court, and they
+set to work to try him. The head man of Vir-gin-ia, by the name
+of <span class="pageno" id="p129">129</span> Wise, said, "Those who think John Brown is a mad man, do
+not know him. He is a man of clear head and a brave heart. I
+would trust him to be a man of truth."</p>
+
+		<div class="image-right" style="width: 40%;" >
+			<img src="images/37.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>A-BRA-HAM LIN-COLN.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>But he was led out to be hung. On his way there, his last act
+was to kiss a slave child. Six of his friends were hung on the
+same spot. Some few of the band got off to the free States.
+All this made the talk of North and South on the slave trade
+more and more fierce; and when a new man was to be made Pres-i-dent,
+those who went for free soil, that is, no slaves, chose their
+own man, and he got the most votes. These Free Soil men had
+grown to be a large throng, and they had a new name. The man
+they chose was A-bra-ham Lin-coln. He was a man who would have
+been glad to have kept the peace; but the South would not have
+it so. They were in a rage, <span class="pageno" id="p130">130</span> and said they would go out of the
+band of States. They thought a State had the right to go out
+if it chose to do so. This was "States Rights" to their mind.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 20%;" >
+			<img src="images/38.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>BAN-NER OF SOUTH CAR-O-LI-NA.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>"States Rights" had long been held as the creed of the South;
+so there were six States that put it to vote, and said they
+would go out of the U-nion. South Car-o-li-na was the one to
+lead the way. They said they would make a new band of States,
+where it would be right to hold slaves; and they took one of
+our forts.</p>
+
+<p>Troops were sent in a boat, by name, "The Star of the West,"
+but they were met by a fire from the fort. Then they took their
+stand on the shore by Fort Sum-ter, which was held by a few
+men. For two days the fire went on, and at last the brave man
+who held the fort had to give <span class="pageno" id="p131">131</span> it up. His men were worn out,
+the place was on fire, and they had no more food for their guns.
+So they went out with the beat of drums and their flags flung
+out on the air.</p>
+
+<p>The sound of the first gun at Fort Sum-ter was a shock to all
+the land. Most of those at the North, who had not felt the slave
+trade to be wrong, now took sides with those who had been its
+foes from the first. All the States at the South took one side,
+but the slaves were for those who had the wish to make them
+free.</p>
+
+<p>In the first of this storm the end came of Bu-chan-an's term.
+Three States came in at this time. Or-e-gon, Min-ne-so-ta, and
+Kan-sas. The last two bear the name the red men gave two streams
+that flow through them. The name Or-e-gon is said to mean "wild
+rice."</p>
+
+<p>Up to the time of the first gun fired at Fort Sum-ter, men had
+felt that the South could be brought back. Few at the North
+thought there would be war; but at the South it had been thought
+of for a long time. The young men had met for drill, and arms
+had been hid where they could be found. Lin-coln found but a
+small band of troops, but he sent out a call for more. As these
+men were on their march through the streets of Bal-ti-more,
+the mob threw stones at them, and three of them fell <span class="pageno" id="p132">132</span> dead. Then
+the troops let fire on the mob, and nine men fell. This made
+a great stir at the North, for they thought it went to show
+the hate in the hearts of the men at the South.</p>
+
+<p>The next time the troops were sent, they did not march through
+Bal-ti-more. They found the rails torn up by the way, and had
+to mend them as they went on. Once when they saw a car that
+was a wreck by the way side, some one was heard to ask if one
+could be found in the ranks who could mend it. "I can," said
+a man who stood by it, "for I built it."</p>
+
+<p>So you see the troops were made up of men from all trades, who
+had left their work to fight for their land. In the course of
+time, troops went in peace through the streets of Bal-ti-more.</p>
+
+<p>Men came in to the ranks on all sides when they heard the call;
+but they found that arms were scarce, most had been sent South.
+So the North had to buy or make these in as short a time as
+they could. There had to be clothes made, too, for the troops,
+and food found for stores, and carts to draw it, and drugs for
+the sick. All must be done at once, and all in such a way that
+there must be no waste or want. Lin-coln at this time made a
+law that no ships should go in or out of the ports of the South.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/39.jpg" alt="" width="60%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>OFF TO THE WAR.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>The war soon made a stand in both East and <span class="pageno" id="p133">133</span> West Vir-gin-ia.
+In the west of this State there were men who did not wish to
+fight on the side of the South; but they had to do so or leave
+the State. There was a move made to march on Rich-mond; <span class="pageno" id="p134">134</span> but
+the troops had to go back, and lost the day at the fight of
+Bull Run. It was a sad rout for the troops of the North, as
+they made haste back to Wash-ing-ton, with a fear that the foe
+might come and take that place.</p>
+
+<p>At the end of this year Gen-er-al Scott gave up his place at
+the head of all the troops to Gen-er-al Mc-Clel-lan.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;" >
+			<img src="images/40.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>GEN-ER-AL ROB-ERT E. LEE.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>When this war broke out, we had but four ships in a good state
+to take part in it. Yet we were in need of a force that could
+block up the ports of the South. Eng-land and France gave help
+to the South, for they let them fit out ships in their ports,
+and all through the war the South was kept up by the hope of
+aid from these lands.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-right" style="width: 50%;" >
+			<img src="images/41.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>PICK-ETS ON DU-TY.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>A great fight took place at An-tie-tam, where the troops of
+Gen-er-al Mc-Clel-lan met those of Lee. This was one of the
+worst fights of the war, and there was great loss of life on
+both sides. The North won the day, and Lee drew off his troops.
+It was thought by some that a move in the right way would have
+cut short this flight, and they said Mc-Clel-lan ought to have
+made such <span class="pageno" id="p135">135</span> a move. So Gen-er-al Burn-side took his place at the
+head of the troops, and he took the town of Fred-er-icks-burg.
+In the mean time there was a ship fight, in which the South
+for a time did good work. She had a ship which she had made
+strong with iron plates and hard wood, and a bow of steel. This
+ship set sail in the bay to fight the whole U-nion fleet. The
+ships of wood could make no stand. In vain did they pour out
+fire and balls. It was said the balls would strike and glance
+off, and <span class="pageno" id="p136">136</span> did no more harm than peas from a pop gun. At nine
+that night two of our ships had gone down in fire and smoke,
+and one was run on the ground.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/42.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>MER-RI-MACK AND MON-I-TOR.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 30%;" >
+			<img src="images/43.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>U-LYS-SES S. GRANT.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>All at once a small queer thing came in sight. Some one said
+it was like a cheese box on a raft. This was the Mon-i-tor.
+When dawn came it bore down on the Mer-ri-mac and sent out a
+fire. The ram gave the fire back. For two hours the fire was
+kept up; till at last the Mon-i-tor sent a shel through the
+port hole of the foe. This fell right in the midst of her crew.
+So those in the Mer-ri-mac thought it would be wise to get out
+of the way of more such shells, and it left the coast clear.
+There was great joy felt at the North when the news came that
+they had won this fight; for all had felt that if this ship,
+with its hard sides and bow of steel, had been left free to
+sail in to New York bay, all the ships of wood in our port would
+have gone down in her path. From the time of this fight, a great
+change has been made in the way they have built ships.</p>
+
+<p>Gen-er-al Grant fought in this war, and led our troops to win
+the day in more than one <span class="pageno" id="p137">137</span> fight. One of the great moves of the
+war was made on New Or-leans by Far-ra-gut in ships, and Gen-er-al
+But-ler with a land force.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/44.jpg" alt="" width="70%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>FAR-RA-GUT'S SHIPS.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>This town had two strong forts, and there was a long chain with
+earth works at each end. There were fire rafts full of stuff
+that they could set on fire, and gun boats, and one of the kind
+we know as a ram.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-right" style="width: 30%;" >
+			<img src="images/45.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>LOOK OUT.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>Far-ra-gut sent fire in to the forts in vain. His boats took
+fire from the rafts, and he had to put out each as it went by.
+At last, he thought he would try and run by the forts with his
+fleet, and he did so. The forts, the steam boats, and the ram,
+kept up a hot fire, but in the midst of shot and ball, he made
+<span class="pageno" id="p138">138</span> his way up the stream. The next day at dawn, he was in New Or-leans,
+and in a day more the fleets and forts were in his hands, and
+Gen-er-al But-ler, with a land force, came in to the town.</p>
+
+<p>In this year, 1862, Lin-coln sent out a bill that said "the
+slaves should be free then, and for all time."</p>
+
+<p>And it was then thought that it would be a good thing for the
+black man to help in this war that had made him free. So there
+came to be black troops made up of the free slaves. By this
+time the cost of the war had grown great, and the U-nion side
+felt that it was time to bring things to a close.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 50%;" >
+			<img src="images/46.jpg" alt="AR-MY HUTS." width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>AR-MY HUTS.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>The South took heart and came with their troops in to a free
+State; and a great fight took place near a town by the name
+of Get-tys-burg. There was great loss on both sides. But Lee
+had to fly with his men, and this fight put an end to the hopes
+of the South. At the time of the last shot in fight, Gen-er-al
+Grant, far off in Vicks-burg, brought the foe to terms. Vicks-burg
+was a <span class="pageno" id="p139">139</span> place on high bluffs, and it had guns on all sides to
+stop our ships on their way up the stream. It stood a long siege
+of more than a month, but at last it fell.</p>
+
+<p>But as time went on, it grew more and more hard to get men for
+the war. There had to be a draft, and the folks did not like
+that. In a draft, one has to draw a lot, and no one knew on
+whom the lot would fall. In New York there were some who felt
+a sort of spite at the black folks, as they held them to be
+the cause of the war, and there was a mob that set on them in
+the streets. It went on for three days, and some black men fell
+struck by stones from the mob. But at last it was brought to
+an end.</p>
+
+<p>The next year Grant made some good moves, and, on the whole,
+the sky grew more clear. Lin-coln said, "Peace does not seem
+so far off as it did. I hope it will come soon and come to stay,
+and come so that it will be worth all we have done for it."</p>
+
+<p>In 1864, Gen-er-al Grant was put at the head of all the troops.
+He had shown that he knew a great deal of war, and he had done
+good work. He soon made a plan of two great moves that should
+go on at the same time. One of these was to march on Rich-mond
+with one branch of the troops, while Gen-er-al Sher-man should
+take one <span class="pageno" id="p140">140</span> branch through the States of the South, from mount
+to sea.</p>
+
+		<div class="image-left" style="width: 40%;" >
+			<img src="images/47.jpg" alt="" width="100%"/>
+			<div class="caption">
+				<p>WIL-LIAM T. SHER-MAN.</p>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+
+<p>Gen-er-al Grant did not swerve from the course he had laid out.
+He said, "I will fight it out on this line," and he did, spite
+of all loss. He laid siege to Rich-mond, but for a time they
+held out. At sea the ships of the South at first won on all
+sides. They drove our ships out, and got off with no harm, till
+the time that the Al-a-ba-ma was sunk. One more grand fight
+with ships took place in Mo-bile Bay.</p>
+
+<p>This bay was a great place for boats to run in with food and
+stores to the foe. Our ships could not make their way there,
+for there were two forts, a ram of great strength, and shells
+that would blow them up set in the way. Far-ra-gut put false
+bows on his ships, so that they might charge the ram, and at
+last it was sunk.</p>
+
+<p>Sher-man had a hard work to do; for he must take his troops
+through the land of the foe, by their strong forts, through
+hill and dale and pass. He meant to cut off their chance to
+get food, and to break up the rail roads. He first took the
+town <span class="pageno" id="p141">141</span> of At-lan-ta, and from that point set out on the "March
+to the Sea," which has won him so much fame. He had to feed
+his troops for the most part on what he could find in the land
+he went through. He took Sa-van-nah and wrote to Lin-coln, "I
+beg to give you the gift of the town of Sa-van-nah, with all
+its guns and stores."</p>
+
+<p>Then he took up his march once more through swamp and bog, or
+up the high steep hills and rocks. The cold days had come, but
+on they went, through storms of sleet and snow, or in the face
+of floods of rain, with a foe on all sides. Such a march had
+not been known in all the wars of the past. Long will the fame
+of that March to the Sea live in our land. He had found, as
+he said, that all the men in the South had been drawn out to
+aid the troops, and that there were no more left, and the land
+was a "mere shell."</p>
+
+<p>Charles-ton gave up at the end of a long siege; but it was set
+on fire in all parts by its own folk, so that it might not be
+worth much when it fell in our hands.</p>
+
+<p>The last move was made by Grant on Rich-mond. He felt that one
+more blow would bring the war to a close. He sent out word to
+Sher-i-dan, "When day dawns push round the foe, and get to his
+rear." Two days more our troops were <span class="pageno" id="p142">142</span> in the streets of Rich-mond.
+When Lee found he could not hold his place, he sent word by
+the wires to Jef-fer-son Da-vis at Rich-mond. Da-vis was the
+man the South had made their chief, and he was in church when
+the news came to him. He read these words: "My lines are cut
+at three points. Rich-mond must be left to night."</p>
+
+<p>Da-vis left the church, and the news spread at once that the
+town was lost. There was fright on all sides, and the streets
+were soon full of men who knew not what to do. The means for
+flight were small, and a poor cart and horse would have brought
+a large sum of gold. The ships were set on fire or blown up,
+and some of the stores of the town were in a blaze. Oh, what
+a night! All sought to fly, but few had means to go.</p>
+
+<p>The next day some black troops were the first to march in the
+town. This was the real end of the war. Gen-er-al Lee did all
+he could to save his men; but they were so faint with want of
+food that they could not march, and so weak they could not hold
+their guns. So he gave up all at last to Gen-er-al Grant, and
+the whole South had to yield.</p>
+
+<p>This war had cost the land more than you could count in gold
+and lives. But it had made the slave free; and we know that
+we shall have the curse of the slave trade in our land no more.
+And it had shown <span class="pageno" id="p143">143</span> that the creed of States Rights was not the
+best one, for if we were cut up in parts we would be weak, while
+if we stay as one, we will be strong. Our true strength, then,
+is to hold fast the bond that binds all the States, North and
+South, East and West, in one.</p>
+
+<p>There was great joy, and all gave thanks at the North when the
+news that the war had come to an end was borne on the wires.
+Lin-coln had held his course in a firm, brave way. He had said
+in a speech in New York, when he was on his way to take his
+place, "When the time comes for me to speak, I shall then take
+the ground that I think is right&mdash;right for the North, for the
+South, for the East, for the West, for all our land."</p>
+
+<p>And so he had done. The war was a grief to him. He said, "We
+did not think this war would last so long. Both sides read the
+same Word of God, and both pray to Him to aid in a war on those
+who are bound to them by near ties. We hope, we pray, that this
+scourge of war may soon pass. But if God wills it should stay
+till each drop of blood drawn by the lash shall be paid with one
+drawn with the sword, it must be said, 'Shall not the Judge
+of all the world do right?'"</p>
+
+<p>Five days from the time that the news of joy came in a flash
+on the wires, Lin-coln was dead. <span class="pageno" id="p144">144</span> He had been shot while he sat
+in his box, at the play, by a man of the name of Wilkes Booth.
+This man had by some means got in the box and made the door
+fast. When he had shot Lin-coln, he sprang from the box to the
+stage, but caught his foot in one of our flags, and broke his
+leg. He had a horse at the door, and got off; but was at last
+found in a barn, where he stood at bay. They set the barn on
+fire to drive him out; but he still stood his ground, and fought
+till the last, when he fell, shot by one of our men.</p>
+
+<p>Those who stood by the bed side of Lin-coln saw that there was
+no hope. All the land was full of gloom, when the sad news came.
+As his corpse was borne in a train to his old home, the towns
+were hung with black on the whole route, and most men wore the
+badge of grief. Those who had not been warm friends of Lin-coln
+in his life, felt a shock at his death, for they knew a brave,
+true man had gone.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><span class="pageno" id="p145">145</span> CHAPTER XIII.<br />
+<small>PEACE ONCE MORE.</small></h2>
+
+
+<p>At the time of Lin-coln's death, there had been a sort of plot
+to kill more of the head men of the land. Sew-ard had been shot
+in his own house, and there was a great fear in Wash-ing-ton;
+for no one knew how far this plot might reach.</p>
+
+<p>When An-drew John-son took the place at the head of the land,
+there was some fear that those who had spent so long a time
+in the war would not know how to live in time of peace. But
+they soon made their way to their old homes, and were glad to
+lay down their arms and take up the old trades once more. There
+was a vast debt, and all sorts of loans to be got. Then there
+were those who thought that the States, which were the cause
+of the war, should not have the right to come back on their
+own terms; and some thought they could come back when they would,
+and in their own way.</p>
+
+<p>But John-son brought out a Bill which gave back all their rights
+to most of those who had made the war. The States could come
+back if they would say that they would have no more slaves,
+and that <span class="pageno" id="p146">146</span> they would be true to the U-nit-ed States in all time
+to come. John-son did not act in a way to suit those who had
+cast their votes for him, and Con-gress made a move that he
+should give up his place. When they came to try him, they found
+there was one vote short. That one vote kept him in his place;
+but he did not get a new term.</p>
+
+<p>The next man who was the choice of the land was U-lys-ses S.
+Grant, whose work in the war had won him such fame. In his time
+all the States of the South came back in to the U-nion. Great
+tracts of land were made ours; the debt was made less; and there
+was a law made which said that men of all races and hues should
+have a right to vote. In his last term a grand show took place
+in Phil-a-del-phia. All the lands in the world sent things to
+be shown there, and all the trades of the world had place in
+those great halls.</p>
+
+<p>When Hayes came in there was talk that there had not been a
+fair vote for him; but in time he won his way. He was fair to
+both North and South, and his rule was mild but firm. He drew
+all troops out of the South, that those States might put their
+own laws in force, with no help from Wash-ing-ton; so that if
+their own folks had wrongs, their own courts must set the thing
+right.</p>
+
+<p>Time has shown that this course was wise. The <span class="pageno" id="p147">147</span> States at the
+South have grown in peace and good will to us since that time,
+and the white men there now seem quite glad to have the black
+men vote. Rail ways have been built so fast that it is thought
+in a few years there will be four or five of these great lines
+through the whole length and breadth of the land. Our debt has
+been paid off at such a quick rate that if we go on it will
+be gone ere long, and the tax on all things can be made less.
+We have shown, too, that we have not stood still.</p>
+
+<p>In old times each watch in use here came from the old lands,
+but now a watch is made here that might win the prize from those
+on that side of the sea. So, too, in glass, tools, knives, soap,
+combs, and all sorts of things, we have made a name. The beef
+and grain we send out bring in vast wealth.</p>
+
+<p>James A. Gar-field was our choice in 1881. A great shock was
+felt in the land, just two months from the time he came to the
+White House, when we heard he had been shot while on his way
+to take a train for the North. A man by the name of Gui-teau,
+who had some sort of strange craze, was the one who did the
+black deed.</p>
+
+<p>They bore Gar-field at once to his home in the White House,
+and for a long time he lay there in great pain. Day by day the
+news would flash on the wires that told his state, how his pulse
+beat, <span class="pageno" id="p148">148</span> how he had slept, and what hope there was for his life.
+All would seize the news and read it each day, with the wish
+that he might yet live. They took him to Long Branch in the
+hope that the sea breeze might help him; but though his life
+held out for near the space of three months, it came to an end,
+and his last breath was drawn in that sweet home by the sea,
+Sep-tem-ber 19, 1881. Great grief was felt at his death, and
+all lands strove to say a kind word. The Court of Eng-land put
+on black for him, and the Queen sent a wreath for his grave.
+Gui-teau was hung for his crime.</p>
+
+<p>Ches-ter A. Ar-thur is now our Pres-i-dent. We are at peace
+with all the world. The same flag, with the old stars and stripes,
+floats now in the South as in the North. Long may it wave, "On
+the land of the free and the home of the brave."</p>
+
+		<div class="image-center">
+			<img src="images/48.jpg" alt="An emblem with a bell and the American flag." width="20%"/>
+		</div>
+
+		</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's History of the United States, by Helen Pierson
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES ***
+
+***** This file should be named 54798-h.htm or 54798-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/5/4/7/9/54798/
+
+Produced by Corbin Hunter
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
+specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
+eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
+for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
+performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
+away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
+not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
+trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+START: FULL LICENSE
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
+person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
+1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
+Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country outside the United States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
+on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
+  are located before using this ebook.
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
+other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
+Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+provided that
+
+* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
+  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+  Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
+  works.
+
+* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+  receipt of the work.
+
+* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
+Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
+www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
+mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
+volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
+locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
+Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
+date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
+official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+
+    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+    Chief Executive and Director
+    gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
+facility: www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/1.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5fdebd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/1.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/10.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/10.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..518ed10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/10.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/11.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/11.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e93124c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/11.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/12.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/12.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bedcf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/12.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/13.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/13.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd2d3fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/13.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/14.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/14.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f98823
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/14.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/15.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/15.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02e8cc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/15.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/16.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/16.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..981474a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/16.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/17.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/17.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3279997
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/17.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/18.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/18.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5e0976
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/18.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/19.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/19.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24b5920
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/19.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/2.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/2.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8caddc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/2.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/20.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/20.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e92c659
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/20.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/21.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/21.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1db1cef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/21.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/22.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/22.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..315ee58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/22.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/23.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/23.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74e3c71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/23.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/24.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/24.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..becad5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/24.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/25.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/25.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9264d11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/25.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/26.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/26.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67df5a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/26.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/27.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/27.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c663825
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/27.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/28.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/28.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c0fdf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/28.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/29.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/29.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2e92f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/29.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/3.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/3.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cd5d98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/3.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/30.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/30.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0003e57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/30.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/31.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/31.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4322e7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/31.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/32.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/32.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cfd857
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/32.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/33.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/33.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66b1c26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/33.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/34.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/34.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0235ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/34.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/35.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/35.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01f7c36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/35.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/36.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/36.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a45c1c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/36.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/37.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/37.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8d59dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/37.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/38.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/38.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f75069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/38.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/39.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/39.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f0418c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/39.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/4.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/4.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b84f5dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/4.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/40.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/40.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..daca64b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/40.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/41.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/41.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b122583
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/41.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/42.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/42.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a26893f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/42.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/43.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/43.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ea79d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/43.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/44.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/44.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fff0f51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/44.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/45.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/45.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..509ec31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/45.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/46.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/46.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d7b505
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/46.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/47.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/47.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a46616
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/47.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/48.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/48.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60be5fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/48.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/5.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/5.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ba65f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/5.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/6.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/6.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3120b89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/6.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/7.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/7.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16ca95c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/7.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/8.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/8.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49b6763
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/8.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/9.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/9.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ed7334
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/9.jpg
diff --git a/old/54798-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/54798-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d639f38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/54798-h/images/cover.jpg
author	nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>	2025-02-07 09:03:35 -0800
committer	nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>	2025-02-07 09:03:35 -0800
commit	1f1e87f1a134b3c33326fb65647e8003faacec9c (patch)
tree	82fa43cad7894610a39ead89ba08cc42fa29cb78
parent	55b995d66a236fedd56281d524faf6a1335d6f5e (diff)